8187443: Forest Consolidation: Move files to unified layout

Reviewed-by: darcy, ihse

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/applet/Applet.java

@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.applet;
+
+import java.awt.*;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.net.URL;
+import java.net.MalformedURLException;
+import java.util.Hashtable;
+import java.util.Locale;
+import javax.accessibility.*;
+
+/**
+ * An applet is a small program that is intended not to be run on
+ * its own, but rather to be embedded inside another application.
+ * <p>
+ * The {@code Applet} class must be the superclass of any
+ * applet that is to be embedded in a Web page or viewed by the Java
+ * Applet Viewer. The {@code Applet} class provides a standard
+ * interface between applets and their environment.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @author      Chris Warth
+ * @since       1.0
+ *
+ * @deprecated  The Applet API is deprecated. See the
+ * <a href="package-summary.html"> java.applet package documentation</a>
+ * for further information.
+ */
+
+@Deprecated(since = "9")
+public class Applet extends Panel {
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new Applet.
+     * <p>
+     * Note: Many methods in {@code java.applet.Applet}
+     * may be invoked by the applet only after the applet is
+     * fully constructed; applet should avoid calling methods
+     * in {@code java.applet.Applet} in the constructor.
+     *
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public Applet() throws HeadlessException {
+        if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            throw new HeadlessException();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Applets can be serialized but the following conventions MUST be followed:
+     *
+     * Before Serialization:
+     * An applet must be in STOPPED state.
+     *
+     * After Deserialization:
+     * The applet will be restored in STOPPED state (and most clients will
+     * likely move it into RUNNING state).
+     * The stub field will be restored by the reader.
+     */
+    private transient AppletStub stub;
+
+    /* version ID for serialized form. */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -5836846270535785031L;
+
+    /**
+     * Read an applet from an object input stream.
+     * @param  s  an object input stream.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
+     * {@code true}
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+        throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException, HeadlessException {
+        if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            throw new HeadlessException();
+        }
+        s.defaultReadObject();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets this applet's stub. This is done automatically by the system.
+     * <p>If there is a security manager, its {@code checkPermission}
+     * method is called with the
+     * {@code AWTPermission("setAppletStub")}
+     * permission if a stub has already been set.
+     * @param   stub   the new stub.
+     * @exception SecurityException if the caller cannot set the stub
+     */
+    public final void setStub(AppletStub stub) {
+        if (this.stub != null) {
+            SecurityManager s = System.getSecurityManager();
+            if (s != null) {
+                s.checkPermission(new AWTPermission("setAppletStub"));
+            }
+        }
+        this.stub = stub;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines if this applet is active. An applet is marked active
+     * just before its {@code start} method is called. It becomes
+     * inactive just before its {@code stop} method is called.
+     *
+     * @return  {@code true} if the applet is active;
+     *          {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#start()
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#stop()
+     */
+    public boolean isActive() {
+        if (stub != null) {
+            return stub.isActive();
+        } else {        // If stub field not filled in, applet never active
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the URL of the document in which this applet is embedded.
+     * For example, suppose an applet is contained
+     * within the document:
+     * <blockquote><pre>
+     *    http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html
+     * </pre></blockquote>
+     * The document base is:
+     * <blockquote><pre>
+     *    http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html
+     * </pre></blockquote>
+     *
+     * @return  the {@link java.net.URL} of the document that contains this
+     *          applet.
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#getCodeBase()
+     */
+    public URL getDocumentBase() {
+        return stub.getDocumentBase();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the base URL. This is the URL of the directory which contains this applet.
+     *
+     * @return  the base {@link java.net.URL} of
+     *          the directory which contains this applet.
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#getDocumentBase()
+     */
+    public URL getCodeBase() {
+        return stub.getCodeBase();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the value of the named parameter in the HTML tag. For
+     * example, if this applet is specified as
+     * <blockquote><pre>
+     * &lt;applet code="Clock" width=50 height=50&gt;
+     * &lt;param name=Color value="blue"&gt;
+     * &lt;/applet&gt;
+     * </pre></blockquote>
+     * <p>
+     * then a call to {@code getParameter("Color")} returns the
+     * value {@code "blue"}.
+     * <p>
+     * The {@code name} argument is case insensitive.
+     *
+     * @param   name   a parameter name.
+     * @return  the value of the named parameter,
+     *          or {@code null} if not set.
+     */
+     public String getParameter(String name) {
+         return stub.getParameter(name);
+     }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines this applet's context, which allows the applet to
+     * query and affect the environment in which it runs.
+     * <p>
+     * This environment of an applet represents the document that
+     * contains the applet.
+     *
+     * @return  the applet's context.
+     */
+    public AppletContext getAppletContext() {
+        return stub.getAppletContext();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Requests that this applet be resized.
+     *
+     * @param   width    the new requested width for the applet.
+     * @param   height   the new requested height for the applet.
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    public void resize(int width, int height) {
+        Dimension d = size();
+        if ((d.width != width) || (d.height != height)) {
+            super.resize(width, height);
+            if (stub != null) {
+                stub.appletResize(width, height);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Requests that this applet be resized.
+     *
+     * @param   d   an object giving the new width and height.
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    public void resize(Dimension d) {
+        resize(d.width, d.height);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates if this container is a validate root.
+     * <p>
+     * {@code Applet} objects are the validate roots, and, therefore, they
+     * override this method to return {@code true}.
+     *
+     * @return {@code true}
+     * @since 1.7
+     * @see java.awt.Container#isValidateRoot
+     */
+    @Override
+    public boolean isValidateRoot() {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Requests that the argument string be displayed in the
+     * "status window". Many browsers and applet viewers
+     * provide such a window, where the application can inform users of
+     * its current state.
+     *
+     * @param   msg   a string to display in the status window.
+     */
+    public void showStatus(String msg) {
+        getAppletContext().showStatus(msg);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an {@code Image} object that can then be painted on
+     * the screen. The {@code url} that is passed as an argument
+     * must specify an absolute URL.
+     * <p>
+     * This method always returns immediately, whether or not the image
+     * exists. When this applet attempts to draw the image on the screen,
+     * the data will be loaded. The graphics primitives that draw the
+     * image will incrementally paint on the screen.
+     *
+     * @param   url   an absolute URL giving the location of the image.
+     * @return  the image at the specified URL.
+     * @see     java.awt.Image
+     */
+    public Image getImage(URL url) {
+        return getAppletContext().getImage(url);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an {@code Image} object that can then be painted on
+     * the screen. The {@code url} argument must specify an absolute
+     * URL. The {@code name} argument is a specifier that is
+     * relative to the {@code url} argument.
+     * <p>
+     * This method always returns immediately, whether or not the image
+     * exists. When this applet attempts to draw the image on the screen,
+     * the data will be loaded. The graphics primitives that draw the
+     * image will incrementally paint on the screen.
+     *
+     * @param   url    an absolute URL giving the base location of the image.
+     * @param   name   the location of the image, relative to the
+     *                 {@code url} argument.
+     * @return  the image at the specified URL.
+     * @see     java.awt.Image
+     */
+    public Image getImage(URL url, String name) {
+        try {
+            return getImage(new URL(url, name));
+        } catch (MalformedURLException e) {
+            return null;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Get an audio clip from the given URL.
+     *
+     * @param url points to the audio clip
+     * @return the audio clip at the specified URL.
+     *
+     * @since       1.2
+     */
+    public static final AudioClip newAudioClip(URL url) {
+        return new sun.applet.AppletAudioClip(url);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@code AudioClip} object specified by the
+     * {@code URL} argument.
+     * <p>
+     * This method always returns immediately, whether or not the audio
+     * clip exists. When this applet attempts to play the audio clip, the
+     * data will be loaded.
+     *
+     * @param   url  an absolute URL giving the location of the audio clip.
+     * @return  the audio clip at the specified URL.
+     * @see     java.applet.AudioClip
+     */
+    public AudioClip getAudioClip(URL url) {
+        return getAppletContext().getAudioClip(url);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@code AudioClip} object specified by the
+     * {@code URL} and {@code name} arguments.
+     * <p>
+     * This method always returns immediately, whether or not the audio
+     * clip exists. When this applet attempts to play the audio clip, the
+     * data will be loaded.
+     *
+     * @param   url    an absolute URL giving the base location of the
+     *                 audio clip.
+     * @param   name   the location of the audio clip, relative to the
+     *                 {@code url} argument.
+     * @return  the audio clip at the specified URL.
+     * @see     java.applet.AudioClip
+     */
+    public AudioClip getAudioClip(URL url, String name) {
+        try {
+            return getAudioClip(new URL(url, name));
+        } catch (MalformedURLException e) {
+            return null;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns information about this applet. An applet should override
+     * this method to return a {@code String} containing information
+     * about the author, version, and copyright of the applet.
+     * <p>
+     * The implementation of this method provided by the
+     * {@code Applet} class returns {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return  a string containing information about the author, version, and
+     *          copyright of the applet.
+     */
+    public String getAppletInfo() {
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the locale of the applet. It allows the applet
+     * to maintain its own locale separated from the locale
+     * of the browser or appletviewer.
+     *
+     * @return  the locale of the applet; if no locale has
+     *          been set, the default locale is returned.
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public Locale getLocale() {
+      Locale locale = super.getLocale();
+      if (locale == null) {
+        return Locale.getDefault();
+      }
+      return locale;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns information about the parameters that are understood by
+     * this applet. An applet should override this method to return an
+     * array of {@code Strings} describing these parameters.
+     * <p>
+     * Each element of the array should be a set of three
+     * {@code Strings} containing the name, the type, and a
+     * description. For example:
+     * <blockquote><pre>
+     * String pinfo[][] = {
+     *   {"fps",    "1-10",    "frames per second"},
+     *   {"repeat", "boolean", "repeat image loop"},
+     *   {"imgs",   "url",     "images directory"}
+     * };
+     * </pre></blockquote>
+     * <p>
+     * The implementation of this method provided by the
+     * {@code Applet} class returns {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return  an array describing the parameters this applet looks for.
+     */
+    public String[][] getParameterInfo() {
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Plays the audio clip at the specified absolute URL. Nothing
+     * happens if the audio clip cannot be found.
+     *
+     * @param   url   an absolute URL giving the location of the audio clip.
+     */
+    public void play(URL url) {
+        AudioClip clip = getAudioClip(url);
+        if (clip != null) {
+            clip.play();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Plays the audio clip given the URL and a specifier that is
+     * relative to it. Nothing happens if the audio clip cannot be found.
+     *
+     * @param   url    an absolute URL giving the base location of the
+     *                 audio clip.
+     * @param   name   the location of the audio clip, relative to the
+     *                 {@code url} argument.
+     */
+    public void play(URL url, String name) {
+        AudioClip clip = getAudioClip(url, name);
+        if (clip != null) {
+            clip.play();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Called by the browser or applet viewer to inform
+     * this applet that it has been loaded into the system. It is always
+     * called before the first time that the {@code start} method is
+     * called.
+     * <p>
+     * A subclass of {@code Applet} should override this method if
+     * it has initialization to perform. For example, an applet with
+     * threads would use the {@code init} method to create the
+     * threads and the {@code destroy} method to kill them.
+     * <p>
+     * The implementation of this method provided by the
+     * {@code Applet} class does nothing.
+     *
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#destroy()
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#start()
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#stop()
+     */
+    public void init() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Called by the browser or applet viewer to inform
+     * this applet that it should start its execution. It is called after
+     * the {@code init} method and each time the applet is revisited
+     * in a Web page.
+     * <p>
+     * A subclass of {@code Applet} should override this method if
+     * it has any operation that it wants to perform each time the Web
+     * page containing it is visited. For example, an applet with
+     * animation might want to use the {@code start} method to
+     * resume animation, and the {@code stop} method to suspend the
+     * animation.
+     * <p>
+     * Note: some methods, such as {@code getLocationOnScreen}, can only
+     * provide meaningful results if the applet is showing.  Because
+     * {@code isShowing} returns {@code false} when the applet's
+     * {@code start} is first called, methods requiring
+     * {@code isShowing} to return {@code true} should be called from
+     * a {@code ComponentListener}.
+     * <p>
+     * The implementation of this method provided by the
+     * {@code Applet} class does nothing.
+     *
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#destroy()
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#init()
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#stop()
+     * @see     java.awt.Component#isShowing()
+     * @see     java.awt.event.ComponentListener#componentShown(java.awt.event.ComponentEvent)
+     */
+    public void start() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Called by the browser or applet viewer to inform
+     * this applet that it should stop its execution. It is called when
+     * the Web page that contains this applet has been replaced by
+     * another page, and also just before the applet is to be destroyed.
+     * <p>
+     * A subclass of {@code Applet} should override this method if
+     * it has any operation that it wants to perform each time the Web
+     * page containing it is no longer visible. For example, an applet
+     * with animation might want to use the {@code start} method to
+     * resume animation, and the {@code stop} method to suspend the
+     * animation.
+     * <p>
+     * The implementation of this method provided by the
+     * {@code Applet} class does nothing.
+     *
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#destroy()
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#init()
+     */
+    public void stop() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Called by the browser or applet viewer to inform
+     * this applet that it is being reclaimed and that it should destroy
+     * any resources that it has allocated. The {@code stop} method
+     * will always be called before {@code destroy}.
+     * <p>
+     * A subclass of {@code Applet} should override this method if
+     * it has any operation that it wants to perform before it is
+     * destroyed. For example, an applet with threads would use the
+     * {@code init} method to create the threads and the
+     * {@code destroy} method to kill them.
+     * <p>
+     * The implementation of this method provided by the
+     * {@code Applet} class does nothing.
+     *
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#init()
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#start()
+     * @see     java.applet.Applet#stop()
+     */
+    public void destroy() {
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Accessibility support
+    //
+
+    AccessibleContext accessibleContext = null;
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this Applet.
+     * For applets, the AccessibleContext takes the form of an
+     * AccessibleApplet.
+     * A new AccessibleApplet instance is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an AccessibleApplet that serves as the
+     *         AccessibleContext of this Applet
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleApplet();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code Applet} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to applet user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleApplet extends AccessibleAWTPanel {
+
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = 8127374778187708896L;
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.FRAME;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the state of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleStateSet containing the current
+         * state set of the object
+         * @see AccessibleState
+         */
+        public AccessibleStateSet getAccessibleStateSet() {
+            AccessibleStateSet states = super.getAccessibleStateSet();
+            states.add(AccessibleState.ACTIVE);
+            return states;
+        }
+
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/applet/AppletContext.java

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.applet;
+
+import java.awt.Image;
+import java.awt.Graphics;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.net.URL;
+import java.util.Enumeration;
+import java.io.InputStream;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import java.util.Iterator;
+
+/**
+ * This interface corresponds to an applet's environment: the
+ * document containing the applet and the other applets in the same
+ * document.
+ * <p>
+ * The methods in this interface can be used by an applet to obtain
+ * information about its environment.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @since       1.0
+ *
+ * @deprecated  The Applet API is deprecated. See the
+ * <a href="package-summary.html"> java.applet package documentation</a>
+ * for further information.
+ */
+
+@Deprecated(since = "9")
+public interface AppletContext {
+    /**
+     * Creates an audio clip.
+     *
+     * @param   url   an absolute URL giving the location of the audio clip.
+     * @return  the audio clip at the specified URL.
+     */
+    AudioClip getAudioClip(URL url);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an {@code Image} object that can then be painted on
+     * the screen. The {@code url} argument that is
+     * passed as an argument must specify an absolute URL.
+     * <p>
+     * This method always returns immediately, whether or not the image
+     * exists. When the applet attempts to draw the image on the screen,
+     * the data will be loaded. The graphics primitives that draw the
+     * image will incrementally paint on the screen.
+     *
+     * @param   url   an absolute URL giving the location of the image.
+     * @return  the image at the specified URL.
+     * @see     java.awt.Image
+     */
+    Image getImage(URL url);
+
+    /**
+     * Finds and returns the applet in the document represented by this
+     * applet context with the given name. The name can be set in the
+     * HTML tag by setting the {@code name} attribute.
+     *
+     * @param   name   an applet name.
+     * @return  the applet with the given name, or {@code null} if
+     *          not found.
+     */
+    Applet getApplet(String name);
+
+    /**
+     * Finds all the applets in the document represented by this applet
+     * context.
+     *
+     * @return  an enumeration of all applets in the document represented by
+     *          this applet context.
+     */
+    Enumeration<Applet> getApplets();
+
+    /**
+     * Requests that the browser or applet viewer show the Web page
+     * indicated by the {@code url} argument. The browser or
+     * applet viewer determines which window or frame to display the
+     * Web page. This method may be ignored by applet contexts that
+     * are not browsers.
+     *
+     * @param   url   an absolute URL giving the location of the document.
+     */
+    void showDocument(URL url);
+
+    /**
+     * Requests that the browser or applet viewer show the Web page
+     * indicated by the {@code url} argument. The
+     * {@code target} argument indicates in which HTML frame the
+     * document is to be displayed.
+     * The target argument is interpreted as follows:
+     *
+     * <table class="striped">
+     * <caption>Target arguments and their descriptions</caption>
+     * <thead>
+     * <tr><th>Target Argument</th>
+     * <th>Description</th></tr>
+     * </thead>
+     * <tbody>
+     * <tr><td>{@code "_self"}  <td>Show in the window and frame that
+     *                                   contain the applet.</tr>
+     * <tr><td>{@code "_parent"}<td>Show in the applet's parent frame. If
+     *                                   the applet's frame has no parent frame,
+     *                                   acts the same as "_self".</tr>
+     * <tr><td>{@code "_top"}   <td>Show in the top-level frame of the applet's
+     *                                   window. If the applet's frame is the
+     *                                   top-level frame, acts the same as "_self".</tr>
+     * <tr><td>{@code "_blank"} <td>Show in a new, unnamed
+     *                                   top-level window.</tr>
+     * <tr><td><i>name</i><td>Show in the frame or window named <i>name</i>. If
+     *                        a target named <i>name</i> does not already exist, a
+     *                        new top-level window with the specified name is created,
+     *                        and the document is shown there.</tr>
+     * </tbody>
+     * </table>
+     * <p>
+     * An applet viewer or browser is free to ignore {@code showDocument}.
+     *
+     * @param   url   an absolute URL giving the location of the document.
+     * @param   target   a {@code String} indicating where to display
+     *                   the page.
+     */
+    public void showDocument(URL url, String target);
+
+    /**
+     * Requests that the argument string be displayed in the
+     * "status window". Many browsers and applet viewers
+     * provide such a window, where the application can inform users of
+     * its current state.
+     *
+     * @param   status   a string to display in the status window.
+     */
+    void showStatus(String status);
+
+    /**
+     * Associates the specified stream with the specified key in this
+     * applet context. If the applet context previously contained a mapping
+     * for this key, the old value is replaced.
+     * <p>
+     * For security reasons, mapping of streams and keys exists for each
+     * codebase. In other words, applet from one codebase cannot access
+     * the streams created by an applet from a different codebase
+     *
+     * @param key key with which the specified value is to be associated.
+     * @param stream stream to be associated with the specified key. If this
+     *               parameter is {@code null}, the specified key is removed
+     *               in this applet context.
+     * @throws IOException if the stream size exceeds a certain
+     *         size limit. Size limit is decided by the implementor of this
+     *         interface.
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public void setStream(String key, InputStream stream)throws IOException;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the stream to which specified key is associated within this
+     * applet context. Returns {@code null} if the applet context contains
+     * no stream for this key.
+     * <p>
+     * For security reasons, mapping of streams and keys exists for each
+     * codebase. In other words, applet from one codebase cannot access
+     * the streams created by an applet from a different codebase
+     *
+     * @return the stream to which this applet context maps the key
+     * @param key key whose associated stream is to be returned.
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public InputStream getStream(String key);
+
+    /**
+     * Finds all the keys of the streams in this applet context.
+     * <p>
+     * For security reasons, mapping of streams and keys exists for each
+     * codebase. In other words, applet from one codebase cannot access
+     * the streams created by an applet from a different codebase
+     *
+     * @return  an Iterator of all the names of the streams in this applet
+     *          context.
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public Iterator<String> getStreamKeys();
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/applet/AppletStub.java

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.applet;
+
+import java.net.URL;
+
+/**
+ * When an applet is first created, an applet stub is attached to it
+ * using the applet's {@code setStub} method. This stub
+ * serves as the interface between the applet and the browser
+ * environment or applet viewer environment in which the application
+ * is running.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @see         java.applet.Applet#setStub(java.applet.AppletStub)
+ * @since       1.0
+ *
+ * @deprecated  The Applet API is deprecated. See the
+ * <a href="package-summary.html"> java.applet package documentation</a>
+ * for further information.
+ */
+
+@Deprecated(since = "9")
+public interface AppletStub {
+    /**
+     * Determines if the applet is active. An applet is active just
+     * before its {@code start} method is called. It becomes
+     * inactive just before its {@code stop} method is called.
+     *
+     * @return  {@code true} if the applet is active;
+     *          {@code false} otherwise.
+     */
+    boolean isActive();
+
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the URL of the document in which the applet is embedded.
+     * For example, suppose an applet is contained
+     * within the document:
+     * <blockquote><pre>
+     *    http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html
+     * </pre></blockquote>
+     * The document base is:
+     * <blockquote><pre>
+     *    http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/index.html
+     * </pre></blockquote>
+     *
+     * @return  the {@link java.net.URL} of the document that contains the
+     *          applet.
+     * @see     java.applet.AppletStub#getCodeBase()
+     */
+    URL getDocumentBase();
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the base URL. This is the URL of the directory which contains the applet.
+     *
+     * @return  the base {@link java.net.URL} of
+     *          the directory which contains the applet.
+     * @see     java.applet.AppletStub#getDocumentBase()
+     */
+    URL getCodeBase();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the value of the named parameter in the HTML tag. For
+     * example, if an applet is specified as
+     * <blockquote><pre>
+     * &lt;applet code="Clock" width=50 height=50&gt;
+     * &lt;param name=Color value="blue"&gt;
+     * &lt;/applet&gt;
+     * </pre></blockquote>
+     * <p>
+     * then a call to {@code getParameter("Color")} returns the
+     * value {@code "blue"}.
+     *
+     * @param   name   a parameter name.
+     * @return  the value of the named parameter,
+     * or {@code null} if not set.
+     */
+    String getParameter(String name);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the applet's context.
+     *
+     * @return  the applet's context.
+     */
+    AppletContext getAppletContext();
+
+    /**
+     * Called when the applet wants to be resized.
+     *
+     * @param   width    the new requested width for the applet.
+     * @param   height   the new requested height for the applet.
+     */
+    void appletResize(int width, int height);
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/applet/AudioClip.java

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.applet;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code AudioClip} interface is a simple abstraction for
+ * playing a sound clip. Multiple {@code AudioClip} items can be
+ * playing at the same time, and the resulting sound is mixed
+ * together to produce a composite.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @since       1.0
+ *
+ * @deprecated  The Applet API is deprecated. See the
+ * <a href="package-summary.html">java.applet package documentation</a>
+ * for further information.
+ */
+
+@Deprecated(since = "9")
+public interface AudioClip {
+    /**
+     * Starts playing this audio clip. Each time this method is called,
+     * the clip is restarted from the beginning.
+     */
+    void play();
+
+    /**
+     * Starts playing this audio clip in a loop.
+     */
+    void loop();
+
+    /**
+     * Stops playing this audio clip.
+     */
+    void stop();
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/applet/package-info.java

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Provides the classes necessary to create an applet and the classes an applet
+ * uses to communicate with its applet context.
+ * <p>
+ * The applet framework involves two entities: the <i>applet</i> and the
+ * <i>applet context</i>. An applet is an embeddable window (see the Panel
+ * class) with a few extra methods that the applet context can use to
+ * initialize, start, and stop the applet.
+ * <p>
+ * The applet context is an application that is responsible for loading and
+ * running applets. For example, the applet context could be a Web browser or an
+ * applet development environment.
+ * <p>
+ * The APIs in this package are all deprecated. Alternative technologies such as
+ * Java Web Start or installable applications should be used instead.
+ * See <a href="http://openjdk.java.net/jeps/289">JEP 289</a> and
+ * the Oracle White Paper
+ * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/migratingfromapplets-2872444.pdf">
+ * "Migrating from Java Applets to plugin-free Java technologies"</a> for more
+ * information.
+ *
+ * @since 1.0
+ */
+package java.applet;

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTError.java

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 1997, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * Thrown when a serious Abstract Window Toolkit error has occurred.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ */
+public class AWTError extends Error {
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = -1819846354050686206L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an instance of {@code AWTError} with the specified
+     * detail message.
+     * @param   msg   the detail message.
+     * @since   1.0
+     */
+    public AWTError(String msg) {
+        super(msg);
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTEvent.java

@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.util.EventObject;
+import java.awt.event.*;
+import java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer;
+import java.awt.peer.LightweightPeer;
+import java.lang.reflect.Field;
+import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
+import sun.util.logging.PlatformLogger;
+
+import java.security.AccessControlContext;
+import java.security.AccessController;
+
+/**
+ * The root event class for all AWT events.
+ * This class and its subclasses supersede the original
+ * java.awt.Event class.
+ * Subclasses of this root AWTEvent class defined outside of the
+ * java.awt.event package should define event ID values greater than
+ * the value defined by RESERVED_ID_MAX.
+ * <p>
+ * The event masks defined in this class are needed by Component subclasses
+ * which are using Component.enableEvents() to select for event types not
+ * selected by registered listeners. If a listener is registered on a
+ * component, the appropriate event mask is already set internally by the
+ * component.
+ * <p>
+ * The masks are also used to specify to which types of events an
+ * AWTEventListener should listen. The masks are bitwise-ORed together
+ * and passed to Toolkit.addAWTEventListener.
+ *
+ * @see Component#enableEvents
+ * @see Toolkit#addAWTEventListener
+ *
+ * @see java.awt.event.ActionEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.AdjustmentEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.ContainerEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.InvocationEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.PaintEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.TextEvent
+ * @see java.awt.event.WindowEvent
+ *
+ * @author Carl Quinn
+ * @author Amy Fowler
+ * @since 1.1
+ */
+public abstract class AWTEvent extends EventObject {
+    private static final PlatformLogger log = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.AWTEvent");
+    private byte bdata[];
+
+    /**
+     * The event's id.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getID()
+     * @see #AWTEvent
+     */
+    protected int id;
+
+    /**
+     * Controls whether or not the event is sent back down to the peer once the
+     * source has processed it - false means it's sent to the peer; true means
+     * it's not. Semantic events always have a 'true' value since they were
+     * generated by the peer in response to a low-level event.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #consume
+     * @see #isConsumed
+     */
+    protected boolean consumed = false;
+
+   /*
+    * The event's AccessControlContext.
+    */
+    private transient volatile AccessControlContext acc =
+        AccessController.getContext();
+
+   /*
+    * Returns the acc this event was constructed with.
+    */
+    final AccessControlContext getAccessControlContext() {
+        if (acc == null) {
+            throw new SecurityException("AWTEvent is missing AccessControlContext");
+        }
+        return acc;
+    }
+
+    transient boolean focusManagerIsDispatching = false;
+    transient boolean isPosted;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates whether this AWTEvent was generated by the system as
+     * opposed to by user code.
+     */
+    private transient boolean isSystemGenerated;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting component events.
+     */
+    public static final long COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK = 0x01;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting container events.
+     */
+    public static final long CONTAINER_EVENT_MASK = 0x02;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting focus events.
+     */
+    public static final long FOCUS_EVENT_MASK = 0x04;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting key events.
+     */
+    public static final long KEY_EVENT_MASK = 0x08;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting mouse events.
+     */
+    public static final long MOUSE_EVENT_MASK = 0x10;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting mouse motion events.
+     */
+    public static final long MOUSE_MOTION_EVENT_MASK = 0x20;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting window events.
+     */
+    public static final long WINDOW_EVENT_MASK = 0x40;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting action events.
+     */
+    public static final long ACTION_EVENT_MASK = 0x80;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting adjustment events.
+     */
+    public static final long ADJUSTMENT_EVENT_MASK = 0x100;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting item events.
+     */
+    public static final long ITEM_EVENT_MASK = 0x200;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting text events.
+     */
+    public static final long TEXT_EVENT_MASK = 0x400;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting input method events.
+     */
+    public static final long INPUT_METHOD_EVENT_MASK = 0x800;
+
+    /**
+     * The pseudo event mask for enabling input methods.
+     * We're using one bit in the eventMask so we don't need
+     * a separate field inputMethodsEnabled.
+     */
+    static final long INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK = 0x1000;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting paint events.
+     */
+    public static final long PAINT_EVENT_MASK = 0x2000;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting invocation events.
+     */
+    public static final long INVOCATION_EVENT_MASK = 0x4000;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting hierarchy events.
+     */
+    public static final long HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK = 0x8000;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting hierarchy bounds events.
+     */
+    public static final long HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK = 0x10000;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting mouse wheel events.
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final long MOUSE_WHEEL_EVENT_MASK = 0x20000;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting window state events.
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final long WINDOW_STATE_EVENT_MASK = 0x40000;
+
+    /**
+     * The event mask for selecting window focus events.
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final long WINDOW_FOCUS_EVENT_MASK = 0x80000;
+
+    /**
+     * WARNING: there are more mask defined privately.  See
+     * SunToolkit.GRAB_EVENT_MASK.
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * The maximum value for reserved AWT event IDs. Programs defining
+     * their own event IDs should use IDs greater than this value.
+     */
+    public static final int RESERVED_ID_MAX = 1999;
+
+    // security stuff
+    private static Field inputEvent_CanAccessSystemClipboard_Field = null;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -1825314779160409405L;
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+        AWTAccessor.setAWTEventAccessor(
+            new AWTAccessor.AWTEventAccessor() {
+                public void setPosted(AWTEvent ev) {
+                    ev.isPosted = true;
+                }
+
+                public void setSystemGenerated(AWTEvent ev) {
+                    ev.isSystemGenerated = true;
+                }
+
+                public boolean isSystemGenerated(AWTEvent ev) {
+                    return ev.isSystemGenerated;
+                }
+
+                public AccessControlContext getAccessControlContext(AWTEvent ev) {
+                    return ev.getAccessControlContext();
+                }
+
+                public byte[] getBData(AWTEvent ev) {
+                    return ev.bdata;
+                }
+
+                public void setBData(AWTEvent ev, byte[] bdata) {
+                    ev.bdata = bdata;
+                }
+
+            });
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs for fields that may be
+     * accessed from C.
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an AWTEvent object from the parameters of a 1.0-style event.
+     *
+     * @param event the old-style event
+     * @deprecated It is recommended that {@link #AWTEvent(Object, int)} be used
+     *             instead
+     */
+    @Deprecated(since = "9")
+    public AWTEvent(Event event) {
+        this(event.target, event.id);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an AWTEvent object with the specified source object and type.
+     *
+     * @param source the object where the event originated
+     * @param id the event type
+     */
+    public AWTEvent(Object source, int id) {
+        super(source);
+        this.id = id;
+        switch(id) {
+          case ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED:
+          case ItemEvent.ITEM_STATE_CHANGED:
+          case AdjustmentEvent.ADJUSTMENT_VALUE_CHANGED:
+          case TextEvent.TEXT_VALUE_CHANGED:
+            consumed = true;
+            break;
+          default:
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Retargets an event to a new source. This method is typically used to
+     * retarget an event to a lightweight child Component of the original
+     * heavyweight source.
+     * <p>
+     * This method is intended to be used only by event targeting subsystems,
+     * such as client-defined KeyboardFocusManagers. It is not for general
+     * client use.
+     *
+     * @param newSource the new Object to which the event should be dispatched
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public void setSource(Object newSource) {
+        if (source == newSource) {
+            return;
+        }
+
+        Component comp = null;
+        if (newSource instanceof Component) {
+            comp = (Component)newSource;
+            while (comp != null && comp.peer != null &&
+                   (comp.peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
+                comp = comp.parent;
+            }
+        }
+
+        synchronized (this) {
+            source = newSource;
+            if (comp != null) {
+                ComponentPeer peer = comp.peer;
+                if (peer != null) {
+                    nativeSetSource(peer);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    private native void nativeSetSource(ComponentPeer peer);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the event type.
+     *
+     * @return the event's type id
+     */
+    public int getID() {
+        return id;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a String representation of this object.
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        String srcName = null;
+        if (source instanceof Component) {
+            srcName = ((Component)source).getName();
+        } else if (source instanceof MenuComponent) {
+            srcName = ((MenuComponent)source).getName();
+        }
+        return getClass().getName() + "[" + paramString() + "] on " +
+            (srcName != null? srcName : source);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Event}.
+     * This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
+     * content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return  a string representation of this event
+     */
+    public String paramString() {
+        return "";
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Consumes this event, if this event can be consumed. Only low-level,
+     * system events can be consumed
+     */
+    protected void consume() {
+        switch(id) {
+          case KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED:
+          case KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_PRESSED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_RELEASED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_MOVED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_DRAGGED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_ENTERED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_EXITED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL:
+          case InputMethodEvent.INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED:
+          case InputMethodEvent.CARET_POSITION_CHANGED:
+              consumed = true;
+              break;
+          default:
+              // event type cannot be consumed
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether this event has been consumed.
+     *
+     * @return {@code true} if this event has been consumed;
+     *          otherwise {@code false}
+     */
+    protected boolean isConsumed() {
+        return consumed;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Converts a new event to an old one (used for compatibility).
+     * If the new event cannot be converted (because no old equivalent
+     * exists) then this returns null.
+     *
+     * Note: this method is here instead of in each individual new
+     * event class in java.awt.event because we don't want to make
+     * it public and it needs to be called from java.awt.
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    Event convertToOld() {
+        Object src = getSource();
+        int newid = id;
+
+        switch(id) {
+          case KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED:
+          case KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED:
+              KeyEvent ke = (KeyEvent)this;
+              if (ke.isActionKey()) {
+                  newid = (id == KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED?
+                           Event.KEY_ACTION : Event.KEY_ACTION_RELEASE);
+              }
+              int keyCode = ke.getKeyCode();
+              if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_SHIFT ||
+                  keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_CONTROL ||
+                  keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_ALT) {
+                  return null;  // suppress modifier keys in old event model.
+              }
+              // no mask for button1 existed in old Event - strip it out
+              return new Event(src, ke.getWhen(), newid, 0, 0,
+                               Event.getOldEventKey(ke),
+                               (ke.getModifiers() & ~InputEvent.BUTTON1_MASK));
+
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_PRESSED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_RELEASED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_MOVED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_DRAGGED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_ENTERED:
+          case MouseEvent.MOUSE_EXITED:
+              MouseEvent me = (MouseEvent)this;
+              // no mask for button1 existed in old Event - strip it out
+              Event olde = new Event(src, me.getWhen(), newid,
+                               me.getX(), me.getY(), 0,
+                               (me.getModifiers() & ~InputEvent.BUTTON1_MASK));
+              olde.clickCount = me.getClickCount();
+              return olde;
+
+          case FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED:
+              return new Event(src, Event.GOT_FOCUS, null);
+
+          case FocusEvent.FOCUS_LOST:
+              return new Event(src, Event.LOST_FOCUS, null);
+
+          case WindowEvent.WINDOW_CLOSING:
+          case WindowEvent.WINDOW_ICONIFIED:
+          case WindowEvent.WINDOW_DEICONIFIED:
+              return new Event(src, newid, null);
+
+          case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_MOVED:
+              if (src instanceof Frame || src instanceof Dialog) {
+                  Point p = ((Component)src).getLocation();
+                  return new Event(src, 0, Event.WINDOW_MOVED, p.x, p.y, 0, 0);
+              }
+              break;
+
+          case ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED:
+              ActionEvent ae = (ActionEvent)this;
+              String cmd;
+              if (src instanceof Button) {
+                  cmd = ((Button)src).getLabel();
+              } else if (src instanceof MenuItem) {
+                  cmd = ((MenuItem)src).getLabel();
+              } else {
+                  cmd = ae.getActionCommand();
+              }
+              return new Event(src, 0, newid, 0, 0, 0, ae.getModifiers(), cmd);
+
+          case ItemEvent.ITEM_STATE_CHANGED:
+              ItemEvent ie = (ItemEvent)this;
+              Object arg;
+              if (src instanceof List) {
+                  newid = (ie.getStateChange() == ItemEvent.SELECTED?
+                           Event.LIST_SELECT : Event.LIST_DESELECT);
+                  arg = ie.getItem();
+              } else {
+                  newid = Event.ACTION_EVENT;
+                  if (src instanceof Choice) {
+                      arg = ie.getItem();
+
+                  } else { // Checkbox
+                      arg = Boolean.valueOf(ie.getStateChange() == ItemEvent.SELECTED);
+                  }
+              }
+              return new Event(src, newid, arg);
+
+          case AdjustmentEvent.ADJUSTMENT_VALUE_CHANGED:
+              AdjustmentEvent aje = (AdjustmentEvent)this;
+              switch(aje.getAdjustmentType()) {
+                case AdjustmentEvent.UNIT_INCREMENT:
+                  newid = Event.SCROLL_LINE_DOWN;
+                  break;
+                case AdjustmentEvent.UNIT_DECREMENT:
+                  newid = Event.SCROLL_LINE_UP;
+                  break;
+                case AdjustmentEvent.BLOCK_INCREMENT:
+                  newid = Event.SCROLL_PAGE_DOWN;
+                  break;
+                case AdjustmentEvent.BLOCK_DECREMENT:
+                  newid = Event.SCROLL_PAGE_UP;
+                  break;
+                case AdjustmentEvent.TRACK:
+                  if (aje.getValueIsAdjusting()) {
+                      newid = Event.SCROLL_ABSOLUTE;
+                  }
+                  else {
+                      newid = Event.SCROLL_END;
+                  }
+                  break;
+                default:
+                  return null;
+              }
+              return new Event(src, newid, Integer.valueOf(aje.getValue()));
+
+          default:
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Copies all private data from this event into that.
+     * Space is allocated for the copied data that will be
+     * freed when the that is finalized. Upon completion,
+     * this event is not changed.
+     */
+    void copyPrivateDataInto(AWTEvent that) {
+        that.bdata = this.bdata;
+        // Copy canAccessSystemClipboard value from this into that.
+        if (this instanceof InputEvent && that instanceof InputEvent) {
+
+            AWTAccessor.InputEventAccessor accessor
+                    = AWTAccessor.getInputEventAccessor();
+
+            boolean b = accessor.canAccessSystemClipboard((InputEvent) this);
+            accessor.setCanAccessSystemClipboard((InputEvent) that, b);
+        }
+        that.isSystemGenerated = this.isSystemGenerated;
+    }
+
+    void dispatched() {
+        if (this instanceof InputEvent) {
+            AWTAccessor.getInputEventAccessor().
+                    setCanAccessSystemClipboard((InputEvent) this, false);
+        }
+    }
+} // class AWTEvent

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTException.java

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+
+/**
+ * Signals that an Abstract Window Toolkit exception has occurred.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ */
+public class AWTException extends Exception {
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = -1900414231151323879L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an instance of {@code AWTException} with the
+     * specified detail message. A detail message is an
+     * instance of {@code String} that describes this particular
+     * exception.
+     * @param   msg     the detail message
+     * @since   1.0
+     */
+    public AWTException(String msg) {
+        super(msg);
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTKeyStroke.java

@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.KeyEvent;
+import sun.awt.AppContext;
+import java.awt.event.InputEvent;
+import java.util.Collections;
+import java.util.HashMap;
+import java.util.Map;
+import java.util.StringTokenizer;
+import java.io.Serializable;
+import java.lang.reflect.Modifier;
+import java.lang.reflect.Field;
+import sun.swing.SwingAccessor;
+
+/**
+ * An {@code AWTKeyStroke} represents a key action on the
+ * keyboard, or equivalent input device. {@code AWTKeyStroke}s
+ * can correspond to only a press or release of a
+ * particular key, just as {@code KEY_PRESSED} and
+ * {@code KEY_RELEASED KeyEvent}s do;
+ * alternately, they can correspond to typing a specific Java character, just
+ * as {@code KEY_TYPED KeyEvent}s do.
+ * In all cases, {@code AWTKeyStroke}s can specify modifiers
+ * (alt, shift, control, meta, altGraph, or a combination thereof) which must be present
+ * during the action for an exact match.
+ * <p>
+ * {@code AWTKeyStrokes} are immutable, and are intended
+ * to be unique. Client code should never create an
+ * {@code AWTKeyStroke} on its own, but should instead use
+ * a variant of {@code getAWTKeyStroke}. Client use of these factory
+ * methods allows the {@code AWTKeyStroke} implementation
+ * to cache and share instances efficiently.
+ *
+ * @see #getAWTKeyStroke
+ *
+ * @author Arnaud Weber
+ * @author David Mendenhall
+ * @since 1.4
+ */
+public class AWTKeyStroke implements Serializable {
+    static final long serialVersionUID = -6430539691155161871L;
+
+    private static Map<String, Integer> modifierKeywords;
+    /**
+     * Associates VK_XXX (as a String) with code (as Integer). This is
+     * done to avoid the overhead of the reflective call to find the
+     * constant.
+     */
+    private static VKCollection vks;
+
+    //A key for the collection of AWTKeyStrokes within AppContext.
+    private static Object APP_CONTEXT_CACHE_KEY = new Object();
+    //A key withing the cache
+    private static AWTKeyStroke APP_CONTEXT_KEYSTROKE_KEY = new AWTKeyStroke();
+
+    private char keyChar = KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED;
+    private int keyCode = KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED;
+    private int modifiers;
+    private boolean onKeyRelease;
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an {@code AWTKeyStroke} with default values.
+     * The default values used are:
+     *
+     * <table class="striped">
+     * <caption>AWTKeyStroke default values</caption>
+     * <thead>
+     * <tr><th>Property</th><th>Default Value</th></tr>
+     * </thead>
+     * <tbody>
+     * <tr>
+     *    <td>Key Char</td>
+     *    <td>{@code KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED}</td>
+     * </tr>
+     * <tr>
+     *    <td>Key Code</td>
+     *    <td>{@code KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED}</td>
+     * </tr>
+     * <tr>
+     *    <td>Modifiers</td>
+     *    <td>none</td>
+     * </tr>
+     * <tr>
+     *    <td>On key release?</td>
+     *    <td>{@code false}</td>
+     * </tr>
+     * </tbody>
+     * </table>
+     *
+     * {@code AWTKeyStroke}s should not be constructed
+     * by client code. Use a variant of {@code getAWTKeyStroke}
+     * instead.
+     *
+     * @see #getAWTKeyStroke
+     */
+    protected AWTKeyStroke() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an {@code AWTKeyStroke} with the specified
+     * values. {@code AWTKeyStroke}s should not be constructed
+     * by client code. Use a variant of {@code getAWTKeyStroke}
+     * instead.
+     *
+     * @param keyChar the character value for a keyboard key
+     * @param keyCode the key code for this {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+     * @param modifiers a bitwise-ored combination of any modifiers
+     * @param onKeyRelease {@code true} if this
+     *        {@code AWTKeyStroke} corresponds
+     *        to a key release; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see #getAWTKeyStroke
+     */
+    protected AWTKeyStroke(char keyChar, int keyCode, int modifiers,
+                           boolean onKeyRelease) {
+        this.keyChar = keyChar;
+        this.keyCode = keyCode;
+        this.modifiers = modifiers;
+        this.onKeyRelease = onKeyRelease;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * The method has no effect and is only left present to avoid introducing
+     * a binary incompatibility.
+     *
+     * @param subclass the new Class of which the factory methods should create
+     *        instances
+     * @deprecated
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    protected static void registerSubclass(Class<?> subclass) {
+    }
+
+    private static synchronized AWTKeyStroke getCachedStroke
+        (char keyChar, int keyCode, int modifiers, boolean onKeyRelease)
+    {
+        @SuppressWarnings("unchecked")
+        Map<AWTKeyStroke, AWTKeyStroke> cache = (Map)AppContext.getAppContext().get(APP_CONTEXT_CACHE_KEY);
+        AWTKeyStroke cacheKey = (AWTKeyStroke)AppContext.getAppContext().get(APP_CONTEXT_KEYSTROKE_KEY);
+
+        if (cache == null) {
+            cache = new HashMap<>();
+            AppContext.getAppContext().put(APP_CONTEXT_CACHE_KEY, cache);
+        }
+
+        if (cacheKey == null) {
+            cacheKey = SwingAccessor.getKeyStrokeAccessor().create();
+            AppContext.getAppContext().put(APP_CONTEXT_KEYSTROKE_KEY, cacheKey);
+        }
+
+        cacheKey.keyChar = keyChar;
+        cacheKey.keyCode = keyCode;
+        cacheKey.modifiers = mapNewModifiers(mapOldModifiers(modifiers));
+        cacheKey.onKeyRelease = onKeyRelease;
+
+        AWTKeyStroke stroke = cache.get(cacheKey);
+        if (stroke == null) {
+            stroke = cacheKey;
+            cache.put(stroke, stroke);
+            AppContext.getAppContext().remove(APP_CONTEXT_KEYSTROKE_KEY);
+        }
+        return stroke;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a shared instance of an {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+     * that represents a {@code KEY_TYPED} event for the
+     * specified character.
+     *
+     * @param keyChar the character value for a keyboard key
+     * @return an {@code AWTKeyStroke} object for that key
+     */
+    public static AWTKeyStroke getAWTKeyStroke(char keyChar) {
+        return getCachedStroke(keyChar, KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED, 0, false);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a shared instance of an {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+     * that represents a {@code KEY_TYPED} event for the
+     * specified Character object and a set of modifiers. Note
+     * that the first parameter is of type Character rather than
+     * char. This is to avoid inadvertent clashes with
+     * calls to {@code getAWTKeyStroke(int keyCode, int modifiers)}.
+     *
+     * The modifiers consist of any combination of following:<ul>
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.SHIFT_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.CTRL_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.META_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_DOWN_MASK
+     * </ul>
+     * The old modifiers listed below also can be used, but they are
+     * mapped to _DOWN_ modifiers. <ul>
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.CTRL_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.META_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_MASK
+     * </ul>
+     * also can be used, but they are mapped to _DOWN_ modifiers.
+     *
+     * Since these numbers are all different powers of two, any combination of
+     * them is an integer in which each bit represents a different modifier
+     * key. Use 0 to specify no modifiers.
+     *
+     * @param keyChar the Character object for a keyboard character
+     * @param modifiers a bitwise-ored combination of any modifiers
+     * @return an {@code AWTKeyStroke} object for that key
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code keyChar} is
+     *       {@code null}
+     *
+     * @see java.awt.event.InputEvent
+     */
+    public static AWTKeyStroke getAWTKeyStroke(Character keyChar, int modifiers)
+    {
+        if (keyChar == null) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("keyChar cannot be null");
+        }
+        return getCachedStroke(keyChar.charValue(), KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED,
+                               modifiers, false);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a shared instance of an {@code AWTKeyStroke},
+     * given a numeric key code and a set of modifiers, specifying
+     * whether the key is activated when it is pressed or released.
+     * <p>
+     * The "virtual key" constants defined in
+     * {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent} can be
+     * used to specify the key code. For example:<ul>
+     * <li>{@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_ENTER}
+     * <li>{@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_TAB}
+     * <li>{@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_SPACE}
+     * </ul>
+     * Alternatively, the key code may be obtained by calling
+     * {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar}.
+     *
+     * The modifiers consist of any combination of:<ul>
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.SHIFT_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.CTRL_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.META_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_DOWN_MASK
+     * </ul>
+     * The old modifiers <ul>
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.CTRL_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.META_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_MASK
+     * </ul>
+     * also can be used, but they are mapped to _DOWN_ modifiers.
+     *
+     * Since these numbers are all different powers of two, any combination of
+     * them is an integer in which each bit represents a different modifier
+     * key. Use 0 to specify no modifiers.
+     *
+     * @param keyCode an int specifying the numeric code for a keyboard key
+     * @param modifiers a bitwise-ored combination of any modifiers
+     * @param onKeyRelease {@code true} if the {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+     *        should represent a key release; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @return an AWTKeyStroke object for that key
+     *
+     * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
+     * @see java.awt.event.InputEvent
+     */
+    public static AWTKeyStroke getAWTKeyStroke(int keyCode, int modifiers,
+                                               boolean onKeyRelease) {
+        return getCachedStroke(KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED, keyCode, modifiers,
+                               onKeyRelease);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a shared instance of an {@code AWTKeyStroke},
+     * given a numeric key code and a set of modifiers. The returned
+     * {@code AWTKeyStroke} will correspond to a key press.
+     * <p>
+     * The "virtual key" constants defined in
+     * {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent} can be
+     * used to specify the key code. For example:<ul>
+     * <li>{@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_ENTER}
+     * <li>{@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_TAB}
+     * <li>{@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_SPACE}
+     * </ul>
+     * The modifiers consist of any combination of:<ul>
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.SHIFT_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.CTRL_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.META_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_DOWN_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_DOWN_MASK
+     * </ul>
+     * The old modifiers <ul>
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.CTRL_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.META_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_MASK
+     * <li>java.awt.event.InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_MASK
+     * </ul>
+     * also can be used, but they are mapped to _DOWN_ modifiers.
+     *
+     * Since these numbers are all different powers of two, any combination of
+     * them is an integer in which each bit represents a different modifier
+     * key. Use 0 to specify no modifiers.
+     *
+     * @param keyCode an int specifying the numeric code for a keyboard key
+     * @param modifiers a bitwise-ored combination of any modifiers
+     * @return an {@code AWTKeyStroke} object for that key
+     *
+     * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
+     * @see java.awt.event.InputEvent
+     */
+    public static AWTKeyStroke getAWTKeyStroke(int keyCode, int modifiers) {
+        return getCachedStroke(KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED, keyCode, modifiers,
+                               false);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an {@code AWTKeyStroke} which represents the
+     * stroke which generated a given {@code KeyEvent}.
+     * <p>
+     * This method obtains the keyChar from a {@code KeyTyped}
+     * event, and the keyCode from a {@code KeyPressed} or
+     * {@code KeyReleased} event. The {@code KeyEvent} modifiers are
+     * obtained for all three types of {@code KeyEvent}.
+     *
+     * @param anEvent the {@code KeyEvent} from which to
+     *      obtain the {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+     * @throws NullPointerException if {@code anEvent} is null
+     * @return the {@code AWTKeyStroke} that precipitated the event
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    public static AWTKeyStroke getAWTKeyStrokeForEvent(KeyEvent anEvent) {
+        int id = anEvent.getID();
+        switch(id) {
+          case KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED:
+          case KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED:
+            return getCachedStroke(KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED,
+                                   anEvent.getKeyCode(),
+                                   anEvent.getModifiers(),
+                                   (id == KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED));
+          case KeyEvent.KEY_TYPED:
+            return getCachedStroke(anEvent.getKeyChar(),
+                                   KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED,
+                                   anEvent.getModifiers(),
+                                   false);
+          default:
+            // Invalid ID for this KeyEvent
+            return null;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Parses a string and returns an {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
+     * The string must have the following syntax:
+     * <pre>
+     *    &lt;modifiers&gt;* (&lt;typedID&gt; | &lt;pressedReleasedID&gt;)
+     *
+     *    modifiers := shift | control | ctrl | meta | alt | altGraph
+     *    typedID := typed &lt;typedKey&gt;
+     *    typedKey := string of length 1 giving Unicode character.
+     *    pressedReleasedID := (pressed | released) key
+     *    key := KeyEvent key code name, i.e. the name following "VK_".
+     * </pre>
+     * If typed, pressed or released is not specified, pressed is assumed. Here
+     * are some examples:
+     * <pre>
+     *     "INSERT" =&gt; getAWTKeyStroke(KeyEvent.VK_INSERT, 0);
+     *     "control DELETE" =&gt; getAWTKeyStroke(KeyEvent.VK_DELETE, InputEvent.CTRL_MASK);
+     *     "alt shift X" =&gt; getAWTKeyStroke(KeyEvent.VK_X, InputEvent.ALT_MASK | InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK);
+     *     "alt shift released X" =&gt; getAWTKeyStroke(KeyEvent.VK_X, InputEvent.ALT_MASK | InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK, true);
+     *     "typed a" =&gt; getAWTKeyStroke('a');
+     * </pre>
+     *
+     * @param s a String formatted as described above
+     * @return an {@code AWTKeyStroke} object for that String
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code s} is {@code null},
+     *        or is formatted incorrectly
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    public static AWTKeyStroke getAWTKeyStroke(String s) {
+        if (s == null) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("String cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        final String errmsg = "String formatted incorrectly";
+
+        StringTokenizer st = new StringTokenizer(s, " ");
+
+        int mask = 0;
+        boolean released = false;
+        boolean typed = false;
+        boolean pressed = false;
+
+        synchronized (AWTKeyStroke.class) {
+            if (modifierKeywords == null) {
+                Map<String, Integer> uninitializedMap = new HashMap<>(8, 1.0f);
+                uninitializedMap.put("shift",
+                                     Integer.valueOf(InputEvent.SHIFT_DOWN_MASK
+                                                     |InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK));
+                uninitializedMap.put("control",
+                                     Integer.valueOf(InputEvent.CTRL_DOWN_MASK
+                                                     |InputEvent.CTRL_MASK));
+                uninitializedMap.put("ctrl",
+                                     Integer.valueOf(InputEvent.CTRL_DOWN_MASK
+                                                     |InputEvent.CTRL_MASK));
+                uninitializedMap.put("meta",
+                                     Integer.valueOf(InputEvent.META_DOWN_MASK
+                                                     |InputEvent.META_MASK));
+                uninitializedMap.put("alt",
+                                     Integer.valueOf(InputEvent.ALT_DOWN_MASK
+                                                     |InputEvent.ALT_MASK));
+                uninitializedMap.put("altGraph",
+                                     Integer.valueOf(InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_DOWN_MASK
+                                                     |InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_MASK));
+                uninitializedMap.put("button1",
+                                     Integer.valueOf(InputEvent.BUTTON1_DOWN_MASK));
+                uninitializedMap.put("button2",
+                                     Integer.valueOf(InputEvent.BUTTON2_DOWN_MASK));
+                uninitializedMap.put("button3",
+                                     Integer.valueOf(InputEvent.BUTTON3_DOWN_MASK));
+                modifierKeywords =
+                    Collections.synchronizedMap(uninitializedMap);
+            }
+        }
+
+        int count = st.countTokens();
+
+        for (int i = 1; i <= count; i++) {
+            String token = st.nextToken();
+
+            if (typed) {
+                if (token.length() != 1 || i != count) {
+                    throw new IllegalArgumentException(errmsg);
+                }
+                return getCachedStroke(token.charAt(0), KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED,
+                                       mask, false);
+            }
+
+            if (pressed || released || i == count) {
+                if (i != count) {
+                    throw new IllegalArgumentException(errmsg);
+                }
+
+                String keyCodeName = "VK_" + token;
+                int keyCode = getVKValue(keyCodeName);
+
+                return getCachedStroke(KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED, keyCode,
+                                       mask, released);
+            }
+
+            if (token.equals("released")) {
+                released = true;
+                continue;
+            }
+            if (token.equals("pressed")) {
+                pressed = true;
+                continue;
+            }
+            if (token.equals("typed")) {
+                typed = true;
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            Integer tokenMask = modifierKeywords.get(token);
+            if (tokenMask != null) {
+                mask |= tokenMask.intValue();
+            } else {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException(errmsg);
+            }
+        }
+
+        throw new IllegalArgumentException(errmsg);
+    }
+
+    private static VKCollection getVKCollection() {
+        if (vks == null) {
+            vks = new VKCollection();
+        }
+        return vks;
+    }
+    /**
+     * Returns the integer constant for the KeyEvent.VK field named
+     * {@code key}. This will throw an
+     * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code key} is
+     * not a valid constant.
+     */
+    private static int getVKValue(String key) {
+        VKCollection vkCollect = getVKCollection();
+
+        Integer value = vkCollect.findCode(key);
+
+        if (value == null) {
+            int keyCode = 0;
+            final String errmsg = "String formatted incorrectly";
+
+            try {
+                keyCode = KeyEvent.class.getField(key).getInt(KeyEvent.class);
+            } catch (NoSuchFieldException nsfe) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException(errmsg);
+            } catch (IllegalAccessException iae) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException(errmsg);
+            }
+            value = Integer.valueOf(keyCode);
+            vkCollect.put(key, value);
+        }
+        return value.intValue();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the character for this {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
+     *
+     * @return a char value
+     * @see #getAWTKeyStroke(char)
+     * @see KeyEvent#getKeyChar
+     */
+    public final char getKeyChar() {
+        return keyChar;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the numeric key code for this {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
+     *
+     * @return an int containing the key code value
+     * @see #getAWTKeyStroke(int,int)
+     * @see KeyEvent#getKeyCode
+     */
+    public final int getKeyCode() {
+        return keyCode;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the modifier keys for this {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
+     *
+     * @return an int containing the modifiers
+     * @see #getAWTKeyStroke(int,int)
+     */
+    public final int getModifiers() {
+        return modifiers;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether this {@code AWTKeyStroke} represents a key release.
+     *
+     * @return {@code true} if this {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+     *          represents a key release; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see #getAWTKeyStroke(int,int,boolean)
+     */
+    public final boolean isOnKeyRelease() {
+        return onKeyRelease;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the type of {@code KeyEvent} which corresponds to
+     * this {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
+     *
+     * @return {@code KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED},
+     *         {@code KeyEvent.KEY_TYPED},
+     *         or {@code KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED}
+     * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
+     */
+    public final int getKeyEventType() {
+        if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED) {
+            return KeyEvent.KEY_TYPED;
+        } else {
+            return (onKeyRelease)
+                ? KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED
+                : KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a numeric value for this object that is likely to be unique,
+     * making it a good choice as the index value in a hash table.
+     *
+     * @return an int that represents this object
+     */
+    public int hashCode() {
+        return (((int)keyChar) + 1) * (2 * (keyCode + 1)) * (modifiers + 1) +
+            (onKeyRelease ? 1 : 2);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if this object is identical to the specified object.
+     *
+     * @param anObject the Object to compare this object to
+     * @return true if the objects are identical
+     */
+    public final boolean equals(Object anObject) {
+        if (anObject instanceof AWTKeyStroke) {
+            AWTKeyStroke ks = (AWTKeyStroke)anObject;
+            return (ks.keyChar == keyChar && ks.keyCode == keyCode &&
+                    ks.onKeyRelease == onKeyRelease &&
+                    ks.modifiers == modifiers);
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string that displays and identifies this object's properties.
+     * The {@code String} returned by this method can be passed
+     * as a parameter to {@code getAWTKeyStroke(String)} to produce
+     * a key stroke equal to this key stroke.
+     *
+     * @return a String representation of this object
+     * @see #getAWTKeyStroke(String)
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED) {
+            return getModifiersText(modifiers) + "typed " + keyChar;
+        } else {
+            return getModifiersText(modifiers) +
+                (onKeyRelease ? "released" : "pressed") + " " +
+                getVKText(keyCode);
+        }
+    }
+
+    static String getModifiersText(int modifiers) {
+        StringBuilder buf = new StringBuilder();
+
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.SHIFT_DOWN_MASK) != 0 ) {
+            buf.append("shift ");
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.CTRL_DOWN_MASK) != 0 ) {
+            buf.append("ctrl ");
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.META_DOWN_MASK) != 0 ) {
+            buf.append("meta ");
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.ALT_DOWN_MASK) != 0 ) {
+            buf.append("alt ");
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_DOWN_MASK) != 0 ) {
+            buf.append("altGraph ");
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.BUTTON1_DOWN_MASK) != 0 ) {
+            buf.append("button1 ");
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.BUTTON2_DOWN_MASK) != 0 ) {
+            buf.append("button2 ");
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.BUTTON3_DOWN_MASK) != 0 ) {
+            buf.append("button3 ");
+        }
+
+        return buf.toString();
+    }
+
+    static String getVKText(int keyCode) {
+        VKCollection vkCollect = getVKCollection();
+        Integer key = Integer.valueOf(keyCode);
+        String name = vkCollect.findName(key);
+        if (name != null) {
+            return name.substring(3);
+        }
+        int expected_modifiers =
+            (Modifier.PUBLIC | Modifier.STATIC | Modifier.FINAL);
+
+        Field[] fields = KeyEvent.class.getDeclaredFields();
+        for (int i = 0; i < fields.length; i++) {
+            try {
+                if (fields[i].getModifiers() == expected_modifiers
+                    && fields[i].getType() == Integer.TYPE
+                    && fields[i].getName().startsWith("VK_")
+                    && fields[i].getInt(KeyEvent.class) == keyCode)
+                {
+                    name = fields[i].getName();
+                    vkCollect.put(name, key);
+                    return name.substring(3);
+                }
+            } catch (IllegalAccessException e) {
+                assert(false);
+            }
+        }
+        return "UNKNOWN";
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a cached instance of {@code AWTKeyStroke} (or a subclass of
+     * {@code AWTKeyStroke}) which is equal to this instance.
+     *
+     * @return a cached instance which is equal to this instance
+     * @throws java.io.ObjectStreamException if a serialization problem occurs
+     */
+    protected Object readResolve() throws java.io.ObjectStreamException {
+        synchronized (AWTKeyStroke.class) {
+
+            return getCachedStroke(keyChar, keyCode, modifiers, onKeyRelease);
+        }
+    }
+
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    private static int mapOldModifiers(int modifiers) {
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.SHIFT_DOWN_MASK;
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.ALT_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.ALT_DOWN_MASK;
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_DOWN_MASK;
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.CTRL_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.CTRL_DOWN_MASK;
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.META_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.META_DOWN_MASK;
+        }
+
+        modifiers &= InputEvent.SHIFT_DOWN_MASK
+            | InputEvent.ALT_DOWN_MASK
+            | InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_DOWN_MASK
+            | InputEvent.CTRL_DOWN_MASK
+            | InputEvent.META_DOWN_MASK
+            | InputEvent.BUTTON1_DOWN_MASK
+            | InputEvent.BUTTON2_DOWN_MASK
+            | InputEvent.BUTTON3_DOWN_MASK;
+
+        return modifiers;
+    }
+
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    private static int mapNewModifiers(int modifiers) {
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.SHIFT_DOWN_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK;
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.ALT_DOWN_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.ALT_MASK;
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_DOWN_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_MASK;
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.CTRL_DOWN_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.CTRL_MASK;
+        }
+        if ((modifiers & InputEvent.META_DOWN_MASK) != 0) {
+            modifiers |= InputEvent.META_MASK;
+        }
+
+        return modifiers;
+    }
+
+}
+
+class VKCollection {
+    Map<Integer, String> code2name;
+    Map<String, Integer> name2code;
+
+    public VKCollection() {
+        code2name = new HashMap<>();
+        name2code = new HashMap<>();
+    }
+
+    public synchronized void put(String name, Integer code) {
+        assert((name != null) && (code != null));
+        assert(findName(code) == null);
+        assert(findCode(name) == null);
+        code2name.put(code, name);
+        name2code.put(name, code);
+    }
+
+    public synchronized Integer findCode(String name) {
+        assert(name != null);
+        return name2code.get(name);
+    }
+
+    public synchronized String findName(Integer code) {
+        assert(code != null);
+        return code2name.get(code);
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTPermission.java

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.security.BasicPermission;
+
+/**
+ * This class is for AWT permissions.
+ * An {@code AWTPermission} contains a target name but
+ * no actions list; you either have the named permission
+ * or you don't.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The target name is the name of the AWT permission (see below). The naming
+ * convention follows the hierarchical property naming convention.
+ * Also, an asterisk could be used to represent all AWT permissions.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The following table lists all the possible {@code AWTPermission}
+ * target names, and for each provides a description of what the
+ * permission allows and a discussion of the risks of granting code
+ * the permission.
+ *
+ * <table class="striped">
+ * <caption>AWTPermission target names, descriptions, and associated risks
+ * </caption>
+ * <thead>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th>Permission Target Name</th>
+ * <th>What the Permission Allows</th>
+ * <th>Risks of Allowing this Permission</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * </thead>
+ * <tbody>
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>accessClipboard</td>
+ *   <td>Posting and retrieval of information to and from the AWT clipboard</td>
+ *   <td>This would allow malfeasant code to share
+ * potentially sensitive or confidential information.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>accessEventQueue</td>
+ *   <td>Access to the AWT event queue</td>
+ *   <td>After retrieving the AWT event queue,
+ * malicious code may peek at and even remove existing events
+ * from its event queue, as well as post bogus events which may purposefully
+ * cause the application or applet to misbehave in an insecure manner.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>accessSystemTray</td>
+ *   <td>Access to the AWT SystemTray instance</td>
+ *   <td>This would allow malicious code to add tray icons to the system tray.
+ * First, such an icon may look like the icon of some known application
+ * (such as a firewall or anti-virus) and order a user to do something unsafe
+ * (with help of balloon messages). Second, the system tray may be glutted with
+ * tray icons so that no one could add a tray icon anymore.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>createRobot</td>
+ *   <td>Create java.awt.Robot objects</td>
+ *   <td>The java.awt.Robot object allows code to generate native-level
+ * mouse and keyboard events as well as read the screen. It could allow
+ * malicious code to control the system, run other programs, read the
+ * display, and deny mouse and keyboard access to the user.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>fullScreenExclusive</td>
+ *   <td>Enter full-screen exclusive mode</td>
+ *   <td>Entering full-screen exclusive mode allows direct access to
+ * low-level graphics card memory.  This could be used to spoof the
+ * system, since the program is in direct control of rendering. Depending on
+ * the implementation, the security warning may not be shown for the windows
+ * used to enter the full-screen exclusive mode (assuming that the {@code
+ * fullScreenExclusive} permission has been granted to this application). Note
+ * that this behavior does not mean that the {@code
+ * showWindowWithoutWarningBanner} permission will be automatically granted to
+ * the application which has the {@code fullScreenExclusive} permission:
+ * non-full-screen windows will continue to be shown with the security
+ * warning.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>listenToAllAWTEvents</td>
+ *   <td>Listen to all AWT events, system-wide</td>
+ *   <td>After adding an AWT event listener,
+ * malicious code may scan all AWT events dispatched in the system,
+ * allowing it to read all user input (such as passwords).  Each
+ * AWT event listener is called from within the context of that
+ * event queue's EventDispatchThread, so if the accessEventQueue
+ * permission is also enabled, malicious code could modify the
+ * contents of AWT event queues system-wide, causing the application
+ * or applet to misbehave in an insecure manner.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>readDisplayPixels</td>
+ *   <td>Readback of pixels from the display screen</td>
+ *   <td>Interfaces such as the java.awt.Composite interface or the
+ * java.awt.Robot class allow arbitrary code to examine pixels on the
+ * display enable malicious code to snoop on the activities of the user.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>replaceKeyboardFocusManager</td>
+ *   <td>Sets the {@code KeyboardFocusManager} for
+ *       a particular thread.
+ *   <td>When {@code SecurityManager} is installed, the invoking
+ *       thread must be granted this permission in order to replace
+ *       the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager}.  If permission
+ *       is not granted, a {@code SecurityException} will be thrown.
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>setAppletStub</td>
+ *   <td>Setting the stub which implements Applet container services</td>
+ *   <td>Malicious code could set an applet's stub and result in unexpected
+ * behavior or denial of service to an applet.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>setWindowAlwaysOnTop</td>
+ *   <td>Setting always-on-top property of the window: {@link Window#setAlwaysOnTop}</td>
+ *   <td>The malicious window might make itself look and behave like a real full desktop, so that
+ * information entered by the unsuspecting user is captured and subsequently misused </td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>showWindowWithoutWarningBanner</td>
+ *   <td>Display of a window without also displaying a banner warning
+ * that the window was created by an applet</td>
+ *   <td>Without this warning,
+ * an applet may pop up windows without the user knowing that they
+ * belong to an applet.  Since users may make security-sensitive
+ * decisions based on whether or not the window belongs to an applet
+ * (entering a username and password into a dialog box, for example),
+ * disabling this warning banner may allow applets to trick the user
+ * into entering such information.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>toolkitModality</td>
+ *   <td>Creating {@link Dialog.ModalityType#TOOLKIT_MODAL TOOLKIT_MODAL} dialogs
+ *       and setting the {@link Dialog.ModalExclusionType#TOOLKIT_EXCLUDE
+ *       TOOLKIT_EXCLUDE} window property.</td>
+ *   <td>When a toolkit-modal dialog is shown from an applet, it blocks all other
+ * applets in the browser. When launching applications from Java Web Start,
+ * its windows (such as the security dialog) may also be blocked by toolkit-modal
+ * dialogs, shown from these applications.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ *   <td>watchMousePointer</td>
+ *   <td>Getting the information about the mouse pointer position at any
+ * time</td>
+ *   <td>Constantly watching the mouse pointer,
+ * an applet can make guesses about what the user is doing, i.e. moving
+ * the mouse to the lower left corner of the screen most likely means that
+ * the user is about to launch an application. If a virtual keypad is used
+ * so that keyboard is emulated using the mouse, an applet may guess what
+ * is being typed.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </tbody>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @see java.security.BasicPermission
+ * @see java.security.Permission
+ * @see java.security.Permissions
+ * @see java.security.PermissionCollection
+ * @see java.lang.SecurityManager
+ *
+ *
+ * @author Marianne Mueller
+ * @author Roland Schemers
+ */
+
+public final class AWTPermission extends BasicPermission {
+
+    /** use serialVersionUID from the Java 2 platform for interoperability */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 8890392402588814465L;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new {@code AWTPermission} with the specified name.
+     * The name is the symbolic name of the {@code AWTPermission},
+     * such as "topLevelWindow", "systemClipboard", etc. An asterisk
+     * may be used to indicate all AWT permissions.
+     *
+     * @param name the name of the AWTPermission
+     *
+     * @throws NullPointerException if {@code name} is {@code null}.
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code name} is empty.
+     */
+
+    public AWTPermission(String name)
+    {
+        super(name);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new {@code AWTPermission} object with the specified name.
+     * The name is the symbolic name of the {@code AWTPermission}, and the
+     * actions string is currently unused and should be {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @param name the name of the {@code AWTPermission}
+     * @param actions should be {@code null}
+     *
+     * @throws NullPointerException if {@code name} is {@code null}.
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code name} is empty.
+     */
+
+    public AWTPermission(String name, String actions)
+    {
+        super(name, actions);
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ActiveEvent.java

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * An interface for events that know how to dispatch themselves.
+ * By implementing this interface an event can be placed upon the event
+ * queue and its {@code dispatch()} method will be called when the event
+ * is dispatched, using the {@code EventDispatchThread}.
+ * <p>
+ * This is a very useful mechanism for avoiding deadlocks. If
+ * a thread is executing in a critical section (i.e., it has entered
+ * one or more monitors), calling other synchronized code may
+ * cause deadlocks. To avoid the potential deadlocks, an
+ * {@code ActiveEvent} can be created to run the second section of
+ * code at later time. If there is contention on the monitor,
+ * the second thread will simply block until the first thread
+ * has finished its work and exited its monitors.
+ * <p>
+ * For security reasons, it is often desirable to use an {@code ActiveEvent}
+ * to avoid calling untrusted code from a critical thread. For
+ * instance, peer implementations can use this facility to avoid
+ * making calls into user code from a system thread. Doing so avoids
+ * potential deadlocks and denial-of-service attacks.
+ *
+ * @author  Timothy Prinzing
+ * @since   1.2
+ */
+public interface ActiveEvent {
+
+    /**
+     * Dispatch the event to its target, listeners of the events source,
+     * or do whatever it is this event is supposed to do.
+     */
+    public void dispatch();
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Adjustable.java

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.*;
+
+import java.lang.annotation.Native;
+
+/**
+ * The interface for objects which have an adjustable numeric value
+ * contained within a bounded range of values.
+ *
+ * @author Amy Fowler
+ * @author Tim Prinzing
+ */
+public interface Adjustable {
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates that the {@code Adjustable} has horizontal orientation.
+     */
+    @Native public static final int HORIZONTAL = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates that the {@code Adjustable} has vertical orientation.
+     */
+    @Native public static final int VERTICAL = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates that the {@code Adjustable} has no orientation.
+     */
+    @Native public static final int NO_ORIENTATION = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the orientation of the adjustable object.
+     * @return the orientation of the adjustable object;
+     *   either {@code HORIZONTAL}, {@code VERTICAL},
+     *   or {@code NO_ORIENTATION}
+     */
+    int getOrientation();
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the minimum value of the adjustable object.
+     * @param min the minimum value
+     */
+    void setMinimum(int min);
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the minimum value of the adjustable object.
+     * @return the minimum value of the adjustable object
+     */
+    int getMinimum();
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the maximum value of the adjustable object.
+     * @param max the maximum value
+     */
+    void setMaximum(int max);
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the maximum value of the adjustable object.
+     * @return the maximum value of the adjustable object
+     */
+    int getMaximum();
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the unit value increment for the adjustable object.
+     * @param u the unit increment
+     */
+    void setUnitIncrement(int u);
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the unit value increment for the adjustable object.
+     * @return the unit value increment for the adjustable object
+     */
+    int getUnitIncrement();
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the block value increment for the adjustable object.
+     * @param b the block increment
+     */
+    void setBlockIncrement(int b);
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the block value increment for the adjustable object.
+     * @return the block value increment for the adjustable object
+     */
+    int getBlockIncrement();
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the length of the proportional indicator of the
+     * adjustable object.
+     * @param v the length of the indicator
+     */
+    void setVisibleAmount(int v);
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the length of the proportional indicator.
+     * @return the length of the proportional indicator
+     */
+    int getVisibleAmount();
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the current value of the adjustable object. If
+     * the value supplied is less than {@code minimum}
+     * or greater than {@code maximum} - {@code visibleAmount},
+     * then one of those values is substituted, as appropriate.
+     * <p>
+     * Calling this method does not fire an
+     * {@code AdjustmentEvent}.
+     *
+     * @param v the current value, between {@code minimum}
+     *    and {@code maximum} - {@code visibleAmount}
+     */
+    void setValue(int v);
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the current value of the adjustable object.
+     * @return the current value of the adjustable object
+     */
+    int getValue();
+
+    /**
+     * Adds a listener to receive adjustment events when the value of
+     * the adjustable object changes.
+     * @param l the listener to receive events
+     * @see AdjustmentEvent
+     */
+    void addAdjustmentListener(AdjustmentListener l);
+
+    /**
+     * Removes an adjustment listener.
+     * @param l the listener being removed
+     * @see AdjustmentEvent
+     */
+    void removeAdjustmentListener(AdjustmentListener l);
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AlphaComposite.java

@@ -0,0 +1,805 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.lang.annotation.Native;
+import sun.java2d.SunCompositeContext;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code AlphaComposite} class implements basic alpha
+ * compositing rules for combining source and destination colors
+ * to achieve blending and transparency effects with graphics and
+ * images.
+ * The specific rules implemented by this class are the basic set
+ * of 12 rules described in
+ * T. Porter and T. Duff, "Compositing Digital Images", SIGGRAPH 84,
+ * 253-259.
+ * The rest of this documentation assumes some familiarity with the
+ * definitions and concepts outlined in that paper.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * This class extends the standard equations defined by Porter and
+ * Duff to include one additional factor.
+ * An instance of the {@code AlphaComposite} class can contain
+ * an alpha value that is used to modify the opacity or coverage of
+ * every source pixel before it is used in the blending equations.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * It is important to note that the equations defined by the Porter
+ * and Duff paper are all defined to operate on color components
+ * that are premultiplied by their corresponding alpha components.
+ * Since the {@code ColorModel} and {@code Raster} classes
+ * allow the storage of pixel data in either premultiplied or
+ * non-premultiplied form, all input data must be normalized into
+ * premultiplied form before applying the equations and all results
+ * might need to be adjusted back to the form required by the destination
+ * before the pixel values are stored.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Also note that this class defines only the equations
+ * for combining color and alpha values in a purely mathematical
+ * sense. The accurate application of its equations depends
+ * on the way the data is retrieved from its sources and stored
+ * in its destinations.
+ * See <a href="#caveats">Implementation Caveats</a>
+ * for further information.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The following factors are used in the description of the blending
+ * equation in the Porter and Duff paper:
+ *
+ * <blockquote>
+ * <table class="borderless">
+ * <caption style="display:none">Factors</caption>
+ * <tr><th style="text-align:left">Factor&nbsp;&nbsp;<th style="text-align:left">Definition
+ * <tr><td><em>A<sub>s</sub></em><td>the alpha component of the source pixel
+ * <tr><td><em>C<sub>s</sub></em><td>a color component of the source pixel in premultiplied form
+ * <tr><td><em>A<sub>d</sub></em><td>the alpha component of the destination pixel
+ * <tr><td><em>C<sub>d</sub></em><td>a color component of the destination pixel in premultiplied form
+ * <tr><td><em>F<sub>s</sub></em><td>the fraction of the source pixel that contributes to the output
+ * <tr><td><em>F<sub>d</sub></em><td>the fraction of the destination pixel that contributes
+ * to the output
+ * <tr><td><em>A<sub>r</sub></em><td>the alpha component of the result
+ * <tr><td><em>C<sub>r</sub></em><td>a color component of the result in premultiplied form
+ * </table>
+ * </blockquote>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Using these factors, Porter and Duff define 12 ways of choosing
+ * the blending factors <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> to
+ * produce each of 12 desirable visual effects.
+ * The equations for determining <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em>
+ * are given in the descriptions of the 12 static fields
+ * that specify visual effects.
+ * For example,
+ * the description for
+ * <a href="#SRC_OVER">{@code SRC_OVER}</a>
+ * specifies that <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = 1 and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = (1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>).
+ * Once a set of equations for determining the blending factors is
+ * known they can then be applied to each pixel to produce a result
+ * using the following set of equations:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *      <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = <em>f</em>(<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>)
+ *      <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = <em>f</em>(<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>)
+ *      <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>*<em>F<sub>s</sub></em> + <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>*<em>F<sub>d</sub></em>
+ *      <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>s</sub></em>*<em>F<sub>s</sub></em> + <em>C<sub>d</sub></em>*<em>F<sub>d</sub></em></pre>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The following factors will be used to discuss our extensions to
+ * the blending equation in the Porter and Duff paper:
+ *
+ * <blockquote>
+ * <table class="borderless">
+ * <caption style="display:none">Factors</caption>
+ * <tr><th style="text-align:left">Factor&nbsp;&nbsp;<th style="text-align:left">Definition
+ * <tr><td><em>C<sub>sr</sub></em> <td>one of the raw color components of the source pixel
+ * <tr><td><em>C<sub>dr</sub></em> <td>one of the raw color components of the destination pixel
+ * <tr><td><em>A<sub>ac</sub></em>  <td>the "extra" alpha component from the AlphaComposite instance
+ * <tr><td><em>A<sub>sr</sub></em> <td>the raw alpha component of the source pixel
+ * <tr><td><em>A<sub>dr</sub></em><td>the raw alpha component of the destination pixel
+ * <tr><td><em>A<sub>df</sub></em> <td>the final alpha component stored in the destination
+ * <tr><td><em>C<sub>df</sub></em> <td>the final raw color component stored in the destination
+ * </table>
+ *</blockquote>
+ *
+ * <h3>Preparing Inputs</h3>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The {@code AlphaComposite} class defines an additional alpha
+ * value that is applied to the source alpha.
+ * This value is applied as if an implicit SRC_IN rule were first
+ * applied to the source pixel against a pixel with the indicated
+ * alpha by multiplying both the raw source alpha and the raw
+ * source colors by the alpha in the {@code AlphaComposite}.
+ * This leads to the following equation for producing the alpha
+ * used in the Porter and Duff blending equation:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *      <em>A<sub>s</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>sr</sub></em> * <em>A<sub>ac</sub></em> </pre>
+ *
+ * All of the raw source color components need to be multiplied
+ * by the alpha in the {@code AlphaComposite} instance.
+ * Additionally, if the source was not in premultiplied form
+ * then the color components also need to be multiplied by the
+ * source alpha.
+ * Thus, the equation for producing the source color components
+ * for the Porter and Duff equation depends on whether the source
+ * pixels are premultiplied or not:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *      <em>C<sub>s</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>sr</sub></em> * <em>A<sub>sr</sub></em> * <em>A<sub>ac</sub></em>     (if source is not premultiplied)
+ *      <em>C<sub>s</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>sr</sub></em> * <em>A<sub>ac</sub></em>           (if source is premultiplied) </pre>
+ *
+ * No adjustment needs to be made to the destination alpha:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *      <em>A<sub>d</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>dr</sub></em> </pre>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The destination color components need to be adjusted only if
+ * they are not in premultiplied form:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *      <em>C<sub>d</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>dr</sub></em> * <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>    (if destination is not premultiplied)
+ *      <em>C<sub>d</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>dr</sub></em>         (if destination is premultiplied) </pre>
+ *
+ * <h3>Applying the Blending Equation</h3>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The adjusted <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>, <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>,
+ * <em>C<sub>s</sub></em>, and <em>C<sub>d</sub></em> are used in the standard
+ * Porter and Duff equations to calculate the blending factors
+ * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> and then the resulting
+ * premultiplied components <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> and <em>C<sub>r</sub></em>.
+ *
+ * <h3>Preparing Results</h3>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The results only need to be adjusted if they are to be stored
+ * back into a destination buffer that holds data that is not
+ * premultiplied, using the following equations:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *      <em>A<sub>df</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>r</sub></em>
+ *      <em>C<sub>df</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>r</sub></em>                 (if dest is premultiplied)
+ *      <em>C<sub>df</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> / <em>A<sub>r</sub></em>            (if dest is not premultiplied) </pre>
+ *
+ * Note that since the division is undefined if the resulting alpha
+ * is zero, the division in that case is omitted to avoid the "divide
+ * by zero" and the color components are left as
+ * all zeros.
+ *
+ * <h3>Performance Considerations</h3>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * For performance reasons, it is preferable that
+ * {@code Raster} objects passed to the {@code compose}
+ * method of a {@link CompositeContext} object created by the
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} class have premultiplied data.
+ * If either the source {@code Raster}
+ * or the destination {@code Raster}
+ * is not premultiplied, however,
+ * appropriate conversions are performed before and after the compositing
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * <h3><a id="caveats">Implementation Caveats</a></h3>
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>
+ * Many sources, such as some of the opaque image types listed
+ * in the {@code BufferedImage} class, do not store alpha values
+ * for their pixels.  Such sources supply an alpha of 1.0 for
+ * all of their pixels.
+ *
+ * <li>
+ * Many destinations also have no place to store the alpha values
+ * that result from the blending calculations performed by this class.
+ * Such destinations thus implicitly discard the resulting
+ * alpha values that this class produces.
+ * It is recommended that such destinations should treat their stored
+ * color values as non-premultiplied and divide the resulting color
+ * values by the resulting alpha value before storing the color
+ * values and discarding the alpha value.
+ *
+ * <li>
+ * The accuracy of the results depends on the manner in which pixels
+ * are stored in the destination.
+ * An image format that provides at least 8 bits of storage per color
+ * and alpha component is at least adequate for use as a destination
+ * for a sequence of a few to a dozen compositing operations.
+ * An image format with fewer than 8 bits of storage per component
+ * is of limited use for just one or two compositing operations
+ * before the rounding errors dominate the results.
+ * An image format
+ * that does not separately store
+ * color components is not a
+ * good candidate for any type of translucent blending.
+ * For example, {@code BufferedImage.TYPE_BYTE_INDEXED}
+ * should not be used as a destination for a blending operation
+ * because every operation
+ * can introduce large errors, due to
+ * the need to choose a pixel from a limited palette to match the
+ * results of the blending equations.
+ *
+ * <li>
+ * Nearly all formats store pixels as discrete integers rather than
+ * the floating point values used in the reference equations above.
+ * The implementation can either scale the integer pixel
+ * values into floating point values in the range 0.0 to 1.0 or
+ * use slightly modified versions of the equations
+ * that operate entirely in the integer domain and yet produce
+ * analogous results to the reference equations.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Typically the integer values are related to the floating point
+ * values in such a way that the integer 0 is equated
+ * to the floating point value 0.0 and the integer
+ * 2^<em>n</em>-1 (where <em>n</em> is the number of bits
+ * in the representation) is equated to 1.0.
+ * For 8-bit representations, this means that 0x00
+ * represents 0.0 and 0xff represents
+ * 1.0.
+ *
+ * <li>
+ * The internal implementation can approximate some of the equations
+ * and it can also eliminate some steps to avoid unnecessary operations.
+ * For example, consider a discrete integer image with non-premultiplied
+ * alpha values that uses 8 bits per component for storage.
+ * The stored values for a
+ * nearly transparent darkened red might be:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *    (A, R, G, B) = (0x01, 0xb0, 0x00, 0x00)</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * If integer math were being used and this value were being
+ * composited in
+ * <a href="#SRC">{@code SRC}</a>
+ * mode with no extra alpha, then the math would
+ * indicate that the results were (in integer format):
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *    (A, R, G, B) = (0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00)</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Note that the intermediate values, which are always in premultiplied
+ * form, would only allow the integer red component to be either 0x00
+ * or 0x01.  When we try to store this result back into a destination
+ * that is not premultiplied, dividing out the alpha will give us
+ * very few choices for the non-premultiplied red value.
+ * In this case an implementation that performs the math in integer
+ * space without shortcuts is likely to end up with the final pixel
+ * values of:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *    (A, R, G, B) = (0x01, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00)</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * (Note that 0x01 divided by 0x01 gives you 1.0, which is equivalent
+ * to the value 0xff in an 8-bit storage format.)
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Alternately, an implementation that uses floating point math
+ * might produce more accurate results and end up returning to the
+ * original pixel value with little, if any, round-off error.
+ * Or, an implementation using integer math might decide that since
+ * the equations boil down to a virtual NOP on the color values
+ * if performed in a floating point space, it can transfer the
+ * pixel untouched to the destination and avoid all the math entirely.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * These implementations all attempt to honor the
+ * same equations, but use different tradeoffs of integer and
+ * floating point math and reduced or full equations.
+ * To account for such differences, it is probably best to
+ * expect only that the premultiplied form of the results to
+ * match between implementations and image formats.  In this
+ * case both answers, expressed in premultiplied form would
+ * equate to:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *    (A, R, G, B) = (0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00)</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * and thus they would all match.
+ *
+ * <li>
+ * Because of the technique of simplifying the equations for
+ * calculation efficiency, some implementations might perform
+ * differently when encountering result alpha values of 0.0
+ * on a non-premultiplied destination.
+ * Note that the simplification of removing the divide by alpha
+ * in the case of the SRC rule is technically not valid if the
+ * denominator (alpha) is 0.
+ * But, since the results should only be expected to be accurate
+ * when viewed in premultiplied form, a resulting alpha of 0
+ * essentially renders the resulting color components irrelevant
+ * and so exact behavior in this case should not be expected.
+ * </ul>
+ * @see Composite
+ * @see CompositeContext
+ */
+
+public final class AlphaComposite implements Composite {
+    /**
+     * Both the color and the alpha of the destination are cleared
+     * (Porter-Duff Clear rule).
+     * Neither the source nor the destination is used as input.
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = 0 and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = 0, thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = 0
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = 0
+     *</pre>
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     CLEAR           = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * The source is copied to the destination
+     * (Porter-Duff Source rule).
+     * The destination is not used as input.
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = 1 and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = 0, thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>s</sub></em>
+     *</pre>
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     SRC             = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * The destination is left untouched
+     * (Porter-Duff Destination rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = 0 and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = 1, thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>d</sub></em>
+     *</pre>
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     DST             = 9;
+    // Note that DST was added in 1.4 so it is numbered out of order...
+
+    /**
+     * The source is composited over the destination
+     * (Porter-Duff Source Over Destination rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = 1 and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = (1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>), thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em> + <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>)
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>s</sub></em> + <em>C<sub>d</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>)
+     *</pre>
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     SRC_OVER        = 3;
+
+    /**
+     * The destination is composited over the source and
+     * the result replaces the destination
+     * (Porter-Duff Destination Over Source rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = (1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = 1, thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) + <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>s</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) + <em>C<sub>d</sub></em>
+     *</pre>
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     DST_OVER        = 4;
+
+    /**
+     * The part of the source lying inside of the destination replaces
+     * the destination
+     * (Porter-Duff Source In Destination rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>d</sub></em> and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = 0, thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>*<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>s</sub></em>*<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>
+     *</pre>
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     SRC_IN          = 5;
+
+    /**
+     * The part of the destination lying inside of the source
+     * replaces the destination
+     * (Porter-Duff Destination In Source rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = 0 and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>, thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>*<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>d</sub></em>*<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>
+     *</pre>
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     DST_IN          = 6;
+
+    /**
+     * The part of the source lying outside of the destination
+     * replaces the destination
+     * (Porter-Duff Source Held Out By Destination rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = (1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = 0, thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>)
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>s</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>)
+     *</pre>
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     SRC_OUT         = 7;
+
+    /**
+     * The part of the destination lying outside of the source
+     * replaces the destination
+     * (Porter-Duff Destination Held Out By Source rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = 0 and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = (1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>), thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>)
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>d</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>)
+     *</pre>
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     DST_OUT         = 8;
+
+    // Rule 9 is DST which is defined above where it fits into the
+    // list logically, rather than numerically
+    //
+    // public static final int  DST             = 9;
+
+    /**
+     * The part of the source lying inside of the destination
+     * is composited onto the destination
+     * (Porter-Duff Source Atop Destination rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>d</sub></em> and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = (1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>), thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>*<em>A<sub>d</sub></em> + <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>) = <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>s</sub></em>*<em>A<sub>d</sub></em> + <em>C<sub>d</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>)
+     *</pre>
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     SRC_ATOP        = 10;
+
+    /**
+     * The part of the destination lying inside of the source
+     * is composited over the source and replaces the destination
+     * (Porter-Duff Destination Atop Source rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = (1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>, thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) + <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>*<em>A<sub>s</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>s</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) + <em>C<sub>d</sub></em>*<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>
+     *</pre>
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     DST_ATOP        = 11;
+
+    /**
+     * The part of the source that lies outside of the destination
+     * is combined with the part of the destination that lies outside
+     * of the source
+     * (Porter-Duff Source Xor Destination rule).
+     *<p>
+     * <em>F<sub>s</sub></em> = (1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) and <em>F<sub>d</sub></em> = (1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>), thus:
+     *<pre>
+     *  <em>A<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>A<sub>s</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) + <em>A<sub>d</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>)
+     *  <em>C<sub>r</sub></em> = <em>C<sub>s</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>d</sub></em>) + <em>C<sub>d</sub></em>*(1-<em>A<sub>s</sub></em>)
+     *</pre>
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    @Native public static final int     XOR             = 12;
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque CLEAR rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #CLEAR
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite Clear    = new AlphaComposite(CLEAR);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #SRC
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite Src      = new AlphaComposite(SRC);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #DST
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite Dst      = new AlphaComposite(DST);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC_OVER rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #SRC_OVER
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite SrcOver  = new AlphaComposite(SRC_OVER);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST_OVER rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #DST_OVER
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite DstOver  = new AlphaComposite(DST_OVER);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC_IN rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #SRC_IN
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite SrcIn    = new AlphaComposite(SRC_IN);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST_IN rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #DST_IN
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite DstIn    = new AlphaComposite(DST_IN);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC_OUT rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #SRC_OUT
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite SrcOut   = new AlphaComposite(SRC_OUT);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST_OUT rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #DST_OUT
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite DstOut   = new AlphaComposite(DST_OUT);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC_ATOP rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #SRC_ATOP
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite SrcAtop  = new AlphaComposite(SRC_ATOP);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST_ATOP rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #DST_ATOP
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite DstAtop  = new AlphaComposite(DST_ATOP);
+
+    /**
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque XOR rule
+     * with an alpha of 1.0f.
+     * @see #XOR
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final AlphaComposite Xor      = new AlphaComposite(XOR);
+
+    @Native private static final int MIN_RULE = CLEAR;
+    @Native private static final int MAX_RULE = XOR;
+
+    float extraAlpha;
+    int rule;
+
+    private AlphaComposite(int rule) {
+        this(rule, 1.0f);
+    }
+
+    private AlphaComposite(int rule, float alpha) {
+        if (rule < MIN_RULE || rule > MAX_RULE) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("unknown composite rule");
+        }
+        if (alpha >= 0.0f && alpha <= 1.0f) {
+            this.rule = rule;
+            this.extraAlpha = alpha;
+        } else {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("alpha value out of range");
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates an {@code AlphaComposite} object with the specified rule.
+     *
+     * @param rule the compositing rule
+     * @return the {@code AlphaComposite} object created
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code rule} is not one of
+     *         the following:  {@link #CLEAR}, {@link #SRC}, {@link #DST},
+     *         {@link #SRC_OVER}, {@link #DST_OVER}, {@link #SRC_IN},
+     *         {@link #DST_IN}, {@link #SRC_OUT}, {@link #DST_OUT},
+     *         {@link #SRC_ATOP}, {@link #DST_ATOP}, or {@link #XOR}
+     */
+    public static AlphaComposite getInstance(int rule) {
+        switch (rule) {
+        case CLEAR:
+            return Clear;
+        case SRC:
+            return Src;
+        case DST:
+            return Dst;
+        case SRC_OVER:
+            return SrcOver;
+        case DST_OVER:
+            return DstOver;
+        case SRC_IN:
+            return SrcIn;
+        case DST_IN:
+            return DstIn;
+        case SRC_OUT:
+            return SrcOut;
+        case DST_OUT:
+            return DstOut;
+        case SRC_ATOP:
+            return SrcAtop;
+        case DST_ATOP:
+            return DstAtop;
+        case XOR:
+            return Xor;
+        default:
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("unknown composite rule");
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates an {@code AlphaComposite} object with the specified rule and
+     * the constant alpha to multiply with the alpha of the source.
+     * The source is multiplied with the specified alpha before being composited
+     * with the destination.
+     *
+     * @param rule the compositing rule
+     * @param alpha the constant alpha to be multiplied with the alpha of
+     * the source. {@code alpha} must be a floating point number in the
+     * inclusive range [0.0,&nbsp;1.0].
+     * @return the {@code AlphaComposite} object created
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if
+     *         {@code alpha} is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0, or if
+     *         {@code rule} is not one of
+     *         the following:  {@link #CLEAR}, {@link #SRC}, {@link #DST},
+     *         {@link #SRC_OVER}, {@link #DST_OVER}, {@link #SRC_IN},
+     *         {@link #DST_IN}, {@link #SRC_OUT}, {@link #DST_OUT},
+     *         {@link #SRC_ATOP}, {@link #DST_ATOP}, or {@link #XOR}
+     */
+    public static AlphaComposite getInstance(int rule, float alpha) {
+        if (alpha == 1.0f) {
+            return getInstance(rule);
+        }
+        return new AlphaComposite(rule, alpha);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a context for the compositing operation.
+     * The context contains state that is used in performing
+     * the compositing operation.
+     * @param srcColorModel  the {@link ColorModel} of the source
+     * @param dstColorModel  the {@code ColorModel} of the destination
+     * @return the {@code CompositeContext} object to be used to perform
+     * compositing operations.
+     */
+    public CompositeContext createContext(ColorModel srcColorModel,
+                                          ColorModel dstColorModel,
+                                          RenderingHints hints) {
+        return new SunCompositeContext(this, srcColorModel, dstColorModel);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the alpha value of this {@code AlphaComposite}.  If this
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} does not have an alpha value, 1.0 is returned.
+     * @return the alpha value of this {@code AlphaComposite}.
+     */
+    public float getAlpha() {
+        return extraAlpha;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the compositing rule of this {@code AlphaComposite}.
+     * @return the compositing rule of this {@code AlphaComposite}.
+     */
+    public int getRule() {
+        return rule;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a similar {@code AlphaComposite} object that uses
+     * the specified compositing rule.
+     * If this object already uses the specified compositing rule,
+     * this object is returned.
+     * @return an {@code AlphaComposite} object derived from
+     * this object that uses the specified compositing rule.
+     * @param rule the compositing rule
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if
+     *         {@code rule} is not one of
+     *         the following:  {@link #CLEAR}, {@link #SRC}, {@link #DST},
+     *         {@link #SRC_OVER}, {@link #DST_OVER}, {@link #SRC_IN},
+     *         {@link #DST_IN}, {@link #SRC_OUT}, {@link #DST_OUT},
+     *         {@link #SRC_ATOP}, {@link #DST_ATOP}, or {@link #XOR}
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public AlphaComposite derive(int rule) {
+        return (this.rule == rule)
+            ? this
+            : getInstance(rule, this.extraAlpha);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a similar {@code AlphaComposite} object that uses
+     * the specified alpha value.
+     * If this object already has the specified alpha value,
+     * this object is returned.
+     * @return an {@code AlphaComposite} object derived from
+     * this object that uses the specified alpha value.
+     * @param alpha the constant alpha to be multiplied with the alpha of
+     * the source. {@code alpha} must be a floating point number in the
+     * inclusive range [0.0,&nbsp;1.0].
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if
+     *         {@code alpha} is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public AlphaComposite derive(float alpha) {
+        return (this.extraAlpha == alpha)
+            ? this
+            : getInstance(this.rule, alpha);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the hashcode for this composite.
+     * @return      a hash code for this composite.
+     */
+    public int hashCode() {
+        return (Float.floatToIntBits(extraAlpha) * 31 + rule);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines whether the specified object is equal to this
+     * {@code AlphaComposite}.
+     * <p>
+     * The result is {@code true} if and only if
+     * the argument is not {@code null} and is an
+     * {@code AlphaComposite} object that has the same
+     * compositing rule and alpha value as this object.
+     *
+     * @param obj the {@code Object} to test for equality
+     * @return {@code true} if {@code obj} equals this
+     * {@code AlphaComposite}; {@code false} otherwise.
+     */
+    public boolean equals(Object obj) {
+        if (!(obj instanceof AlphaComposite)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        AlphaComposite ac = (AlphaComposite) obj;
+
+        if (rule != ac.rule) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        if (extraAlpha != ac.extraAlpha) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AttributeValue.java

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1999, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import sun.util.logging.PlatformLogger;
+
+abstract class AttributeValue {
+    private static final PlatformLogger log = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.AttributeValue");
+    private final int value;
+    private final String[] names;
+
+    protected AttributeValue(int value, String[] names) {
+        if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINEST)) {
+            log.finest("value = " + value + ", names = " + names);
+        }
+
+        if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINER)) {
+            if ((value < 0) || (names == null) || (value >= names.length)) {
+                log.finer("Assertion failed");
+            }
+        }
+        this.value = value;
+        this.names = names;
+    }
+    // This hashCode is used by the sun.awt implementation as an array
+    // index.
+    public int hashCode() {
+        return value;
+    }
+    public String toString() {
+        return names[value];
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/BasicStroke.java

@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.beans.ConstructorProperties;
+
+import java.lang.annotation.Native;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code BasicStroke} class defines a basic set of rendering
+ * attributes for the outlines of graphics primitives, which are rendered
+ * with a {@link Graphics2D} object that has its Stroke attribute set to
+ * this {@code BasicStroke}.
+ * The rendering attributes defined by {@code BasicStroke} describe
+ * the shape of the mark made by a pen drawn along the outline of a
+ * {@link Shape} and the decorations applied at the ends and joins of
+ * path segments of the {@code Shape}.
+ * These rendering attributes include:
+ * <dl>
+ * <dt><i>width</i>
+ * <dd>The pen width, measured perpendicularly to the pen trajectory.
+ * <dt><i>end caps</i>
+ * <dd>The decoration applied to the ends of unclosed subpaths and
+ * dash segments.  Subpaths that start and end on the same point are
+ * still considered unclosed if they do not have a CLOSE segment.
+ * See {@link java.awt.geom.PathIterator#SEG_CLOSE SEG_CLOSE}
+ * for more information on the CLOSE segment.
+ * The three different decorations are: {@link #CAP_BUTT},
+ * {@link #CAP_ROUND}, and {@link #CAP_SQUARE}.
+ * <dt><i>line joins</i>
+ * <dd>The decoration applied at the intersection of two path segments
+ * and at the intersection of the endpoints of a subpath that is closed
+ * using {@link java.awt.geom.PathIterator#SEG_CLOSE SEG_CLOSE}.
+ * The three different decorations are: {@link #JOIN_BEVEL},
+ * {@link #JOIN_MITER}, and {@link #JOIN_ROUND}.
+ * <dt><i>miter limit</i>
+ * <dd>The limit to trim a line join that has a JOIN_MITER decoration.
+ * A line join is trimmed when the ratio of miter length to stroke
+ * width is greater than the miterlimit value.  The miter length is
+ * the diagonal length of the miter, which is the distance between
+ * the inside corner and the outside corner of the intersection.
+ * The smaller the angle formed by two line segments, the longer
+ * the miter length and the sharper the angle of intersection.  The
+ * default miterlimit value of 10.0f causes all angles less than
+ * 11 degrees to be trimmed.  Trimming miters converts
+ * the decoration of the line join to bevel.
+ * <dt><i>dash attributes</i>
+ * <dd>The definition of how to make a dash pattern by alternating
+ * between opaque and transparent sections.
+ * </dl>
+ * All attributes that specify measurements and distances controlling
+ * the shape of the returned outline are measured in the same
+ * coordinate system as the original unstroked {@code Shape}
+ * argument.  When a {@code Graphics2D} object uses a
+ * {@code Stroke} object to redefine a path during the execution
+ * of one of its {@code draw} methods, the geometry is supplied
+ * in its original form before the {@code Graphics2D} transform
+ * attribute is applied.  Therefore, attributes such as the pen width
+ * are interpreted in the user space coordinate system of the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} object and are subject to the scaling and
+ * shearing effects of the user-space-to-device-space transform in that
+ * particular {@code Graphics2D}.
+ * For example, the width of a rendered shape's outline is determined
+ * not only by the width attribute of this {@code BasicStroke},
+ * but also by the transform attribute of the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} object.  Consider this code:
+ * <blockquote><pre>{@code
+ *      // sets the Graphics2D object's Transform attribute
+ *      g2d.scale(10, 10);
+ *      // sets the Graphics2D object's Stroke attribute
+ *      g2d.setStroke(new BasicStroke(1.5f));
+ * }</pre></blockquote>
+ * Assuming there are no other scaling transforms added to the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} object, the resulting line
+ * will be approximately 15 pixels wide.
+ * As the example code demonstrates, a floating-point line
+ * offers better precision, especially when large transforms are
+ * used with a {@code Graphics2D} object.
+ * When a line is diagonal, the exact width depends on how the
+ * rendering pipeline chooses which pixels to fill as it traces the
+ * theoretical widened outline.  The choice of which pixels to turn
+ * on is affected by the antialiasing attribute because the
+ * antialiasing rendering pipeline can choose to color
+ * partially-covered pixels.
+ * <p>
+ * For more information on the user space coordinate system and the
+ * rendering process, see the {@code Graphics2D} class comments.
+ * @see Graphics2D
+ * @author Jim Graham
+ */
+public class BasicStroke implements Stroke {
+
+    /**
+     * Joins path segments by extending their outside edges until
+     * they meet.
+     */
+    @Native public static final int JOIN_MITER = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Joins path segments by rounding off the corner at a radius
+     * of half the line width.
+     */
+    @Native public static final int JOIN_ROUND = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Joins path segments by connecting the outer corners of their
+     * wide outlines with a straight segment.
+     */
+    @Native public static final int JOIN_BEVEL = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * Ends unclosed subpaths and dash segments with no added
+     * decoration.
+     */
+    @Native public static final int CAP_BUTT = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Ends unclosed subpaths and dash segments with a round
+     * decoration that has a radius equal to half of the width
+     * of the pen.
+     */
+    @Native public static final int CAP_ROUND = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Ends unclosed subpaths and dash segments with a square
+     * projection that extends beyond the end of the segment
+     * to a distance equal to half of the line width.
+     */
+    @Native public static final int CAP_SQUARE = 2;
+
+    float width;
+
+    int join;
+    int cap;
+    float miterlimit;
+
+    float dash[];
+    float dash_phase;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new {@code BasicStroke} with the specified
+     * attributes.
+     * @param width the width of this {@code BasicStroke}.  The
+     *         width must be greater than or equal to 0.0f.  If width is
+     *         set to 0.0f, the stroke is rendered as the thinnest
+     *         possible line for the target device and the antialias
+     *         hint setting.
+     * @param cap the decoration of the ends of a {@code BasicStroke}
+     * @param join the decoration applied where path segments meet
+     * @param miterlimit the limit to trim the miter join.  The miterlimit
+     *        must be greater than or equal to 1.0f.
+     * @param dash the array representing the dashing pattern
+     * @param dash_phase the offset to start the dashing pattern
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code width} is negative
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code cap} is not either
+     *         CAP_BUTT, CAP_ROUND or CAP_SQUARE
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code miterlimit} is less
+     *         than 1 and {@code join} is JOIN_MITER
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code join} is not
+     *         either JOIN_ROUND, JOIN_BEVEL, or JOIN_MITER
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code dash_phase}
+     *         is negative and {@code dash} is not {@code null}
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the length of
+     *         {@code dash} is zero
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dash lengths are all zero.
+     */
+    @ConstructorProperties({ "lineWidth", "endCap", "lineJoin", "miterLimit", "dashArray", "dashPhase" })
+    public BasicStroke(float width, int cap, int join, float miterlimit,
+                       float dash[], float dash_phase) {
+        if (width < 0.0f) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("negative width");
+        }
+        if (cap != CAP_BUTT && cap != CAP_ROUND && cap != CAP_SQUARE) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("illegal end cap value");
+        }
+        if (join == JOIN_MITER) {
+            if (miterlimit < 1.0f) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("miter limit < 1");
+            }
+        } else if (join != JOIN_ROUND && join != JOIN_BEVEL) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("illegal line join value");
+        }
+        if (dash != null) {
+            if (dash_phase < 0.0f) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("negative dash phase");
+            }
+            boolean allzero = true;
+            for (int i = 0; i < dash.length; i++) {
+                float d = dash[i];
+                if (d > 0.0) {
+                    allzero = false;
+                } else if (d < 0.0) {
+                    throw new IllegalArgumentException("negative dash length");
+                }
+            }
+            if (allzero) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("dash lengths all zero");
+            }
+        }
+        this.width      = width;
+        this.cap        = cap;
+        this.join       = join;
+        this.miterlimit = miterlimit;
+        if (dash != null) {
+            this.dash = dash.clone();
+        }
+        this.dash_phase = dash_phase;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a solid {@code BasicStroke} with the specified
+     * attributes.
+     * @param width the width of the {@code BasicStroke}
+     * @param cap the decoration of the ends of a {@code BasicStroke}
+     * @param join the decoration applied where path segments meet
+     * @param miterlimit the limit to trim the miter join
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code width} is negative
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code cap} is not either
+     *         CAP_BUTT, CAP_ROUND or CAP_SQUARE
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code miterlimit} is less
+     *         than 1 and {@code join} is JOIN_MITER
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code join} is not
+     *         either JOIN_ROUND, JOIN_BEVEL, or JOIN_MITER
+     */
+    public BasicStroke(float width, int cap, int join, float miterlimit) {
+        this(width, cap, join, miterlimit, null, 0.0f);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a solid {@code BasicStroke} with the specified
+     * attributes.  The {@code miterlimit} parameter is
+     * unnecessary in cases where the default is allowable or the
+     * line joins are not specified as JOIN_MITER.
+     * @param width the width of the {@code BasicStroke}
+     * @param cap the decoration of the ends of a {@code BasicStroke}
+     * @param join the decoration applied where path segments meet
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code width} is negative
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code cap} is not either
+     *         CAP_BUTT, CAP_ROUND or CAP_SQUARE
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code join} is not
+     *         either JOIN_ROUND, JOIN_BEVEL, or JOIN_MITER
+     */
+    public BasicStroke(float width, int cap, int join) {
+        this(width, cap, join, 10.0f, null, 0.0f);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a solid {@code BasicStroke} with the specified
+     * line width and with default values for the cap and join
+     * styles.
+     * @param width the width of the {@code BasicStroke}
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code width} is negative
+     */
+    public BasicStroke(float width) {
+        this(width, CAP_SQUARE, JOIN_MITER, 10.0f, null, 0.0f);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new {@code BasicStroke} with defaults for all
+     * attributes.
+     * The default attributes are a solid line of width 1.0, CAP_SQUARE,
+     * JOIN_MITER, a miter limit of 10.0.
+     */
+    public BasicStroke() {
+        this(1.0f, CAP_SQUARE, JOIN_MITER, 10.0f, null, 0.0f);
+    }
+
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@code Shape} whose interior defines the
+     * stroked outline of a specified {@code Shape}.
+     * @param s the {@code Shape} boundary be stroked
+     * @return the {@code Shape} of the stroked outline.
+     */
+    public Shape createStrokedShape(Shape s) {
+        sun.java2d.pipe.RenderingEngine re =
+            sun.java2d.pipe.RenderingEngine.getInstance();
+        return re.createStrokedShape(s, width, cap, join, miterlimit,
+                                     dash, dash_phase);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the line width.  Line width is represented in user space,
+     * which is the default-coordinate space used by Java 2D.  See the
+     * {@code Graphics2D} class comments for more information on
+     * the user space coordinate system.
+     * @return the line width of this {@code BasicStroke}.
+     * @see Graphics2D
+     */
+    public float getLineWidth() {
+        return width;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the end cap style.
+     * @return the end cap style of this {@code BasicStroke} as one
+     * of the static {@code int} values that define possible end cap
+     * styles.
+     */
+    public int getEndCap() {
+        return cap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the line join style.
+     * @return the line join style of the {@code BasicStroke} as one
+     * of the static {@code int} values that define possible line
+     * join styles.
+     */
+    public int getLineJoin() {
+        return join;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the limit of miter joins.
+     * @return the limit of miter joins of the {@code BasicStroke}.
+     */
+    public float getMiterLimit() {
+        return miterlimit;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the array representing the lengths of the dash segments.
+     * Alternate entries in the array represent the user space lengths
+     * of the opaque and transparent segments of the dashes.
+     * As the pen moves along the outline of the {@code Shape}
+     * to be stroked, the user space
+     * distance that the pen travels is accumulated.  The distance
+     * value is used to index into the dash array.
+     * The pen is opaque when its current cumulative distance maps
+     * to an even element of the dash array and transparent otherwise.
+     * @return the dash array.
+     */
+    public float[] getDashArray() {
+        if (dash == null) {
+            return null;
+        }
+
+        return dash.clone();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the current dash phase.
+     * The dash phase is a distance specified in user coordinates that
+     * represents an offset into the dashing pattern. In other words, the dash
+     * phase defines the point in the dashing pattern that will correspond to
+     * the beginning of the stroke.
+     * @return the dash phase as a {@code float} value.
+     */
+    public float getDashPhase() {
+        return dash_phase;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the hashcode for this stroke.
+     * @return      a hash code for this stroke.
+     */
+    public int hashCode() {
+        int hash = Float.floatToIntBits(width);
+        hash = hash * 31 + join;
+        hash = hash * 31 + cap;
+        hash = hash * 31 + Float.floatToIntBits(miterlimit);
+        if (dash != null) {
+            hash = hash * 31 + Float.floatToIntBits(dash_phase);
+            for (int i = 0; i < dash.length; i++) {
+                hash = hash * 31 + Float.floatToIntBits(dash[i]);
+            }
+        }
+        return hash;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if this BasicStroke represents the same
+     * stroking operation as the given argument.
+     */
+   /**
+    * Tests if a specified object is equal to this {@code BasicStroke}
+    * by first testing if it is a {@code BasicStroke} and then comparing
+    * its width, join, cap, miter limit, dash, and dash phase attributes with
+    * those of this {@code BasicStroke}.
+    * @param  obj the specified object to compare to this
+    *              {@code BasicStroke}
+    * @return {@code true} if the width, join, cap, miter limit, dash, and
+    *            dash phase are the same for both objects;
+    *            {@code false} otherwise.
+    */
+    public boolean equals(Object obj) {
+        if (!(obj instanceof BasicStroke)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        BasicStroke bs = (BasicStroke) obj;
+        if (width != bs.width) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        if (join != bs.join) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        if (cap != bs.cap) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        if (miterlimit != bs.miterlimit) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        if (dash != null) {
+            if (dash_phase != bs.dash_phase) {
+                return false;
+            }
+
+            if (!java.util.Arrays.equals(dash, bs.dash)) {
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (bs.dash != null) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/BorderLayout.java

@@ -0,0 +1,892 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.util.Hashtable;
+
+/**
+ * A border layout lays out a container, arranging and resizing
+ * its components to fit in five regions:
+ * north, south, east, west, and center.
+ * Each region may contain no more than one component, and
+ * is identified by a corresponding constant:
+ * {@code NORTH}, {@code SOUTH}, {@code EAST},
+ * {@code WEST}, and {@code CENTER}.  When adding a
+ * component to a container with a border layout, use one of these
+ * five constants, for example:
+ * <pre>
+ *    Panel p = new Panel();
+ *    p.setLayout(new BorderLayout());
+ *    p.add(new Button("Okay"), BorderLayout.SOUTH);
+ * </pre>
+ * As a convenience, {@code BorderLayout} interprets the
+ * absence of a string specification the same as the constant
+ * {@code CENTER}:
+ * <pre>
+ *    Panel p2 = new Panel();
+ *    p2.setLayout(new BorderLayout());
+ *    p2.add(new TextArea());  // Same as p.add(new TextArea(), BorderLayout.CENTER);
+ * </pre>
+ * <p>
+ * In addition, {@code BorderLayout} supports the relative
+ * positioning constants, {@code PAGE_START}, {@code PAGE_END},
+ * {@code LINE_START}, and {@code LINE_END}.
+ * In a container whose {@code ComponentOrientation} is set to
+ * {@code ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT}, these constants map to
+ * {@code NORTH}, {@code SOUTH}, {@code WEST}, and
+ * {@code EAST}, respectively.
+ * <p>
+ * For compatibility with previous releases, {@code BorderLayout}
+ * also includes the relative positioning constants {@code BEFORE_FIRST_LINE},
+ * {@code AFTER_LAST_LINE}, {@code BEFORE_LINE_BEGINS} and
+ * {@code AFTER_LINE_ENDS}.  These are equivalent to
+ * {@code PAGE_START}, {@code PAGE_END}, {@code LINE_START}
+ * and {@code LINE_END} respectively.  For
+ * consistency with the relative positioning constants used by other
+ * components, the latter constants are preferred.
+ * <p>
+ * Mixing both absolute and relative positioning constants can lead to
+ * unpredictable results.  If
+ * you use both types, the relative constants will take precedence.
+ * For example, if you add components using both the {@code NORTH}
+ * and {@code PAGE_START} constants in a container whose
+ * orientation is {@code LEFT_TO_RIGHT}, only the
+ * {@code PAGE_START} will be laid out.
+ * <p>
+ * NOTE: Currently,
+ * {@code BorderLayout} does not support vertical
+ * orientations.  The {@code isVertical} setting on the container's
+ * {@code ComponentOrientation} is not respected.
+ * <p>
+ * The components are laid out according to their
+ * preferred sizes and the constraints of the container's size.
+ * The {@code NORTH} and {@code SOUTH} components may
+ * be stretched horizontally; the {@code EAST} and
+ * {@code WEST} components may be stretched vertically;
+ * the {@code CENTER} component may stretch both horizontally
+ * and vertically to fill any space left over.
+ * <p>
+ * Here is an example of five buttons in an applet laid out using
+ * the {@code BorderLayout} layout manager:
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/BorderLayout-1.gif"
+ * alt="Diagram of an applet demonstrating BorderLayout.
+ *      Each section of the BorderLayout contains a Button corresponding to its position in the layout, one of:
+ *      North, West, Center, East, or South."
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ * <p>
+ * The code for this applet is as follows:
+ *
+ * <hr><blockquote><pre>
+ * import java.awt.*;
+ * import java.applet.Applet;
+ *
+ * public class buttonDir extends Applet {
+ *   public void init() {
+ *     setLayout(new BorderLayout());
+ *     add(new Button("North"), BorderLayout.NORTH);
+ *     add(new Button("South"), BorderLayout.SOUTH);
+ *     add(new Button("East"), BorderLayout.EAST);
+ *     add(new Button("West"), BorderLayout.WEST);
+ *     add(new Button("Center"), BorderLayout.CENTER);
+ *   }
+ * }
+ * </pre></blockquote><hr>
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @see         java.awt.Container#add(String, Component)
+ * @see         java.awt.ComponentOrientation
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class BorderLayout implements LayoutManager2,
+                                     java.io.Serializable {
+    /**
+     * Constructs a border layout with the horizontal gaps
+     * between components.
+     * The horizontal gap is specified by {@code hgap}.
+     *
+     * @see #getHgap()
+     * @see #setHgap(int)
+     *
+     * @serial
+     */
+        int hgap;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a border layout with the vertical gaps
+     * between components.
+     * The vertical gap is specified by {@code vgap}.
+     *
+     * @see #getVgap()
+     * @see #setVgap(int)
+     * @serial
+     */
+        int vgap;
+
+    /**
+     * Constant to specify components location to be the
+     *      north portion of the border layout.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getChild(String, boolean)
+     * @see #addLayoutComponent
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentX
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentY
+     * @see #removeLayoutComponent
+     */
+        Component north;
+     /**
+     * Constant to specify components location to be the
+     *      west portion of the border layout.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getChild(String, boolean)
+     * @see #addLayoutComponent
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentX
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentY
+     * @see #removeLayoutComponent
+     */
+        Component west;
+    /**
+     * Constant to specify components location to be the
+     *      east portion of the border layout.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getChild(String, boolean)
+     * @see #addLayoutComponent
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentX
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentY
+     * @see #removeLayoutComponent
+     */
+        Component east;
+    /**
+     * Constant to specify components location to be the
+     *      south portion of the border layout.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getChild(String, boolean)
+     * @see #addLayoutComponent
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentX
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentY
+     * @see #removeLayoutComponent
+     */
+    Component south;
+    /**
+     * Constant to specify components location to be the
+     *      center portion of the border layout.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getChild(String, boolean)
+     * @see #addLayoutComponent
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentX
+     * @see #getLayoutAlignmentY
+     * @see #removeLayoutComponent
+     */
+        Component center;
+
+    /**
+     *
+     * A relative positioning constant, that can be used instead of
+     * north, south, east, west or center.
+     * mixing the two types of constants can lead to unpredictable results.  If
+     * you use both types, the relative constants will take precedence.
+     * For example, if you add components using both the {@code NORTH}
+     * and {@code BEFORE_FIRST_LINE} constants in a container whose
+     * orientation is {@code LEFT_TO_RIGHT}, only the
+     * {@code BEFORE_FIRST_LINE} will be laid out.
+     * This will be the same for lastLine, firstItem, lastItem.
+     * @serial
+     */
+    Component firstLine;
+     /**
+     * A relative positioning constant, that can be used instead of
+     * north, south, east, west or center.
+     * Please read Description for firstLine.
+     * @serial
+     */
+        Component lastLine;
+     /**
+     * A relative positioning constant, that can be used instead of
+     * north, south, east, west or center.
+     * Please read Description for firstLine.
+     * @serial
+     */
+        Component firstItem;
+    /**
+     * A relative positioning constant, that can be used instead of
+     * north, south, east, west or center.
+     * Please read Description for firstLine.
+     * @serial
+     */
+        Component lastItem;
+
+    /**
+     * The north layout constraint (top of container).
+     */
+    public static final String NORTH  = "North";
+
+    /**
+     * The south layout constraint (bottom of container).
+     */
+    public static final String SOUTH  = "South";
+
+    /**
+     * The east layout constraint (right side of container).
+     */
+    public static final String EAST   = "East";
+
+    /**
+     * The west layout constraint (left side of container).
+     */
+    public static final String WEST   = "West";
+
+    /**
+     * The center layout constraint (middle of container).
+     */
+    public static final String CENTER = "Center";
+
+    /**
+     * Synonym for PAGE_START.  Exists for compatibility with previous
+     * versions.  PAGE_START is preferred.
+     *
+     * @see #PAGE_START
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public static final String BEFORE_FIRST_LINE = "First";
+
+    /**
+     * Synonym for PAGE_END.  Exists for compatibility with previous
+     * versions.  PAGE_END is preferred.
+     *
+     * @see #PAGE_END
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public static final String AFTER_LAST_LINE = "Last";
+
+    /**
+     * Synonym for LINE_START.  Exists for compatibility with previous
+     * versions.  LINE_START is preferred.
+     *
+     * @see #LINE_START
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public static final String BEFORE_LINE_BEGINS = "Before";
+
+    /**
+     * Synonym for LINE_END.  Exists for compatibility with previous
+     * versions.  LINE_END is preferred.
+     *
+     * @see #LINE_END
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public static final String AFTER_LINE_ENDS = "After";
+
+    /**
+     * The component comes before the first line of the layout's content.
+     * For Western, left-to-right and top-to-bottom orientations, this is
+     * equivalent to NORTH.
+     *
+     * @see java.awt.Component#getComponentOrientation
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final String PAGE_START = BEFORE_FIRST_LINE;
+
+    /**
+     * The component comes after the last line of the layout's content.
+     * For Western, left-to-right and top-to-bottom orientations, this is
+     * equivalent to SOUTH.
+     *
+     * @see java.awt.Component#getComponentOrientation
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final String PAGE_END = AFTER_LAST_LINE;
+
+    /**
+     * The component goes at the beginning of the line direction for the
+     * layout. For Western, left-to-right and top-to-bottom orientations,
+     * this is equivalent to WEST.
+     *
+     * @see java.awt.Component#getComponentOrientation
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final String LINE_START = BEFORE_LINE_BEGINS;
+
+    /**
+     * The component goes at the end of the line direction for the
+     * layout. For Western, left-to-right and top-to-bottom orientations,
+     * this is equivalent to EAST.
+     *
+     * @see java.awt.Component#getComponentOrientation
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final String LINE_END = AFTER_LINE_ENDS;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = -8658291919501921765L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new border layout with
+     * no gaps between components.
+     */
+    public BorderLayout() {
+        this(0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a border layout with the specified gaps
+     * between components.
+     * The horizontal gap is specified by {@code hgap}
+     * and the vertical gap is specified by {@code vgap}.
+     * @param   hgap   the horizontal gap.
+     * @param   vgap   the vertical gap.
+     */
+    public BorderLayout(int hgap, int vgap) {
+        this.hgap = hgap;
+        this.vgap = vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the horizontal gap between components.
+     *
+     * @return the horizontal gap between components
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public int getHgap() {
+        return hgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the horizontal gap between components.
+     *
+     * @param hgap the horizontal gap between components
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public void setHgap(int hgap) {
+        this.hgap = hgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the vertical gap between components.
+     *
+     * @return the vertical gap between components
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public int getVgap() {
+        return vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the vertical gap between components.
+     *
+     * @param vgap the vertical gap between components
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public void setVgap(int vgap) {
+        this.vgap = vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified component to the layout, using the specified
+     * constraint object.  For border layouts, the constraint must be
+     * one of the following constants:  {@code NORTH},
+     * {@code SOUTH}, {@code EAST},
+     * {@code WEST}, or {@code CENTER}.
+     * <p>
+     * Most applications do not call this method directly. This method
+     * is called when a component is added to a container using the
+     * {@code Container.add} method with the same argument types.
+     * @param   comp         the component to be added.
+     * @param   constraints  an object that specifies how and where
+     *                       the component is added to the layout.
+     * @see     java.awt.Container#add(java.awt.Component, java.lang.Object)
+     * @exception   IllegalArgumentException  if the constraint object is not
+     *              a string, or if it not one of the five specified constants.
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public void addLayoutComponent(Component comp, Object constraints) {
+      synchronized (comp.getTreeLock()) {
+        if ((constraints == null) || (constraints instanceof String)) {
+            addLayoutComponent((String)constraints, comp);
+        } else {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("cannot add to layout: constraint must be a string (or null)");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated  replaced by {@code addLayoutComponent(Component, Object)}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public void addLayoutComponent(String name, Component comp) {
+      synchronized (comp.getTreeLock()) {
+        /* Special case:  treat null the same as "Center". */
+        if (name == null) {
+            name = "Center";
+        }
+
+        /* Assign the component to one of the known regions of the layout.
+         */
+        if ("Center".equals(name)) {
+            center = comp;
+        } else if ("North".equals(name)) {
+            north = comp;
+        } else if ("South".equals(name)) {
+            south = comp;
+        } else if ("East".equals(name)) {
+            east = comp;
+        } else if ("West".equals(name)) {
+            west = comp;
+        } else if (BEFORE_FIRST_LINE.equals(name)) {
+            firstLine = comp;
+        } else if (AFTER_LAST_LINE.equals(name)) {
+            lastLine = comp;
+        } else if (BEFORE_LINE_BEGINS.equals(name)) {
+            firstItem = comp;
+        } else if (AFTER_LINE_ENDS.equals(name)) {
+            lastItem = comp;
+        } else {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("cannot add to layout: unknown constraint: " + name);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified component from this border layout. This
+     * method is called when a container calls its {@code remove} or
+     * {@code removeAll} methods. Most applications do not call this
+     * method directly.
+     * @param   comp   the component to be removed.
+     * @see     java.awt.Container#remove(java.awt.Component)
+     * @see     java.awt.Container#removeAll()
+     */
+    public void removeLayoutComponent(Component comp) {
+      synchronized (comp.getTreeLock()) {
+        if (comp == center) {
+            center = null;
+        } else if (comp == north) {
+            north = null;
+        } else if (comp == south) {
+            south = null;
+        } else if (comp == east) {
+            east = null;
+        } else if (comp == west) {
+            west = null;
+        }
+        if (comp == firstLine) {
+            firstLine = null;
+        } else if (comp == lastLine) {
+            lastLine = null;
+        } else if (comp == firstItem) {
+            firstItem = null;
+        } else if (comp == lastItem) {
+            lastItem = null;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the component that was added using the given constraint
+     *
+     * @param   constraints  the desired constraint, one of {@code CENTER},
+     *                       {@code NORTH}, {@code SOUTH},
+     *                       {@code WEST}, {@code EAST},
+     *                       {@code PAGE_START}, {@code PAGE_END},
+     *                       {@code LINE_START}, {@code LINE_END}
+     * @return  the component at the given location, or {@code null} if
+     *          the location is empty
+     * @exception   IllegalArgumentException  if the constraint object is
+     *              not one of the nine specified constants
+     * @see     #addLayoutComponent(java.awt.Component, java.lang.Object)
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public Component getLayoutComponent(Object constraints) {
+        if (CENTER.equals(constraints)) {
+            return center;
+        } else if (NORTH.equals(constraints)) {
+            return north;
+        } else if (SOUTH.equals(constraints)) {
+            return south;
+        } else if (WEST.equals(constraints)) {
+            return west;
+        } else if (EAST.equals(constraints)) {
+            return east;
+        } else if (PAGE_START.equals(constraints)) {
+            return firstLine;
+        } else if (PAGE_END.equals(constraints)) {
+            return lastLine;
+        } else if (LINE_START.equals(constraints)) {
+            return firstItem;
+        } else if (LINE_END.equals(constraints)) {
+            return lastItem;
+        } else {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("cannot get component: unknown constraint: " + constraints);
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the component that corresponds to the given constraint location
+     * based on the target {@code Container}'s component orientation.
+     * Components added with the relative constraints {@code PAGE_START},
+     * {@code PAGE_END}, {@code LINE_START}, and {@code LINE_END}
+     * take precedence over components added with the explicit constraints
+     * {@code NORTH}, {@code SOUTH}, {@code WEST}, and {@code EAST}.
+     * The {@code Container}'s component orientation is used to determine the location of components
+     * added with {@code LINE_START} and {@code LINE_END}.
+     *
+     * @param   constraints     the desired absolute position, one of {@code CENTER},
+     *                          {@code NORTH}, {@code SOUTH},
+     *                          {@code EAST}, {@code WEST}
+     * @param   target     the {@code Container} used to obtain
+     *                     the constraint location based on the target
+     *                     {@code Container}'s component orientation.
+     * @return  the component at the given location, or {@code null} if
+     *          the location is empty
+     * @exception   IllegalArgumentException  if the constraint object is
+     *              not one of the five specified constants
+     * @exception   NullPointerException  if the target parameter is null
+     * @see     #addLayoutComponent(java.awt.Component, java.lang.Object)
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public Component getLayoutComponent(Container target, Object constraints) {
+        boolean ltr = target.getComponentOrientation().isLeftToRight();
+        Component result = null;
+
+        if (NORTH.equals(constraints)) {
+            result = (firstLine != null) ? firstLine : north;
+        } else if (SOUTH.equals(constraints)) {
+            result = (lastLine != null) ? lastLine : south;
+        } else if (WEST.equals(constraints)) {
+            result = ltr ? firstItem : lastItem;
+            if (result == null) {
+                result = west;
+            }
+        } else if (EAST.equals(constraints)) {
+            result = ltr ? lastItem : firstItem;
+            if (result == null) {
+                result = east;
+            }
+        } else if (CENTER.equals(constraints)) {
+            result = center;
+        } else {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("cannot get component: invalid constraint: " + constraints);
+        }
+
+        return result;
+    }
+
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the constraints for the specified component
+     *
+     * @param   comp the component to be queried
+     * @return  the constraint for the specified component,
+     *          or null if component is null or is not present
+     *          in this layout
+     * @see #addLayoutComponent(java.awt.Component, java.lang.Object)
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public Object getConstraints(Component comp) {
+        //fix for 6242148 : API method java.awt.BorderLayout.getConstraints(null) should return null
+        if (comp == null){
+            return null;
+        }
+        if (comp == center) {
+            return CENTER;
+        } else if (comp == north) {
+            return NORTH;
+        } else if (comp == south) {
+            return SOUTH;
+        } else if (comp == west) {
+            return WEST;
+        } else if (comp == east) {
+            return EAST;
+        } else if (comp == firstLine) {
+            return PAGE_START;
+        } else if (comp == lastLine) {
+            return PAGE_END;
+        } else if (comp == firstItem) {
+            return LINE_START;
+        } else if (comp == lastItem) {
+            return LINE_END;
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the minimum size of the {@code target} container
+     * using this layout manager.
+     * <p>
+     * This method is called when a container calls its
+     * {@code getMinimumSize} method. Most applications do not call
+     * this method directly.
+     * @param   target   the container in which to do the layout.
+     * @return  the minimum dimensions needed to lay out the subcomponents
+     *          of the specified container.
+     * @see     java.awt.Container
+     * @see     java.awt.BorderLayout#preferredLayoutSize
+     * @see     java.awt.Container#getMinimumSize()
+     */
+    public Dimension minimumLayoutSize(Container target) {
+      synchronized (target.getTreeLock()) {
+        Dimension dim = new Dimension(0, 0);
+
+        boolean ltr = target.getComponentOrientation().isLeftToRight();
+        Component c = null;
+
+        if ((c=getChild(EAST,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getMinimumSize();
+            dim.width += d.width + hgap;
+            dim.height = Math.max(d.height, dim.height);
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(WEST,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getMinimumSize();
+            dim.width += d.width + hgap;
+            dim.height = Math.max(d.height, dim.height);
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(CENTER,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getMinimumSize();
+            dim.width += d.width;
+            dim.height = Math.max(d.height, dim.height);
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(NORTH,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getMinimumSize();
+            dim.width = Math.max(d.width, dim.width);
+            dim.height += d.height + vgap;
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(SOUTH,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getMinimumSize();
+            dim.width = Math.max(d.width, dim.width);
+            dim.height += d.height + vgap;
+        }
+
+        Insets insets = target.getInsets();
+        dim.width += insets.left + insets.right;
+        dim.height += insets.top + insets.bottom;
+
+        return dim;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the preferred size of the {@code target}
+     * container using this layout manager, based on the components
+     * in the container.
+     * <p>
+     * Most applications do not call this method directly. This method
+     * is called when a container calls its {@code getPreferredSize}
+     * method.
+     * @param   target   the container in which to do the layout.
+     * @return  the preferred dimensions to lay out the subcomponents
+     *          of the specified container.
+     * @see     java.awt.Container
+     * @see     java.awt.BorderLayout#minimumLayoutSize
+     * @see     java.awt.Container#getPreferredSize()
+     */
+    public Dimension preferredLayoutSize(Container target) {
+      synchronized (target.getTreeLock()) {
+        Dimension dim = new Dimension(0, 0);
+
+        boolean ltr = target.getComponentOrientation().isLeftToRight();
+        Component c = null;
+
+        if ((c=getChild(EAST,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getPreferredSize();
+            dim.width += d.width + hgap;
+            dim.height = Math.max(d.height, dim.height);
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(WEST,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getPreferredSize();
+            dim.width += d.width + hgap;
+            dim.height = Math.max(d.height, dim.height);
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(CENTER,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getPreferredSize();
+            dim.width += d.width;
+            dim.height = Math.max(d.height, dim.height);
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(NORTH,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getPreferredSize();
+            dim.width = Math.max(d.width, dim.width);
+            dim.height += d.height + vgap;
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(SOUTH,ltr)) != null) {
+            Dimension d = c.getPreferredSize();
+            dim.width = Math.max(d.width, dim.width);
+            dim.height += d.height + vgap;
+        }
+
+        Insets insets = target.getInsets();
+        dim.width += insets.left + insets.right;
+        dim.height += insets.top + insets.bottom;
+
+        return dim;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the maximum dimensions for this layout given the components
+     * in the specified target container.
+     * @param target the component which needs to be laid out
+     * @see Container
+     * @see #minimumLayoutSize
+     * @see #preferredLayoutSize
+     */
+    public Dimension maximumLayoutSize(Container target) {
+        return new Dimension(Integer.MAX_VALUE, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the alignment along the x axis.  This specifies how
+     * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
+     * components.  The value should be a number between 0 and 1
+     * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
+     * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
+     */
+    public float getLayoutAlignmentX(Container parent) {
+        return 0.5f;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the alignment along the y axis.  This specifies how
+     * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
+     * components.  The value should be a number between 0 and 1
+     * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
+     * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
+     */
+    public float getLayoutAlignmentY(Container parent) {
+        return 0.5f;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Invalidates the layout, indicating that if the layout manager
+     * has cached information it should be discarded.
+     */
+    public void invalidateLayout(Container target) {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Lays out the container argument using this border layout.
+     * <p>
+     * This method actually reshapes the components in the specified
+     * container in order to satisfy the constraints of this
+     * {@code BorderLayout} object. The {@code NORTH}
+     * and {@code SOUTH} components, if any, are placed at
+     * the top and bottom of the container, respectively. The
+     * {@code WEST} and {@code EAST} components are
+     * then placed on the left and right, respectively. Finally,
+     * the {@code CENTER} object is placed in any remaining
+     * space in the middle.
+     * <p>
+     * Most applications do not call this method directly. This method
+     * is called when a container calls its {@code doLayout} method.
+     * @param   target   the container in which to do the layout.
+     * @see     java.awt.Container
+     * @see     java.awt.Container#doLayout()
+     */
+    public void layoutContainer(Container target) {
+      synchronized (target.getTreeLock()) {
+        Insets insets = target.getInsets();
+        int top = insets.top;
+        int bottom = target.height - insets.bottom;
+        int left = insets.left;
+        int right = target.width - insets.right;
+
+        boolean ltr = target.getComponentOrientation().isLeftToRight();
+        Component c = null;
+
+        if ((c=getChild(NORTH,ltr)) != null) {
+            c.setSize(right - left, c.height);
+            Dimension d = c.getPreferredSize();
+            c.setBounds(left, top, right - left, d.height);
+            top += d.height + vgap;
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(SOUTH,ltr)) != null) {
+            c.setSize(right - left, c.height);
+            Dimension d = c.getPreferredSize();
+            c.setBounds(left, bottom - d.height, right - left, d.height);
+            bottom -= d.height + vgap;
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(EAST,ltr)) != null) {
+            c.setSize(c.width, bottom - top);
+            Dimension d = c.getPreferredSize();
+            c.setBounds(right - d.width, top, d.width, bottom - top);
+            right -= d.width + hgap;
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(WEST,ltr)) != null) {
+            c.setSize(c.width, bottom - top);
+            Dimension d = c.getPreferredSize();
+            c.setBounds(left, top, d.width, bottom - top);
+            left += d.width + hgap;
+        }
+        if ((c=getChild(CENTER,ltr)) != null) {
+            c.setBounds(left, top, right - left, bottom - top);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Get the component that corresponds to the given constraint location
+     *
+     * @param   key     The desired absolute position,
+     *                  either NORTH, SOUTH, EAST, or WEST.
+     * @param   ltr     Is the component line direction left-to-right?
+     */
+    private Component getChild(String key, boolean ltr) {
+        Component result = null;
+
+        if (key == NORTH) {
+            result = (firstLine != null) ? firstLine : north;
+        }
+        else if (key == SOUTH) {
+            result = (lastLine != null) ? lastLine : south;
+        }
+        else if (key == WEST) {
+            result = ltr ? firstItem : lastItem;
+            if (result == null) {
+                result = west;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (key == EAST) {
+            result = ltr ? lastItem : firstItem;
+            if (result == null) {
+                result = east;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (key == CENTER) {
+            result = center;
+        }
+        if (result != null && !result.visible) {
+            result = null;
+        }
+        return result;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representation of the state of this border layout.
+     * @return    a string representation of this border layout.
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() + "[hgap=" + hgap + ",vgap=" + vgap + "]";
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/BufferCapabilities.java

@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * Capabilities and properties of buffers.
+ *
+ * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy#getCapabilities()
+ * @see GraphicsConfiguration#getBufferCapabilities
+ * @author Michael Martak
+ * @since 1.4
+ */
+public class BufferCapabilities implements Cloneable {
+
+    private ImageCapabilities frontCaps;
+    private ImageCapabilities backCaps;
+    private FlipContents flipContents;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new object for specifying buffering capabilities
+     * @param frontCaps the capabilities of the front buffer; cannot be
+     * {@code null}
+     * @param backCaps the capabilities of the back and intermediate buffers;
+     * cannot be {@code null}
+     * @param flipContents the contents of the back buffer after page-flipping,
+     * {@code null} if page flipping is not used (implies blitting)
+     * @exception IllegalArgumentException if frontCaps or backCaps are
+     * {@code null}
+     */
+    public BufferCapabilities(ImageCapabilities frontCaps,
+        ImageCapabilities backCaps, FlipContents flipContents) {
+        if (frontCaps == null || backCaps == null) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException(
+                "Image capabilities specified cannot be null");
+        }
+        this.frontCaps = frontCaps;
+        this.backCaps = backCaps;
+        this.flipContents = flipContents;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return the image capabilities of the front (displayed) buffer
+     */
+    public ImageCapabilities getFrontBufferCapabilities() {
+        return frontCaps;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return the image capabilities of all back buffers (intermediate buffers
+     * are considered back buffers)
+     */
+    public ImageCapabilities getBackBufferCapabilities() {
+        return backCaps;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return whether or not the buffer strategy uses page flipping; a set of
+     * buffers that uses page flipping
+     * can swap the contents internally between the front buffer and one or
+     * more back buffers by switching the video pointer (or by copying memory
+     * internally).  A non-flipping set of
+     * buffers uses blitting to copy the contents from one buffer to
+     * another; when this is the case, {@code getFlipContents} returns
+     * {@code null}
+     */
+    public boolean isPageFlipping() {
+        return (getFlipContents() != null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return the resulting contents of the back buffer after page-flipping.
+     * This value is {@code null} when the {@code isPageFlipping}
+     * returns {@code false}, implying blitting.  It can be one of
+     * {@code FlipContents.UNDEFINED}
+     * (the assumed default), {@code FlipContents.BACKGROUND},
+     * {@code FlipContents.PRIOR}, or
+     * {@code FlipContents.COPIED}.
+     * @see #isPageFlipping
+     * @see FlipContents#UNDEFINED
+     * @see FlipContents#BACKGROUND
+     * @see FlipContents#PRIOR
+     * @see FlipContents#COPIED
+     */
+    public FlipContents getFlipContents() {
+        return flipContents;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return whether page flipping is only available in full-screen mode.  If this
+     * is {@code true}, full-screen exclusive mode is required for
+     * page-flipping.
+     * @see #isPageFlipping
+     * @see GraphicsDevice#setFullScreenWindow
+     */
+    public boolean isFullScreenRequired() {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return whether or not
+     * page flipping can be performed using more than two buffers (one or more
+     * intermediate buffers as well as the front and back buffer).
+     * @see #isPageFlipping
+     */
+    public boolean isMultiBufferAvailable() {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return a copy of this BufferCapabilities object.
+     */
+    public Object clone() {
+        try {
+            return super.clone();
+        } catch (CloneNotSupportedException e) {
+            // Since we implement Cloneable, this should never happen
+            throw new InternalError(e);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Inner class FlipContents
+    /**
+     * A type-safe enumeration of the possible back buffer contents after
+     * page-flipping
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static final class FlipContents extends AttributeValue {
+
+        private static int I_UNDEFINED = 0;
+        private static int I_BACKGROUND = 1;
+        private static int I_PRIOR = 2;
+        private static int I_COPIED = 3;
+
+        private static final String NAMES[] =
+            { "undefined", "background", "prior", "copied" };
+
+        /**
+         * When flip contents are {@code UNDEFINED}, the
+         * contents of the back buffer are undefined after flipping.
+         * @see #isPageFlipping
+         * @see #getFlipContents
+         * @see #BACKGROUND
+         * @see #PRIOR
+         * @see #COPIED
+         */
+        public static final FlipContents UNDEFINED =
+            new FlipContents(I_UNDEFINED);
+
+        /**
+         * When flip contents are {@code BACKGROUND}, the
+         * contents of the back buffer are cleared with the background color after
+         * flipping.
+         * @see #isPageFlipping
+         * @see #getFlipContents
+         * @see #UNDEFINED
+         * @see #PRIOR
+         * @see #COPIED
+         */
+        public static final FlipContents BACKGROUND =
+            new FlipContents(I_BACKGROUND);
+
+        /**
+         * When flip contents are {@code PRIOR}, the
+         * contents of the back buffer are the prior contents of the front buffer
+         * (a true page flip).
+         * @see #isPageFlipping
+         * @see #getFlipContents
+         * @see #UNDEFINED
+         * @see #BACKGROUND
+         * @see #COPIED
+         */
+        public static final FlipContents PRIOR =
+            new FlipContents(I_PRIOR);
+
+        /**
+         * When flip contents are {@code COPIED}, the
+         * contents of the back buffer are copied to the front buffer when
+         * flipping.
+         * @see #isPageFlipping
+         * @see #getFlipContents
+         * @see #UNDEFINED
+         * @see #BACKGROUND
+         * @see #PRIOR
+         */
+        public static final FlipContents COPIED =
+            new FlipContents(I_COPIED);
+
+        private FlipContents(int type) {
+            super(type, NAMES);
+        }
+
+    } // Inner class FlipContents
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Button.java

@@ -0,0 +1,676 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.peer.ButtonPeer;
+import java.beans.BeanProperty;
+import java.util.EventListener;
+import java.awt.event.*;
+import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import javax.accessibility.*;
+
+/**
+ * This class creates a labeled button. The application can cause
+ * some action to happen when the button is pushed. This image
+ * depicts three views of a "{@code Quit}" button as it appears
+ * under the Solaris operating system:
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/Button-1.gif" alt="The following context describes the graphic"
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ * <p>
+ * The first view shows the button as it appears normally.
+ * The second view shows the button
+ * when it has input focus. Its outline is darkened to let the
+ * user know that it is an active object. The third view shows the
+ * button when the user clicks the mouse over the button, and thus
+ * requests that an action be performed.
+ * <p>
+ * The gesture of clicking on a button with the mouse
+ * is associated with one instance of {@code ActionEvent},
+ * which is sent out when the mouse is both pressed and released
+ * over the button. If an application is interested in knowing
+ * when the button has been pressed but not released, as a separate
+ * gesture, it can specialize {@code processMouseEvent},
+ * or it can register itself as a listener for mouse events by
+ * calling {@code addMouseListener}. Both of these methods are
+ * defined by {@code Component}, the abstract superclass of
+ * all components.
+ * <p>
+ * When a button is pressed and released, AWT sends an instance
+ * of {@code ActionEvent} to the button, by calling
+ * {@code processEvent} on the button. The button's
+ * {@code processEvent} method receives all events
+ * for the button; it passes an action event along by
+ * calling its own {@code processActionEvent} method.
+ * The latter method passes the action event on to any action
+ * listeners that have registered an interest in action
+ * events generated by this button.
+ * <p>
+ * If an application wants to perform some action based on
+ * a button being pressed and released, it should implement
+ * {@code ActionListener} and register the new listener
+ * to receive events from this button, by calling the button's
+ * {@code addActionListener} method. The application can
+ * make use of the button's action command as a messaging protocol.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @see         java.awt.event.ActionEvent
+ * @see         java.awt.event.ActionListener
+ * @see         java.awt.Component#processMouseEvent
+ * @see         java.awt.Component#addMouseListener
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class Button extends Component implements Accessible {
+
+    /**
+     * The button's label.  This value may be null.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getLabel()
+     * @see #setLabel(String)
+     */
+    String label;
+
+    /**
+     * The action to be performed once a button has been
+     * pressed.  This value may be null.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getActionCommand()
+     * @see #setActionCommand(String)
+     */
+    String actionCommand;
+
+    transient ActionListener actionListener;
+
+    private static final String base = "button";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -8774683716313001058L;
+
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs for fields that may be
+     * accessed from C.
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a button with an empty string for its label.
+     *
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Button() throws HeadlessException {
+        this("");
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a button with the specified label.
+     *
+     * @param label  a string label for the button, or
+     *               {@code null} for no label
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Button(String label) throws HeadlessException {
+        GraphicsEnvironment.checkHeadless();
+        this.label = label;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Construct a name for this component.  Called by getName() when the
+     * name is null.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (Button.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the peer of the button.  The button's peer allows the
+     * application to change the look of the button without changing
+     * its functionality.
+     *
+     * @see     java.awt.Component#getToolkit()
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createButton(this);
+            super.addNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the label of this button.
+     *
+     * @return    the button's label, or {@code null}
+     *                if the button has no label.
+     * @see       java.awt.Button#setLabel
+     */
+    public String getLabel() {
+        return label;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the button's label to be the specified string.
+     *
+     * @param     label   the new label, or {@code null}
+     *                if the button has no label.
+     * @see       java.awt.Button#getLabel
+     */
+    public void setLabel(String label) {
+        boolean testvalid = false;
+
+        synchronized (this) {
+            if (label != this.label && (this.label == null ||
+                                        !this.label.equals(label))) {
+                this.label = label;
+                ButtonPeer peer = (ButtonPeer)this.peer;
+                if (peer != null) {
+                    peer.setLabel(label);
+                }
+                testvalid = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
+        if (testvalid) {
+            invalidateIfValid();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the command name for the action event fired
+     * by this button. By default this action command is
+     * set to match the label of the button.
+     *
+     * @param     command  a string used to set the button's
+     *                  action command.
+     *            If the string is {@code null} then the action command
+     *            is set to match the label of the button.
+     * @see       java.awt.event.ActionEvent
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public void setActionCommand(String command) {
+        actionCommand = command;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the command name of the action event fired by this button.
+     * If the command name is {@code null} (default) then this method
+     * returns the label of the button.
+     *
+     * @return the action command name (or label) for this button
+     */
+    public String getActionCommand() {
+        return (actionCommand == null? label : actionCommand);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified action listener to receive action events from
+     * this button. Action events occur when a user presses or releases
+     * the mouse over this button.
+     * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     *
+     * @param         l the action listener
+     * @see           #removeActionListener
+     * @see           #getActionListeners
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ActionListener
+     * @since         1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void addActionListener(ActionListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+            return;
+        }
+        actionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(actionListener, l);
+        newEventsOnly = true;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified action listener so that it no longer
+     * receives action events from this button. Action events occur
+     * when a user presses or releases the mouse over this button.
+     * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     *
+     * @param           l     the action listener
+     * @see             #addActionListener
+     * @see             #getActionListeners
+     * @see             java.awt.event.ActionListener
+     * @since           1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void removeActionListener(ActionListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+            return;
+        }
+        actionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(actionListener, l);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the action listeners
+     * registered on this button.
+     *
+     * @return all of this button's {@code ActionListener}s
+     *         or an empty array if no action
+     *         listeners are currently registered
+     *
+     * @see             #addActionListener
+     * @see             #removeActionListener
+     * @see             java.awt.event.ActionListener
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public synchronized ActionListener[] getActionListeners() {
+        return getListeners(ActionListener.class);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
+     * as <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s
+     * upon this {@code Button}.
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s are registered using the
+     * <code>add<em>Foo</em>Listener</code> method.
+     *
+     * <p>
+     * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
+     * with a class literal, such as
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener.class</code>.
+     * For example, you can query a
+     * {@code Button b}
+     * for its action listeners with the following code:
+     *
+     * <pre>ActionListener[] als = (ActionListener[])(b.getListeners(ActionListener.class));</pre>
+     *
+     * If no such listeners exist, this method returns an empty array.
+     *
+     * @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
+     *          should specify an interface that descends from
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     * @return an array of all objects registered as
+     *          <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s on this button,
+     *          or an empty array if no such
+     *          listeners have been added
+     * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
+     *          doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     *
+     * @see #getActionListeners
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public <T extends EventListener> T[] getListeners(Class<T> listenerType) {
+        EventListener l = null;
+        if  (listenerType == ActionListener.class) {
+            l = actionListener;
+        } else {
+            return super.getListeners(listenerType);
+        }
+        return AWTEventMulticaster.getListeners(l, listenerType);
+    }
+
+    // REMIND: remove when filtering is done at lower level
+    boolean eventEnabled(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e.id == ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED) {
+            if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.ACTION_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
+                actionListener != null) {
+                return true;
+            }
+            return false;
+        }
+        return super.eventEnabled(e);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes events on this button. If an event is
+     * an instance of {@code ActionEvent}, this method invokes
+     * the {@code processActionEvent} method. Otherwise,
+     * it invokes {@code processEvent} on the superclass.
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param        e the event
+     * @see          java.awt.event.ActionEvent
+     * @see          java.awt.Button#processActionEvent
+     * @since        1.1
+     */
+    protected void processEvent(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e instanceof ActionEvent) {
+            processActionEvent((ActionEvent)e);
+            return;
+        }
+        super.processEvent(e);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes action events occurring on this button
+     * by dispatching them to any registered
+     * {@code ActionListener} objects.
+     * <p>
+     * This method is not called unless action events are
+     * enabled for this button. Action events are enabled
+     * when one of the following occurs:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>An {@code ActionListener} object is registered
+     * via {@code addActionListener}.
+     * <li>Action events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
+     * </ul>
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param       e the action event
+     * @see         java.awt.event.ActionListener
+     * @see         java.awt.Button#addActionListener
+     * @see         java.awt.Component#enableEvents
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    protected void processActionEvent(ActionEvent e) {
+        ActionListener listener = actionListener;
+        if (listener != null) {
+            listener.actionPerformed(e);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Button}.
+     * This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
+     * content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return     the parameter string of this button
+     */
+    protected String paramString() {
+        return super.paramString() + ",label=" + label;
+    }
+
+
+    /* Serialization support.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * Button Serial Data Version.
+     * @serial
+     */
+    private int buttonSerializedDataVersion = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Writes default serializable fields to stream.  Writes
+     * a list of serializable {@code ActionListeners}
+     * as optional data.  The non-serializable
+     * {@code ActionListeners} are detected and
+     * no attempt is made to serialize them.
+     *
+     * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0 or
+     *   more pairs: the pair consists of a {@code String}
+     *   and an {@code Object}; the {@code String}
+     *   indicates the type of object and is one of the following:
+     *   {@code actionListenerK} indicating an
+     *     {@code ActionListener} object
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+     * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
+     * @see java.awt.Component#actionListenerK
+     * @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
+     */
+    private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s)
+      throws IOException
+    {
+      s.defaultWriteObject();
+
+      AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, actionListenerK, actionListener);
+      s.writeObject(null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if
+     * it isn't {@code null} adds a listener to
+     * receive action events fired by the button.
+     * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *   {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+     *   {@code true}
+     * @serial
+     * @see #removeActionListener(ActionListener)
+     * @see #addActionListener(ActionListener)
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+      throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException, HeadlessException
+    {
+      GraphicsEnvironment.checkHeadless();
+      s.defaultReadObject();
+
+      Object keyOrNull;
+      while(null != (keyOrNull = s.readObject())) {
+        String key = ((String)keyOrNull).intern();
+
+        if (actionListenerK == key)
+          addActionListener((ActionListener)(s.readObject()));
+
+        else // skip value for unrecognized key
+          s.readObject();
+      }
+    }
+
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with
+     * this {@code Button}. For buttons, the
+     * {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+     * {@code AccessibleAWTButton}.
+     * A new {@code AccessibleAWTButton} instance is
+     * created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an {@code AccessibleAWTButton} that serves as the
+     *         {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code Button}
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    @BeanProperty(expert = true, description
+            = "The AccessibleContext associated with this Button.")
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTButton();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code Button} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to button user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTButton extends AccessibleAWTComponent
+        implements AccessibleAction, AccessibleValue
+    {
+        /*
+         * JDK 1.3 serialVersionUID
+         */
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = -5932203980244017102L;
+
+        /**
+         * Get the accessible name of this object.
+         *
+         * @return the localized name of the object -- can be null if this
+         * object does not have a name
+         */
+        public String getAccessibleName() {
+            if (accessibleName != null) {
+                return accessibleName;
+            } else {
+                if (getLabel() == null) {
+                    return super.getAccessibleName();
+                } else {
+                    return getLabel();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the AccessibleAction associated with this object.  In the
+         * implementation of the Java Accessibility API for this class,
+         * return this object, which is responsible for implementing the
+         * AccessibleAction interface on behalf of itself.
+         *
+         * @return this object
+         */
+        public AccessibleAction getAccessibleAction() {
+            return this;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the AccessibleValue associated with this object.  In the
+         * implementation of the Java Accessibility API for this class,
+         * return this object, which is responsible for implementing the
+         * AccessibleValue interface on behalf of itself.
+         *
+         * @return this object
+         */
+        public AccessibleValue getAccessibleValue() {
+            return this;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the number of Actions available in this object.  The
+         * default behavior of a button is to have one action - toggle
+         * the button.
+         *
+         * @return 1, the number of Actions in this object
+         */
+        public int getAccessibleActionCount() {
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Return a description of the specified action of the object.
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of the actions
+         */
+        public String getAccessibleActionDescription(int i) {
+            if (i == 0) {
+                // [[[PENDING:  WDW -- need to provide a localized string]]]
+                return "click";
+            } else {
+                return null;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Perform the specified Action on the object
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of actions
+         * @return true if the action was performed; else false.
+         */
+        public boolean doAccessibleAction(int i) {
+            if (i == 0) {
+                // Simulate a button click
+                Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(
+                        new ActionEvent(Button.this,
+                                        ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED,
+                                        Button.this.getActionCommand()));
+                return true;
+            } else {
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return An Integer of 0 if this isn't selected or an Integer of 1 if
+         * this is selected.
+         * @see javax.swing.AbstractButton#isSelected()
+         */
+        public Number getCurrentAccessibleValue() {
+            return Integer.valueOf(0);
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Set the value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return True if the value was set.
+         */
+        public boolean setCurrentAccessibleValue(Number n) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the minimum value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return An Integer of 0.
+         */
+        public Number getMinimumAccessibleValue() {
+            return Integer.valueOf(0);
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the maximum value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return An Integer of 0.
+         */
+        public Number getMaximumAccessibleValue() {
+            return Integer.valueOf(0);
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         * @see AccessibleRole
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.PUSH_BUTTON;
+        }
+    } // inner class AccessibleAWTButton
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Canvas.java

@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.BufferStrategy;
+import java.awt.peer.CanvasPeer;
+import javax.accessibility.*;
+
+/**
+ * A {@code Canvas} component represents a blank rectangular
+ * area of the screen onto which the application can draw or from
+ * which the application can trap input events from the user.
+ * <p>
+ * An application must subclass the {@code Canvas} class in
+ * order to get useful functionality such as creating a custom
+ * component. The {@code paint} method must be overridden
+ * in order to perform custom graphics on the canvas.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class Canvas extends Component implements Accessible {
+
+    private static final String base = "canvas";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = -2284879212465893870L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new Canvas.
+     */
+    public Canvas() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new Canvas given a GraphicsConfiguration object. If null is
+     * passed, then the default GraphicsConfiguration will be used.
+     *
+     * @param config a reference to a GraphicsConfiguration object or null
+     *
+     * @see GraphicsConfiguration
+     * @see Component#getGraphicsConfiguration()
+     */
+    public Canvas(GraphicsConfiguration config) {
+        this();
+        setGraphicsConfiguration(config);
+    }
+
+    @Override
+    void setGraphicsConfiguration(GraphicsConfiguration gc) {
+        synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
+            CanvasPeer peer = (CanvasPeer) this.peer;
+            if (peer != null) {
+                gc = peer.getAppropriateGraphicsConfiguration(gc);
+            }
+            super.setGraphicsConfiguration(gc);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Construct a name for this component.  Called by getName() when the
+     * name is null.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (Canvas.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the peer of the canvas.  This peer allows you to change the
+     * user interface of the canvas without changing its functionality.
+     * @see     java.awt.Component#getToolkit()
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createCanvas(this);
+            super.addNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Paints this canvas.
+     * <p>
+     * Most applications that subclass {@code Canvas} should
+     * override this method in order to perform some useful operation
+     * (typically, custom painting of the canvas).
+     * The default operation is simply to clear the canvas.
+     * Applications that override this method need not call
+     * super.paint(g).
+     *
+     * @param      g   the specified Graphics context
+     * @see        #update(Graphics)
+     * @see        Component#paint(Graphics)
+     */
+    public void paint(Graphics g) {
+        g.clearRect(0, 0, width, height);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Updates this canvas.
+     * <p>
+     * This method is called in response to a call to {@code repaint}.
+     * The canvas is first cleared by filling it with the background
+     * color, and then completely redrawn by calling this canvas's
+     * {@code paint} method.
+     * Note: applications that override this method should either call
+     * super.update(g) or incorporate the functionality described
+     * above into their own code.
+     *
+     * @param g the specified Graphics context
+     * @see   #paint(Graphics)
+     * @see   Component#update(Graphics)
+     */
+    public void update(Graphics g) {
+        g.clearRect(0, 0, width, height);
+        paint(g);
+    }
+
+    boolean postsOldMouseEvents() {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component.
+     * Multi-buffering is useful for rendering performance.  This method
+     * attempts to create the best strategy available with the number of
+     * buffers supplied.  It will always create a {@code BufferStrategy}
+     * with that number of buffers.
+     * A page-flipping strategy is attempted first, then a blitting strategy
+     * using accelerated buffers.  Finally, an unaccelerated blitting
+     * strategy is used.
+     * <p>
+     * Each time this method is called,
+     * the existing buffer strategy for this component is discarded.
+     * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create, including the front buffer
+     * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1.
+     * @exception IllegalStateException if the component is not displayable
+     * @see #isDisplayable
+     * @see #getBufferStrategy
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public void createBufferStrategy(int numBuffers) {
+        super.createBufferStrategy(numBuffers);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component with the
+     * required buffer capabilities.  This is useful, for example, if only
+     * accelerated memory or page flipping is desired (as specified by the
+     * buffer capabilities).
+     * <p>
+     * Each time this method
+     * is called, the existing buffer strategy for this component is discarded.
+     * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create
+     * @param caps the required capabilities for creating the buffer strategy;
+     * cannot be {@code null}
+     * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
+     * supported or met; this may happen, for example, if there is not enough
+     * accelerated memory currently available, or if page flipping is specified
+     * but not possible.
+     * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1, or if
+     * caps is {@code null}
+     * @see #getBufferStrategy
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public void createBufferStrategy(int numBuffers,
+        BufferCapabilities caps) throws AWTException {
+        super.createBufferStrategy(numBuffers, caps);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@code BufferStrategy} used by this component.  This
+     * method will return null if a {@code BufferStrategy} has not yet
+     * been created or has been disposed.
+     *
+     * @return the buffer strategy used by this component
+     * @see #createBufferStrategy
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public BufferStrategy getBufferStrategy() {
+        return super.getBufferStrategy();
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * --- Accessibility Support ---
+     *
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this Canvas.
+     * For canvases, the AccessibleContext takes the form of an
+     * AccessibleAWTCanvas.
+     * A new AccessibleAWTCanvas instance is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an AccessibleAWTCanvas that serves as the
+     *         AccessibleContext of this Canvas
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTCanvas();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code Canvas} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to canvas user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTCanvas extends AccessibleAWTComponent
+    {
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = -6325592262103146699L;
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         * @see AccessibleRole
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.CANVAS;
+        }
+
+    } // inner class AccessibleAWTCanvas
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CardLayout.java

@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.util.Hashtable;
+import java.util.Vector;
+import java.util.Enumeration;
+
+import java.io.Serializable;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
+import java.io.ObjectStreamField;
+import java.io.IOException;
+
+/**
+ * A {@code CardLayout} object is a layout manager for a
+ * container. It treats each component in the container as a card.
+ * Only one card is visible at a time, and the container acts as
+ * a stack of cards. The first component added to a
+ * {@code CardLayout} object is the visible component when the
+ * container is first displayed.
+ * <p>
+ * The ordering of cards is determined by the container's own internal
+ * ordering of its component objects. {@code CardLayout}
+ * defines a set of methods that allow an application to flip
+ * through these cards sequentially, or to show a specified card.
+ * The {@link CardLayout#addLayoutComponent}
+ * method can be used to associate a string identifier with a given card
+ * for fast random access.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @see         java.awt.Container
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+
+public class CardLayout implements LayoutManager2,
+                                   Serializable {
+
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -4328196481005934313L;
+
+    /*
+     * This creates a Vector to store associated
+     * pairs of components and their names.
+     * @see java.util.Vector
+     */
+    Vector<Card> vector = new Vector<>();
+
+    /*
+     * A pair of Component and String that represents its name.
+     */
+    class Card implements Serializable {
+        static final long serialVersionUID = 6640330810709497518L;
+        public String name;
+        public Component comp;
+        public Card(String cardName, Component cardComponent) {
+            name = cardName;
+            comp = cardComponent;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Index of Component currently displayed by CardLayout.
+     */
+    int currentCard = 0;
+
+
+    /*
+    * A cards horizontal Layout gap (inset). It specifies
+    * the space between the left and right edges of a
+    * container and the current component.
+    * This should be a non negative Integer.
+    * @see getHgap()
+    * @see setHgap()
+    */
+    int hgap;
+
+    /*
+    * A cards vertical Layout gap (inset). It specifies
+    * the space between the top and bottom edges of a
+    * container and the current component.
+    * This should be a non negative Integer.
+    * @see getVgap()
+    * @see setVgap()
+    */
+    int vgap;
+
+    /**
+     * @serialField tab         Hashtable
+     *      deprecated, for forward compatibility only
+     * @serialField hgap        int
+     * @serialField vgap        int
+     * @serialField vector      Vector
+     * @serialField currentCard int
+     */
+    private static final ObjectStreamField[] serialPersistentFields = {
+        new ObjectStreamField("tab", Hashtable.class),
+        new ObjectStreamField("hgap", Integer.TYPE),
+        new ObjectStreamField("vgap", Integer.TYPE),
+        new ObjectStreamField("vector", Vector.class),
+        new ObjectStreamField("currentCard", Integer.TYPE)
+    };
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new card layout with gaps of size zero.
+     */
+    public CardLayout() {
+        this(0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new card layout with the specified horizontal and
+     * vertical gaps. The horizontal gaps are placed at the left and
+     * right edges. The vertical gaps are placed at the top and bottom
+     * edges.
+     * @param     hgap   the horizontal gap.
+     * @param     vgap   the vertical gap.
+     */
+    public CardLayout(int hgap, int vgap) {
+        this.hgap = hgap;
+        this.vgap = vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the horizontal gap between components.
+     * @return    the horizontal gap between components.
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#setHgap(int)
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#getVgap()
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public int getHgap() {
+        return hgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the horizontal gap between components.
+     * @param hgap the horizontal gap between components.
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#getHgap()
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#setVgap(int)
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public void setHgap(int hgap) {
+        this.hgap = hgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the vertical gap between components.
+     * @return the vertical gap between components.
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#setVgap(int)
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#getHgap()
+     */
+    public int getVgap() {
+        return vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the vertical gap between components.
+     * @param     vgap the vertical gap between components.
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#getVgap()
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#setHgap(int)
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public void setVgap(int vgap) {
+        this.vgap = vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified component to this card layout's internal
+     * table of names. The object specified by {@code constraints}
+     * must be a string. The card layout stores this string as a key-value
+     * pair that can be used for random access to a particular card.
+     * By calling the {@code show} method, an application can
+     * display the component with the specified name.
+     * @param     comp          the component to be added.
+     * @param     constraints   a tag that identifies a particular
+     *                                        card in the layout.
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#show(java.awt.Container, java.lang.String)
+     * @exception  IllegalArgumentException  if the constraint is not a string.
+     */
+    public void addLayoutComponent(Component comp, Object constraints) {
+      synchronized (comp.getTreeLock()) {
+          if (constraints == null){
+              constraints = "";
+          }
+        if (constraints instanceof String) {
+            addLayoutComponent((String)constraints, comp);
+        } else {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("cannot add to layout: constraint must be a string");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated   replaced by
+     *      {@code addLayoutComponent(Component, Object)}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public void addLayoutComponent(String name, Component comp) {
+        synchronized (comp.getTreeLock()) {
+            if (!vector.isEmpty()) {
+                comp.setVisible(false);
+            }
+            for (int i=0; i < vector.size(); i++) {
+                if ((vector.get(i)).name.equals(name)) {
+                    (vector.get(i)).comp = comp;
+                    return;
+                }
+            }
+            vector.add(new Card(name, comp));
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified component from the layout.
+     * If the card was visible on top, the next card underneath it is shown.
+     * @param   comp   the component to be removed.
+     * @see     java.awt.Container#remove(java.awt.Component)
+     * @see     java.awt.Container#removeAll()
+     */
+    public void removeLayoutComponent(Component comp) {
+        synchronized (comp.getTreeLock()) {
+            for (int i = 0; i < vector.size(); i++) {
+                if ((vector.get(i)).comp == comp) {
+                    // if we remove current component we should show next one
+                    if (comp.isVisible() && (comp.getParent() != null)) {
+                        next(comp.getParent());
+                    }
+
+                    vector.remove(i);
+
+                    // correct currentCard if this is necessary
+                    if (currentCard > i) {
+                        currentCard--;
+                    }
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the preferred size of the container argument using
+     * this card layout.
+     * @param   parent the parent container in which to do the layout
+     * @return  the preferred dimensions to lay out the subcomponents
+     *                of the specified container
+     * @see     java.awt.Container#getPreferredSize
+     * @see     java.awt.CardLayout#minimumLayoutSize
+     */
+    public Dimension preferredLayoutSize(Container parent) {
+        synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+            Insets insets = parent.getInsets();
+            int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+            int w = 0;
+            int h = 0;
+
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < ncomponents ; i++) {
+                Component comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+                Dimension d = comp.getPreferredSize();
+                if (d.width > w) {
+                    w = d.width;
+                }
+                if (d.height > h) {
+                    h = d.height;
+                }
+            }
+            return new Dimension(insets.left + insets.right + w + hgap*2,
+                                 insets.top + insets.bottom + h + vgap*2);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Calculates the minimum size for the specified panel.
+     * @param     parent the parent container in which to do the layout
+     * @return    the minimum dimensions required to lay out the
+     *                subcomponents of the specified container
+     * @see       java.awt.Container#doLayout
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#preferredLayoutSize
+     */
+    public Dimension minimumLayoutSize(Container parent) {
+        synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+            Insets insets = parent.getInsets();
+            int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+            int w = 0;
+            int h = 0;
+
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < ncomponents ; i++) {
+                Component comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+                Dimension d = comp.getMinimumSize();
+                if (d.width > w) {
+                    w = d.width;
+                }
+                if (d.height > h) {
+                    h = d.height;
+                }
+            }
+            return new Dimension(insets.left + insets.right + w + hgap*2,
+                                 insets.top + insets.bottom + h + vgap*2);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the maximum dimensions for this layout given the components
+     * in the specified target container.
+     * @param target the component which needs to be laid out
+     * @see Container
+     * @see #minimumLayoutSize
+     * @see #preferredLayoutSize
+     */
+    public Dimension maximumLayoutSize(Container target) {
+        return new Dimension(Integer.MAX_VALUE, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the alignment along the x axis.  This specifies how
+     * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
+     * components.  The value should be a number between 0 and 1
+     * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
+     * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
+     */
+    public float getLayoutAlignmentX(Container parent) {
+        return 0.5f;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the alignment along the y axis.  This specifies how
+     * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
+     * components.  The value should be a number between 0 and 1
+     * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
+     * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
+     */
+    public float getLayoutAlignmentY(Container parent) {
+        return 0.5f;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Invalidates the layout, indicating that if the layout manager
+     * has cached information it should be discarded.
+     */
+    public void invalidateLayout(Container target) {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Lays out the specified container using this card layout.
+     * <p>
+     * Each component in the {@code parent} container is reshaped
+     * to be the size of the container, minus space for surrounding
+     * insets, horizontal gaps, and vertical gaps.
+     *
+     * @param     parent the parent container in which to do the layout
+     * @see       java.awt.Container#doLayout
+     */
+    public void layoutContainer(Container parent) {
+        synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+            Insets insets = parent.getInsets();
+            int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+            Component comp = null;
+            boolean currentFound = false;
+
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < ncomponents ; i++) {
+                comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+                comp.setBounds(hgap + insets.left, vgap + insets.top,
+                               parent.width - (hgap*2 + insets.left + insets.right),
+                               parent.height - (vgap*2 + insets.top + insets.bottom));
+                if (comp.isVisible()) {
+                    currentFound = true;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (!currentFound && ncomponents > 0) {
+                parent.getComponent(0).setVisible(true);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Make sure that the Container really has a CardLayout installed.
+     * Otherwise havoc can ensue!
+     */
+    void checkLayout(Container parent) {
+        if (parent.getLayout() != this) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("wrong parent for CardLayout");
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Flips to the first card of the container.
+     * @param     parent   the parent container in which to do the layout
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#last
+     */
+    public void first(Container parent) {
+        synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+            checkLayout(parent);
+            int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < ncomponents ; i++) {
+                Component comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+                if (comp.isVisible()) {
+                    comp.setVisible(false);
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            if (ncomponents > 0) {
+                currentCard = 0;
+                parent.getComponent(0).setVisible(true);
+                parent.validate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Flips to the next card of the specified container. If the
+     * currently visible card is the last one, this method flips to the
+     * first card in the layout.
+     * @param     parent   the parent container in which to do the layout
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#previous
+     */
+    public void next(Container parent) {
+        synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+            checkLayout(parent);
+            int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < ncomponents ; i++) {
+                Component comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+                if (comp.isVisible()) {
+                    comp.setVisible(false);
+                    currentCard = (i + 1) % ncomponents;
+                    comp = parent.getComponent(currentCard);
+                    comp.setVisible(true);
+                    parent.validate();
+                    return;
+                }
+            }
+            showDefaultComponent(parent);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Flips to the previous card of the specified container. If the
+     * currently visible card is the first one, this method flips to the
+     * last card in the layout.
+     * @param     parent   the parent container in which to do the layout
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#next
+     */
+    public void previous(Container parent) {
+        synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+            checkLayout(parent);
+            int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < ncomponents ; i++) {
+                Component comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+                if (comp.isVisible()) {
+                    comp.setVisible(false);
+                    currentCard = ((i > 0) ? i-1 : ncomponents-1);
+                    comp = parent.getComponent(currentCard);
+                    comp.setVisible(true);
+                    parent.validate();
+                    return;
+                }
+            }
+            showDefaultComponent(parent);
+        }
+    }
+
+    void showDefaultComponent(Container parent) {
+        if (parent.getComponentCount() > 0) {
+            currentCard = 0;
+            parent.getComponent(0).setVisible(true);
+            parent.validate();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Flips to the last card of the container.
+     * @param     parent   the parent container in which to do the layout
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#first
+     */
+    public void last(Container parent) {
+        synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+            checkLayout(parent);
+            int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < ncomponents ; i++) {
+                Component comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+                if (comp.isVisible()) {
+                    comp.setVisible(false);
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            if (ncomponents > 0) {
+                currentCard = ncomponents - 1;
+                parent.getComponent(currentCard).setVisible(true);
+                parent.validate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Flips to the component that was added to this layout with the
+     * specified {@code name}, using {@code addLayoutComponent}.
+     * If no such component exists, then nothing happens.
+     * @param     parent   the parent container in which to do the layout
+     * @param     name     the component name
+     * @see       java.awt.CardLayout#addLayoutComponent(java.awt.Component, java.lang.Object)
+     */
+    public void show(Container parent, String name) {
+        synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+            checkLayout(parent);
+            Component next = null;
+            int ncomponents = vector.size();
+            for (int i = 0; i < ncomponents; i++) {
+                Card card = vector.get(i);
+                if (card.name.equals(name)) {
+                    next = card.comp;
+                    currentCard = i;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            if ((next != null) && !next.isVisible()) {
+                ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+                for (int i = 0; i < ncomponents; i++) {
+                    Component comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+                    if (comp.isVisible()) {
+                        comp.setVisible(false);
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+                next.setVisible(true);
+                parent.validate();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representation of the state of this card layout.
+     * @return    a string representation of this card layout.
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() + "[hgap=" + hgap + ",vgap=" + vgap + "]";
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Reads serializable fields from stream.
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("unchecked")
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+        throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException
+    {
+        ObjectInputStream.GetField f = s.readFields();
+
+        hgap = f.get("hgap", 0);
+        vgap = f.get("vgap", 0);
+
+        if (f.defaulted("vector")) {
+            //  pre-1.4 stream
+            Hashtable<String, Component> tab = (Hashtable)f.get("tab", null);
+            vector = new Vector<>();
+            if (tab != null && !tab.isEmpty()) {
+                for (Enumeration<String> e = tab.keys() ; e.hasMoreElements() ; ) {
+                    String key = e.nextElement();
+                    Component comp = tab.get(key);
+                    vector.add(new Card(key, comp));
+                    if (comp.isVisible()) {
+                        currentCard = vector.size() - 1;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            vector = (Vector)f.get("vector", null);
+            currentCard = f.get("currentCard", 0);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Writes serializable fields to stream.
+     */
+    private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s)
+        throws IOException
+    {
+        Hashtable<String, Component> tab = new Hashtable<>();
+        int ncomponents = vector.size();
+        for (int i = 0; i < ncomponents; i++) {
+            Card card = vector.get(i);
+            tab.put(card.name, card.comp);
+        }
+
+        ObjectOutputStream.PutField f = s.putFields();
+        f.put("hgap", hgap);
+        f.put("vgap", vgap);
+        f.put("vector", vector);
+        f.put("currentCard", currentCard);
+        f.put("tab", tab);
+        s.writeFields();
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Checkbox.java

@@ -0,0 +1,868 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.peer.CheckboxPeer;
+import java.awt.event.*;
+import java.util.EventListener;
+import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import javax.accessibility.*;
+
+
+/**
+ * A check box is a graphical component that can be in either an
+ * "on" ({@code true}) or "off" ({@code false}) state.
+ * Clicking on a check box changes its state from
+ * "on" to "off," or from "off" to "on."
+ * <p>
+ * The following code example creates a set of check boxes in
+ * a grid layout:
+ *
+ * <hr><blockquote><pre>
+ * setLayout(new GridLayout(3, 1));
+ * add(new Checkbox("one", null, true));
+ * add(new Checkbox("two"));
+ * add(new Checkbox("three"));
+ * </pre></blockquote><hr>
+ * <p>
+ * This image depicts the check boxes and grid layout
+ * created by this code example:
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/Checkbox-1.gif" alt="The following context describes the graphic."
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ * <p>
+ * The button labeled {@code one} is in the "on" state, and the
+ * other two are in the "off" state. In this example, which uses the
+ * {@code GridLayout} class, the states of the three check
+ * boxes are set independently.
+ * <p>
+ * Alternatively, several check boxes can be grouped together under
+ * the control of a single object, using the
+ * {@code CheckboxGroup} class.
+ * In a check box group, at most one button can be in the "on"
+ * state at any given time. Clicking on a check box to turn it on
+ * forces any other check box in the same group that is on
+ * into the "off" state.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @see         java.awt.GridLayout
+ * @see         java.awt.CheckboxGroup
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class Checkbox extends Component implements ItemSelectable, Accessible {
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * The label of the Checkbox.
+     * This field can be null.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getLabel()
+     * @see #setLabel(String)
+     */
+    String label;
+
+    /**
+     * The state of the {@code Checkbox}.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getState()
+     * @see #setState(boolean)
+     */
+    boolean state;
+
+    /**
+     * The check box group.
+         * This field can be null indicating that the checkbox
+         * is not a group checkbox.
+         * @serial
+     * @see #getCheckboxGroup()
+     * @see #setCheckboxGroup(CheckboxGroup)
+     */
+    CheckboxGroup group;
+
+    transient ItemListener itemListener;
+
+    private static final String base = "checkbox";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 7270714317450821763L;
+
+    /**
+     * Helper function for setState and CheckboxGroup.setSelectedCheckbox
+     * Should remain package-private.
+     */
+    void setStateInternal(boolean state) {
+        this.state = state;
+        CheckboxPeer peer = (CheckboxPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setState(state);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a check box with an empty string for its label.
+     * The state of this check box is set to "off," and it is not
+     * part of any check box group.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Checkbox() throws HeadlessException {
+        this("", false, null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a check box with the specified label.  The state
+     * of this check box is set to "off," and it is not part of
+     * any check box group.
+     *
+     * @param     label   a string label for this check box,
+     *                        or {@code null} for no label.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *      {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+     *      returns {@code true}
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Checkbox(String label) throws HeadlessException {
+        this(label, false, null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a check box with the specified label
+     * and sets the specified state.
+     * This check box is not part of any check box group.
+     *
+     * @param     label   a string label for this check box,
+     *                        or {@code null} for no label
+     * @param     state    the initial state of this check box
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *     {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+     *     returns {@code true}
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Checkbox(String label, boolean state) throws HeadlessException {
+        this(label, state, null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a Checkbox with the specified label, set to the
+     * specified state, and in the specified check box group.
+     *
+     * @param     label   a string label for this check box,
+     *                        or {@code null} for no label.
+     * @param     state   the initial state of this check box.
+     * @param     group   a check box group for this check box,
+     *                           or {@code null} for no group.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *     {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+     *     returns {@code true}
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public Checkbox(String label, boolean state, CheckboxGroup group)
+        throws HeadlessException {
+        GraphicsEnvironment.checkHeadless();
+        this.label = label;
+        this.state = state;
+        this.group = group;
+        if (state && (group != null)) {
+            group.setSelectedCheckbox(this);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a check box with the specified label, in the specified
+     * check box group, and set to the specified state.
+     *
+     * @param     label   a string label for this check box,
+     *                        or {@code null} for no label.
+     * @param     group   a check box group for this check box,
+     *                           or {@code null} for no group.
+     * @param     state   the initial state of this check box.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *    {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+     *    returns {@code true}
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public Checkbox(String label, CheckboxGroup group, boolean state)
+        throws HeadlessException {
+        this(label, state, group);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a name for this component.  Called by
+     * {@code getName} when the name is {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return a name for this component
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (Checkbox.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the peer of the Checkbox. The peer allows you to change the
+     * look of the Checkbox without changing its functionality.
+     *
+     * @see     java.awt.Component#getToolkit()
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createCheckbox(this);
+            super.addNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the label of this check box.
+     *
+     * @return   the label of this check box, or {@code null}
+     *                  if this check box has no label.
+     * @see      #setLabel(String)
+     */
+    public String getLabel() {
+        return label;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets this check box's label to be the string argument.
+     *
+     * @param    label   a string to set as the new label, or
+     *                        {@code null} for no label.
+     * @see      #getLabel
+     */
+    public void setLabel(String label) {
+        boolean testvalid = false;
+
+        synchronized (this) {
+            if (label != this.label && (this.label == null ||
+                                        !this.label.equals(label))) {
+                this.label = label;
+                CheckboxPeer peer = (CheckboxPeer)this.peer;
+                if (peer != null) {
+                    peer.setLabel(label);
+                }
+                testvalid = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
+        if (testvalid) {
+            invalidateIfValid();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines whether this check box is in the "on" or "off" state.
+     * The boolean value {@code true} indicates the "on" state,
+     * and {@code false} indicates the "off" state.
+     *
+     * @return    the state of this check box, as a boolean value
+     * @see       #setState
+     */
+    public boolean getState() {
+        return state;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the state of this check box to the specified state.
+     * The boolean value {@code true} indicates the "on" state,
+     * and {@code false} indicates the "off" state.
+     *
+     * <p>Note that this method should be primarily used to
+     * initialize the state of the checkbox.  Programmatically
+     * setting the state of the checkbox will <i>not</i> trigger
+     * an {@code ItemEvent}.  The only way to trigger an
+     * {@code ItemEvent} is by user interaction.
+     *
+     * @param     state   the boolean state of the check box
+     * @see       #getState
+     */
+    public void setState(boolean state) {
+        /* Cannot hold check box lock when calling group.setSelectedCheckbox. */
+        CheckboxGroup group = this.group;
+        if (group != null) {
+            if (state) {
+                group.setSelectedCheckbox(this);
+            } else if (group.getSelectedCheckbox() == this) {
+                state = true;
+            }
+        }
+        setStateInternal(state);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array (length 1) containing the checkbox
+     * label or null if the checkbox is not selected.
+     * @see ItemSelectable
+     */
+    public Object[] getSelectedObjects() {
+        if (state) {
+            Object[] items = new Object[1];
+            items[0] = label;
+            return items;
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines this check box's group.
+     * @return     this check box's group, or {@code null}
+     *               if the check box is not part of a check box group.
+     * @see        #setCheckboxGroup(CheckboxGroup)
+     */
+    public CheckboxGroup getCheckboxGroup() {
+        return group;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets this check box's group to the specified check box group.
+     * If this check box is already in a different check box group,
+     * it is first taken out of that group.
+     * <p>
+     * If the state of this check box is {@code true} and the new
+     * group already has a check box selected, this check box's state
+     * is changed to {@code false}.  If the state of this check
+     * box is {@code true} and the new group has no check box
+     * selected, this check box becomes the selected checkbox for
+     * the new group and its state is {@code true}.
+     *
+     * @param     g   the new check box group, or {@code null}
+     *                to remove this check box from any check box group
+     * @see       #getCheckboxGroup
+     */
+    public void setCheckboxGroup(CheckboxGroup g) {
+        CheckboxGroup oldGroup;
+        boolean oldState;
+
+        /* Do nothing if this check box has already belonged
+         * to the check box group g.
+         */
+        if (this.group == g) {
+            return;
+        }
+
+        synchronized (this) {
+            oldGroup = this.group;
+            oldState = getState();
+
+            this.group = g;
+            CheckboxPeer peer = (CheckboxPeer)this.peer;
+            if (peer != null) {
+                peer.setCheckboxGroup(g);
+            }
+            if (this.group != null && getState()) {
+                if (this.group.getSelectedCheckbox() != null) {
+                    setState(false);
+                } else {
+                    this.group.setSelectedCheckbox(this);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Locking check box below could cause deadlock with
+         * CheckboxGroup's setSelectedCheckbox method.
+         *
+         * Fix for 4726853 by kdm@sparc.spb.su
+         * Here we should check if this check box was selected
+         * in the previous group and set selected check box to
+         * null for that group if so.
+         */
+        if (oldGroup != null && oldState) {
+            oldGroup.setSelectedCheckbox(null);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified item listener to receive item events from
+     * this check box.  Item events are sent to listeners in response
+     * to user input, but not in response to calls to setState().
+     * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     *
+     * @param         l    the item listener
+     * @see           #removeItemListener
+     * @see           #getItemListeners
+     * @see           #setState
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @since         1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void addItemListener(ItemListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+            return;
+        }
+        itemListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(itemListener, l);
+        newEventsOnly = true;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified item listener so that the item listener
+     * no longer receives item events from this check box.
+     * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     *
+     * @param         l    the item listener
+     * @see           #addItemListener
+     * @see           #getItemListeners
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @since         1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void removeItemListener(ItemListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+            return;
+        }
+        itemListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(itemListener, l);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the item listeners
+     * registered on this checkbox.
+     *
+     * @return all of this checkbox's {@code ItemListener}s
+     *         or an empty array if no item
+     *         listeners are currently registered
+     *
+     * @see           #addItemListener
+     * @see           #removeItemListener
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public synchronized ItemListener[] getItemListeners() {
+        return getListeners(ItemListener.class);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
+     * as <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s
+     * upon this {@code Checkbox}.
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s are registered using the
+     * <code>add<em>Foo</em>Listener</code> method.
+     *
+     * <p>
+     * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
+     * with a class literal, such as
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener.class</code>.
+     * For example, you can query a
+     * {@code Checkbox c}
+     * for its item listeners with the following code:
+     *
+     * <pre>ItemListener[] ils = (ItemListener[])(c.getListeners(ItemListener.class));</pre>
+     *
+     * If no such listeners exist, this method returns an empty array.
+     *
+     * @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
+     *          should specify an interface that descends from
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     * @return an array of all objects registered as
+     *          <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s on this checkbox,
+     *          or an empty array if no such
+     *          listeners have been added
+     * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
+     *          doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     *
+     * @see #getItemListeners
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public <T extends EventListener> T[] getListeners(Class<T> listenerType) {
+        EventListener l = null;
+        if  (listenerType == ItemListener.class) {
+            l = itemListener;
+        } else {
+            return super.getListeners(listenerType);
+        }
+        return AWTEventMulticaster.getListeners(l, listenerType);
+    }
+
+    // REMIND: remove when filtering is done at lower level
+    boolean eventEnabled(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e.id == ItemEvent.ITEM_STATE_CHANGED) {
+            if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.ITEM_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
+                itemListener != null) {
+                return true;
+            }
+            return false;
+        }
+        return super.eventEnabled(e);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes events on this check box.
+     * If the event is an instance of {@code ItemEvent},
+     * this method invokes the {@code processItemEvent} method.
+     * Otherwise, it calls its superclass's {@code processEvent} method.
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param         e the event
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           #processItemEvent
+     * @since         1.1
+     */
+    protected void processEvent(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e instanceof ItemEvent) {
+            processItemEvent((ItemEvent)e);
+            return;
+        }
+        super.processEvent(e);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes item events occurring on this check box by
+     * dispatching them to any registered
+     * {@code ItemListener} objects.
+     * <p>
+     * This method is not called unless item events are
+     * enabled for this component. Item events are enabled
+     * when one of the following occurs:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>An {@code ItemListener} object is registered
+     * via {@code addItemListener}.
+     * <li>Item events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
+     * </ul>
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param       e the item event
+     * @see         java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see         java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @see         #addItemListener
+     * @see         java.awt.Component#enableEvents
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    protected void processItemEvent(ItemEvent e) {
+        ItemListener listener = itemListener;
+        if (listener != null) {
+            listener.itemStateChanged(e);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Checkbox}.
+     * This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
+     * content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return    the parameter string of this check box
+     */
+    protected String paramString() {
+        String str = super.paramString();
+        String label = this.label;
+        if (label != null) {
+            str += ",label=" + label;
+        }
+        return str + ",state=" + state;
+    }
+
+
+    /* Serialization support.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * Serialized data version
+     * @serial
+     */
+    private int checkboxSerializedDataVersion = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Writes default serializable fields to stream.  Writes
+     * a list of serializable {@code ItemListeners}
+     * as optional data.  The non-serializable
+     * {@code ItemListeners} are detected and
+     * no attempt is made to serialize them.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+     * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0
+     *   or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+     *   and an {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates
+     *   the type of object and is one of the following:
+     *   {@code itemListenerK} indicating an
+     *     {@code ItemListener} object
+     *
+     * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
+     * @see java.awt.Component#itemListenerK
+     * @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
+     */
+    private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s)
+      throws java.io.IOException
+    {
+      s.defaultWriteObject();
+
+      AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, itemListenerK, itemListener);
+      s.writeObject(null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it
+     * isn't {@code null} adds a listener to receive
+     * item events fired by the {@code Checkbox}.
+     * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *   {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+     *   {@code true}
+     * @serial
+     * @see #removeItemListener(ItemListener)
+     * @see #addItemListener(ItemListener)
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+      throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException, HeadlessException
+    {
+      GraphicsEnvironment.checkHeadless();
+      s.defaultReadObject();
+
+      Object keyOrNull;
+      while(null != (keyOrNull = s.readObject())) {
+        String key = ((String)keyOrNull).intern();
+
+        if (itemListenerK == key)
+          addItemListener((ItemListener)(s.readObject()));
+
+        else // skip value for unrecognized key
+          s.readObject();
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method ids
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this Checkbox.
+     * For checkboxes, the AccessibleContext takes the form of an
+     * AccessibleAWTCheckbox.
+     * A new AccessibleAWTCheckbox is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an AccessibleAWTCheckbox that serves as the
+     *         AccessibleContext of this Checkbox
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTCheckbox();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code Checkbox} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to checkbox user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTCheckbox extends AccessibleAWTComponent
+        implements ItemListener, AccessibleAction, AccessibleValue
+    {
+        /*
+         * JDK 1.3 serialVersionUID
+         */
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = 7881579233144754107L;
+
+        /**
+         * Constructor for {@code AccessibleAWTCheckbox}
+         */
+        public AccessibleAWTCheckbox() {
+            super();
+            Checkbox.this.addItemListener(this);
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Fire accessible property change events when the state of the
+         * toggle button changes.
+         */
+        public void itemStateChanged(ItemEvent e) {
+            Checkbox cb = (Checkbox) e.getSource();
+            if (Checkbox.this.accessibleContext != null) {
+                if (cb.getState()) {
+                    Checkbox.this.accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
+                            AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
+                            null, AccessibleState.CHECKED);
+                } else {
+                    Checkbox.this.accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
+                            AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
+                            AccessibleState.CHECKED, null);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the AccessibleAction associated with this object.  In the
+         * implementation of the Java Accessibility API for this class,
+         * return this object, which is responsible for implementing the
+         * AccessibleAction interface on behalf of itself.
+         *
+         * @return this object
+         */
+        public AccessibleAction getAccessibleAction() {
+            return this;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the AccessibleValue associated with this object.  In the
+         * implementation of the Java Accessibility API for this class,
+         * return this object, which is responsible for implementing the
+         * AccessibleValue interface on behalf of itself.
+         *
+         * @return this object
+         */
+        public AccessibleValue getAccessibleValue() {
+            return this;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the number of Actions available in this object.
+         * If there is more than one, the first one is the "default"
+         * action.
+         *
+         * @return the number of Actions in this object
+         */
+        public int getAccessibleActionCount() {
+            return 0;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Return a description of the specified action of the object.
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of the actions
+         */
+        public String getAccessibleActionDescription(int i) {
+            return null;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Perform the specified Action on the object
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of actions
+         * @return true if the action was performed; else false.
+         */
+        public boolean doAccessibleAction(int i) {
+            return false;    //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the value of this object as a Number.  If the value has not been
+         * set, the return value will be null.
+         *
+         * @return value of the object
+         * @see #setCurrentAccessibleValue
+         */
+        public Number getCurrentAccessibleValue() {
+            return null;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Set the value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return True if the value was set; else False
+         * @see #getCurrentAccessibleValue
+         */
+        public boolean setCurrentAccessibleValue(Number n) {
+            return false;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the minimum value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return Minimum value of the object; null if this object does not
+         * have a minimum value
+         * @see #getMaximumAccessibleValue
+         */
+        public Number getMinimumAccessibleValue() {
+            return null;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the maximum value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return Maximum value of the object; null if this object does not
+         * have a maximum value
+         * @see #getMinimumAccessibleValue
+         */
+        public Number getMaximumAccessibleValue() {
+            return null;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of
+         * the object
+         * @see AccessibleRole
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.CHECK_BOX;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the state set of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleState containing the current state
+         * of the object
+         * @see AccessibleState
+         */
+        public AccessibleStateSet getAccessibleStateSet() {
+            AccessibleStateSet states = super.getAccessibleStateSet();
+            if (getState()) {
+                states.add(AccessibleState.CHECKED);
+            }
+            return states;
+        }
+
+
+    } // inner class AccessibleAWTCheckbox
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CheckboxGroup.java

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code CheckboxGroup} class is used to group together
+ * a set of {@code Checkbox} buttons.
+ * <p>
+ * Exactly one check box button in a {@code CheckboxGroup} can
+ * be in the "on" state at any given time. Pushing any
+ * button sets its state to "on" and forces any other button that
+ * is in the "on" state into the "off" state.
+ * <p>
+ * The following code example produces a new check box group,
+ * with three check boxes:
+ *
+ * <hr><blockquote><pre>
+ * setLayout(new GridLayout(3, 1));
+ * CheckboxGroup cbg = new CheckboxGroup();
+ * add(new Checkbox("one", cbg, true));
+ * add(new Checkbox("two", cbg, false));
+ * add(new Checkbox("three", cbg, false));
+ * </pre></blockquote><hr>
+ * <p>
+ * This image depicts the check box group created by this example:
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/CheckboxGroup-1.gif"
+ * alt="Shows three checkboxes, arranged vertically, labeled one, two, and three. Checkbox one is in the on state."
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @see         java.awt.Checkbox
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class CheckboxGroup implements java.io.Serializable {
+    /**
+     * The current choice.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getCurrent()
+     * @see #setCurrent(Checkbox)
+     */
+    Checkbox selectedCheckbox = null;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 3729780091441768983L;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new instance of {@code CheckboxGroup}.
+     */
+    public CheckboxGroup() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the current choice from this check box group.
+     * The current choice is the check box in this
+     * group that is currently in the "on" state,
+     * or {@code null} if all check boxes in the
+     * group are off.
+     * @return   the check box that is currently in the
+     *                 "on" state, or {@code null}.
+     * @see      java.awt.Checkbox
+     * @see      java.awt.CheckboxGroup#setSelectedCheckbox
+     * @since    1.1
+     */
+    public Checkbox getSelectedCheckbox() {
+        return getCurrent();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the current choice from this check box group
+     * or {@code null} if none of checkboxes are selected.
+     *
+     * @return the selected checkbox
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code getSelectedCheckbox()}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public Checkbox getCurrent() {
+        return selectedCheckbox;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the currently selected check box in this group
+     * to be the specified check box.
+     * This method sets the state of that check box to "on" and
+     * sets all other check boxes in the group to be off.
+     * <p>
+     * If the check box argument is {@code null}, all check boxes
+     * in this check box group are deselected. If the check box argument
+     * belongs to a different check box group, this method does
+     * nothing.
+     * @param     box   the {@code Checkbox} to set as the
+     *                      current selection.
+     * @see      java.awt.Checkbox
+     * @see      java.awt.CheckboxGroup#getSelectedCheckbox
+     * @since    1.1
+     */
+    public void setSelectedCheckbox(Checkbox box) {
+        setCurrent(box);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the currently selected check box in this group
+     * to be the specified check box and unsets all others.
+     *
+     * @param  box the {@code Checkbox} to set as the
+     *         current selection.
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code setSelectedCheckbox(Checkbox)}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public synchronized void setCurrent(Checkbox box) {
+        if (box != null && box.group != this) {
+            return;
+        }
+        Checkbox oldChoice = this.selectedCheckbox;
+        this.selectedCheckbox = box;
+        if (oldChoice != null && oldChoice != box && oldChoice.group == this) {
+            oldChoice.setState(false);
+        }
+        if (box != null && oldChoice != box && !box.getState()) {
+            box.setStateInternal(true);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representation of this check box group,
+     * including the value of its current selection.
+     * @return    a string representation of this check box group.
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() + "[selectedCheckbox=" + selectedCheckbox + "]";
+    }
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CheckboxMenuItem.java

@@ -0,0 +1,648 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.ItemEvent;
+import java.awt.event.ItemListener;
+import java.awt.peer.CheckboxMenuItemPeer;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
+import java.util.EventListener;
+
+import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleAction;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleRole;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleValue;
+
+import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
+
+/**
+ * This class represents a check box that can be included in a menu.
+ * Selecting the check box in the menu changes its state from
+ * "on" to "off" or from "off" to "on."
+ * <p>
+ * The following picture depicts a menu which contains an instance
+ * of {@code CheckBoxMenuItem}:
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/MenuBar-1.gif"
+ * alt="Menu labeled Examples, containing items Basic, Simple, Check, and More
+ * Examples. The Check item is a CheckBoxMenuItem instance, in the off state."
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ * <p>
+ * The item labeled {@code Check} shows a check box menu item
+ * in its "off" state.
+ * <p>
+ * When a check box menu item is selected, AWT sends an item event to
+ * the item. Since the event is an instance of {@code ItemEvent},
+ * the {@code processEvent} method examines the event and passes
+ * it along to {@code processItemEvent}. The latter method redirects
+ * the event to any {@code ItemListener} objects that have
+ * registered an interest in item events generated by this menu item.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @see         java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+ * @see         java.awt.event.ItemListener
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class CheckboxMenuItem extends MenuItem implements ItemSelectable, Accessible {
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+
+        AWTAccessor.setCheckboxMenuItemAccessor(
+            new AWTAccessor.CheckboxMenuItemAccessor() {
+                public boolean getState(CheckboxMenuItem cmi) {
+                    return cmi.state;
+                }
+            });
+    }
+
+   /**
+    * The state of a checkbox menu item
+    * @serial
+    * @see #getState()
+    * @see #setState(boolean)
+    */
+    private volatile boolean state;
+
+    private transient volatile ItemListener itemListener;
+
+    private static final String base = "chkmenuitem";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = 6190621106981774043L;
+
+    /**
+     * Create a check box menu item with an empty label.
+     * The item's state is initially set to "off."
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public CheckboxMenuItem() throws HeadlessException {
+        this("", false);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Create a check box menu item with the specified label.
+     * The item's state is initially set to "off."
+
+     * @param     label   a string label for the check box menu item,
+     *                or {@code null} for an unlabeled menu item.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public CheckboxMenuItem(String label) throws HeadlessException {
+        this(label, false);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Create a check box menu item with the specified label and state.
+     * @param      label   a string label for the check box menu item,
+     *                     or {@code null} for an unlabeled menu item.
+     * @param      state   the initial state of the menu item, where
+     *                     {@code true} indicates "on" and
+     *                     {@code false} indicates "off."
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public CheckboxMenuItem(String label, boolean state)
+        throws HeadlessException {
+        super(label);
+        this.state = state;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Construct a name for this MenuComponent.  Called by getName() when
+     * the name is null.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (CheckboxMenuItem.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the peer of the checkbox item.  This peer allows us to
+     * change the look of the checkbox item without changing its
+     * functionality.
+     * Most applications do not call this method directly.
+     * @see     java.awt.Component#getToolkit()
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createCheckboxMenuItem(this);
+            super.addNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines whether the state of this check box menu item
+     * is "on" or "off."
+     *
+     * @return      the state of this check box menu item, where
+     *                     {@code true} indicates "on" and
+     *                     {@code false} indicates "off"
+     * @see        #setState
+     */
+    public boolean getState() {
+        return state;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets this check box menu item to the specified state.
+     * The boolean value {@code true} indicates "on" while
+     * {@code false} indicates "off."
+     *
+     * <p>Note that this method should be primarily used to
+     * initialize the state of the check box menu item.
+     * Programmatically setting the state of the check box
+     * menu item will <i>not</i> trigger
+     * an {@code ItemEvent}.  The only way to trigger an
+     * {@code ItemEvent} is by user interaction.
+     *
+     * @param      b   {@code true} if the check box
+     *             menu item is on, otherwise {@code false}
+     * @see        #getState
+     */
+    public synchronized void setState(boolean b) {
+        state = b;
+        CheckboxMenuItemPeer peer = (CheckboxMenuItemPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setState(b);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the an array (length 1) containing the checkbox menu item
+     * label or null if the checkbox is not selected.
+     * @see ItemSelectable
+     */
+    public synchronized Object[] getSelectedObjects() {
+        if (state) {
+            Object[] items = new Object[1];
+            items[0] = label;
+            return items;
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified item listener to receive item events from
+     * this check box menu item.  Item events are sent in response to user
+     * actions, but not in response to calls to setState().
+     * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     *
+     * @param         l the item listener
+     * @see           #removeItemListener
+     * @see           #getItemListeners
+     * @see           #setState
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @since         1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void addItemListener(ItemListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+            return;
+        }
+        itemListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(itemListener, l);
+        newEventsOnly = true;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified item listener so that it no longer receives
+     * item events from this check box menu item.
+     * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     *
+     * @param         l the item listener
+     * @see           #addItemListener
+     * @see           #getItemListeners
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @since         1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void removeItemListener(ItemListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+            return;
+        }
+        itemListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(itemListener, l);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the item listeners
+     * registered on this checkbox menuitem.
+     *
+     * @return all of this checkbox menuitem's {@code ItemListener}s
+     *         or an empty array if no item
+     *         listeners are currently registered
+     *
+     * @see           #addItemListener
+     * @see           #removeItemListener
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public synchronized ItemListener[] getItemListeners() {
+        return getListeners(ItemListener.class);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
+     * as <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s
+     * upon this {@code CheckboxMenuItem}.
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s are registered using the
+     * <code>add<em>Foo</em>Listener</code> method.
+     *
+     * <p>
+     * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
+     * with a class literal, such as
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener.class</code>.
+     * For example, you can query a
+     * {@code CheckboxMenuItem c}
+     * for its item listeners with the following code:
+     *
+     * <pre>ItemListener[] ils = (ItemListener[])(c.getListeners(ItemListener.class));</pre>
+     *
+     * If no such listeners exist, this method returns an empty array.
+     *
+     * @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
+     *          should specify an interface that descends from
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     * @return an array of all objects registered as
+     *          <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s on this checkbox menuitem,
+     *          or an empty array if no such
+     *          listeners have been added
+     * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
+     *          doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     *
+     * @see #getItemListeners
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public <T extends EventListener> T[] getListeners(Class<T> listenerType) {
+        EventListener l = null;
+        if  (listenerType == ItemListener.class) {
+            l = itemListener;
+        } else {
+            return super.getListeners(listenerType);
+        }
+        return AWTEventMulticaster.getListeners(l, listenerType);
+    }
+
+    // REMIND: remove when filtering is done at lower level
+    boolean eventEnabled(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e.id == ItemEvent.ITEM_STATE_CHANGED) {
+            if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.ITEM_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
+                itemListener != null) {
+                return true;
+            }
+            return false;
+        }
+        return super.eventEnabled(e);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes events on this check box menu item.
+     * If the event is an instance of {@code ItemEvent},
+     * this method invokes the {@code processItemEvent} method.
+     * If the event is not an item event,
+     * it invokes {@code processEvent} on the superclass.
+     * <p>
+     * Check box menu items currently support only item events.
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param        e the event
+     * @see          java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see          #processItemEvent
+     * @since        1.1
+     */
+    protected void processEvent(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e instanceof ItemEvent) {
+            processItemEvent((ItemEvent)e);
+            return;
+        }
+        super.processEvent(e);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes item events occurring on this check box menu item by
+     * dispatching them to any registered {@code ItemListener} objects.
+     * <p>
+     * This method is not called unless item events are
+     * enabled for this menu item. Item events are enabled
+     * when one of the following occurs:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>An {@code ItemListener} object is registered
+     * via {@code addItemListener}.
+     * <li>Item events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
+     * </ul>
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param       e the item event
+     * @see         java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see         java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @see         #addItemListener
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#enableEvents
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    protected void processItemEvent(ItemEvent e) {
+        ItemListener listener = itemListener;
+        if (listener != null) {
+            listener.itemStateChanged(e);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Post an ItemEvent and toggle state.
+     */
+    void doMenuEvent(long when, int modifiers) {
+        setState(!state);
+        Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(
+            new ItemEvent(this, ItemEvent.ITEM_STATE_CHANGED,
+                          getLabel(),
+                          state ? ItemEvent.SELECTED :
+                                  ItemEvent.DESELECTED));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this
+     * {@code CheckBoxMenuItem}. This
+     * method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
+     * content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return     the parameter string of this check box menu item
+     */
+    public String paramString() {
+        return super.paramString() + ",state=" + state;
+    }
+
+    /* Serialization support.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * Serial Data Version
+     * @serial
+     */
+    private int checkboxMenuItemSerializedDataVersion = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Writes default serializable fields to stream.  Writes
+     * a list of serializable {@code ItemListeners}
+     * as optional data.  The non-serializable
+     * {@code ItemListeners} are detected and
+     * no attempt is made to serialize them.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+     * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of
+     *  0 or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+     *  and an {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates
+     *  the type of object and is one of the following:
+     *  {@code itemListenerK} indicating an
+     *    {@code ItemListener} object
+     *
+     * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
+     * @see java.awt.Component#itemListenerK
+     * @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
+     */
+    private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s)
+      throws java.io.IOException
+    {
+      s.defaultWriteObject();
+
+      AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, itemListenerK, itemListener);
+      s.writeObject(null);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it
+     * isn't {@code null} adds a listener to receive
+     * item events fired by the {@code Checkbox} menu item.
+     * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
+     * @serial
+     * @see removeActionListener()
+     * @see addActionListener()
+     * @see #writeObject
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+      throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException
+    {
+      s.defaultReadObject();
+
+      Object keyOrNull;
+      while(null != (keyOrNull = s.readObject())) {
+        String key = ((String)keyOrNull).intern();
+
+        if (itemListenerK == key)
+          addItemListener((ItemListener)(s.readObject()));
+
+        else // skip value for unrecognized key
+          s.readObject();
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this CheckboxMenuItem.
+     * For checkbox menu items, the AccessibleContext takes the
+     * form of an AccessibleAWTCheckboxMenuItem.
+     * A new AccessibleAWTCheckboxMenuItem is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an AccessibleAWTCheckboxMenuItem that serves as the
+     *         AccessibleContext of this CheckboxMenuItem
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTCheckboxMenuItem();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Inner class of CheckboxMenuItem used to provide default support for
+     * accessibility.  This class is not meant to be used directly by
+     * application developers, but is instead meant only to be
+     * subclassed by menu component developers.
+     * <p>
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code CheckboxMenuItem} class.  It provides an implementation
+     * of the Java Accessibility API appropriate to checkbox menu item
+     * user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTCheckboxMenuItem extends AccessibleAWTMenuItem
+        implements AccessibleAction, AccessibleValue
+    {
+        /*
+         * JDK 1.3 serialVersionUID
+         */
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = -1122642964303476L;
+
+        /**
+         * Get the AccessibleAction associated with this object.  In the
+         * implementation of the Java Accessibility API for this class,
+         * return this object, which is responsible for implementing the
+         * AccessibleAction interface on behalf of itself.
+         *
+         * @return this object
+         */
+        public AccessibleAction getAccessibleAction() {
+            return this;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the AccessibleValue associated with this object.  In the
+         * implementation of the Java Accessibility API for this class,
+         * return this object, which is responsible for implementing the
+         * AccessibleValue interface on behalf of itself.
+         *
+         * @return this object
+         */
+        public AccessibleValue getAccessibleValue() {
+            return this;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the number of Actions available in this object.
+         * If there is more than one, the first one is the "default"
+         * action.
+         *
+         * @return the number of Actions in this object
+         */
+        public int getAccessibleActionCount() {
+            return 0;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Return a description of the specified action of the object.
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of the actions
+         */
+        public String getAccessibleActionDescription(int i) {
+            return null;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Perform the specified Action on the object
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of actions
+         * @return true if the action was performed; otherwise false.
+         */
+        public boolean doAccessibleAction(int i) {
+            return false;    //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the value of this object as a Number.  If the value has not been
+         * set, the return value will be null.
+         *
+         * @return value of the object
+         * @see #setCurrentAccessibleValue
+         */
+        public Number getCurrentAccessibleValue() {
+            return null;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Set the value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return true if the value was set; otherwise false
+         * @see #getCurrentAccessibleValue
+         */
+        public boolean setCurrentAccessibleValue(Number n) {
+            return false;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the minimum value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return Minimum value of the object; null if this object does not
+         * have a minimum value
+         * @see #getMaximumAccessibleValue
+         */
+        public Number getMinimumAccessibleValue() {
+            return null;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the maximum value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return Maximum value of the object; null if this object does not
+         * have a maximum value
+         * @see #getMinimumAccessibleValue
+         */
+        public Number getMaximumAccessibleValue() {
+            return null;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.CHECK_BOX;
+        }
+
+    } // class AccessibleAWTMenuItem
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Choice.java

@@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.util.*;
+import java.awt.peer.ChoicePeer;
+import java.awt.event.*;
+import java.util.EventListener;
+import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.IOException;
+
+import javax.accessibility.*;
+
+
+/**
+ * The {@code Choice} class presents a pop-up menu of choices.
+ * The current choice is displayed as the title of the menu.
+ * <p>
+ * The following code example produces a pop-up menu:
+ *
+ * <hr><blockquote><pre>
+ * Choice ColorChooser = new Choice();
+ * ColorChooser.add("Green");
+ * ColorChooser.add("Red");
+ * ColorChooser.add("Blue");
+ * </pre></blockquote><hr>
+ * <p>
+ * After this choice menu has been added to a panel,
+ * it appears as follows in its normal state:
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/Choice-1.gif" alt="The following text describes the graphic"
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ * <p>
+ * In the picture, {@code "Green"} is the current choice.
+ * Pushing the mouse button down on the object causes a menu to
+ * appear with the current choice highlighted.
+ * <p>
+ * Some native platforms do not support arbitrary resizing of
+ * {@code Choice} components and the behavior of
+ * {@code setSize()/getSize()} is bound by
+ * such limitations.
+ * Native GUI {@code Choice} components' size are often bound by such
+ * attributes as font size and length of items contained within
+ * the {@code Choice}.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class Choice extends Component implements ItemSelectable, Accessible {
+    /**
+     * The items for the {@code Choice}.
+     * This can be a {@code null} value.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #add(String)
+     * @see #addItem(String)
+     * @see #getItem(int)
+     * @see #getItemCount()
+     * @see #insert(String, int)
+     * @see #remove(String)
+     */
+    Vector<String> pItems;
+
+    /**
+     * The index of the current choice for this {@code Choice}
+     * or -1 if nothing is selected.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getSelectedItem()
+     * @see #select(int)
+     */
+    int selectedIndex = -1;
+
+    transient ItemListener itemListener;
+
+    private static final String base = "choice";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -4075310674757313071L;
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        /* initialize JNI field and method ids */
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new choice menu. The menu initially has no items in it.
+     * <p>
+     * By default, the first item added to the choice menu becomes the
+     * selected item, until a different selection is made by the user
+     * by calling one of the {@code select} methods.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true
+     * @see       java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @see       #select(int)
+     * @see       #select(java.lang.String)
+     */
+    public Choice() throws HeadlessException {
+        GraphicsEnvironment.checkHeadless();
+        pItems = new Vector<>();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a name for this component.  Called by
+     * {@code getName} when the name is {@code null}.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (Choice.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the {@code Choice}'s peer.  This peer allows us
+     * to change the look
+     * of the {@code Choice} without changing its functionality.
+     * @see     java.awt.Component#getToolkit()
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createChoice(this);
+            super.addNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of items in this {@code Choice} menu.
+     *
+     * @return the number of items in this {@code Choice} menu
+     * @see     #getItem
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public int getItemCount() {
+        return countItems();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of items in this {@code Choice} menu.
+     *
+     * @return the number of items in this {@code Choice} menu
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code getItemCount()}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public int countItems() {
+        return pItems.size();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the string at the specified index in this
+     * {@code Choice} menu.
+     *
+     * @param  index the index at which to begin
+     * @return the item at the specified index
+     * @see    #getItemCount
+     */
+    public String getItem(int index) {
+        return getItemImpl(index);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * This is called by the native code, so client code can't
+     * be called on the toolkit thread.
+     */
+    final String getItemImpl(int index) {
+        return pItems.elementAt(index);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds an item to this {@code Choice} menu.
+     * @param      item    the item to be added
+     * @exception  NullPointerException   if the item's value is
+     *                  {@code null}
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public void add(String item) {
+        addItem(item);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Obsolete as of Java 2 platform v1.1.  Please use the
+     * {@code add} method instead.
+     * <p>
+     * Adds an item to this {@code Choice} menu.
+     * @param item the item to be added
+     * @exception NullPointerException if the item's value is equal to
+     *          {@code null}
+     */
+    public void addItem(String item) {
+        synchronized (this) {
+            insertNoInvalidate(item, pItems.size());
+        }
+
+        // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
+        invalidateIfValid();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Inserts an item to this {@code Choice},
+     * but does not invalidate the {@code Choice}.
+     * Client methods must provide their own synchronization before
+     * invoking this method.
+     * @param item the item to be added
+     * @param index the new item position
+     * @exception NullPointerException if the item's value is equal to
+     *          {@code null}
+     */
+    private void insertNoInvalidate(String item, int index) {
+        if (item == null) {
+            throw new
+                NullPointerException("cannot add null item to Choice");
+        }
+        pItems.insertElementAt(item, index);
+        ChoicePeer peer = (ChoicePeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.add(item, index);
+        }
+        // no selection or selection shifted up
+        if (selectedIndex < 0 || selectedIndex >= index) {
+            select(0);
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    /**
+     * Inserts the item into this choice at the specified position.
+     * Existing items at an index greater than or equal to
+     * {@code index} are shifted up by one to accommodate
+     * the new item.  If {@code index} is greater than or
+     * equal to the number of items in this choice,
+     * {@code item} is added to the end of this choice.
+     * <p>
+     * If the item is the first one being added to the choice,
+     * then the item becomes selected.  Otherwise, if the
+     * selected item was one of the items shifted, the first
+     * item in the choice becomes the selected item.  If the
+     * selected item was no among those shifted, it remains
+     * the selected item.
+     * @param item the non-{@code null} item to be inserted
+     * @param index the position at which the item should be inserted
+     * @exception IllegalArgumentException if index is less than 0
+     */
+    public void insert(String item, int index) {
+        synchronized (this) {
+            if (index < 0) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("index less than zero.");
+            }
+            /* if the index greater than item count, add item to the end */
+            index = Math.min(index, pItems.size());
+
+            insertNoInvalidate(item, index);
+        }
+
+        // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
+        invalidateIfValid();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the first occurrence of {@code item}
+     * from the {@code Choice} menu.  If the item
+     * being removed is the currently selected item,
+     * then the first item in the choice becomes the
+     * selected item.  Otherwise, the currently selected
+     * item remains selected (and the selected index is
+     * updated accordingly).
+     * @param      item  the item to remove from this {@code Choice} menu
+     * @exception  IllegalArgumentException  if the item doesn't
+     *                     exist in the choice menu
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public void remove(String item) {
+        synchronized (this) {
+            int index = pItems.indexOf(item);
+            if (index < 0) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("item " + item +
+                                                   " not found in choice");
+            } else {
+                removeNoInvalidate(index);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
+        invalidateIfValid();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes an item from the choice menu
+     * at the specified position.  If the item
+     * being removed is the currently selected item,
+     * then the first item in the choice becomes the
+     * selected item.  Otherwise, the currently selected
+     * item remains selected (and the selected index is
+     * updated accordingly).
+     * @param      position the position of the item
+     * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the specified
+     *          position is out of bounds
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public void remove(int position) {
+        synchronized (this) {
+            removeNoInvalidate(position);
+        }
+
+        // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
+        invalidateIfValid();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes an item from the {@code Choice} at the
+     * specified position, but does not invalidate the {@code Choice}.
+     * Client methods must provide their
+     * own synchronization before invoking this method.
+     * @param      position   the position of the item
+     */
+    private void removeNoInvalidate(int position) {
+        pItems.removeElementAt(position);
+        ChoicePeer peer = (ChoicePeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.remove(position);
+        }
+        /* Adjust selectedIndex if selected item was removed. */
+        if (pItems.size() == 0) {
+            selectedIndex = -1;
+        } else if (selectedIndex == position) {
+            select(0);
+        } else if (selectedIndex > position) {
+            select(selectedIndex-1);
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    /**
+     * Removes all items from the choice menu.
+     * @see       #remove
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public void removeAll() {
+        synchronized (this) {
+            if (peer != null) {
+                ((ChoicePeer)peer).removeAll();
+            }
+            pItems.removeAllElements();
+            selectedIndex = -1;
+        }
+
+        // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
+        invalidateIfValid();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets a representation of the current choice as a string.
+     * @return    a string representation of the currently
+     *                     selected item in this choice menu
+     * @see       #getSelectedIndex
+     */
+    public synchronized String getSelectedItem() {
+        return (selectedIndex >= 0) ? getItem(selectedIndex) : null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array (length 1) containing the currently selected
+     * item.  If this choice has no items, returns {@code null}.
+     * @see ItemSelectable
+     */
+    public synchronized Object[] getSelectedObjects() {
+        if (selectedIndex >= 0) {
+            Object[] items = new Object[1];
+            items[0] = getItem(selectedIndex);
+            return items;
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the index of the currently selected item.
+     * If nothing is selected, returns -1.
+     *
+     * @return the index of the currently selected item, or -1 if nothing
+     *  is currently selected
+     * @see #getSelectedItem
+     */
+    public int getSelectedIndex() {
+        return selectedIndex;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the selected item in this {@code Choice} menu to be the
+     * item at the specified position.
+     *
+     * <p>Note that this method should be primarily used to
+     * initially select an item in this component.
+     * Programmatically calling this method will <i>not</i> trigger
+     * an {@code ItemEvent}.  The only way to trigger an
+     * {@code ItemEvent} is by user interaction.
+     *
+     * @param      pos      the position of the selected item
+     * @exception  IllegalArgumentException if the specified
+     *                            position is greater than the
+     *                            number of items or less than zero
+     * @see        #getSelectedItem
+     * @see        #getSelectedIndex
+     */
+    public synchronized void select(int pos) {
+        if ((pos >= pItems.size()) || (pos < 0)) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("illegal Choice item position: " + pos);
+        }
+        if (pItems.size() > 0) {
+            selectedIndex = pos;
+            ChoicePeer peer = (ChoicePeer)this.peer;
+            if (peer != null) {
+                peer.select(pos);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the selected item in this {@code Choice} menu
+     * to be the item whose name is equal to the specified string.
+     * If more than one item matches (is equal to) the specified string,
+     * the one with the smallest index is selected.
+     *
+     * <p>Note that this method should be primarily used to
+     * initially select an item in this component.
+     * Programmatically calling this method will <i>not</i> trigger
+     * an {@code ItemEvent}.  The only way to trigger an
+     * {@code ItemEvent} is by user interaction.
+     *
+     * @param       str     the specified string
+     * @see         #getSelectedItem
+     * @see         #getSelectedIndex
+     */
+    public synchronized void select(String str) {
+        int index = pItems.indexOf(str);
+        if (index >= 0) {
+            select(index);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified item listener to receive item events from
+     * this {@code Choice} menu.  Item events are sent in response
+     * to user input, but not in response to calls to {@code select}.
+     * If l is {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no action
+     * is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     * @param         l    the item listener
+     * @see           #removeItemListener
+     * @see           #getItemListeners
+     * @see           #select
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @since         1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void addItemListener(ItemListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+           return;
+        }
+        itemListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(itemListener, l);
+        newEventsOnly = true;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified item listener so that it no longer receives
+     * item events from this {@code Choice} menu.
+     * If l is {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no
+     * action is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     * @param         l    the item listener
+     * @see           #addItemListener
+     * @see           #getItemListeners
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @since         1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void removeItemListener(ItemListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+            return;
+        }
+        itemListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(itemListener, l);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the item listeners
+     * registered on this choice.
+     *
+     * @return all of this choice's {@code ItemListener}s
+     *         or an empty array if no item
+     *         listeners are currently registered
+     *
+     * @see           #addItemListener
+     * @see           #removeItemListener
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see           java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public synchronized ItemListener[] getItemListeners() {
+        return getListeners(ItemListener.class);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
+     * as <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s
+     * upon this {@code Choice}.
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s are registered using the
+     * <code>add<em>Foo</em>Listener</code> method.
+     *
+     * <p>
+     * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
+     * with a class literal, such as
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener.class</code>.
+     * For example, you can query a
+     * {@code Choice c}
+     * for its item listeners with the following code:
+     *
+     * <pre>ItemListener[] ils = (ItemListener[])(c.getListeners(ItemListener.class));</pre>
+     *
+     * If no such listeners exist, this method returns an empty array.
+     *
+     * @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
+     *          should specify an interface that descends from
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     * @return an array of all objects registered as
+     *          <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s on this choice,
+     *          or an empty array if no such
+     *          listeners have been added
+     * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
+     *          doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     *
+     * @see #getItemListeners
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public <T extends EventListener> T[] getListeners(Class<T> listenerType) {
+        EventListener l = null;
+        if  (listenerType == ItemListener.class) {
+            l = itemListener;
+        } else {
+            return super.getListeners(listenerType);
+        }
+        return AWTEventMulticaster.getListeners(l, listenerType);
+    }
+
+    // REMIND: remove when filtering is done at lower level
+    boolean eventEnabled(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e.id == ItemEvent.ITEM_STATE_CHANGED) {
+            if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.ITEM_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
+                itemListener != null) {
+                return true;
+            }
+            return false;
+        }
+        return super.eventEnabled(e);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes events on this choice. If the event is an
+     * instance of {@code ItemEvent}, it invokes the
+     * {@code processItemEvent} method. Otherwise, it calls its
+     * superclass's {@code processEvent} method.
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param      e the event
+     * @see        java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see        #processItemEvent
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    protected void processEvent(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e instanceof ItemEvent) {
+            processItemEvent((ItemEvent)e);
+            return;
+        }
+        super.processEvent(e);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes item events occurring on this {@code Choice}
+     * menu by dispatching them to any registered
+     * {@code ItemListener} objects.
+     * <p>
+     * This method is not called unless item events are
+     * enabled for this component. Item events are enabled
+     * when one of the following occurs:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>An {@code ItemListener} object is registered
+     * via {@code addItemListener}.
+     * <li>Item events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
+     * </ul>
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param       e the item event
+     * @see         java.awt.event.ItemEvent
+     * @see         java.awt.event.ItemListener
+     * @see         #addItemListener(ItemListener)
+     * @see         java.awt.Component#enableEvents
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    protected void processItemEvent(ItemEvent e) {
+        ItemListener listener = itemListener;
+        if (listener != null) {
+            listener.itemStateChanged(e);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Choice}
+     * menu. This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes,
+     * and the content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return    the parameter string of this {@code Choice} menu
+     */
+    protected String paramString() {
+        return super.paramString() + ",current=" + getSelectedItem();
+    }
+
+
+    /* Serialization support.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * Choice Serial Data Version.
+     * @serial
+     */
+    private int choiceSerializedDataVersion = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Writes default serializable fields to stream.  Writes
+     * a list of serializable {@code ItemListeners}
+     * as optional data. The non-serializable
+     * {@code ItemListeners} are detected and
+     * no attempt is made to serialize them.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+     * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0
+     *   or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+     *   and an {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates
+     *   the type of object and is one of the following:
+     *   {@code itemListenerK} indicating an
+     *     {@code ItemListener} object
+     *
+     * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
+     * @see java.awt.Component#itemListenerK
+     * @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
+     */
+    private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s)
+      throws java.io.IOException
+    {
+      s.defaultWriteObject();
+
+      AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, itemListenerK, itemListener);
+      s.writeObject(null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it
+     * isn't {@code null} adds a listener to receive
+     * item events fired by the {@code Choice} item.
+     * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *   {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+     *   {@code true}
+     * @serial
+     * @see #removeItemListener(ItemListener)
+     * @see #addItemListener(ItemListener)
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+      throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException, HeadlessException
+    {
+      GraphicsEnvironment.checkHeadless();
+      s.defaultReadObject();
+
+      Object keyOrNull;
+      while(null != (keyOrNull = s.readObject())) {
+        String key = ((String)keyOrNull).intern();
+
+        if (itemListenerK == key)
+          addItemListener((ItemListener)(s.readObject()));
+
+        else // skip value for unrecognized key
+          s.readObject();
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+     * {@code Choice}. For {@code Choice} components,
+     * the {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+     * {@code AccessibleAWTChoice}. A new {@code AccessibleAWTChoice}
+     * instance is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an {@code AccessibleAWTChoice} that serves as the
+     *         {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code Choice}
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTChoice();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code Choice} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to choice user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTChoice extends AccessibleAWTComponent
+        implements AccessibleAction
+    {
+        /*
+         * JDK 1.3 serialVersionUID
+         */
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = 7175603582428509322L;
+
+        /**
+         * Constructor for {@code AccessibleAWTChoice}
+         */
+        public AccessibleAWTChoice() {
+            super();
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the AccessibleAction associated with this object.  In the
+         * implementation of the Java Accessibility API for this class,
+         * return this object, which is responsible for implementing the
+         * AccessibleAction interface on behalf of itself.
+         *
+         * @return this object
+         * @see AccessibleAction
+         */
+        public AccessibleAction getAccessibleAction() {
+            return this;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         * @see AccessibleRole
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.COMBO_BOX;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the number of accessible actions available in this object
+         * If there are more than one, the first one is considered the "default"
+         * action of the object.
+         *
+         * @return the zero-based number of Actions in this object
+         */
+        public int getAccessibleActionCount() {
+            return 0;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns a description of the specified action of the object.
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of the actions
+         * @return a String description of the action
+         * @see #getAccessibleActionCount
+         */
+        public String getAccessibleActionDescription(int i) {
+            return null;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Perform the specified Action on the object
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of actions
+         * @return true if the action was performed; otherwise false.
+         * @see #getAccessibleActionCount
+         */
+        public boolean doAccessibleAction(int i) {
+            return false;  //  To be fully implemented in a future release
+        }
+
+    } // inner class AccessibleAWTChoice
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ColorPaintContext.java

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2007, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.awt.image.Raster;
+import java.awt.image.WritableRaster;
+import sun.awt.image.IntegerComponentRaster;
+import java.util.Arrays;
+
+class ColorPaintContext implements PaintContext {
+    int color;
+    WritableRaster savedTile;
+
+    protected ColorPaintContext(int color, ColorModel cm) {
+        this.color = color;
+    }
+
+    public void dispose() {
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Returns the RGB value representing the color in the default sRGB
+     * {@link ColorModel}.
+     * (Bits 24-31 are alpha, 16-23 are red, 8-15 are green, 0-7 are
+     * blue).
+     * @return the RGB value of the color in the default sRGB
+     *         {@code ColorModel}.
+     * @see java.awt.image.ColorModel#getRGBdefault
+     * @see #getRed
+     * @see #getGreen
+     * @see #getBlue
+     */
+    int getRGB() {
+        return color;
+    }
+
+    public ColorModel getColorModel() {
+        return ColorModel.getRGBdefault();
+    }
+
+    public synchronized Raster getRaster(int x, int y, int w, int h) {
+        WritableRaster t = savedTile;
+
+        if (t == null || w > t.getWidth() || h > t.getHeight()) {
+            t = getColorModel().createCompatibleWritableRaster(w, h);
+            IntegerComponentRaster icr = (IntegerComponentRaster) t;
+            Arrays.fill(icr.getDataStorage(), color);
+            // Note - markDirty is probably unnecessary since icr is brand new
+            icr.markDirty();
+            if (w <= 64 && h <= 64) {
+                savedTile = t;
+            }
+        }
+
+        return t;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ComponentOrientation.java

@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1998 - All Rights Reserved
+ *
+ * The original version of this source code and documentation is copyrighted
+ * and owned by IBM, Inc. These materials are provided under terms of a
+ * License Agreement between IBM and Sun. This technology is protected by
+ * multiple US and International patents. This notice and attribution to IBM
+ * may not be removed.
+ *
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.util.Locale;
+import java.util.ResourceBundle;
+
+/**
+  * The ComponentOrientation class encapsulates the language-sensitive
+  * orientation that is to be used to order the elements of a component
+  * or of text. It is used to reflect the differences in this ordering
+  * between Western alphabets, Middle Eastern (such as Hebrew), and Far
+  * Eastern (such as Japanese).
+  * <p>
+  * Fundamentally, this governs items (such as characters) which are laid out
+  * in lines, with the lines then laid out in a block. This also applies
+  * to items in a widget: for example, in a check box where the box is
+  * positioned relative to the text.
+  * <p>
+  * There are four different orientations used in modern languages
+  * as in the following table.<br>
+  * <pre>
+  * LT          RT          TL          TR
+  * A B C       C B A       A D G       G D A
+  * D E F       F E D       B E H       H E B
+  * G H I       I H G       C F I       I F C
+  * </pre><br>
+  * (In the header, the two-letter abbreviation represents the item direction
+  * in the first letter, and the line direction in the second. For example,
+  * LT means "items left-to-right, lines top-to-bottom",
+  * TL means "items top-to-bottom, lines left-to-right", and so on.)
+  * <p>
+  * The orientations are:
+  * <ul>
+  * <li>LT - Western Europe (optional for Japanese, Chinese, Korean)
+  * <li>RT - Middle East (Arabic, Hebrew)
+  * <li>TR - Japanese, Chinese, Korean
+  * <li>TL - Mongolian
+  * </ul>
+  * Components whose view and controller code depends on orientation
+  * should use the {@code isLeftToRight()} and
+  * {@code isHorizontal()} methods to
+  * determine their behavior. They should not include switch-like
+  * code that keys off of the constants, such as:
+  * <pre>
+  * if (orientation == LEFT_TO_RIGHT) {
+  *   ...
+  * } else if (orientation == RIGHT_TO_LEFT) {
+  *   ...
+  * } else {
+  *   // Oops
+  * }
+  * </pre>
+  * This is unsafe, since more constants may be added in the future and
+  * since it is not guaranteed that orientation objects will be unique.
+  */
+public final class ComponentOrientation implements java.io.Serializable
+{
+    /*
+     * serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -4113291392143563828L;
+
+    // Internal constants used in the implementation
+    private static final int UNK_BIT      = 1;
+    private static final int HORIZ_BIT    = 2;
+    private static final int LTR_BIT      = 4;
+
+    /**
+     * Items run left to right and lines flow top to bottom
+     * Examples: English, French.
+     */
+    public static final ComponentOrientation LEFT_TO_RIGHT =
+                    new ComponentOrientation(HORIZ_BIT|LTR_BIT);
+
+    /**
+     * Items run right to left and lines flow top to bottom
+     * Examples: Arabic, Hebrew.
+     */
+    public static final ComponentOrientation RIGHT_TO_LEFT =
+                    new ComponentOrientation(HORIZ_BIT);
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates that a component's orientation has not been set.
+     * To preserve the behavior of existing applications,
+     * isLeftToRight will return true for this value.
+     */
+    public static final ComponentOrientation UNKNOWN =
+                    new ComponentOrientation(HORIZ_BIT|LTR_BIT|UNK_BIT);
+
+    /**
+     * Are lines horizontal?
+     * This will return true for horizontal, left-to-right writing
+     * systems such as Roman.
+     *
+     * @return {@code true} if this orientation has horizontal lines
+     */
+    public boolean isHorizontal() {
+        return (orientation & HORIZ_BIT) != 0;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * HorizontalLines: Do items run left-to-right?<br>
+     * Vertical Lines:  Do lines run left-to-right?<br>
+     * This will return true for horizontal, left-to-right writing
+     * systems such as Roman.
+     *
+     * @return {@code true} if this orientation is left-to-right
+     */
+    public boolean isLeftToRight() {
+        return (orientation & LTR_BIT) != 0;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the orientation that is appropriate for the given locale.
+     *
+     * @param locale the specified locale
+     * @return the orientation for the locale
+     */
+    public static ComponentOrientation getOrientation(Locale locale) {
+        // A more flexible implementation would consult a ResourceBundle
+        // to find the appropriate orientation.  Until pluggable locales
+        // are introduced however, the flexibility isn't really needed.
+        // So we choose efficiency instead.
+        String lang = locale.getLanguage();
+        if( "iw".equals(lang) || "ar".equals(lang)
+            || "fa".equals(lang) || "ur".equals(lang) )
+        {
+            return RIGHT_TO_LEFT;
+        } else {
+            return LEFT_TO_RIGHT;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the orientation appropriate for the given ResourceBundle's
+     * localization.  Three approaches are tried, in the following order:
+     * <ol>
+     * <li>Retrieve a ComponentOrientation object from the ResourceBundle
+     *      using the string "Orientation" as the key.
+     * <li>Use the ResourceBundle.getLocale to determine the bundle's
+     *      locale, then return the orientation for that locale.
+     * <li>Return the default locale's orientation.
+     * </ol>
+     *
+     * @param  bdl the bundle to use
+     * @return the orientation
+     * @deprecated As of J2SE 1.4, use {@link #getOrientation(java.util.Locale)}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public static ComponentOrientation getOrientation(ResourceBundle bdl)
+    {
+        ComponentOrientation result = null;
+
+        try {
+            result = (ComponentOrientation)bdl.getObject("Orientation");
+        }
+        catch (Exception e) {
+        }
+
+        if (result == null) {
+            result = getOrientation(bdl.getLocale());
+        }
+        if (result == null) {
+            result = getOrientation(Locale.getDefault());
+        }
+        return result;
+    }
+
+    private int orientation;
+
+    private ComponentOrientation(int value)
+    {
+        orientation = value;
+    }
+ }

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Composite.java

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code Composite} interface, along with
+ * {@link CompositeContext}, defines the methods to compose a draw
+ * primitive with the underlying graphics area.
+ * After the {@code Composite} is set in the
+ * {@link Graphics2D} context, it combines a shape, text, or an image
+ * being rendered with the colors that have already been rendered
+ * according to pre-defined rules. The classes
+ * implementing this interface provide the rules and a method to create
+ * the context for a particular operation.
+ * {@code CompositeContext} is an environment used by the
+ * compositing operation, which is created by the {@code Graphics2D}
+ * prior to the start of the operation.  {@code CompositeContext}
+ * contains private information and resources needed for a compositing
+ * operation.  When the {@code CompositeContext} is no longer needed,
+ * the {@code Graphics2D} object disposes of it in order to reclaim
+ * resources allocated for the operation.
+ * <p>
+ * Instances of classes implementing {@code Composite} must be
+ * immutable because the {@code Graphics2D} does not clone
+ * these objects when they are set as an attribute with the
+ * {@code setComposite} method or when the {@code Graphics2D}
+ * object is cloned.  This is to avoid undefined rendering behavior of
+ * {@code Graphics2D}, resulting from the modification of
+ * the {@code Composite} object after it has been set in the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context.
+ * <p>
+ * Since this interface must expose the contents of pixels on the
+ * target device or image to potentially arbitrary code, the use of
+ * custom objects which implement this interface when rendering directly
+ * to a screen device is governed by the {@code readDisplayPixels}
+ * {@link AWTPermission}.  The permission check will occur when such
+ * a custom object is passed to the {@code setComposite} method
+ * of a {@code Graphics2D} retrieved from a {@link Component}.
+ * @see AlphaComposite
+ * @see CompositeContext
+ * @see Graphics2D#setComposite
+ */
+public interface Composite {
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a context containing state that is used to perform
+     * the compositing operation.  In a multi-threaded environment,
+     * several contexts can exist simultaneously for a single
+     * {@code Composite} object.
+     * @param srcColorModel  the {@link ColorModel} of the source
+     * @param dstColorModel  the {@code ColorModel} of the destination
+     * @param hints the hint that the context object uses to choose between
+     * rendering alternatives
+     * @return the {@code CompositeContext} object used to perform the
+     * compositing operation.
+     */
+    public CompositeContext createContext(ColorModel srcColorModel,
+                                          ColorModel dstColorModel,
+                                          RenderingHints hints);
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CompositeContext.java

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.Raster;
+import java.awt.image.WritableRaster;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code CompositeContext} interface defines the encapsulated
+ * and optimized environment for a compositing operation.
+ * {@code CompositeContext} objects maintain state for
+ * compositing operations.  In a multi-threaded environment, several
+ * contexts can exist simultaneously for a single {@link Composite}
+ * object.
+ * @see Composite
+ */
+
+public interface CompositeContext {
+    /**
+     * Releases resources allocated for a context.
+     */
+    public void dispose();
+
+    /**
+     * Composes the two source {@link Raster} objects and
+     * places the result in the destination
+     * {@link WritableRaster}.  Note that the destination
+     * can be the same object as either the first or second
+     * source. Note that {@code dstIn} and
+     * {@code dstOut} must be compatible with the
+     * {@code dstColorModel} passed to the
+     * {@link Composite#createContext(java.awt.image.ColorModel, java.awt.image.ColorModel, java.awt.RenderingHints) createContext}
+     * method of the {@code Composite} interface.
+     * @param src the first source for the compositing operation
+     * @param dstIn the second source for the compositing operation
+     * @param dstOut the {@code WritableRaster} into which the
+     * result of the operation is stored
+     * @see Composite
+     */
+    public void compose(Raster src,
+                        Raster dstIn,
+                        WritableRaster dstOut);
+
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Conditional.java

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * Conditional is used by the EventDispatchThread's message pumps to
+ * determine if a given pump should continue to run, or should instead exit
+ * and yield control to the parent pump.
+ *
+ * @author David Mendenhall
+ */
+interface Conditional {
+    boolean evaluate();
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy.java

@@ -0,0 +1,607 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.util.List;
+import java.util.ArrayList;
+import sun.util.logging.PlatformLogger;
+
+/**
+ * A FocusTraversalPolicy that determines traversal order based on the order
+ * of child Components in a Container. From a particular focus cycle root, the
+ * policy makes a pre-order traversal of the Component hierarchy, and traverses
+ * a Container's children according to the ordering of the array returned by
+ * {@code Container.getComponents()}. Portions of the hierarchy that are
+ * not visible and displayable will not be searched.
+ * <p>
+ * By default, ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy implicitly transfers focus
+ * down-cycle. That is, during normal forward focus traversal, the Component
+ * traversed after a focus cycle root will be the focus-cycle-root's default
+ * Component to focus. This behavior can be disabled using the
+ * {@code setImplicitDownCycleTraversal} method.
+ * <p>
+ * By default, methods of this class will return a Component only if it is
+ * visible, displayable, enabled, and focusable. Subclasses can modify this
+ * behavior by overriding the {@code accept} method.
+ * <p>
+ * This policy takes into account <a
+ * href="doc-files/FocusSpec.html#FocusTraversalPolicyProviders">focus traversal
+ * policy providers</a>.  When searching for first/last/next/previous Component,
+ * if a focus traversal policy provider is encountered, its focus traversal
+ * policy is used to perform the search operation.
+ *
+ * @author David Mendenhall
+ *
+ * @see Container#getComponents
+ * @since 1.4
+ */
+public class ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy extends FocusTraversalPolicy
+    implements java.io.Serializable
+{
+    private static final PlatformLogger log = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy");
+
+    private final int FORWARD_TRAVERSAL = 0;
+    private final int BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL = 1;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.4 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 486933713763926351L;
+
+    private boolean implicitDownCycleTraversal = true;
+
+    /**
+     * Used by getComponentAfter and getComponentBefore for efficiency. In
+     * order to maintain compliance with the specification of
+     * FocusTraversalPolicy, if traversal wraps, we should invoke
+     * getFirstComponent or getLastComponent. These methods may be overriden in
+     * subclasses to behave in a non-generic way. However, in the generic case,
+     * these methods will simply return the first or last Components of the
+     * sorted list, respectively. Since getComponentAfter and
+     * getComponentBefore have already built the list before determining
+     * that they need to invoke getFirstComponent or getLastComponent, the
+     * list should be reused if possible.
+     */
+    private transient Container cachedRoot;
+    private transient List<Component> cachedCycle;
+
+    /*
+     * We suppose to use getFocusTraversalCycle & getComponentIndex methods in order
+     * to divide the policy into two parts:
+     * 1) Making the focus traversal cycle.
+     * 2) Traversing the cycle.
+     * The 1st point assumes producing a list of components representing the focus
+     * traversal cycle. The two methods mentioned above should implement this logic.
+     * The 2nd point assumes implementing the common concepts of operating on the
+     * cycle: traversing back and forth, retrieving the initial/default/first/last
+     * component. These concepts are described in the AWT Focus Spec and they are
+     * applied to the FocusTraversalPolicy in general.
+     * Thus, a descendant of this policy may wish to not reimplement the logic of
+     * the 2nd point but just override the implementation of the 1st one.
+     * A striking example of such a descendant is the javax.swing.SortingFocusTraversalPolicy.
+     */
+    /*protected*/ private List<Component> getFocusTraversalCycle(Container aContainer) {
+        List<Component> cycle = new ArrayList<Component>();
+        enumerateCycle(aContainer, cycle);
+        return cycle;
+    }
+    /*protected*/ private int getComponentIndex(List<Component> cycle, Component aComponent) {
+        return cycle.indexOf(aComponent);
+    }
+
+    private void enumerateCycle(Container container, List<Component> cycle) {
+        if (!(container.isVisible() && container.isDisplayable())) {
+            return;
+        }
+
+        cycle.add(container);
+
+        Component[] components = container.getComponents();
+        for (int i = 0; i < components.length; i++) {
+            Component comp = components[i];
+            if (comp instanceof Container) {
+                Container cont = (Container)comp;
+
+                if (!cont.isFocusCycleRoot() && !cont.isFocusTraversalPolicyProvider()) {
+                    enumerateCycle(cont, cycle);
+                    continue;
+                }
+            }
+            cycle.add(comp);
+        }
+    }
+
+    private Container getTopmostProvider(Container focusCycleRoot, Component aComponent) {
+        Container aCont = aComponent.getParent();
+        Container ftp = null;
+        while (aCont  != focusCycleRoot && aCont != null) {
+            if (aCont.isFocusTraversalPolicyProvider()) {
+                ftp = aCont;
+            }
+            aCont = aCont.getParent();
+        }
+        if (aCont == null) {
+            return null;
+        }
+        return ftp;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Checks if a new focus cycle takes place and returns a Component to traverse focus to.
+     * @param comp a possible focus cycle root or policy provider
+     * @param traversalDirection the direction of the traversal
+     * @return a Component to traverse focus to if {@code comp} is a root or provider
+     *         and implicit down-cycle is set, otherwise {@code null}
+     */
+    private Component getComponentDownCycle(Component comp, int traversalDirection) {
+        Component retComp = null;
+
+        if (comp instanceof Container) {
+            Container cont = (Container)comp;
+
+            if (cont.isFocusCycleRoot()) {
+                if (getImplicitDownCycleTraversal()) {
+                    retComp = cont.getFocusTraversalPolicy().getDefaultComponent(cont);
+
+                    if (retComp != null && log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                        log.fine("### Transferred focus down-cycle to " + retComp +
+                                 " in the focus cycle root " + cont);
+                    }
+                } else {
+                    return null;
+                }
+            } else if (cont.isFocusTraversalPolicyProvider()) {
+                retComp = (traversalDirection == FORWARD_TRAVERSAL ?
+                           cont.getFocusTraversalPolicy().getDefaultComponent(cont) :
+                           cont.getFocusTraversalPolicy().getLastComponent(cont));
+
+                if (retComp != null && log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                    log.fine("### Transferred focus to " + retComp + " in the FTP provider " + cont);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return retComp;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the Component that should receive the focus after aComponent.
+     * aContainer must be a focus cycle root of aComponent or a focus traversal policy provider.
+     * <p>
+     * By default, ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy implicitly transfers
+     * focus down-cycle. That is, during normal forward focus traversal, the
+     * Component traversed after a focus cycle root will be the focus-cycle-
+     * root's default Component to focus. This behavior can be disabled using
+     * the {@code setImplicitDownCycleTraversal} method.
+     * <p>
+     * If aContainer is <a href="doc-files/FocusSpec.html#FocusTraversalPolicyProviders">focus
+     * traversal policy provider</a>, the focus is always transferred down-cycle.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer a focus cycle root of aComponent or a focus traversal policy provider
+     * @param aComponent a (possibly indirect) child of aContainer, or
+     *        aContainer itself
+     * @return the Component that should receive the focus after aComponent, or
+     *         null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is not a focus cycle
+     *         root of aComponent or focus traversal policy provider, or if either aContainer or
+     *         aComponent is null
+     */
+    public Component getComponentAfter(Container aContainer, Component aComponent) {
+        if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+            log.fine("### Searching in " + aContainer + " for component after " + aComponent);
+        }
+
+        if (aContainer == null || aComponent == null) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("aContainer and aComponent cannot be null");
+        }
+        if (!aContainer.isFocusTraversalPolicyProvider() && !aContainer.isFocusCycleRoot()) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("aContainer should be focus cycle root or focus traversal policy provider");
+
+        } else if (aContainer.isFocusCycleRoot() && !aComponent.isFocusCycleRoot(aContainer)) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("aContainer is not a focus cycle root of aComponent");
+        }
+
+        synchronized(aContainer.getTreeLock()) {
+
+            if (!(aContainer.isVisible() && aContainer.isDisplayable())) {
+                return null;
+            }
+
+            // Before all the checks below we first see if it's an FTP provider or a focus cycle root.
+            // If it's the case just go down cycle (if it's set to "implicit").
+            Component comp = getComponentDownCycle(aComponent, FORWARD_TRAVERSAL);
+            // Check if aComponent is focus-cycle-root's default Component, i.e.
+            // focus cycle root & focus-cycle-root's default Component is same.
+            if (comp != null && comp != aComponent) {
+                return comp;
+            }
+
+            // See if the component is inside of policy provider.
+            Container provider = getTopmostProvider(aContainer, aComponent);
+            if (provider != null) {
+                if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                    log.fine("### Asking FTP " + provider + " for component after " + aComponent);
+                }
+
+                // FTP knows how to find component after the given. We don't.
+                FocusTraversalPolicy policy = provider.getFocusTraversalPolicy();
+                Component afterComp = policy.getComponentAfter(provider, aComponent);
+
+                // Null result means that we overstepped the limit of the FTP's cycle.
+                // In that case we must quit the cycle, otherwise return the component found.
+                if (afterComp != null) {
+                    if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                        log.fine("### FTP returned " + afterComp);
+                    }
+                    return afterComp;
+                }
+                aComponent = provider;
+            }
+
+            List<Component> cycle = getFocusTraversalCycle(aContainer);
+
+            if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                log.fine("### Cycle is " + cycle + ", component is " + aComponent);
+            }
+
+            int index = getComponentIndex(cycle, aComponent);
+
+            if (index < 0) {
+                if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                    log.fine("### Didn't find component " + aComponent + " in a cycle " + aContainer);
+                }
+                return getFirstComponent(aContainer);
+            }
+
+            for (index++; index < cycle.size(); index++) {
+                comp = cycle.get(index);
+                if (accept(comp)) {
+                    return comp;
+                } else if ((comp = getComponentDownCycle(comp, FORWARD_TRAVERSAL)) != null) {
+                    return comp;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (aContainer.isFocusCycleRoot()) {
+                this.cachedRoot = aContainer;
+                this.cachedCycle = cycle;
+
+                comp = getFirstComponent(aContainer);
+
+                this.cachedRoot = null;
+                this.cachedCycle = null;
+
+                return comp;
+            }
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the Component that should receive the focus before aComponent.
+     * aContainer must be a focus cycle root of aComponent or a <a
+     * href="doc-files/FocusSpec.html#FocusTraversalPolicyProviders">focus traversal policy
+     * provider</a>.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer a focus cycle root of aComponent or focus traversal policy provider
+     * @param aComponent a (possibly indirect) child of aContainer, or
+     *        aContainer itself
+     * @return the Component that should receive the focus before aComponent,
+     *         or null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is not a focus cycle
+     *         root of aComponent or focus traversal policy provider, or if either aContainer or
+     *         aComponent is null
+     */
+    public Component getComponentBefore(Container aContainer, Component aComponent) {
+        if (aContainer == null || aComponent == null) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("aContainer and aComponent cannot be null");
+        }
+        if (!aContainer.isFocusTraversalPolicyProvider() && !aContainer.isFocusCycleRoot()) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("aContainer should be focus cycle root or focus traversal policy provider");
+
+        } else if (aContainer.isFocusCycleRoot() && !aComponent.isFocusCycleRoot(aContainer)) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("aContainer is not a focus cycle root of aComponent");
+        }
+
+        synchronized(aContainer.getTreeLock()) {
+
+            if (!(aContainer.isVisible() && aContainer.isDisplayable())) {
+                return null;
+            }
+
+            // See if the component is inside of policy provider.
+            Container provider = getTopmostProvider(aContainer, aComponent);
+            if (provider != null) {
+                if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                    log.fine("### Asking FTP " + provider + " for component after " + aComponent);
+                }
+
+                // FTP knows how to find component after the given. We don't.
+                FocusTraversalPolicy policy = provider.getFocusTraversalPolicy();
+                Component beforeComp = policy.getComponentBefore(provider, aComponent);
+
+                // Null result means that we overstepped the limit of the FTP's cycle.
+                // In that case we must quit the cycle, otherwise return the component found.
+                if (beforeComp != null) {
+                    if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                        log.fine("### FTP returned " + beforeComp);
+                    }
+                    return beforeComp;
+                }
+                aComponent = provider;
+
+                // If the provider is traversable it's returned.
+                if (accept(aComponent)) {
+                    return aComponent;
+                }
+            }
+
+            List<Component> cycle = getFocusTraversalCycle(aContainer);
+
+            if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                log.fine("### Cycle is " + cycle + ", component is " + aComponent);
+            }
+
+            int index = getComponentIndex(cycle, aComponent);
+
+            if (index < 0) {
+                if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                    log.fine("### Didn't find component " + aComponent + " in a cycle " + aContainer);
+                }
+                return getLastComponent(aContainer);
+            }
+
+            Component comp = null;
+            Component tryComp = null;
+
+            for (index--; index>=0; index--) {
+                comp = cycle.get(index);
+                if (comp != aContainer && (tryComp = getComponentDownCycle(comp, BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL)) != null) {
+                    return tryComp;
+                } else if (accept(comp)) {
+                    return comp;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (aContainer.isFocusCycleRoot()) {
+                this.cachedRoot = aContainer;
+                this.cachedCycle = cycle;
+
+                comp = getLastComponent(aContainer);
+
+                this.cachedRoot = null;
+                this.cachedCycle = null;
+
+                return comp;
+            }
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the first Component in the traversal cycle. This method is used
+     * to determine the next Component to focus when traversal wraps in the
+     * forward direction.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer the focus cycle root or focus traversal policy provider whose first
+     *        Component is to be returned
+     * @return the first Component in the traversal cycle of aContainer,
+     *         or null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is null
+     */
+    public Component getFirstComponent(Container aContainer) {
+        List<Component> cycle;
+
+        if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+            log.fine("### Getting first component in " + aContainer);
+        }
+        if (aContainer == null) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("aContainer cannot be null");
+
+        }
+
+        synchronized(aContainer.getTreeLock()) {
+
+            if (!(aContainer.isVisible() && aContainer.isDisplayable())) {
+                return null;
+            }
+
+            if (this.cachedRoot == aContainer) {
+                cycle = this.cachedCycle;
+            } else {
+                cycle = getFocusTraversalCycle(aContainer);
+            }
+
+            if (cycle.size() == 0) {
+                if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                    log.fine("### Cycle is empty");
+                }
+                return null;
+            }
+            if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                log.fine("### Cycle is " + cycle);
+            }
+
+            for (Component comp : cycle) {
+                if (accept(comp)) {
+                    return comp;
+                } else if (comp != aContainer &&
+                           (comp = getComponentDownCycle(comp, FORWARD_TRAVERSAL)) != null)
+                {
+                    return comp;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the last Component in the traversal cycle. This method is used
+     * to determine the next Component to focus when traversal wraps in the
+     * reverse direction.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer the focus cycle root or focus traversal policy provider whose last
+     *        Component is to be returned
+     * @return the last Component in the traversal cycle of aContainer,
+     *         or null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is null
+     */
+    public Component getLastComponent(Container aContainer) {
+        List<Component> cycle;
+        if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+            log.fine("### Getting last component in " + aContainer);
+        }
+
+        if (aContainer == null) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("aContainer cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        synchronized(aContainer.getTreeLock()) {
+
+            if (!(aContainer.isVisible() && aContainer.isDisplayable())) {
+                return null;
+            }
+
+            if (this.cachedRoot == aContainer) {
+                cycle = this.cachedCycle;
+            } else {
+                cycle = getFocusTraversalCycle(aContainer);
+            }
+
+            if (cycle.size() == 0) {
+                if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                    log.fine("### Cycle is empty");
+                }
+                return null;
+            }
+            if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+                log.fine("### Cycle is " + cycle);
+            }
+
+            for (int i= cycle.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+                Component comp = cycle.get(i);
+                if (accept(comp)) {
+                    return comp;
+                } else if (comp instanceof Container && comp != aContainer) {
+                    Container cont = (Container)comp;
+                    if (cont.isFocusTraversalPolicyProvider()) {
+                        Component retComp = cont.getFocusTraversalPolicy().getLastComponent(cont);
+                        if (retComp != null) {
+                            return retComp;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the default Component to focus. This Component will be the first
+     * to receive focus when traversing down into a new focus traversal cycle
+     * rooted at aContainer. The default implementation of this method
+     * returns the same Component as {@code getFirstComponent}.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer the focus cycle root or focus traversal policy provider whose default
+     *        Component is to be returned
+     * @return the default Component in the traversal cycle of aContainer,
+     *         or null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @see #getFirstComponent
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is null
+     */
+    public Component getDefaultComponent(Container aContainer) {
+        return getFirstComponent(aContainer);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether this ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy transfers focus
+     * down-cycle implicitly. If {@code true}, during normal forward focus
+     * traversal, the Component traversed after a focus cycle root will be the
+     * focus-cycle-root's default Component to focus. If {@code false},
+     * the next Component in the focus traversal cycle rooted at the specified
+     * focus cycle root will be traversed instead. The default value for this
+     * property is {@code true}.
+     *
+     * @param implicitDownCycleTraversal whether this
+     *        ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy transfers focus down-cycle
+     *        implicitly
+     * @see #getImplicitDownCycleTraversal
+     * @see #getFirstComponent
+     */
+    public void setImplicitDownCycleTraversal(boolean implicitDownCycleTraversal) {
+        this.implicitDownCycleTraversal = implicitDownCycleTraversal;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether this ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy transfers focus
+     * down-cycle implicitly. If {@code true}, during normal forward focus
+     * traversal, the Component traversed after a focus cycle root will be the
+     * focus-cycle-root's default Component to focus. If {@code false},
+     * the next Component in the focus traversal cycle rooted at the specified
+     * focus cycle root will be traversed instead.
+     *
+     * @return whether this ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy transfers focus
+     *         down-cycle implicitly
+     * @see #setImplicitDownCycleTraversal
+     * @see #getFirstComponent
+     */
+    public boolean getImplicitDownCycleTraversal() {
+        return implicitDownCycleTraversal;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines whether a Component is an acceptable choice as the new
+     * focus owner. By default, this method will accept a Component if and
+     * only if it is visible, displayable, enabled, and focusable.
+     *
+     * @param aComponent the Component whose fitness as a focus owner is to
+     *        be tested
+     * @return {@code true} if aComponent is visible, displayable,
+     *         enabled, and focusable; {@code false} otherwise
+     */
+    protected boolean accept(Component aComponent) {
+        if (!aComponent.canBeFocusOwner()) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        // Verify that the Component is recursively enabled. Disabling a
+        // heavyweight Container disables its children, whereas disabling
+        // a lightweight Container does not.
+        if (!(aComponent instanceof Window)) {
+            for (Container enableTest = aComponent.getParent();
+                 enableTest != null;
+                 enableTest = enableTest.getParent())
+            {
+                if (!(enableTest.isEnabled() || enableTest.isLightweight())) {
+                    return false;
+                }
+                if (enableTest instanceof Window) {
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Cursor.java

@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.beans.ConstructorProperties;
+import java.io.InputStream;
+import java.security.AccessController;
+import java.security.PrivilegedAction;
+import java.security.PrivilegedExceptionAction;
+import java.util.Hashtable;
+import java.util.Properties;
+import java.util.StringTokenizer;
+
+import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
+import sun.util.logging.PlatformLogger;
+
+/**
+ * A class to encapsulate the bitmap representation of the mouse cursor.
+ *
+ * @see Component#setCursor
+ * @author      Amy Fowler
+ */
+public class Cursor implements java.io.Serializable {
+
+    /**
+     * The default cursor type (gets set if no cursor is defined).
+     */
+    public static final int     DEFAULT_CURSOR                  = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * The crosshair cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     CROSSHAIR_CURSOR                = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * The text cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     TEXT_CURSOR                     = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * The wait cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     WAIT_CURSOR                     = 3;
+
+    /**
+     * The south-west-resize cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     SW_RESIZE_CURSOR                = 4;
+
+    /**
+     * The south-east-resize cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     SE_RESIZE_CURSOR                = 5;
+
+    /**
+     * The north-west-resize cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     NW_RESIZE_CURSOR                = 6;
+
+    /**
+     * The north-east-resize cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     NE_RESIZE_CURSOR                = 7;
+
+    /**
+     * The north-resize cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     N_RESIZE_CURSOR                 = 8;
+
+    /**
+     * The south-resize cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     S_RESIZE_CURSOR                 = 9;
+
+    /**
+     * The west-resize cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     W_RESIZE_CURSOR                 = 10;
+
+    /**
+     * The east-resize cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     E_RESIZE_CURSOR                 = 11;
+
+    /**
+     * The hand cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     HAND_CURSOR                     = 12;
+
+    /**
+     * The move cursor type.
+     */
+    public static final int     MOVE_CURSOR                     = 13;
+
+    /**
+      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.7, the {@link #getPredefinedCursor(int)}
+      * method should be used instead.
+      */
+    @Deprecated
+    protected static Cursor predefined[] = new Cursor[14];
+
+    /**
+     * This field is a private replacement for 'predefined' array.
+     */
+    private static final Cursor[] predefinedPrivate = new Cursor[14];
+
+    /* Localization names and default values */
+    static final String[][] cursorProperties = {
+        { "AWT.DefaultCursor", "Default Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.CrosshairCursor", "Crosshair Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.TextCursor", "Text Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.WaitCursor", "Wait Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.SWResizeCursor", "Southwest Resize Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.SEResizeCursor", "Southeast Resize Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.NWResizeCursor", "Northwest Resize Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.NEResizeCursor", "Northeast Resize Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.NResizeCursor", "North Resize Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.SResizeCursor", "South Resize Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.WResizeCursor", "West Resize Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.EResizeCursor", "East Resize Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.HandCursor", "Hand Cursor" },
+        { "AWT.MoveCursor", "Move Cursor" },
+    };
+
+    /**
+     * The chosen cursor type initially set to
+     * the {@code DEFAULT_CURSOR}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getType()
+     */
+    int type = DEFAULT_CURSOR;
+
+    /**
+     * The type associated with all custom cursors.
+     */
+    public static final int     CUSTOM_CURSOR                   = -1;
+
+    /*
+     * hashtable, resource prefix, filename, and properties for custom cursors
+     * support
+     */
+    private static final Hashtable<String,Cursor> systemCustomCursors = new Hashtable<>(1);
+    private static final String RESOURCE_PREFIX = "/sun/awt/resources/cursors/";
+    private static final String PROPERTIES_FILE = RESOURCE_PREFIX + "cursors.properties";
+
+    private static       Properties systemCustomCursorProperties = null;
+
+    private static final String CURSOR_DOT_PREFIX = "Cursor.";
+    private static final String DOT_FILE_SUFFIX = ".File";
+    private static final String DOT_HOTSPOT_SUFFIX = ".HotSpot";
+    private static final String DOT_NAME_SUFFIX = ".Name";
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 8028237497568985504L;
+
+    private static final PlatformLogger log = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.Cursor");
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+
+        AWTAccessor.setCursorAccessor(
+            new AWTAccessor.CursorAccessor() {
+                public long getPData(Cursor cursor) {
+                    return cursor.pData;
+                }
+
+                public void setPData(Cursor cursor, long pData) {
+                    cursor.pData = pData;
+                }
+
+                public int getType(Cursor cursor) {
+                    return cursor.type;
+                }
+            });
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs for fields that may be
+     * accessed from C.
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+    /**
+     * Hook into native data.
+     */
+    private transient long pData;
+
+    private transient Object anchor = new Object();
+
+    static class CursorDisposer implements sun.java2d.DisposerRecord {
+        volatile long pData;
+        public CursorDisposer(long pData) {
+            this.pData = pData;
+        }
+        public void dispose() {
+            if (pData != 0) {
+                finalizeImpl(pData);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    transient CursorDisposer disposer;
+    private void setPData(long pData) {
+        this.pData = pData;
+        if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            return;
+        }
+        if (disposer == null) {
+            disposer = new CursorDisposer(pData);
+            // anchor is null after deserialization
+            if (anchor == null) {
+                anchor = new Object();
+            }
+            sun.java2d.Disposer.addRecord(anchor, disposer);
+        } else {
+            disposer.pData = pData;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * The user-visible name of the cursor.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getName()
+     */
+    protected String name;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a cursor object with the specified predefined type.
+     *
+     * @param type the type of predefined cursor
+     * @return the specified predefined cursor
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the specified cursor type is
+     *         invalid
+     */
+    public static Cursor getPredefinedCursor(int type) {
+        if (type < Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR || type > Cursor.MOVE_CURSOR) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("illegal cursor type");
+        }
+        Cursor c = predefinedPrivate[type];
+        if (c == null) {
+            predefinedPrivate[type] = c = new Cursor(type);
+        }
+        // fill 'predefined' array for backwards compatibility.
+        if (predefined[type] == null) {
+            predefined[type] = c;
+        }
+        return c;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a system-specific custom cursor object matching the
+     * specified name.  Cursor names are, for example: "Invalid.16x16"
+     *
+     * @param name a string describing the desired system-specific custom cursor
+     * @return the system specific custom cursor named
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns true
+     * @exception AWTException in case of erroneous retrieving of the cursor
+     */
+    public static Cursor getSystemCustomCursor(final String name)
+        throws AWTException, HeadlessException {
+        GraphicsEnvironment.checkHeadless();
+        Cursor cursor = systemCustomCursors.get(name);
+
+        if (cursor == null) {
+            synchronized(systemCustomCursors) {
+                if (systemCustomCursorProperties == null)
+                    loadSystemCustomCursorProperties();
+            }
+
+            String prefix = CURSOR_DOT_PREFIX + name;
+            String key    = prefix + DOT_FILE_SUFFIX;
+
+            if (!systemCustomCursorProperties.containsKey(key)) {
+                if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINER)) {
+                    log.finer("Cursor.getSystemCustomCursor(" + name + ") returned null");
+                }
+                return null;
+            }
+
+            final String fileName =
+                systemCustomCursorProperties.getProperty(key);
+
+            final String localized = systemCustomCursorProperties.getProperty(
+                    prefix + DOT_NAME_SUFFIX, name);
+
+            String hotspot = systemCustomCursorProperties.getProperty(prefix + DOT_HOTSPOT_SUFFIX);
+
+            if (hotspot == null)
+                throw new AWTException("no hotspot property defined for cursor: " + name);
+
+            StringTokenizer st = new StringTokenizer(hotspot, ",");
+
+            if (st.countTokens() != 2)
+                throw new AWTException("failed to parse hotspot property for cursor: " + name);
+
+            final Point hotPoint;
+            try {
+                hotPoint = new Point(Integer.parseInt(st.nextToken()),
+                                     Integer.parseInt(st.nextToken()));
+            } catch (NumberFormatException nfe) {
+                throw new AWTException("failed to parse hotspot property for cursor: " + name);
+            }
+            final Toolkit toolkit = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
+            final String file = RESOURCE_PREFIX + fileName;
+            final InputStream in = AccessController.doPrivileged(
+                    (PrivilegedAction<InputStream>) () -> {
+                        return Cursor.class.getResourceAsStream(file);
+                    });
+            try (in) {
+                Image image = toolkit.createImage(in.readAllBytes());
+                cursor = toolkit.createCustomCursor(image, hotPoint, localized);
+            } catch (Exception e) {
+                throw new AWTException(
+                    "Exception: " + e.getClass() + " " + e.getMessage() +
+                    " occurred while creating cursor " + name);
+            }
+
+            if (cursor == null) {
+                if (log.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINER)) {
+                    log.finer("Cursor.getSystemCustomCursor(" + name + ") returned null");
+                }
+            } else {
+                systemCustomCursors.put(name, cursor);
+            }
+        }
+
+        return cursor;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Return the system default cursor.
+     *
+     * @return the default cursor
+     */
+    public static Cursor getDefaultCursor() {
+        return getPredefinedCursor(Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new cursor object with the specified type.
+     * @param type the type of cursor
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the specified cursor type
+     * is invalid
+     */
+    @ConstructorProperties({"type"})
+    public Cursor(int type) {
+        if (type < Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR || type > Cursor.MOVE_CURSOR) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("illegal cursor type");
+        }
+        this.type = type;
+
+        // Lookup localized name.
+        name = Toolkit.getProperty(cursorProperties[type][0],
+                                   cursorProperties[type][1]);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new custom cursor object with the specified name.<p>
+     * Note:  this constructor should only be used by AWT implementations
+     * as part of their support for custom cursors.  Applications should
+     * use Toolkit.createCustomCursor().
+     * @param name the user-visible name of the cursor.
+     * @see java.awt.Toolkit#createCustomCursor
+     */
+    protected Cursor(String name) {
+        this.type = Cursor.CUSTOM_CURSOR;
+        this.name = name;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the type for this cursor.
+     *
+     * @return the cursor type
+     */
+    public int getType() {
+        return type;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the name of this cursor.
+     * @return    a localized description of this cursor.
+     * @since     1.2
+     */
+    public String getName() {
+        return name;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representation of this cursor.
+     * @return    a string representation of this cursor.
+     * @since     1.2
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() + "[" + getName() + "]";
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * load the cursor.properties file
+     */
+    private static void loadSystemCustomCursorProperties() throws AWTException {
+        synchronized(systemCustomCursors) {
+            systemCustomCursorProperties = new Properties();
+
+            try {
+                AccessController.doPrivileged(
+                        (PrivilegedExceptionAction<Object>) () -> {
+                            try (InputStream is = Cursor.class
+                                    .getResourceAsStream(PROPERTIES_FILE)) {
+                                systemCustomCursorProperties.load(is);
+                            }
+                            return null;
+                        });
+            } catch (Exception e) {
+                systemCustomCursorProperties = null;
+                 throw new AWTException("Exception: " + e.getClass() + " " +
+                   e.getMessage() + " occurred while loading: " +
+                   PROPERTIES_FILE);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    private static native void finalizeImpl(long pData);
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy.java

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer;
+
+
+/**
+ * A FocusTraversalPolicy that determines traversal order based on the order
+ * of child Components in a Container. From a particular focus cycle root, the
+ * policy makes a pre-order traversal of the Component hierarchy, and traverses
+ * a Container's children according to the ordering of the array returned by
+ * {@code Container.getComponents()}. Portions of the hierarchy that are
+ * not visible and displayable will not be searched.
+ * <p>
+ * If client code has explicitly set the focusability of a Component by either
+ * overriding {@code Component.isFocusTraversable()} or
+ * {@code Component.isFocusable()}, or by calling
+ * {@code Component.setFocusable()}, then a DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy
+ * behaves exactly like a ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy. If, however, the
+ * Component is relying on default focusability, then a
+ * DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy will reject all Components with non-focusable
+ * peers. This is the default FocusTraversalPolicy for all AWT Containers.
+ * <p>
+ * The focusability of a peer is implementation-dependent. Sun recommends that
+ * all implementations for a particular native platform construct peers with
+ * the same focusability. The recommendations for Windows and Unix are that
+ * Canvases, Labels, Panels, Scrollbars, ScrollPanes, Windows, and lightweight
+ * Components have non-focusable peers, and all other Components have focusable
+ * peers. These recommendations are used in the Sun AWT implementations. Note
+ * that the focusability of a Component's peer is different from, and does not
+ * impact, the focusability of the Component itself.
+ * <p>
+ * Please see
+ * <a href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/uiswing/misc/focus.html">
+ * How to Use the Focus Subsystem</a>,
+ * a section in <em>The Java Tutorial</em>, and the
+ * <a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * @author David Mendenhall
+ *
+ * @see Container#getComponents
+ * @see Component#isFocusable
+ * @see Component#setFocusable
+ * @since 1.4
+ */
+public class DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy
+    extends ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy
+{
+    /*
+     * serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 8876966522510157497L;
+
+    /**
+     * Determines whether a Component is an acceptable choice as the new
+     * focus owner. The Component must be visible, displayable, and enabled
+     * to be accepted. If client code has explicitly set the focusability
+     * of the Component by either overriding
+     * {@code Component.isFocusTraversable()} or
+     * {@code Component.isFocusable()}, or by calling
+     * {@code Component.setFocusable()}, then the Component will be
+     * accepted if and only if it is focusable. If, however, the Component is
+     * relying on default focusability, then all Canvases, Labels, Panels,
+     * Scrollbars, ScrollPanes, Windows, and lightweight Components will be
+     * rejected.
+     *
+     * @param aComponent the Component whose fitness as a focus owner is to
+     *        be tested
+     * @return {@code true} if aComponent meets the above requirements;
+     *         {@code false} otherwise
+     */
+    protected boolean accept(Component aComponent) {
+        if (!(aComponent.isVisible() && aComponent.isDisplayable() &&
+              aComponent.isEnabled()))
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        // Verify that the Component is recursively enabled. Disabling a
+        // heavyweight Container disables its children, whereas disabling
+        // a lightweight Container does not.
+        if (!(aComponent instanceof Window)) {
+            for (Container enableTest = aComponent.getParent();
+                 enableTest != null;
+                 enableTest = enableTest.getParent())
+            {
+                if (!(enableTest.isEnabled() || enableTest.isLightweight())) {
+                    return false;
+                }
+                if (enableTest instanceof Window) {
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        boolean focusable = aComponent.isFocusable();
+        if (aComponent.isFocusTraversableOverridden()) {
+            return focusable;
+        }
+
+        ComponentPeer peer = aComponent.peer;
+        return (peer != null && peer.isFocusable());
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Dimension.java

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2008, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.geom.Dimension2D;
+import java.beans.Transient;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code Dimension} class encapsulates the width and
+ * height of a component (in integer precision) in a single object.
+ * The class is
+ * associated with certain properties of components. Several methods
+ * defined by the {@code Component} class and the
+ * {@code LayoutManager} interface return a
+ * {@code Dimension} object.
+ * <p>
+ * Normally the values of {@code width}
+ * and {@code height} are non-negative integers.
+ * The constructors that allow you to create a dimension do
+ * not prevent you from setting a negative value for these properties.
+ * If the value of {@code width} or {@code height} is
+ * negative, the behavior of some methods defined by other objects is
+ * undefined.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @see         java.awt.Component
+ * @see         java.awt.LayoutManager
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class Dimension extends Dimension2D implements java.io.Serializable {
+
+    /**
+     * The width dimension; negative values can be used.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getSize
+     * @see #setSize
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public int width;
+
+    /**
+     * The height dimension; negative values can be used.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getSize
+     * @see #setSize
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public int height;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = 4723952579491349524L;
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates an instance of {@code Dimension} with a width
+     * of zero and a height of zero.
+     */
+    public Dimension() {
+        this(0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates an instance of {@code Dimension} whose width
+     * and height are the same as for the specified dimension.
+     *
+     * @param    d   the specified dimension for the
+     *               {@code width} and
+     *               {@code height} values
+     */
+    public Dimension(Dimension d) {
+        this(d.width, d.height);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a {@code Dimension} and initializes
+     * it to the specified width and specified height.
+     *
+     * @param width the specified width
+     * @param height the specified height
+     */
+    public Dimension(int width, int height) {
+        this.width = width;
+        this.height = height;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public double getWidth() {
+        return width;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public double getHeight() {
+        return height;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the size of this {@code Dimension} object to
+     * the specified width and height in double precision.
+     * Note that if {@code width} or {@code height}
+     * are larger than {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE}, they will
+     * be reset to {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE}.
+     *
+     * @param width  the new width for the {@code Dimension} object
+     * @param height the new height for the {@code Dimension} object
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public void setSize(double width, double height) {
+        this.width = (int) Math.ceil(width);
+        this.height = (int) Math.ceil(height);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the size of this {@code Dimension} object.
+     * This method is included for completeness, to parallel the
+     * {@code getSize} method defined by {@code Component}.
+     *
+     * @return   the size of this dimension, a new instance of
+     *           {@code Dimension} with the same width and height
+     * @see      java.awt.Dimension#setSize
+     * @see      java.awt.Component#getSize
+     * @since    1.1
+     */
+    @Transient
+    public Dimension getSize() {
+        return new Dimension(width, height);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the size of this {@code Dimension} object to the specified size.
+     * This method is included for completeness, to parallel the
+     * {@code setSize} method defined by {@code Component}.
+     * @param    d  the new size for this {@code Dimension} object
+     * @see      java.awt.Dimension#getSize
+     * @see      java.awt.Component#setSize
+     * @since    1.1
+     */
+    public void setSize(Dimension d) {
+        setSize(d.width, d.height);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the size of this {@code Dimension} object
+     * to the specified width and height.
+     * This method is included for completeness, to parallel the
+     * {@code setSize} method defined by {@code Component}.
+     *
+     * @param    width   the new width for this {@code Dimension} object
+     * @param    height  the new height for this {@code Dimension} object
+     * @see      java.awt.Dimension#getSize
+     * @see      java.awt.Component#setSize
+     * @since    1.1
+     */
+    public void setSize(int width, int height) {
+        this.width = width;
+        this.height = height;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Checks whether two dimension objects have equal values.
+     */
+    public boolean equals(Object obj) {
+        if (obj instanceof Dimension) {
+            Dimension d = (Dimension)obj;
+            return (width == d.width) && (height == d.height);
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the hash code for this {@code Dimension}.
+     *
+     * @return    a hash code for this {@code Dimension}
+     */
+    public int hashCode() {
+        int sum = width + height;
+        return sum * (sum + 1)/2 + width;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representation of the values of this
+     * {@code Dimension} object's {@code height} and
+     * {@code width} fields. This method is intended to be used only
+     * for debugging purposes, and the content and format of the returned
+     * string may vary between implementations. The returned string may be
+     * empty but may not be {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return  a string representation of this {@code Dimension}
+     *          object
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() + "[width=" + width + ",height=" + height + "]";
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/DisplayMode.java

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.lang.annotation.Native;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code DisplayMode} class encapsulates the bit depth, height,
+ * width, and refresh rate of a {@code GraphicsDevice}. The ability to
+ * change graphics device's display mode is platform- and
+ * configuration-dependent and may not always be available
+ * (see {@link GraphicsDevice#isDisplayChangeSupported}).
+ * <p>
+ * For more information on full-screen exclusive mode API, see the
+ * <a href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/extra/fullscreen/index.html">
+ * Full-Screen Exclusive Mode API Tutorial</a>.
+ *
+ * @see GraphicsDevice
+ * @see GraphicsDevice#isDisplayChangeSupported
+ * @see GraphicsDevice#getDisplayModes
+ * @see GraphicsDevice#setDisplayMode
+ * @author Michael Martak
+ * @since 1.4
+ */
+
+public final class DisplayMode {
+
+    private Dimension size;
+    private int bitDepth;
+    private int refreshRate;
+
+    /**
+     * Create a new display mode object with the supplied parameters.
+     * @param width the width of the display, in pixels
+     * @param height the height of the display, in pixels
+     * @param bitDepth the bit depth of the display, in bits per
+     *        pixel.  This can be {@code BIT_DEPTH_MULTI} if multiple
+     *        bit depths are available.
+     * @param refreshRate the refresh rate of the display, in hertz.
+     *        This can be {@code REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN} if the
+     *        information is not available.
+     * @see #BIT_DEPTH_MULTI
+     * @see #REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN
+     */
+    public DisplayMode(int width, int height, int bitDepth, int refreshRate) {
+        this.size = new Dimension(width, height);
+        this.bitDepth = bitDepth;
+        this.refreshRate = refreshRate;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the height of the display, in pixels.
+     * @return the height of the display, in pixels
+     */
+    public int getHeight() {
+        return size.height;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the width of the display, in pixels.
+     * @return the width of the display, in pixels
+     */
+    public int getWidth() {
+        return size.width;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Value of the bit depth if multiple bit depths are supported in this
+     * display mode.
+     * @see #getBitDepth
+     */
+    @Native public static final int BIT_DEPTH_MULTI = -1;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the bit depth of the display, in bits per pixel.  This may be
+     * {@code BIT_DEPTH_MULTI} if multiple bit depths are supported in
+     * this display mode.
+     *
+     * @return the bit depth of the display, in bits per pixel.
+     * @see #BIT_DEPTH_MULTI
+     */
+    public int getBitDepth() {
+        return bitDepth;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Value of the refresh rate if not known.
+     * @see #getRefreshRate
+     */
+    @Native public static final int REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the refresh rate of the display, in hertz.  This may be
+     * {@code REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN} if the information is not available.
+     *
+     * @return the refresh rate of the display, in hertz.
+     * @see #REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN
+     */
+    public int getRefreshRate() {
+        return refreshRate;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether the two display modes are equal.
+     *
+     * @param  dm the display mode to compare to
+     * @return whether the two display modes are equal
+     */
+    public boolean equals(DisplayMode dm) {
+        if (dm == null) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        return (getHeight() == dm.getHeight()
+            && getWidth() == dm.getWidth()
+            && getBitDepth() == dm.getBitDepth()
+            && getRefreshRate() == dm.getRefreshRate());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     */
+    @Override
+    public boolean equals(Object dm) {
+        if (dm instanceof DisplayMode) {
+            return equals((DisplayMode)dm);
+        } else {
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     */
+    @Override
+    public int hashCode() {
+        return getWidth() + getHeight() + getBitDepth() * 7
+            + getRefreshRate() * 13;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     */
+    @Override
+    public String toString() {
+        return getWidth() + "x" + getHeight() + "x" +
+               (getBitDepth() > 0 ? getBitDepth() + "bpp": "[Multi depth]")
+               + "@" + (getRefreshRate() > 0 ? getRefreshRate() + "Hz" :
+               "[Unknown refresh rate]");
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Event.java

@@ -0,0 +1,881 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.KeyEvent;
+
+/**
+ * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+ * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+ * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+ * <p>
+ * {@code Event} is a platform-independent class that
+ * encapsulates events from the platform's Graphical User
+ * Interface in the Java&nbsp;1.0 event model. In Java&nbsp;1.1
+ * and later versions, the {@code Event} class is maintained
+ * only for backwards compatibility. The information in this
+ * class description is provided to assist programmers in
+ * converting Java&nbsp;1.0 programs to the new event model.
+ * <p>
+ * In the Java&nbsp;1.0 event model, an event contains an
+ * {@link Event#id} field
+ * that indicates what type of event it is and which other
+ * {@code Event} variables are relevant for the event.
+ * <p>
+ * For keyboard events, {@link Event#key}
+ * contains a value indicating which key was activated, and
+ * {@link Event#modifiers} contains the
+ * modifiers for that event.  For the KEY_PRESS and KEY_RELEASE
+ * event ids, the value of {@code key} is the unicode
+ * character code for the key. For KEY_ACTION and
+ * KEY_ACTION_RELEASE, the value of {@code key} is
+ * one of the defined action-key identifiers in the
+ * {@code Event} class ({@code PGUP},
+ * {@code PGDN}, {@code F1}, {@code F2}, etc).
+ *
+ * @deprecated It is recommended that {@code AWTEvent} and its subclasses be
+ *             used instead
+ * @author     Sami Shaio
+ * @since      1.0
+ */
+@Deprecated(since = "9")
+public class Event implements java.io.Serializable {
+    private transient long data;
+
+    /* Modifier constants */
+
+    /**
+     * This flag indicates that the Shift key was down when the event
+     * occurred.
+     */
+    public static final int SHIFT_MASK          = 1 << 0;
+
+    /**
+     * This flag indicates that the Control key was down when the event
+     * occurred.
+     */
+    public static final int CTRL_MASK           = 1 << 1;
+
+    /**
+     * This flag indicates that the Meta key was down when the event
+     * occurred. For mouse events, this flag indicates that the right
+     * button was pressed or released.
+     */
+    public static final int META_MASK           = 1 << 2;
+
+    /**
+     * This flag indicates that the Alt key was down when
+     * the event occurred. For mouse events, this flag indicates that the
+     * middle mouse button was pressed or released.
+     */
+    public static final int ALT_MASK            = 1 << 3;
+
+    /* Action keys */
+
+    /**
+     * The Home key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int HOME                = 1000;
+
+    /**
+     * The End key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int END                 = 1001;
+
+    /**
+     * The Page Up key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int PGUP                = 1002;
+
+    /**
+     * The Page Down key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int PGDN                = 1003;
+
+    /**
+     * The Up Arrow key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int UP                  = 1004;
+
+    /**
+     * The Down Arrow key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int DOWN                = 1005;
+
+    /**
+     * The Left Arrow key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int LEFT                = 1006;
+
+    /**
+     * The Right Arrow key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int RIGHT               = 1007;
+
+    /**
+     * The F1 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F1                  = 1008;
+
+    /**
+     * The F2 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F2                  = 1009;
+
+    /**
+     * The F3 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F3                  = 1010;
+
+    /**
+     * The F4 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F4                  = 1011;
+
+    /**
+     * The F5 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F5                  = 1012;
+
+    /**
+     * The F6 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F6                  = 1013;
+
+    /**
+     * The F7 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F7                  = 1014;
+
+    /**
+     * The F8 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F8                  = 1015;
+
+    /**
+     * The F9 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F9                  = 1016;
+
+    /**
+     * The F10 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F10                 = 1017;
+
+    /**
+     * The F11 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F11                 = 1018;
+
+    /**
+     * The F12 function key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int F12                 = 1019;
+
+    /**
+     * The Print Screen key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int PRINT_SCREEN        = 1020;
+
+    /**
+     * The Scroll Lock key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int SCROLL_LOCK         = 1021;
+
+    /**
+     * The Caps Lock key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int CAPS_LOCK           = 1022;
+
+    /**
+     * The Num Lock key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int NUM_LOCK            = 1023;
+
+    /**
+     * The Pause key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int PAUSE               = 1024;
+
+    /**
+     * The Insert key, a non-ASCII action key.
+     */
+    public static final int INSERT              = 1025;
+
+    /* Non-action keys */
+
+    /**
+     * The Enter key.
+     */
+    public static final int ENTER               = '\n';
+
+    /**
+     * The BackSpace key.
+     */
+    public static final int BACK_SPACE          = '\b';
+
+    /**
+     * The Tab key.
+     */
+    public static final int TAB                 = '\t';
+
+    /**
+     * The Escape key.
+     */
+    public static final int ESCAPE              = 27;
+
+    /**
+     * The Delete key.
+     */
+    public static final int DELETE              = 127;
+
+
+    /* Base for all window events. */
+    private static final int WINDOW_EVENT       = 200;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has asked the window manager to kill the window.
+     */
+    public static final int WINDOW_DESTROY      = 1 + WINDOW_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has asked the window manager to expose the window.
+     */
+    public static final int WINDOW_EXPOSE       = 2 + WINDOW_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has asked the window manager to iconify the window.
+     */
+    public static final int WINDOW_ICONIFY      = 3 + WINDOW_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has asked the window manager to de-iconify the window.
+     */
+    public static final int WINDOW_DEICONIFY    = 4 + WINDOW_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has asked the window manager to move the window.
+     */
+    public static final int WINDOW_MOVED        = 5 + WINDOW_EVENT;
+
+    /* Base for all keyboard events. */
+    private static final int KEY_EVENT          = 400;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has pressed a normal key.
+     */
+    public static final int KEY_PRESS           = 1 + KEY_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has released a normal key.
+     */
+    public static final int KEY_RELEASE         = 2 + KEY_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has pressed a non-ASCII <em>action</em> key.
+     * The {@code key} field contains a value that indicates
+     * that the event occurred on one of the action keys, which
+     * comprise the 12 function keys, the arrow (cursor) keys,
+     * Page Up, Page Down, Home, End, Print Screen, Scroll Lock,
+     * Caps Lock, Num Lock, Pause, and Insert.
+     */
+    public static final int KEY_ACTION          = 3 + KEY_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has released a non-ASCII <em>action</em> key.
+     * The {@code key} field contains a value that indicates
+     * that the event occurred on one of the action keys, which
+     * comprise the 12 function keys, the arrow (cursor) keys,
+     * Page Up, Page Down, Home, End, Print Screen, Scroll Lock,
+     * Caps Lock, Num Lock, Pause, and Insert.
+     */
+    public static final int KEY_ACTION_RELEASE  = 4 + KEY_EVENT;
+
+    /* Base for all mouse events. */
+    private static final int MOUSE_EVENT        = 500;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has pressed the mouse button. The {@code ALT_MASK}
+     * flag indicates that the middle button has been pressed.
+     * The {@code META_MASK} flag indicates that the
+     * right button has been pressed.
+     * @see     java.awt.Event#ALT_MASK
+     * @see     java.awt.Event#META_MASK
+     */
+    public static final int MOUSE_DOWN          = 1 + MOUSE_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has released the mouse button. The {@code ALT_MASK}
+     * flag indicates that the middle button has been released.
+     * The {@code META_MASK} flag indicates that the
+     * right button has been released.
+     * @see     java.awt.Event#ALT_MASK
+     * @see     java.awt.Event#META_MASK
+     */
+    public static final int MOUSE_UP            = 2 + MOUSE_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The mouse has moved with no button pressed.
+     */
+    public static final int MOUSE_MOVE          = 3 + MOUSE_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The mouse has entered a component.
+     */
+    public static final int MOUSE_ENTER         = 4 + MOUSE_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The mouse has exited a component.
+     */
+    public static final int MOUSE_EXIT          = 5 + MOUSE_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has moved the mouse with a button pressed. The
+     * {@code ALT_MASK} flag indicates that the middle
+     * button is being pressed. The {@code META_MASK} flag indicates
+     * that the right button is being pressed.
+     * @see     java.awt.Event#ALT_MASK
+     * @see     java.awt.Event#META_MASK
+     */
+    public static final int MOUSE_DRAG          = 6 + MOUSE_EVENT;
+
+
+    /* Scrolling events */
+    private static final int SCROLL_EVENT       = 600;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has activated the <em>line up</em>
+     * area of a scroll bar.
+     */
+    public static final int SCROLL_LINE_UP      = 1 + SCROLL_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has activated the <em>line down</em>
+     * area of a scroll bar.
+     */
+    public static final int SCROLL_LINE_DOWN    = 2 + SCROLL_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has activated the <em>page up</em>
+     * area of a scroll bar.
+     */
+    public static final int SCROLL_PAGE_UP      = 3 + SCROLL_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has activated the <em>page down</em>
+     * area of a scroll bar.
+     */
+    public static final int SCROLL_PAGE_DOWN    = 4 + SCROLL_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The user has moved the bubble (thumb) in a scroll bar,
+     * moving to an "absolute" position, rather than to
+     * an offset from the last position.
+     */
+    public static final int SCROLL_ABSOLUTE     = 5 + SCROLL_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The scroll begin event.
+     */
+    public static final int SCROLL_BEGIN        = 6 + SCROLL_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The scroll end event.
+     */
+    public static final int SCROLL_END          = 7 + SCROLL_EVENT;
+
+    /* List Events */
+    private static final int LIST_EVENT         = 700;
+
+    /**
+     * An item in a list has been selected.
+     */
+    public static final int LIST_SELECT         = 1 + LIST_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * An item in a list has been deselected.
+     */
+    public static final int LIST_DESELECT       = 2 + LIST_EVENT;
+
+    /* Misc Event */
+    private static final int MISC_EVENT         = 1000;
+
+    /**
+     * This event indicates that the user wants some action to occur.
+     */
+    public static final int ACTION_EVENT        = 1 + MISC_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * A file loading event.
+     */
+    public static final int LOAD_FILE           = 2 + MISC_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * A file saving event.
+     */
+    public static final int SAVE_FILE           = 3 + MISC_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * A component gained the focus.
+     */
+    public static final int GOT_FOCUS           = 4 + MISC_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * A component lost the focus.
+     */
+    public static final int LOST_FOCUS          = 5 + MISC_EVENT;
+
+    /**
+     * The target component. This indicates the component over which the
+     * event occurred or with which the event is associated.
+     * This object has been replaced by AWTEvent.getSource()
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.AWTEvent#getSource()
+     */
+    public Object target;
+
+    /**
+     * The time stamp.
+     * Replaced by InputEvent.getWhen().
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.event.InputEvent#getWhen()
+     */
+    public long when;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates which type of event the event is, and which
+     * other {@code Event} variables are relevant for the event.
+     * This has been replaced by AWTEvent.getID()
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.AWTEvent#getID()
+     */
+    public int id;
+
+    /**
+     * The <i>x</i> coordinate of the event.
+     * Replaced by MouseEvent.getX()
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent#getX()
+     */
+    public int x;
+
+    /**
+     * The <i>y</i> coordinate of the event.
+     * Replaced by MouseEvent.getY()
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent#getY()
+     */
+    public int y;
+
+    /**
+     * The key code of the key that was pressed in a keyboard event.
+     * This has been replaced by KeyEvent.getKeyCode()
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent#getKeyCode()
+     */
+    public int key;
+
+    /**
+     * The key character that was pressed in a keyboard event.
+     */
+//    public char keyChar;
+
+    /**
+     * The state of the modifier keys.
+     * This is replaced with InputEvent.getModifiers()
+     * In java 1.1 MouseEvent and KeyEvent are subclasses
+     * of InputEvent.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.event.InputEvent#getModifiers()
+     */
+    public int modifiers;
+
+    /**
+     * For {@code MOUSE_DOWN} events, this field indicates the
+     * number of consecutive clicks. For other events, its value is
+     * {@code 0}.
+     * This field has been replaced by MouseEvent.getClickCount().
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent#getClickCount()
+     */
+    public int clickCount;
+
+    /**
+     * An arbitrary argument of the event. The value of this field
+     * depends on the type of event.
+     * {@code arg} has been replaced by event specific property.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     */
+    public Object arg;
+
+    /**
+     * The next event. This field is set when putting events into a
+     * linked list.
+     * This has been replaced by EventQueue.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see java.awt.EventQueue
+     */
+    public Event evt;
+
+    /* table for mapping old Event action keys to KeyEvent virtual keys. */
+    private static final int actionKeyCodes[][] = {
+    /*    virtual key              action key   */
+        { KeyEvent.VK_HOME,        Event.HOME         },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_END,         Event.END          },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_PAGE_UP,     Event.PGUP         },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_PAGE_DOWN,   Event.PGDN         },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_UP,          Event.UP           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_DOWN,        Event.DOWN         },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_LEFT,        Event.LEFT         },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_RIGHT,       Event.RIGHT        },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F1,          Event.F1           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F2,          Event.F2           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F3,          Event.F3           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F4,          Event.F4           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F5,          Event.F5           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F6,          Event.F6           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F7,          Event.F7           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F8,          Event.F8           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F9,          Event.F9           },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F10,         Event.F10          },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F11,         Event.F11          },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_F12,         Event.F12          },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_PRINTSCREEN, Event.PRINT_SCREEN },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_SCROLL_LOCK, Event.SCROLL_LOCK  },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_CAPS_LOCK,   Event.CAPS_LOCK    },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_NUM_LOCK,    Event.NUM_LOCK     },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_PAUSE,       Event.PAUSE        },
+        { KeyEvent.VK_INSERT,      Event.INSERT       }
+    };
+
+    /**
+     * This field controls whether or not the event is sent back
+     * down to the peer once the target has processed it -
+     * false means it's sent to the peer, true means it's not.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #isConsumed()
+     */
+    private boolean consumed = false;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 5488922509400504703L;
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs for fields that may be
+       accessed from C.
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Creates an instance of {@code Event} with the specified target
+     * component, time stamp, event type, <i>x</i> and <i>y</i>
+     * coordinates, keyboard key, state of the modifier keys, and
+     * argument.
+     * @param     target     the target component.
+     * @param     when       the time stamp.
+     * @param     id         the event type.
+     * @param     x          the <i>x</i> coordinate.
+     * @param     y          the <i>y</i> coordinate.
+     * @param     key        the key pressed in a keyboard event.
+     * @param     modifiers  the state of the modifier keys.
+     * @param     arg        the specified argument.
+     */
+    public Event(Object target, long when, int id, int x, int y, int key,
+                 int modifiers, Object arg) {
+        this.target = target;
+        this.when = when;
+        this.id = id;
+        this.x = x;
+        this.y = y;
+        this.key = key;
+        this.modifiers = modifiers;
+        this.arg = arg;
+        this.data = 0;
+        this.clickCount = 0;
+        switch(id) {
+          case ACTION_EVENT:
+          case WINDOW_DESTROY:
+          case WINDOW_ICONIFY:
+          case WINDOW_DEICONIFY:
+          case WINDOW_MOVED:
+          case SCROLL_LINE_UP:
+          case SCROLL_LINE_DOWN:
+          case SCROLL_PAGE_UP:
+          case SCROLL_PAGE_DOWN:
+          case SCROLL_ABSOLUTE:
+          case SCROLL_BEGIN:
+          case SCROLL_END:
+          case LIST_SELECT:
+          case LIST_DESELECT:
+            consumed = true; // these types are not passed back to peer
+            break;
+          default:
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Creates an instance of {@code Event}, with the specified target
+     * component, time stamp, event type, <i>x</i> and <i>y</i>
+     * coordinates, keyboard key, state of the modifier keys, and an
+     * argument set to {@code null}.
+     * @param     target     the target component.
+     * @param     when       the time stamp.
+     * @param     id         the event type.
+     * @param     x          the <i>x</i> coordinate.
+     * @param     y          the <i>y</i> coordinate.
+     * @param     key        the key pressed in a keyboard event.
+     * @param     modifiers  the state of the modifier keys.
+     */
+    public Event(Object target, long when, int id, int x, int y, int key, int modifiers) {
+        this(target, when, id, x, y, key, modifiers, null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Creates an instance of {@code Event} with the specified
+     * target component, event type, and argument.
+     * @param     target     the target component.
+     * @param     id         the event type.
+     * @param     arg        the specified argument.
+     */
+    public Event(Object target, int id, Object arg) {
+        this(target, 0, id, 0, 0, 0, 0, arg);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Translates this event so that its <i>x</i> and <i>y</i>
+     * coordinates are increased by <i>dx</i> and <i>dy</i>,
+     * respectively.
+     * <p>
+     * This method translates an event relative to the given component.
+     * This involves, at a minimum, translating the coordinates into the
+     * local coordinate system of the given component. It may also involve
+     * translating a region in the case of an expose event.
+     * @param     dx     the distance to translate the <i>x</i> coordinate.
+     * @param     dy     the distance to translate the <i>y</i> coordinate.
+     */
+    public void translate(int dx, int dy) {
+        this.x += dx;
+        this.y += dy;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Checks if the Shift key is down.
+     * @return    {@code true} if the key is down;
+     *            {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#modifiers
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#controlDown
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#metaDown
+     */
+    public boolean shiftDown() {
+        return (modifiers & SHIFT_MASK) != 0;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Checks if the Control key is down.
+     * @return    {@code true} if the key is down;
+     *            {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#modifiers
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#shiftDown
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#metaDown
+     */
+    public boolean controlDown() {
+        return (modifiers & CTRL_MASK) != 0;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Checks if the Meta key is down.
+     *
+     * @return    {@code true} if the key is down;
+     *            {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#modifiers
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#shiftDown
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#controlDown
+     */
+    public boolean metaDown() {
+        return (modifiers & META_MASK) != 0;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     */
+    void consume() {
+        switch(id) {
+          case KEY_PRESS:
+          case KEY_RELEASE:
+          case KEY_ACTION:
+          case KEY_ACTION_RELEASE:
+              consumed = true;
+              break;
+          default:
+              // event type cannot be consumed
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     */
+    boolean isConsumed() {
+        return consumed;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Returns the integer key-code associated with the key in this event,
+     * as described in java.awt.Event.
+     */
+    static int getOldEventKey(KeyEvent e) {
+        int keyCode = e.getKeyCode();
+        for (int i = 0; i < actionKeyCodes.length; i++) {
+            if (actionKeyCodes[i][0] == keyCode) {
+                return actionKeyCodes[i][1];
+            }
+        }
+        return (int)e.getKeyChar();
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Returns a new KeyEvent char which corresponds to the int key
+     * of this old event.
+     */
+    char getKeyEventChar() {
+       for (int i = 0; i < actionKeyCodes.length; i++) {
+            if (actionKeyCodes[i][1] == key) {
+                return KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED;
+            }
+       }
+       return (char)key;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Event}.
+     * This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
+     * content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return    the parameter string of this event
+     */
+    protected String paramString() {
+        String str = "id=" + id + ",x=" + x + ",y=" + y;
+        if (key != 0) {
+            str += ",key=" + key;
+        }
+        if (shiftDown()) {
+            str += ",shift";
+        }
+        if (controlDown()) {
+            str += ",control";
+        }
+        if (metaDown()) {
+            str += ",meta";
+        }
+        if (target != null) {
+            str += ",target=" + target;
+        }
+        if (arg != null) {
+            str += ",arg=" + arg;
+        }
+        return str;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * <b>NOTE:</b> The {@code Event} class is obsolete and is
+     * available only for backwards compatibility.  It has been replaced
+     * by the {@code AWTEvent} class and its subclasses.
+     * <p>
+     * Returns a representation of this event's values as a string.
+     * @return    a string that represents the event and the values
+     *                 of its member fields.
+     * @see       java.awt.Event#paramString
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() + "[" + paramString() + "]";
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/EventDispatchThread.java

@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.MouseEvent;
+import java.awt.event.ActionEvent;
+import java.awt.event.WindowEvent;
+
+import java.util.ArrayList;
+
+import sun.util.logging.PlatformLogger;
+
+import sun.awt.dnd.SunDragSourceContextPeer;
+
+/**
+ * EventDispatchThread is a package-private AWT class which takes
+ * events off the EventQueue and dispatches them to the appropriate
+ * AWT components.
+ *
+ * The Thread starts a "permanent" event pump with a call to
+ * pumpEvents(Conditional) in its run() method. Event handlers can choose to
+ * block this event pump at any time, but should start a new pump (<b>not</b>
+ * a new EventDispatchThread) by again calling pumpEvents(Conditional). This
+ * secondary event pump will exit automatically as soon as the Conditional
+ * evaluate()s to false and an additional Event is pumped and dispatched.
+ *
+ * @author Tom Ball
+ * @author Amy Fowler
+ * @author Fred Ecks
+ * @author David Mendenhall
+ *
+ * @since 1.1
+ */
+class EventDispatchThread extends Thread {
+
+    private static final PlatformLogger eventLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.event.EventDispatchThread");
+
+    private EventQueue theQueue;
+    private volatile boolean doDispatch = true;
+
+    private static final int ANY_EVENT = -1;
+
+    private ArrayList<EventFilter> eventFilters = new ArrayList<EventFilter>();
+
+   /**
+    * Must always call 5 args super-class constructor passing false
+    * to indicate not to inherit locals.
+    */
+    private EventDispatchThread() {
+        throw new UnsupportedOperationException("Must erase locals");
+    }
+
+    EventDispatchThread(ThreadGroup group, String name, EventQueue queue) {
+        super(group, null, name, 0, false);
+        setEventQueue(queue);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Must be called on EDT only, that's why no synchronization
+     */
+    public void stopDispatching() {
+        doDispatch = false;
+    }
+
+    public void run() {
+        try {
+            pumpEvents(new Conditional() {
+                public boolean evaluate() {
+                    return true;
+                }
+            });
+        } finally {
+            getEventQueue().detachDispatchThread(this);
+        }
+    }
+
+    void pumpEvents(Conditional cond) {
+        pumpEvents(ANY_EVENT, cond);
+    }
+
+    void pumpEventsForHierarchy(Conditional cond, Component modalComponent) {
+        pumpEventsForHierarchy(ANY_EVENT, cond, modalComponent);
+    }
+
+    void pumpEvents(int id, Conditional cond) {
+        pumpEventsForHierarchy(id, cond, null);
+    }
+
+    void pumpEventsForHierarchy(int id, Conditional cond, Component modalComponent) {
+        pumpEventsForFilter(id, cond, new HierarchyEventFilter(modalComponent));
+    }
+
+    void pumpEventsForFilter(Conditional cond, EventFilter filter) {
+        pumpEventsForFilter(ANY_EVENT, cond, filter);
+    }
+
+    void pumpEventsForFilter(int id, Conditional cond, EventFilter filter) {
+        addEventFilter(filter);
+        doDispatch = true;
+        while (doDispatch && !isInterrupted() && cond.evaluate()) {
+            pumpOneEventForFilters(id);
+        }
+        removeEventFilter(filter);
+    }
+
+    void addEventFilter(EventFilter filter) {
+        if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINEST)) {
+            eventLog.finest("adding the event filter: " + filter);
+        }
+        synchronized (eventFilters) {
+            if (!eventFilters.contains(filter)) {
+                if (filter instanceof ModalEventFilter) {
+                    ModalEventFilter newFilter = (ModalEventFilter)filter;
+                    int k = 0;
+                    for (k = 0; k < eventFilters.size(); k++) {
+                        EventFilter f = eventFilters.get(k);
+                        if (f instanceof ModalEventFilter) {
+                            ModalEventFilter cf = (ModalEventFilter)f;
+                            if (cf.compareTo(newFilter) > 0) {
+                                break;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                    eventFilters.add(k, filter);
+                } else {
+                    eventFilters.add(filter);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    void removeEventFilter(EventFilter filter) {
+        if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINEST)) {
+            eventLog.finest("removing the event filter: " + filter);
+        }
+        synchronized (eventFilters) {
+            eventFilters.remove(filter);
+        }
+    }
+
+    boolean filterAndCheckEvent(AWTEvent event) {
+        boolean eventOK = true;
+        synchronized (eventFilters) {
+            for (int i = eventFilters.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+                EventFilter f = eventFilters.get(i);
+                EventFilter.FilterAction accept = f.acceptEvent(event);
+                if (accept == EventFilter.FilterAction.REJECT) {
+                    eventOK = false;
+                    break;
+                } else if (accept == EventFilter.FilterAction.ACCEPT_IMMEDIATELY) {
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return eventOK && SunDragSourceContextPeer.checkEvent(event);
+    }
+
+    void pumpOneEventForFilters(int id) {
+        AWTEvent event = null;
+        boolean eventOK = false;
+        try {
+            EventQueue eq = null;
+            do {
+                // EventQueue may change during the dispatching
+                eq = getEventQueue();
+
+                event = (id == ANY_EVENT) ? eq.getNextEvent() : eq.getNextEvent(id);
+
+                eventOK = filterAndCheckEvent(event);
+                if (!eventOK) {
+                    event.consume();
+                }
+            }
+            while (eventOK == false);
+
+            if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINEST)) {
+                eventLog.finest("Dispatching: " + event);
+            }
+
+            eq.dispatchEvent(event);
+        }
+        catch (ThreadDeath death) {
+            doDispatch = false;
+            throw death;
+        }
+        catch (InterruptedException interruptedException) {
+            doDispatch = false; // AppContext.dispose() interrupts all
+                                // Threads in the AppContext
+        }
+        catch (Throwable e) {
+            processException(e);
+        }
+    }
+
+    private void processException(Throwable e) {
+        if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
+            eventLog.fine("Processing exception: " + e);
+        }
+        getUncaughtExceptionHandler().uncaughtException(this, e);
+    }
+
+    public synchronized EventQueue getEventQueue() {
+        return theQueue;
+    }
+    public synchronized void setEventQueue(EventQueue eq) {
+        theQueue = eq;
+    }
+
+    private static class HierarchyEventFilter implements EventFilter {
+        private Component modalComponent;
+        public HierarchyEventFilter(Component modalComponent) {
+            this.modalComponent = modalComponent;
+        }
+        public FilterAction acceptEvent(AWTEvent event) {
+            if (modalComponent != null) {
+                int eventID = event.getID();
+                boolean mouseEvent = (eventID >= MouseEvent.MOUSE_FIRST) &&
+                                     (eventID <= MouseEvent.MOUSE_LAST);
+                boolean actionEvent = (eventID >= ActionEvent.ACTION_FIRST) &&
+                                      (eventID <= ActionEvent.ACTION_LAST);
+                boolean windowClosingEvent = (eventID == WindowEvent.WINDOW_CLOSING);
+                /*
+                 * filter out MouseEvent and ActionEvent that's outside
+                 * the modalComponent hierarchy.
+                 * KeyEvent is handled by using enqueueKeyEvent
+                 * in Dialog.show
+                 */
+                if (Component.isInstanceOf(modalComponent, "javax.swing.JInternalFrame")) {
+                    /*
+                     * Modal internal frames are handled separately. If event is
+                     * for some component from another heavyweight than modalComp,
+                     * it is accepted. If heavyweight is the same - we still accept
+                     * event and perform further filtering in LightweightDispatcher
+                     */
+                    return windowClosingEvent ? FilterAction.REJECT : FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+                }
+                if (mouseEvent || actionEvent || windowClosingEvent) {
+                    Object o = event.getSource();
+                    if (o instanceof sun.awt.ModalExclude) {
+                        // Exclude this object from modality and
+                        // continue to pump it's events.
+                        return FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+                    } else if (o instanceof Component) {
+                        Component c = (Component) o;
+                        // 5.0u3 modal exclusion
+                        boolean modalExcluded = false;
+                        if (modalComponent instanceof Container) {
+                            while (c != modalComponent && c != null) {
+                                if ((c instanceof Window) &&
+                                    (sun.awt.SunToolkit.isModalExcluded((Window)c))) {
+                                    // Exclude this window and all its children from
+                                    //  modality and continue to pump it's events.
+                                    modalExcluded = true;
+                                    break;
+                                }
+                                c = c.getParent();
+                            }
+                        }
+                        if (!modalExcluded && (c != modalComponent)) {
+                            return FilterAction.REJECT;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            return FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+        }
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/EventFilter.java

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2005, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+interface EventFilter {
+
+    /**
+     * Enumeration for possible values for {@code acceptEvent(AWTEvent ev)} method.
+     * @see EventDispatchThread#pumpEventsForFilter
+     */
+    static enum FilterAction {
+        /**
+         * ACCEPT means that this filter do not filter the event and allows other
+         * active filters to proceed it. If all the active filters accept the event, it
+         * is dispatched by the {@code EventDispatchThread}
+         * @see EventDispatchThread#pumpEventsForFilter
+         */
+        ACCEPT,
+        /**
+         * REJECT means that this filter filter the event. No other filters are queried,
+         * and the event is not dispatched by the {@code EventDispatchedThread}
+         * @see EventDispatchThread#pumpEventsForFilter
+         */
+        REJECT,
+        /**
+         * ACCEPT_IMMEDIATELY means that this filter do not filter the event, no other
+         * filters are queried and to proceed it, and it is dispatched by the
+         * {@code EventDispatchThread}
+         * It is not recommended to use ACCEPT_IMMEDIATELY as there may be some active
+         * filters not queried yet that do not accept this event. It is primarily used
+         * by modal filters.
+         * @see EventDispatchThread#pumpEventsForFilter
+         * @see ModalEventFilter
+         */
+        ACCEPT_IMMEDIATELY
+    };
+
+    FilterAction acceptEvent(AWTEvent ev);
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FileDialog.java

@@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.peer.FileDialogPeer;
+import java.io.FilenameFilter;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.File;
+import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code FileDialog} class displays a dialog window
+ * from which the user can select a file.
+ * <p>
+ * Since it is a modal dialog, when the application calls
+ * its {@code show} method to display the dialog,
+ * it blocks the rest of the application until the user has
+ * chosen a file.
+ *
+ * @see Window#show
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class FileDialog extends Dialog {
+
+    /**
+     * This constant value indicates that the purpose of the file
+     * dialog window is to locate a file from which to read.
+     */
+    public static final int LOAD = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * This constant value indicates that the purpose of the file
+     * dialog window is to locate a file to which to write.
+     */
+    public static final int SAVE = 1;
+
+    /*
+     * There are two {@code FileDialog} modes: {@code LOAD} and
+     * {@code SAVE}.
+     * This integer will represent one or the other.
+     * If the mode is not specified it will default to {@code LOAD}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see getMode()
+     * @see setMode()
+     * @see java.awt.FileDialog#LOAD
+     * @see java.awt.FileDialog#SAVE
+     */
+    int mode;
+
+    /*
+     * The string specifying the directory to display
+     * in the file dialog.  This variable may be {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see getDirectory()
+     * @see setDirectory()
+     */
+    String dir;
+
+    /*
+     * The string specifying the initial value of the
+     * filename text field in the file dialog.
+     * This variable may be {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see getFile()
+     * @see setFile()
+     */
+    String file;
+
+    /**
+     * Contains the File instances for all the files that the user selects.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getFiles
+     * @since 1.7
+     */
+    private File[] files;
+
+    /**
+     * Represents whether the file dialog allows the multiple file selection.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #setMultipleMode
+     * @see #isMultipleMode
+     * @since 1.7
+     */
+    private boolean multipleMode = false;
+
+    /*
+     * The filter used as the file dialog's filename filter.
+     * The file dialog will only be displaying files whose
+     * names are accepted by this filter.
+     * This variable may be {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getFilenameFilter()
+     * @see #setFilenameFilter()
+     * @see FileNameFilter
+     */
+    FilenameFilter filter;
+
+    private static final String base = "filedlg";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = 5035145889651310422L;
+
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+    }
+
+    static {
+        AWTAccessor.setFileDialogAccessor(
+            new AWTAccessor.FileDialogAccessor() {
+                public void setFiles(FileDialog fileDialog, File files[]) {
+                    fileDialog.setFiles(files);
+                }
+                public void setFile(FileDialog fileDialog, String file) {
+                    fileDialog.file = ("".equals(file)) ? null : file;
+                }
+                public void setDirectory(FileDialog fileDialog, String directory) {
+                    fileDialog.dir = ("".equals(directory)) ? null : directory;
+                }
+                public boolean isMultipleMode(FileDialog fileDialog) {
+                    synchronized (fileDialog.getObjectLock()) {
+                        return fileDialog.multipleMode;
+                    }
+                }
+            });
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs for fields that may be
+       accessed from C.
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a file dialog for loading a file.  The title of the
+     * file dialog is initially empty.  This is a convenience method for
+     * {@code FileDialog(parent, "", LOAD)}.
+     * <p>
+     * <strong>Note:</strong> Some platforms may not support
+     * showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
+     * In this situation, either no title will be displayed in the file dialog's
+     * title bar or, on some systems, the file dialog's title bar will not be
+     * displayed.
+     *
+     * @param parent the owner of the dialog
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public FileDialog(Frame parent) {
+        this(parent, "", LOAD);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a file dialog window with the specified title for loading
+     * a file. The files shown are those in the current directory.
+     * This is a convenience method for
+     * {@code FileDialog(parent, title, LOAD)}.
+     * <p>
+     * <strong>Note:</strong> Some platforms may not support
+     * showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
+     * In this situation, either no title will be displayed in the file dialog's
+     * title bar or, on some systems, the file dialog's title bar will not be
+     * displayed.
+     *
+     * @param     parent   the owner of the dialog
+     * @param     title    the title of the dialog
+     */
+    public FileDialog(Frame parent, String title) {
+        this(parent, title, LOAD);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a file dialog window with the specified title for loading
+     * or saving a file.
+     * <p>
+     * If the value of {@code mode} is {@code LOAD}, then the
+     * file dialog is finding a file to read, and the files shown are those
+     * in the current directory.   If the value of
+     * {@code mode} is {@code SAVE}, the file dialog is finding
+     * a place to write a file.
+     * <p>
+     * <strong>Note:</strong> Some platforms may not support
+     * showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
+     * In this situation, either no title will be displayed in the file dialog's
+     * title bar or, on some systems, the file dialog's title bar will not be
+     * displayed.
+     *
+     * @param     parent   the owner of the dialog
+     * @param     title   the title of the dialog
+     * @param     mode   the mode of the dialog; either
+     *            {@code FileDialog.LOAD} or {@code FileDialog.SAVE}
+     * @exception  IllegalArgumentException if an illegal file
+     *                 dialog mode is supplied
+     * @see       java.awt.FileDialog#LOAD
+     * @see       java.awt.FileDialog#SAVE
+     */
+    public FileDialog(Frame parent, String title, int mode) {
+        super(parent, title, true);
+        this.setMode(mode);
+        setLayout(null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a file dialog for loading a file.  The title of the
+     * file dialog is initially empty.  This is a convenience method for
+     * {@code FileDialog(parent, "", LOAD)}.
+     * <p>
+     * <strong>Note:</strong> Some platforms may not support
+     * showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
+     * In this situation, either no title will be displayed in the file dialog's
+     * title bar or, on some systems, the file dialog's title bar will not be
+     * displayed.
+     *
+     * @param     parent   the owner of the dialog
+     * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the {@code parent}'s
+     *            {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     *            is not from a screen device;
+     * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if {@code parent}
+     *            is {@code null}; this exception is always thrown when
+     *            {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+     *            returns {@code true}
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public FileDialog(Dialog parent) {
+        this(parent, "", LOAD);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a file dialog window with the specified title for loading
+     * a file. The files shown are those in the current directory.
+     * This is a convenience method for
+     * {@code FileDialog(parent, title, LOAD)}.
+     * <p>
+     * <strong>Note:</strong> Some platforms may not support
+     * showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
+     * In this situation, either no title will be displayed in the file dialog's
+     * title bar or, on some systems, the file dialog's title bar will not be
+     * displayed.
+     *
+     * @param     parent   the owner of the dialog
+     * @param     title    the title of the dialog; a {@code null} value
+     *                     will be accepted without causing a
+     *                     {@code NullPointerException} to be thrown
+     * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the {@code parent}'s
+     *            {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     *            is not from a screen device;
+     * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if {@code parent}
+     *            is {@code null}; this exception is always thrown when
+     *            {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+     *            returns {@code true}
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since     1.5
+     */
+    public FileDialog(Dialog parent, String title) {
+        this(parent, title, LOAD);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a file dialog window with the specified title for loading
+     * or saving a file.
+     * <p>
+     * If the value of {@code mode} is {@code LOAD}, then the
+     * file dialog is finding a file to read, and the files shown are those
+     * in the current directory.   If the value of
+     * {@code mode} is {@code SAVE}, the file dialog is finding
+     * a place to write a file.
+     * <p>
+     * <strong>Note:</strong> Some platforms may not support
+     * showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
+     * In this situation, either no title will be displayed in the file dialog's
+     * title bar or, on some systems, the file dialog's title bar will not be
+     * displayed.
+     *
+     * @param     parent   the owner of the dialog
+     * @param     title    the title of the dialog; a {@code null} value
+     *                     will be accepted without causing a
+     *                     {@code NullPointerException} to be thrown
+     * @param     mode     the mode of the dialog; either
+     *                     {@code FileDialog.LOAD} or {@code FileDialog.SAVE}
+     * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if an illegal
+     *            file dialog mode is supplied;
+     * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the {@code parent}'s
+     *            {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     *            is not from a screen device;
+     * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if {@code parent}
+     *            is {@code null}; this exception is always thrown when
+     *            {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+     *            returns {@code true}
+     * @see       java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @see       java.awt.FileDialog#LOAD
+     * @see       java.awt.FileDialog#SAVE
+     * @since     1.5
+     */
+    public FileDialog(Dialog parent, String title, int mode) {
+        super(parent, title, true);
+        this.setMode(mode);
+        setLayout(null);
+    }
+
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * <p>
+     * <strong>Note:</strong> Some platforms may not support
+     * showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
+     * In this situation, either no title will be displayed in the file dialog's
+     * title bar or, on some systems, the file dialog's title bar will not be
+     * displayed.
+     */
+    @Override
+    public void setTitle(String title) {
+        super.setTitle(title);
+    }
+
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a name for this component. Called by {@code getName()}
+     * when the name is {@code null}.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (FileDialog.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the file dialog's peer.  The peer allows us to change the look
+     * of the file dialog without changing its functionality.
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
+            if (parent != null && parent.peer == null) {
+                parent.addNotify();
+            }
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createFileDialog(this);
+            super.addNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates whether this file dialog box is for loading from a file
+     * or for saving to a file.
+     *
+     * @return   the mode of this file dialog window, either
+     *               {@code FileDialog.LOAD} or
+     *               {@code FileDialog.SAVE}
+     * @see      java.awt.FileDialog#LOAD
+     * @see      java.awt.FileDialog#SAVE
+     * @see      java.awt.FileDialog#setMode
+     */
+    public int getMode() {
+        return mode;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the mode of the file dialog.  If {@code mode} is not
+     * a legal value, an exception will be thrown and {@code mode}
+     * will not be set.
+     *
+     * @param      mode  the mode for this file dialog, either
+     *                 {@code FileDialog.LOAD} or
+     *                 {@code FileDialog.SAVE}
+     * @see        java.awt.FileDialog#LOAD
+     * @see        java.awt.FileDialog#SAVE
+     * @see        java.awt.FileDialog#getMode
+     * @exception  IllegalArgumentException if an illegal file
+     *                 dialog mode is supplied
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public void setMode(int mode) {
+        switch (mode) {
+          case LOAD:
+          case SAVE:
+            this.mode = mode;
+            break;
+          default:
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("illegal file dialog mode");
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the directory of this file dialog.
+     *
+     * @return  the (potentially {@code null} or invalid)
+     *          directory of this {@code FileDialog}
+     * @see       java.awt.FileDialog#setDirectory
+     */
+    public String getDirectory() {
+        return dir;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the directory of this file dialog window to be the
+     * specified directory. Specifying a {@code null} or an
+     * invalid directory implies an implementation-defined default.
+     * This default will not be realized, however, until the user
+     * has selected a file. Until this point, {@code getDirectory()}
+     * will return the value passed into this method.
+     * <p>
+     * Specifying "" as the directory is exactly equivalent to
+     * specifying {@code null} as the directory.
+     *
+     * @param     dir   the specified directory
+     * @see       java.awt.FileDialog#getDirectory
+     */
+    public void setDirectory(String dir) {
+        this.dir = (dir != null && dir.equals("")) ? null : dir;
+        FileDialogPeer peer = (FileDialogPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setDirectory(this.dir);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the selected file of this file dialog.  If the user
+     * selected {@code CANCEL}, the returned file is {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return    the currently selected file of this file dialog window,
+     *                or {@code null} if none is selected
+     * @see       java.awt.FileDialog#setFile
+     */
+    public String getFile() {
+        return file;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns files that the user selects.
+     * <p>
+     * If the user cancels the file dialog,
+     * then the method returns an empty array.
+     *
+     * @return    files that the user selects or an empty array
+     *            if the user cancels the file dialog.
+     * @see       #setFile(String)
+     * @see       #getFile
+     * @since 1.7
+     */
+    public File[] getFiles() {
+        synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
+            if (files != null) {
+                return files.clone();
+            } else {
+                return new File[0];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Stores the names of all the files that the user selects.
+     *
+     * Note that the method is private and it's intended to be used
+     * by the peers through the AWTAccessor API.
+     *
+     * @param files     the array that contains the short names of
+     *                  all the files that the user selects.
+     *
+     * @see #getFiles
+     * @since 1.7
+     */
+    private void setFiles(File files[]) {
+        synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
+            this.files = files;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the selected file for this file dialog window to be the
+     * specified file. This file becomes the default file if it is set
+     * before the file dialog window is first shown.
+     * <p>
+     * When the dialog is shown, the specified file is selected. The kind of
+     * selection depends on the file existence, the dialog type, and the native
+     * platform. E.g., the file could be highlighted in the file list, or a
+     * file name editbox could be populated with the file name.
+     * <p>
+     * This method accepts either a full file path, or a file name with an
+     * extension if used together with the {@code setDirectory} method.
+     * <p>
+     * Specifying "" as the file is exactly equivalent to specifying
+     * {@code null} as the file.
+     *
+     * @param    file   the file being set
+     * @see      #getFile
+     * @see      #getFiles
+     */
+    public void setFile(String file) {
+        this.file = (file != null && file.equals("")) ? null : file;
+        FileDialogPeer peer = (FileDialogPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setFile(this.file);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Enables or disables multiple file selection for the file dialog.
+     *
+     * @param enable    if {@code true}, multiple file selection is enabled;
+     *                  {@code false} - disabled.
+     * @see #isMultipleMode
+     * @since 1.7
+     */
+    public void setMultipleMode(boolean enable) {
+        synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
+            this.multipleMode = enable;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether the file dialog allows the multiple file selection.
+     *
+     * @return          {@code true} if the file dialog allows the multiple
+     *                  file selection; {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @see #setMultipleMode
+     * @since 1.7
+     */
+    public boolean isMultipleMode() {
+        synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
+            return multipleMode;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines this file dialog's filename filter. A filename filter
+     * allows the user to specify which files appear in the file dialog
+     * window.  Filename filters do not function in Sun's reference
+     * implementation for Microsoft Windows.
+     *
+     * @return    this file dialog's filename filter
+     * @see       java.io.FilenameFilter
+     * @see       java.awt.FileDialog#setFilenameFilter
+     */
+    public FilenameFilter getFilenameFilter() {
+        return filter;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the filename filter for this file dialog window to the
+     * specified filter.
+     * Filename filters do not function in Sun's reference
+     * implementation for Microsoft Windows.
+     *
+     * @param   filter   the specified filter
+     * @see     java.io.FilenameFilter
+     * @see     java.awt.FileDialog#getFilenameFilter
+     */
+    public synchronized void setFilenameFilter(FilenameFilter filter) {
+        this.filter = filter;
+        FileDialogPeer peer = (FileDialogPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setFilenameFilter(filter);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and performs
+     * a backwards compatibility check by converting
+     * either a {@code dir} or a {@code file}
+     * equal to an empty string to {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+        throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException
+    {
+        s.defaultReadObject();
+
+        // 1.1 Compatibility: "" is not converted to null in 1.1
+        if (dir != null && dir.equals("")) {
+            dir = null;
+        }
+        if (file != null && file.equals("")) {
+            file = null;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code FileDialog}
+     * window. This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes,
+     * and the content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return  the parameter string of this file dialog window
+     */
+    protected String paramString() {
+        String str = super.paramString();
+        str += ",dir= " + dir;
+        str += ",file= " + file;
+        return str + ((mode == LOAD) ? ",load" : ",save");
+    }
+
+    boolean postsOldMouseEvents() {
+        return false;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FlowLayout.java

@@ -0,0 +1,696 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.IOException;
+
+/**
+ * A flow layout arranges components in a directional flow, much
+ * like lines of text in a paragraph. The flow direction is
+ * determined by the container's {@code componentOrientation}
+ * property and may be one of two values:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>{@code ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT}
+ * <li>{@code ComponentOrientation.RIGHT_TO_LEFT}
+ * </ul>
+ * Flow layouts are typically used
+ * to arrange buttons in a panel. It arranges buttons
+ * horizontally until no more buttons fit on the same line.
+ * The line alignment is determined by the {@code align}
+ * property. The possible values are:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>{@link #LEFT LEFT}
+ * <li>{@link #RIGHT RIGHT}
+ * <li>{@link #CENTER CENTER}
+ * <li>{@link #LEADING LEADING}
+ * <li>{@link #TRAILING TRAILING}
+ * </ul>
+ * <p>
+ * For example, the following picture shows an applet using the flow
+ * layout manager (its default layout manager) to position three buttons:
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/FlowLayout-1.gif"
+ * ALT="Graphic of Layout for Three Buttons"
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ * <p>
+ * Here is the code for this applet:
+ *
+ * <hr><blockquote><pre>
+ * import java.awt.*;
+ * import java.applet.Applet;
+ *
+ * public class myButtons extends Applet {
+ *     Button button1, button2, button3;
+ *     public void init() {
+ *         button1 = new Button("Ok");
+ *         button2 = new Button("Open");
+ *         button3 = new Button("Close");
+ *         add(button1);
+ *         add(button2);
+ *         add(button3);
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * </pre></blockquote><hr>
+ * <p>
+ * A flow layout lets each component assume its natural (preferred) size.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @since       1.0
+ * @see ComponentOrientation
+ */
+public class FlowLayout implements LayoutManager, java.io.Serializable {
+
+    /**
+     * This value indicates that each row of components
+     * should be left-justified.
+     */
+    public static final int LEFT        = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * This value indicates that each row of components
+     * should be centered.
+     */
+    public static final int CENTER      = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * This value indicates that each row of components
+     * should be right-justified.
+     */
+    public static final int RIGHT       = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * This value indicates that each row of components
+     * should be justified to the leading edge of the container's
+     * orientation, for example, to the left in left-to-right orientations.
+     *
+     * @see     java.awt.Component#getComponentOrientation
+     * @see     java.awt.ComponentOrientation
+     * @since   1.2
+     */
+    public static final int LEADING     = 3;
+
+    /**
+     * This value indicates that each row of components
+     * should be justified to the trailing edge of the container's
+     * orientation, for example, to the right in left-to-right orientations.
+     *
+     * @see     java.awt.Component#getComponentOrientation
+     * @see     java.awt.ComponentOrientation
+     * @since   1.2
+     */
+    public static final int TRAILING = 4;
+
+    /**
+     * {@code align} is the property that determines
+     * how each row distributes empty space.
+     * It can be one of the following values:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>{@code LEFT}
+     * <li>{@code RIGHT}
+     * <li>{@code CENTER}
+     * </ul>
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getAlignment
+     * @see #setAlignment
+     */
+    int align;          // This is for 1.1 serialization compatibility
+
+    /**
+     * {@code newAlign} is the property that determines
+     * how each row distributes empty space for the Java 2 platform,
+     * v1.2 and greater.
+     * It can be one of the following three values:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>{@code LEFT}
+     * <li>{@code RIGHT}
+     * <li>{@code CENTER}
+     * <li>{@code LEADING}
+     * <li>{@code TRAILING}
+     * </ul>
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @since 1.2
+     * @see #getAlignment
+     * @see #setAlignment
+     */
+    int newAlign;       // This is the one we actually use
+
+    /**
+     * The flow layout manager allows a separation of
+     * components with gaps.  The horizontal gap will
+     * specify the space between components and between
+     * the components and the borders of the
+     * {@code Container}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getHgap()
+     * @see #setHgap(int)
+     */
+    int hgap;
+
+    /**
+     * The flow layout manager allows a separation of
+     * components with gaps.  The vertical gap will
+     * specify the space between rows and between the
+     * the rows and the borders of the {@code Container}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getHgap()
+     * @see #setHgap(int)
+     */
+    int vgap;
+
+    /**
+     * If true, components will be aligned on their baseline.
+     */
+    private boolean alignOnBaseline;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = -7262534875583282631L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new {@code FlowLayout} with a centered alignment and a
+     * default 5-unit horizontal and vertical gap.
+     */
+    public FlowLayout() {
+        this(CENTER, 5, 5);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new {@code FlowLayout} with the specified
+     * alignment and a default 5-unit horizontal and vertical gap.
+     * The value of the alignment argument must be one of
+     * {@code FlowLayout.LEFT}, {@code FlowLayout.RIGHT},
+     * {@code FlowLayout.CENTER}, {@code FlowLayout.LEADING},
+     * or {@code FlowLayout.TRAILING}.
+     * @param align the alignment value
+     */
+    public FlowLayout(int align) {
+        this(align, 5, 5);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new flow layout manager with the indicated alignment
+     * and the indicated horizontal and vertical gaps.
+     * <p>
+     * The value of the alignment argument must be one of
+     * {@code FlowLayout.LEFT}, {@code FlowLayout.RIGHT},
+     * {@code FlowLayout.CENTER}, {@code FlowLayout.LEADING},
+     * or {@code FlowLayout.TRAILING}.
+     * @param      align   the alignment value
+     * @param      hgap    the horizontal gap between components
+     *                     and between the components and the
+     *                     borders of the {@code Container}
+     * @param      vgap    the vertical gap between components
+     *                     and between the components and the
+     *                     borders of the {@code Container}
+     */
+    public FlowLayout(int align, int hgap, int vgap) {
+        this.hgap = hgap;
+        this.vgap = vgap;
+        setAlignment(align);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the alignment for this layout.
+     * Possible values are {@code FlowLayout.LEFT},
+     * {@code FlowLayout.RIGHT}, {@code FlowLayout.CENTER},
+     * {@code FlowLayout.LEADING},
+     * or {@code FlowLayout.TRAILING}.
+     * @return     the alignment value for this layout
+     * @see        java.awt.FlowLayout#setAlignment
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public int getAlignment() {
+        return newAlign;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the alignment for this layout.
+     * Possible values are
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>{@code FlowLayout.LEFT}
+     * <li>{@code FlowLayout.RIGHT}
+     * <li>{@code FlowLayout.CENTER}
+     * <li>{@code FlowLayout.LEADING}
+     * <li>{@code FlowLayout.TRAILING}
+     * </ul>
+     * @param      align one of the alignment values shown above
+     * @see        #getAlignment()
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public void setAlignment(int align) {
+        this.newAlign = align;
+
+        // this.align is used only for serialization compatibility,
+        // so set it to a value compatible with the 1.1 version
+        // of the class
+
+        switch (align) {
+        case LEADING:
+            this.align = LEFT;
+            break;
+        case TRAILING:
+            this.align = RIGHT;
+            break;
+        default:
+            this.align = align;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the horizontal gap between components
+     * and between the components and the borders
+     * of the {@code Container}
+     *
+     * @return     the horizontal gap between components
+     *             and between the components and the borders
+     *             of the {@code Container}
+     * @see        java.awt.FlowLayout#setHgap
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public int getHgap() {
+        return hgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the horizontal gap between components and
+     * between the components and the borders of the
+     * {@code Container}.
+     *
+     * @param hgap the horizontal gap between components
+     *             and between the components and the borders
+     *             of the {@code Container}
+     * @see        java.awt.FlowLayout#getHgap
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public void setHgap(int hgap) {
+        this.hgap = hgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the vertical gap between components and
+     * between the components and the borders of the
+     * {@code Container}.
+     *
+     * @return     the vertical gap between components
+     *             and between the components and the borders
+     *             of the {@code Container}
+     * @see        java.awt.FlowLayout#setVgap
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public int getVgap() {
+        return vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the vertical gap between components and between
+     * the components and the borders of the {@code Container}.
+     *
+     * @param vgap the vertical gap between components
+     *             and between the components and the borders
+     *             of the {@code Container}
+     * @see        java.awt.FlowLayout#getVgap
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public void setVgap(int vgap) {
+        this.vgap = vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether or not components should be vertically aligned along their
+     * baseline.  Components that do not have a baseline will be centered.
+     * The default is false.
+     *
+     * @param alignOnBaseline whether or not components should be
+     *                        vertically aligned on their baseline
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public void setAlignOnBaseline(boolean alignOnBaseline) {
+        this.alignOnBaseline = alignOnBaseline;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if components are to be vertically aligned along
+     * their baseline.  The default is false.
+     *
+     * @return true if components are to be vertically aligned along
+     *              their baseline
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public boolean getAlignOnBaseline() {
+        return alignOnBaseline;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified component to the layout.
+     * Not used by this class.
+     * @param name the name of the component
+     * @param comp the component to be added
+     */
+    public void addLayoutComponent(String name, Component comp) {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified component from the layout.
+     * Not used by this class.
+     * @param comp the component to remove
+     * @see       java.awt.Container#removeAll
+     */
+    public void removeLayoutComponent(Component comp) {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the preferred dimensions for this layout given the
+     * <i>visible</i> components in the specified target container.
+     *
+     * @param target the container that needs to be laid out
+     * @return    the preferred dimensions to lay out the
+     *            subcomponents of the specified container
+     * @see Container
+     * @see #minimumLayoutSize
+     * @see       java.awt.Container#getPreferredSize
+     */
+    public Dimension preferredLayoutSize(Container target) {
+      synchronized (target.getTreeLock()) {
+        Dimension dim = new Dimension(0, 0);
+        int nmembers = target.getComponentCount();
+        boolean firstVisibleComponent = true;
+        boolean useBaseline = getAlignOnBaseline();
+        int maxAscent = 0;
+        int maxDescent = 0;
+
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nmembers ; i++) {
+            Component m = target.getComponent(i);
+            if (m.isVisible()) {
+                Dimension d = m.getPreferredSize();
+                dim.height = Math.max(dim.height, d.height);
+                if (firstVisibleComponent) {
+                    firstVisibleComponent = false;
+                } else {
+                    dim.width += hgap;
+                }
+                dim.width += d.width;
+                if (useBaseline) {
+                    int baseline = m.getBaseline(d.width, d.height);
+                    if (baseline >= 0) {
+                        maxAscent = Math.max(maxAscent, baseline);
+                        maxDescent = Math.max(maxDescent, d.height - baseline);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        if (useBaseline) {
+            dim.height = Math.max(maxAscent + maxDescent, dim.height);
+        }
+        Insets insets = target.getInsets();
+        dim.width += insets.left + insets.right + hgap*2;
+        dim.height += insets.top + insets.bottom + vgap*2;
+        return dim;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the minimum dimensions needed to layout the <i>visible</i>
+     * components contained in the specified target container.
+     * @param target the container that needs to be laid out
+     * @return    the minimum dimensions to lay out the
+     *            subcomponents of the specified container
+     * @see #preferredLayoutSize
+     * @see       java.awt.Container
+     * @see       java.awt.Container#doLayout
+     */
+    public Dimension minimumLayoutSize(Container target) {
+      synchronized (target.getTreeLock()) {
+        boolean useBaseline = getAlignOnBaseline();
+        Dimension dim = new Dimension(0, 0);
+        int nmembers = target.getComponentCount();
+        int maxAscent = 0;
+        int maxDescent = 0;
+        boolean firstVisibleComponent = true;
+
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nmembers ; i++) {
+            Component m = target.getComponent(i);
+            if (m.visible) {
+                Dimension d = m.getMinimumSize();
+                dim.height = Math.max(dim.height, d.height);
+                if (firstVisibleComponent) {
+                    firstVisibleComponent = false;
+                } else {
+                    dim.width += hgap;
+                }
+                dim.width += d.width;
+                if (useBaseline) {
+                    int baseline = m.getBaseline(d.width, d.height);
+                    if (baseline >= 0) {
+                        maxAscent = Math.max(maxAscent, baseline);
+                        maxDescent = Math.max(maxDescent,
+                                              dim.height - baseline);
+                    }
+                }
+}
+}
+
+        if (useBaseline) {
+            dim.height = Math.max(maxAscent + maxDescent, dim.height);
+        }
+
+        Insets insets = target.getInsets();
+        dim.width += insets.left + insets.right + hgap*2;
+        dim.height += insets.top + insets.bottom + vgap*2;
+        return dim;
+
+
+
+
+
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Centers the elements in the specified row, if there is any slack.
+     * @param target the component which needs to be moved
+     * @param x the x coordinate
+     * @param y the y coordinate
+     * @param width the width dimensions
+     * @param height the height dimensions
+     * @param rowStart the beginning of the row
+     * @param rowEnd the ending of the row
+     * @param useBaseline Whether or not to align on baseline.
+     * @param ascent Ascent for the components. This is only valid if
+     *               useBaseline is true.
+     * @param descent Ascent for the components. This is only valid if
+     *               useBaseline is true.
+     * @return actual row height
+     */
+    private int moveComponents(Container target, int x, int y, int width, int height,
+                                int rowStart, int rowEnd, boolean ltr,
+                                boolean useBaseline, int[] ascent,
+                                int[] descent) {
+        switch (newAlign) {
+        case LEFT:
+            x += ltr ? 0 : width;
+            break;
+        case CENTER:
+            x += width / 2;
+            break;
+        case RIGHT:
+            x += ltr ? width : 0;
+            break;
+        case LEADING:
+            break;
+        case TRAILING:
+            x += width;
+            break;
+        }
+        int maxAscent = 0;
+        int nonbaselineHeight = 0;
+        int baselineOffset = 0;
+        if (useBaseline) {
+            int maxDescent = 0;
+            for (int i = rowStart ; i < rowEnd ; i++) {
+                Component m = target.getComponent(i);
+                if (m.visible) {
+                    if (ascent[i] >= 0) {
+                        maxAscent = Math.max(maxAscent, ascent[i]);
+                        maxDescent = Math.max(maxDescent, descent[i]);
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        nonbaselineHeight = Math.max(m.getHeight(),
+                                                     nonbaselineHeight);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            height = Math.max(maxAscent + maxDescent, nonbaselineHeight);
+            baselineOffset = (height - maxAscent - maxDescent) / 2;
+        }
+        for (int i = rowStart ; i < rowEnd ; i++) {
+            Component m = target.getComponent(i);
+            if (m.isVisible()) {
+                int cy;
+                if (useBaseline && ascent[i] >= 0) {
+                    cy = y + baselineOffset + maxAscent - ascent[i];
+                }
+                else {
+                    cy = y + (height - m.height) / 2;
+                }
+                if (ltr) {
+                    m.setLocation(x, cy);
+                } else {
+                    m.setLocation(target.width - x - m.width, cy);
+                }
+                x += m.width + hgap;
+            }
+        }
+        return height;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Lays out the container. This method lets each
+     * <i>visible</i> component take
+     * its preferred size by reshaping the components in the
+     * target container in order to satisfy the alignment of
+     * this {@code FlowLayout} object.
+     *
+     * @param target the specified component being laid out
+     * @see Container
+     * @see       java.awt.Container#doLayout
+     */
+    public void layoutContainer(Container target) {
+      synchronized (target.getTreeLock()) {
+        Insets insets = target.getInsets();
+        int maxwidth = target.width - (insets.left + insets.right + hgap*2);
+        int nmembers = target.getComponentCount();
+        int x = 0, y = insets.top + vgap;
+        int rowh = 0, start = 0;
+
+        boolean ltr = target.getComponentOrientation().isLeftToRight();
+
+        boolean useBaseline = getAlignOnBaseline();
+        int[] ascent = null;
+        int[] descent = null;
+
+        if (useBaseline) {
+            ascent = new int[nmembers];
+            descent = new int[nmembers];
+        }
+
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nmembers ; i++) {
+            Component m = target.getComponent(i);
+            if (m.isVisible()) {
+                Dimension d = m.getPreferredSize();
+                m.setSize(d.width, d.height);
+
+                if (useBaseline) {
+                    int baseline = m.getBaseline(d.width, d.height);
+                    if (baseline >= 0) {
+                        ascent[i] = baseline;
+                        descent[i] = d.height - baseline;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        ascent[i] = -1;
+                    }
+                }
+                if ((x == 0) || ((x + d.width) <= maxwidth)) {
+                    if (x > 0) {
+                        x += hgap;
+                    }
+                    x += d.width;
+                    rowh = Math.max(rowh, d.height);
+                } else {
+                    rowh = moveComponents(target, insets.left + hgap, y,
+                                   maxwidth - x, rowh, start, i, ltr,
+                                   useBaseline, ascent, descent);
+                    x = d.width;
+                    y += vgap + rowh;
+                    rowh = d.height;
+                    start = i;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        moveComponents(target, insets.left + hgap, y, maxwidth - x, rowh,
+                       start, nmembers, ltr, useBaseline, ascent, descent);
+      }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // the internal serial version which says which version was written
+    // - 0 (default) for versions before the Java 2 platform, v1.2
+    // - 1 for version >= Java 2 platform v1.2, which includes "newAlign" field
+    //
+    private static final int currentSerialVersion = 1;
+    /**
+     * This represent the {@code currentSerialVersion}
+     * which is bein used.  It will be one of two values:
+     * {@code 0} versions before Java 2 platform v1.2,
+     * {@code 1} versions after  Java 2 platform v1.2.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    private int serialVersionOnStream = currentSerialVersion;
+
+    /**
+     * Reads this object out of a serialization stream, handling
+     * objects written by older versions of the class that didn't contain all
+     * of the fields we use now..
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream stream)
+         throws IOException, ClassNotFoundException
+    {
+        stream.defaultReadObject();
+
+        if (serialVersionOnStream < 1) {
+            // "newAlign" field wasn't present, so use the old "align" field.
+            setAlignment(this.align);
+        }
+        serialVersionOnStream = currentSerialVersion;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representation of this {@code FlowLayout}
+     * object and its values.
+     * @return     a string representation of this layout
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        String str = "";
+        switch (align) {
+          case LEFT:        str = ",align=left"; break;
+          case CENTER:      str = ",align=center"; break;
+          case RIGHT:       str = ",align=right"; break;
+          case LEADING:     str = ",align=leading"; break;
+          case TRAILING:    str = ",align=trailing"; break;
+        }
+        return getClass().getName() + "[hgap=" + hgap + ",vgap=" + vgap + str + "]";
+    }
+
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FocusTraversalPolicy.java

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * A FocusTraversalPolicy defines the order in which Components with a
+ * particular focus cycle root are traversed. Instances can apply the policy to
+ * arbitrary focus cycle roots, allowing themselves to be shared across
+ * Containers. They do not need to be reinitialized when the focus cycle roots
+ * of a Component hierarchy change.
+ * <p>
+ * The core responsibility of a FocusTraversalPolicy is to provide algorithms
+ * determining the next and previous Components to focus when traversing
+ * forward or backward in a UI. Each FocusTraversalPolicy must also provide
+ * algorithms for determining the first, last, and default Components in a
+ * traversal cycle. First and last Components are used when normal forward and
+ * backward traversal, respectively, wraps. The default Component is the first
+ * to receive focus when traversing down into a new focus traversal cycle.
+ * A FocusTraversalPolicy can optionally provide an algorithm for determining
+ * a Window's initial Component. The initial Component is the first to receive
+ * focus when a Window is first made visible.
+ * <p>
+ * FocusTraversalPolicy takes into account <a
+ * href="doc-files/FocusSpec.html#FocusTraversalPolicyProviders">focus traversal
+ * policy providers</a>.  When searching for first/last/next/previous Component,
+ * if a focus traversal policy provider is encountered, its focus traversal
+ * policy is used to perform the search operation.
+ * <p>
+ * Please see
+ * <a href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/uiswing/misc/focus.html">
+ * How to Use the Focus Subsystem</a>,
+ * a section in <em>The Java Tutorial</em>, and the
+ * <a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * @author David Mendenhall
+ *
+ * @see Container#setFocusTraversalPolicy
+ * @see Container#getFocusTraversalPolicy
+ * @see Container#setFocusCycleRoot
+ * @see Container#isFocusCycleRoot
+ * @see Container#setFocusTraversalPolicyProvider
+ * @see Container#isFocusTraversalPolicyProvider
+ * @see KeyboardFocusManager#setDefaultFocusTraversalPolicy
+ * @see KeyboardFocusManager#getDefaultFocusTraversalPolicy
+ * @since 1.4
+ */
+public abstract class FocusTraversalPolicy {
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the Component that should receive the focus after aComponent.
+     * aContainer must be a focus cycle root of aComponent or a focus traversal
+     * policy provider.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer a focus cycle root of aComponent or focus traversal
+     *        policy provider
+     * @param aComponent a (possibly indirect) child of aContainer, or
+     *        aContainer itself
+     * @return the Component that should receive the focus after aComponent, or
+     *         null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is not a focus cycle
+     *         root of aComponent or a focus traversal policy provider, or if
+     *         either aContainer or aComponent is null
+     */
+    public abstract Component getComponentAfter(Container aContainer,
+                                                Component aComponent);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the Component that should receive the focus before aComponent.
+     * aContainer must be a focus cycle root of aComponent or a focus traversal
+     * policy provider.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer a focus cycle root of aComponent or focus traversal
+     *        policy provider
+     * @param aComponent a (possibly indirect) child of aContainer, or
+     *        aContainer itself
+     * @return the Component that should receive the focus before aComponent,
+     *         or null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is not a focus cycle
+     *         root of aComponent or a focus traversal policy provider, or if
+     *         either aContainer or aComponent is null
+     */
+    public abstract Component getComponentBefore(Container aContainer,
+                                                 Component aComponent);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the first Component in the traversal cycle. This method is used
+     * to determine the next Component to focus when traversal wraps in the
+     * forward direction.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer the focus cycle root or focus traversal policy provider
+     *        whose first Component is to be returned
+     * @return the first Component in the traversal cycle of aContainer,
+     *         or null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is null
+     */
+    public abstract Component getFirstComponent(Container aContainer);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the last Component in the traversal cycle. This method is used
+     * to determine the next Component to focus when traversal wraps in the
+     * reverse direction.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer the focus cycle root or focus traversal policy
+     *        provider whose last Component is to be returned
+     * @return the last Component in the traversal cycle of aContainer,
+     *         or null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is null
+     */
+    public abstract Component getLastComponent(Container aContainer);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the default Component to focus. This Component will be the first
+     * to receive focus when traversing down into a new focus traversal cycle
+     * rooted at aContainer.
+     *
+     * @param aContainer the focus cycle root or focus traversal policy
+     *        provider whose default Component is to be returned
+     * @return the default Component in the traversal cycle of aContainer,
+     *         or null if no suitable Component can be found
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if aContainer is null
+     */
+    public abstract Component getDefaultComponent(Container aContainer);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the Component that should receive the focus when a Window is
+     * made visible for the first time. Once the Window has been made visible
+     * by a call to {@code show()} or {@code setVisible(true)}, the
+     * initial Component will not be used again. Instead, if the Window loses
+     * and subsequently regains focus, or is made invisible or undisplayable
+     * and subsequently made visible and displayable, the Window's most
+     * recently focused Component will become the focus owner. The default
+     * implementation of this method returns the default Component.
+     *
+     * @param window the Window whose initial Component is to be returned
+     * @return the Component that should receive the focus when window is made
+     *         visible for the first time, or null if no suitable Component can
+     *         be found
+     * @see #getDefaultComponent
+     * @see Window#getMostRecentFocusOwner
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if window is null
+     */
+    public Component getInitialComponent(Window window) {
+        if ( window == null ){
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("window cannot be equal to null.");
+        }
+        Component def = getDefaultComponent(window);
+        if (def == null && window.isFocusableWindow()) {
+            def = window;
+        }
+        return def;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FontFormatException.java

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1999, 2004, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * Thrown by method createFont in the {@code Font} class to indicate
+ * that the specified font is bad.
+ *
+ * @author  Parry Kejriwal
+ * @see     java.awt.Font
+ * @since   1.3
+ */
+public
+class FontFormatException extends Exception {
+    /*
+     * serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -4481290147811361272L;
+
+    /**
+     * Report a FontFormatException for the reason specified.
+     * @param reason a {@code String} message indicating why
+     *        the font is not accepted.
+     */
+    public FontFormatException(String reason) {
+      super (reason);
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FontMetrics.java

@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.Graphics2D;
+import java.awt.font.FontRenderContext;
+import java.awt.font.LineMetrics;
+import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
+import java.text.CharacterIterator;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code FontMetrics} class defines a font metrics object, which
+ * encapsulates information about the rendering of a particular font on a
+ * particular screen.
+ * <p>
+ * <b>Note to subclassers</b>: Since many of these methods form closed,
+ * mutually recursive loops, you must take care that you implement
+ * at least one of the methods in each such loop to prevent
+ * infinite recursion when your subclass is used.
+ * In particular, the following is the minimal suggested set of methods
+ * to override in order to ensure correctness and prevent infinite
+ * recursion (though other subsets are equally feasible):
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>{@link #getAscent()}
+ * <li>{@link #getLeading()}
+ * <li>{@link #getMaxAdvance()}
+ * <li>{@link #charWidth(char)}
+ * <li>{@link #charsWidth(char[], int, int)}
+ * </ul>
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/FontMetrics-1.gif" alt="The letter 'p' showing its 'reference point'"
+ * style="border:15px; float:right; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ * Note that the implementations of these methods are
+ * inefficient, so they are usually overridden with more efficient
+ * toolkit-specific implementations.
+ * <p>
+ * When an application asks to place a character at the position
+ * (<i>x</i>,&nbsp;<i>y</i>), the character is placed so that its
+ * reference point (shown as the dot in the accompanying image) is
+ * put at that position. The reference point specifies a horizontal
+ * line called the <i>baseline</i> of the character. In normal
+ * printing, the baselines of characters should align.
+ * <p>
+ * In addition, every character in a font has an <i>ascent</i>, a
+ * <i>descent</i>, and an <i>advance width</i>. The ascent is the
+ * amount by which the character ascends above the baseline. The
+ * descent is the amount by which the character descends below the
+ * baseline. The advance width indicates the position at which AWT
+ * should place the next character.
+ * <p>
+ * An array of characters or a string can also have an ascent, a
+ * descent, and an advance width. The ascent of the array is the
+ * maximum ascent of any character in the array. The descent is the
+ * maximum descent of any character in the array. The advance width
+ * is the sum of the advance widths of each of the characters in the
+ * character array.  The advance of a {@code String} is the
+ * distance along the baseline of the {@code String}.  This
+ * distance is the width that should be used for centering or
+ * right-aligning the {@code String}.
+ * <p>Note that the advance of a {@code String} is not necessarily
+ * the sum of the advances of its characters measured in isolation
+ * because the width of a character can vary depending on its context.
+ * For example, in Arabic text, the shape of a character can change
+ * in order to connect to other characters.  Also, in some scripts,
+ * certain character sequences can be represented by a single shape,
+ * called a <em>ligature</em>.  Measuring characters individually does
+ * not account for these transformations.
+ * <p>Font metrics are baseline-relative, meaning that they are
+ * generally independent of the rotation applied to the font (modulo
+ * possible grid hinting effects).  See {@link java.awt.Font Font}.
+ *
+ * @author      Jim Graham
+ * @see         java.awt.Font
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public abstract class FontMetrics implements java.io.Serializable {
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+    }
+
+    private static final FontRenderContext
+        DEFAULT_FRC = new FontRenderContext(null, false, false);
+
+    /**
+     * The actual {@link Font} from which the font metrics are
+     * created.
+     * This cannot be null.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getFont()
+     */
+    protected Font font;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 1681126225205050147L;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new {@code FontMetrics} object for finding out
+     * height and width information about the specified {@code Font}
+     * and specific character glyphs in that {@code Font}.
+     * @param     font the {@code Font}
+     * @see       java.awt.Font
+     */
+    protected FontMetrics(Font font) {
+        this.font = font;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the {@code Font} described by this
+     * {@code FontMetrics} object.
+     * @return    the {@code Font} described by this
+     * {@code FontMetrics} object.
+     */
+    public Font getFont() {
+        return font;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the {@code FontRenderContext} used by this
+     * {@code FontMetrics} object to measure text.
+     * <p>
+     * Note that methods in this class which take a {@code Graphics}
+     * parameter measure text using the {@code FontRenderContext}
+     * of that {@code Graphics} object, and not this
+     * {@code FontRenderContext}
+     * @return    the {@code FontRenderContext} used by this
+     * {@code FontMetrics} object.
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public FontRenderContext getFontRenderContext() {
+        return DEFAULT_FRC;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the <em>standard leading</em> of the
+     * {@code Font} described by this {@code FontMetrics}
+     * object.  The standard leading, or
+     * interline spacing, is the logical amount of space to be reserved
+     * between the descent of one line of text and the ascent of the next
+     * line. The height metric is calculated to include this extra space.
+     * @return    the standard leading of the {@code Font}.
+     * @see   #getHeight()
+     * @see   #getAscent()
+     * @see   #getDescent()
+     */
+    public int getLeading() {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the <em>font ascent</em> of the {@code Font}
+     * described by this {@code FontMetrics} object. The font ascent
+     * is the distance from the font's baseline to the top of most
+     * alphanumeric characters. Some characters in the {@code Font}
+     * might extend above the font ascent line.
+     * @return     the font ascent of the {@code Font}.
+     * @see        #getMaxAscent()
+     */
+    public int getAscent() {
+        return font.getSize();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the <em>font descent</em> of the {@code Font}
+     * described by this
+     * {@code FontMetrics} object. The font descent is the distance
+     * from the font's baseline to the bottom of most alphanumeric
+     * characters with descenders. Some characters in the
+     * {@code Font} might extend
+     * below the font descent line.
+     * @return     the font descent of the {@code Font}.
+     * @see        #getMaxDescent()
+     */
+    public int getDescent() {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the standard height of a line of text in this font.  This
+     * is the distance between the baseline of adjacent lines of text.
+     * It is the sum of the leading + ascent + descent. Due to rounding
+     * this may not be the same as getAscent() + getDescent() + getLeading().
+     * There is no guarantee that lines of text spaced at this distance are
+     * disjoint; such lines may overlap if some characters overshoot
+     * either the standard ascent or the standard descent metric.
+     * @return    the standard height of the font.
+     * @see       #getLeading()
+     * @see       #getAscent()
+     * @see       #getDescent()
+     */
+    public int getHeight() {
+        return getLeading() + getAscent() + getDescent();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the maximum ascent of the {@code Font}
+     * described by this {@code FontMetrics} object.  No character
+     * extends further above the font's baseline than this height.
+     * @return    the maximum ascent of any character in the
+     * {@code Font}.
+     * @see       #getAscent()
+     */
+    public int getMaxAscent() {
+        return getAscent();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the maximum descent of the {@code Font}
+     * described by this {@code FontMetrics} object.  No character
+     * extends further below the font's baseline than this height.
+     * @return    the maximum descent of any character in the
+     * {@code Font}.
+     * @see       #getDescent()
+     */
+    public int getMaxDescent() {
+        return getDescent();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * For backward compatibility only.
+     * @return    the maximum descent of any character in the
+     * {@code Font}.
+     * @see #getMaxDescent()
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code getMaxDescent()}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public int getMaxDecent() {
+        return getMaxDescent();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the maximum advance width of any character in this
+     * {@code Font}.  The advance is the
+     * distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
+     * string's baseline.  The advance of a {@code String} is
+     * not necessarily the sum of the advances of its characters.
+     * @return    the maximum advance width of any character
+     *            in the {@code Font}, or {@code -1} if the
+     *            maximum advance width is not known.
+     */
+    public int getMaxAdvance() {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the advance width of the specified character in this
+     * {@code Font}.  The advance is the
+     * distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
+     * character's baseline.  Note that the advance of a
+     * {@code String} is not necessarily the sum of the advances
+     * of its characters.
+     *
+     * <p>This method doesn't validate the specified character to be a
+     * valid Unicode code point. The caller must validate the
+     * character value using {@link
+     * java.lang.Character#isValidCodePoint(int)
+     * Character.isValidCodePoint} if necessary.
+     *
+     * @param codePoint the character (Unicode code point) to be measured
+     * @return    the advance width of the specified character
+     *            in the {@code Font} described by this
+     *            {@code FontMetrics} object.
+     * @see   #charsWidth(char[], int, int)
+     * @see   #stringWidth(String)
+     */
+    public int charWidth(int codePoint) {
+        if (!Character.isValidCodePoint(codePoint)) {
+            codePoint = 0xffff; // substitute missing glyph width
+        }
+
+        if (codePoint < 256) {
+            return getWidths()[codePoint];
+        } else {
+            char[] buffer = new char[2];
+            int len = Character.toChars(codePoint, buffer, 0);
+            return charsWidth(buffer, 0, len);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the advance width of the specified character in this
+     * {@code Font}.  The advance is the
+     * distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
+     * character's baseline.  Note that the advance of a
+     * {@code String} is not necessarily the sum of the advances
+     * of its characters.
+     *
+     * <p><b>Note:</b> This method cannot handle <a
+     * href="../lang/Character.html#supplementary"> supplementary
+     * characters</a>. To support all Unicode characters, including
+     * supplementary characters, use the {@link #charWidth(int)} method.
+     *
+     * @param ch the character to be measured
+     * @return     the advance width of the specified character
+     *                  in the {@code Font} described by this
+     *                  {@code FontMetrics} object.
+     * @see        #charsWidth(char[], int, int)
+     * @see        #stringWidth(String)
+     */
+    public int charWidth(char ch) {
+        if (ch < 256) {
+            return getWidths()[ch];
+        }
+        char data[] = {ch};
+        return charsWidth(data, 0, 1);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the total advance width for showing the specified
+     * {@code String} in this {@code Font}.  The advance
+     * is the distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point
+     * on the string's baseline.
+     * <p>
+     * Note that the advance of a {@code String} is
+     * not necessarily the sum of the advances of its characters.
+     * @param str the {@code String} to be measured
+     * @return    the advance width of the specified {@code String}
+     *                  in the {@code Font} described by this
+     *                  {@code FontMetrics}.
+     * @throws NullPointerException if str is null.
+     * @see       #bytesWidth(byte[], int, int)
+     * @see       #charsWidth(char[], int, int)
+     * @see       #getStringBounds(String, Graphics)
+     */
+    public int stringWidth(String str) {
+        int len = str.length();
+        char data[] = new char[len];
+        str.getChars(0, len, data, 0);
+        return charsWidth(data, 0, len);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the total advance width for showing the specified array
+     * of characters in this {@code Font}.  The advance is the
+     * distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
+     * string's baseline.  The advance of a {@code String}
+     * is not necessarily the sum of the advances of its characters.
+     * This is equivalent to measuring a {@code String} of the
+     * characters in the specified range.
+     * @param data the array of characters to be measured
+     * @param off the start offset of the characters in the array
+     * @param len the number of characters to be measured from the array
+     * @return    the advance width of the subarray of the specified
+     *               {@code char} array in the font described by
+     *               this {@code FontMetrics} object.
+     * @throws    NullPointerException if {@code data} is null.
+     * @throws    IndexOutOfBoundsException if the {@code off}
+     *            and {@code len} arguments index characters outside
+     *            the bounds of the {@code data} array.
+     * @see       #charWidth(int)
+     * @see       #charWidth(char)
+     * @see       #bytesWidth(byte[], int, int)
+     * @see       #stringWidth(String)
+     */
+    public int charsWidth(char data[], int off, int len) {
+        return stringWidth(new String(data, off, len));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the total advance width for showing the specified array
+     * of bytes in this {@code Font}.  The advance is the
+     * distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
+     * string's baseline.  The advance of a {@code String}
+     * is not necessarily the sum of the advances of its characters.
+     * This is equivalent to measuring a {@code String} of the
+     * characters in the specified range.
+     * @param data the array of bytes to be measured
+     * @param off the start offset of the bytes in the array
+     * @param len the number of bytes to be measured from the array
+     * @return    the advance width of the subarray of the specified
+     *               {@code byte} array in the {@code Font}
+     *                  described by
+     *               this {@code FontMetrics} object.
+     * @throws    NullPointerException if {@code data} is null.
+     * @throws    IndexOutOfBoundsException if the {@code off}
+     *            and {@code len} arguments index bytes outside
+     *            the bounds of the {@code data} array.
+     * @see       #charsWidth(char[], int, int)
+     * @see       #stringWidth(String)
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    public int bytesWidth(byte data[], int off, int len) {
+        return stringWidth(new String(data, 0, off, len));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the advance widths of the first 256 characters in the
+     * {@code Font}.  The advance is the
+     * distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
+     * character's baseline.  Note that the advance of a
+     * {@code String} is not necessarily the sum of the advances
+     * of its characters.
+     * @return    an array storing the advance widths of the
+     *                 characters in the {@code Font}
+     *                 described by this {@code FontMetrics} object.
+     */
+    public int[] getWidths() {
+        int widths[] = new int[256];
+        for (char ch = 0 ; ch < 256 ; ch++) {
+            widths[ch] = charWidth(ch);
+        }
+        return widths;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Checks to see if the {@code Font} has uniform line metrics.  A
+     * composite font may consist of several different fonts to cover
+     * various character sets.  In such cases, the
+     * {@code FontLineMetrics} objects are not uniform.
+     * Different fonts may have a different ascent, descent, metrics and
+     * so on.  This information is sometimes necessary for line
+     * measuring and line breaking.
+     * @return {@code true} if the font has uniform line metrics;
+     * {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#hasUniformLineMetrics()
+     */
+    public boolean hasUniformLineMetrics() {
+        return font.hasUniformLineMetrics();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@link LineMetrics} object for the specified
+     * {@code String} in the specified {@link Graphics} context.
+     * @param str the specified {@code String}
+     * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+     * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
+     * specified {@code String} and {@code Graphics} context.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getLineMetrics(String, FontRenderContext)
+     */
+    public LineMetrics getLineMetrics( String str, Graphics context) {
+        return font.getLineMetrics(str, myFRC(context));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@link LineMetrics} object for the specified
+     * {@code String} in the specified {@link Graphics} context.
+     * @param str the specified {@code String}
+     * @param beginIndex the initial offset of {@code str}
+     * @param limit the end offset of {@code str}
+     * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+     * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
+     * specified {@code String} and {@code Graphics} context.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getLineMetrics(String, int, int, FontRenderContext)
+     */
+    public LineMetrics getLineMetrics( String str,
+                                            int beginIndex, int limit,
+                                            Graphics context) {
+        return font.getLineMetrics(str, beginIndex, limit, myFRC(context));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@link LineMetrics} object for the specified
+     * character array in the specified {@link Graphics} context.
+     * @param chars the specified character array
+     * @param beginIndex the initial offset of {@code chars}
+     * @param limit the end offset of {@code chars}
+     * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+     * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
+     * specified character array and {@code Graphics} context.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getLineMetrics(char[], int, int, FontRenderContext)
+     */
+    public LineMetrics getLineMetrics(char [] chars,
+                                            int beginIndex, int limit,
+                                            Graphics context) {
+        return font.getLineMetrics(
+                                chars, beginIndex, limit, myFRC(context));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@link LineMetrics} object for the specified
+     * {@link CharacterIterator} in the specified {@link Graphics}
+     * context.
+     * @param ci the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+     * @param beginIndex the initial offset in {@code ci}
+     * @param limit the end index of {@code ci}
+     * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+     * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
+     * specified arguments.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getLineMetrics(CharacterIterator, int, int, FontRenderContext)
+     */
+    public LineMetrics getLineMetrics(CharacterIterator ci,
+                                            int beginIndex, int limit,
+                                            Graphics context) {
+        return font.getLineMetrics(ci, beginIndex, limit, myFRC(context));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the bounds of the specified {@code String} in the
+     * specified {@code Graphics} context.  The bounds is used
+     * to layout the {@code String}.
+     * <p>Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
+     * (see {@link java.awt.FontMetrics class notes}).
+     * @param str the specified {@code String}
+     * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+     * @return a {@link Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
+     * specified {@code String} in the specified
+     * {@code Graphics} context.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getStringBounds(String, FontRenderContext)
+     */
+    public Rectangle2D getStringBounds( String str, Graphics context) {
+        return font.getStringBounds(str, myFRC(context));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the bounds of the specified {@code String} in the
+     * specified {@code Graphics} context.  The bounds is used
+     * to layout the {@code String}.
+     * <p>Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
+     * (see {@link java.awt.FontMetrics class notes}).
+     * @param str the specified {@code String}
+     * @param beginIndex the offset of the beginning of {@code str}
+     * @param limit the end offset of {@code str}
+     * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+     * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
+     * specified {@code String} in the specified
+     * {@code Graphics} context.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getStringBounds(String, int, int, FontRenderContext)
+     */
+    public Rectangle2D getStringBounds( String str,
+                                        int beginIndex, int limit,
+                                        Graphics context) {
+        return font.getStringBounds(str, beginIndex, limit,
+                                        myFRC(context));
+    }
+
+   /**
+     * Returns the bounds of the specified array of characters
+     * in the specified {@code Graphics} context.
+     * The bounds is used to layout the {@code String}
+     * created with the specified array of characters,
+     * {@code beginIndex} and {@code limit}.
+     * <p>Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
+     * (see {@link java.awt.FontMetrics class notes}).
+     * @param chars an array of characters
+     * @param beginIndex the initial offset of the array of
+     * characters
+     * @param limit the end offset of the array of characters
+     * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+     * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
+     * specified character array in the specified
+     * {@code Graphics} context.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getStringBounds(char[], int, int, FontRenderContext)
+     */
+    public Rectangle2D getStringBounds( char [] chars,
+                                        int beginIndex, int limit,
+                                        Graphics context) {
+        return font.getStringBounds(chars, beginIndex, limit,
+                                        myFRC(context));
+    }
+
+   /**
+     * Returns the bounds of the characters indexed in the specified
+     * {@code CharacterIterator} in the
+     * specified {@code Graphics} context.
+     * <p>Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
+     * (see {@link java.awt.FontMetrics class notes}).
+     * @param ci the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+     * @param beginIndex the initial offset in {@code ci}
+     * @param limit the end index of {@code ci}
+     * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+     * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
+     * characters indexed in the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+     * in the specified {@code Graphics} context.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getStringBounds(CharacterIterator, int, int, FontRenderContext)
+     */
+    public Rectangle2D getStringBounds(CharacterIterator ci,
+                                        int beginIndex, int limit,
+                                        Graphics context) {
+        return font.getStringBounds(ci, beginIndex, limit,
+                                        myFRC(context));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the bounds for the character with the maximum bounds
+     * in the specified {@code Graphics} context.
+     * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+     * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the
+     * bounding box for the character with the maximum bounds.
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getMaxCharBounds(FontRenderContext)
+     */
+    public Rectangle2D getMaxCharBounds(Graphics context) {
+        return font.getMaxCharBounds(myFRC(context));
+    }
+
+    private FontRenderContext myFRC(Graphics context) {
+        if (context instanceof Graphics2D) {
+            return ((Graphics2D)context).getFontRenderContext();
+        }
+        return DEFAULT_FRC;
+    }
+
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a representation of this {@code FontMetrics}
+     * object's values as a {@code String}.
+     * @return    a {@code String} representation of this
+     * {@code FontMetrics} object.
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() +
+            "[font=" + getFont() +
+            "ascent=" + getAscent() +
+            ", descent=" + getDescent() +
+            ", height=" + getHeight() + "]";
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GradientPaint.java

@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.geom.Point2D;
+import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.beans.ConstructorProperties;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code GradientPaint} class provides a way to fill
+ * a {@link Shape} with a linear color gradient pattern.
+ * If {@link Point} P1 with {@link Color} C1 and {@code Point} P2 with
+ * {@code Color} C2 are specified in user space, the
+ * {@code Color} on the P1, P2 connecting line is proportionally
+ * changed from C1 to C2.  Any point P not on the extended P1, P2
+ * connecting line has the color of the point P' that is the perpendicular
+ * projection of P on the extended P1, P2 connecting line.
+ * Points on the extended line outside of the P1, P2 segment can be colored
+ * in one of two ways.
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>
+ * If the gradient is cyclic then the points on the extended P1, P2
+ * connecting line cycle back and forth between the colors C1 and C2.
+ * <li>
+ * If the gradient is acyclic then points on the P1 side of the segment
+ * have the constant {@code Color} C1 while points on the P2 side
+ * have the constant {@code Color} C2.
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * @see Paint
+ * @see Graphics2D#setPaint
+ * @version 10 Feb 1997
+ */
+
+public class GradientPaint implements Paint {
+    Point2D.Float p1;
+    Point2D.Float p2;
+    Color color1;
+    Color color2;
+    boolean cyclic;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a simple acyclic {@code GradientPaint} object.
+     * @param x1 x coordinate of the first specified
+     * {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param y1 y coordinate of the first specified
+     * {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param color1 {@code Color} at the first specified
+     * {@code Point}
+     * @param x2 x coordinate of the second specified
+     * {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param y2 y coordinate of the second specified
+     * {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param color2 {@code Color} at the second specified
+     * {@code Point}
+     * @throws NullPointerException if either one of colors is null
+     */
+    public GradientPaint(float x1,
+                         float y1,
+                         Color color1,
+                         float x2,
+                         float y2,
+                         Color color2) {
+        if ((color1 == null) || (color2 == null)) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Colors cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        p1 = new Point2D.Float(x1, y1);
+        p2 = new Point2D.Float(x2, y2);
+        this.color1 = color1;
+        this.color2 = color2;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a simple acyclic {@code GradientPaint} object.
+     * @param pt1 the first specified {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param color1 {@code Color} at the first specified
+     * {@code Point}
+     * @param pt2 the second specified {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param color2 {@code Color} at the second specified
+     * {@code Point}
+     * @throws NullPointerException if either one of colors or points
+     * is null
+     */
+    public GradientPaint(Point2D pt1,
+                         Color color1,
+                         Point2D pt2,
+                         Color color2) {
+        if ((color1 == null) || (color2 == null) ||
+            (pt1 == null) || (pt2 == null)) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Colors and points should be non-null");
+        }
+
+        p1 = new Point2D.Float((float)pt1.getX(), (float)pt1.getY());
+        p2 = new Point2D.Float((float)pt2.getX(), (float)pt2.getY());
+        this.color1 = color1;
+        this.color2 = color2;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs either a cyclic or acyclic {@code GradientPaint}
+     * object depending on the {@code boolean} parameter.
+     * @param x1 x coordinate of the first specified
+     * {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param y1 y coordinate of the first specified
+     * {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param color1 {@code Color} at the first specified
+     * {@code Point}
+     * @param x2 x coordinate of the second specified
+     * {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param y2 y coordinate of the second specified
+     * {@code Point} in user space
+     * @param color2 {@code Color} at the second specified
+     * {@code Point}
+     * @param cyclic {@code true} if the gradient pattern should cycle
+     * repeatedly between the two colors; {@code false} otherwise
+     */
+    public GradientPaint(float x1,
+                         float y1,
+                         Color color1,
+                         float x2,
+                         float y2,
+                         Color color2,
+                         boolean cyclic) {
+        this (x1, y1, color1, x2, y2, color2);
+        this.cyclic = cyclic;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs either a cyclic or acyclic {@code GradientPaint}
+     * object depending on the {@code boolean} parameter.
+     * @param pt1 the first specified {@code Point}
+     * in user space
+     * @param color1 {@code Color} at the first specified
+     * {@code Point}
+     * @param pt2 the second specified {@code Point}
+     * in user space
+     * @param color2 {@code Color} at the second specified
+     * {@code Point}
+     * @param cyclic {@code true} if the gradient pattern should cycle
+     * repeatedly between the two colors; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @throws NullPointerException if either one of colors or points
+     * is null
+     */
+    @ConstructorProperties({ "point1", "color1", "point2", "color2", "cyclic" })
+    public GradientPaint(Point2D pt1,
+                         Color color1,
+                         Point2D pt2,
+                         Color color2,
+                         boolean cyclic) {
+        this (pt1, color1, pt2, color2);
+        this.cyclic = cyclic;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a copy of the point P1 that anchors the first color.
+     * @return a {@link Point2D} object that is a copy of the point
+     * that anchors the first color of this
+     * {@code GradientPaint}.
+     */
+    public Point2D getPoint1() {
+        return new Point2D.Float(p1.x, p1.y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the color C1 anchored by the point P1.
+     * @return a {@code Color} object that is the color
+     * anchored by P1.
+     */
+    public Color getColor1() {
+        return color1;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a copy of the point P2 which anchors the second color.
+     * @return a {@link Point2D} object that is a copy of the point
+     * that anchors the second color of this
+     * {@code GradientPaint}.
+     */
+    public Point2D getPoint2() {
+        return new Point2D.Float(p2.x, p2.y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the color C2 anchored by the point P2.
+     * @return a {@code Color} object that is the color
+     * anchored by P2.
+     */
+    public Color getColor2() {
+        return color2;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns {@code true} if the gradient cycles repeatedly
+     * between the two colors C1 and C2.
+     * @return {@code true} if the gradient cycles repeatedly
+     * between the two colors; {@code false} otherwise.
+     */
+    public boolean isCyclic() {
+        return cyclic;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates and returns a {@link PaintContext} used to
+     * generate a linear color gradient pattern.
+     * See the {@link Paint#createContext specification} of the
+     * method in the {@link Paint} interface for information
+     * on null parameter handling.
+     *
+     * @param cm the preferred {@link ColorModel} which represents the most convenient
+     *           format for the caller to receive the pixel data, or {@code null}
+     *           if there is no preference.
+     * @param deviceBounds the device space bounding box
+     *                     of the graphics primitive being rendered.
+     * @param userBounds the user space bounding box
+     *                   of the graphics primitive being rendered.
+     * @param xform the {@link AffineTransform} from user
+     *              space into device space.
+     * @param hints the set of hints that the context object can use to
+     *              choose between rendering alternatives.
+     * @return the {@code PaintContext} for
+     *         generating color patterns.
+     * @see Paint
+     * @see PaintContext
+     * @see ColorModel
+     * @see Rectangle
+     * @see Rectangle2D
+     * @see AffineTransform
+     * @see RenderingHints
+     */
+    public PaintContext createContext(ColorModel cm,
+                                      Rectangle deviceBounds,
+                                      Rectangle2D userBounds,
+                                      AffineTransform xform,
+                                      RenderingHints hints) {
+
+        return new GradientPaintContext(cm, p1, p2, xform,
+                                        color1, color2, cyclic);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the transparency mode for this {@code GradientPaint}.
+     * @return an integer value representing this {@code GradientPaint}
+     * object's transparency mode.
+     * @see Transparency
+     */
+    public int getTransparency() {
+        int a1 = color1.getAlpha();
+        int a2 = color2.getAlpha();
+        return (((a1 & a2) == 0xff) ? OPAQUE : TRANSLUCENT);
+    }
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GradientPaintContext.java

@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.Raster;
+import sun.awt.image.IntegerComponentRaster;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.awt.image.DirectColorModel;
+import java.awt.geom.Point2D;
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.geom.NoninvertibleTransformException;
+import java.lang.ref.WeakReference;
+
+class GradientPaintContext implements PaintContext {
+    static ColorModel xrgbmodel =
+        new DirectColorModel(24, 0x00ff0000, 0x0000ff00, 0x000000ff);
+    static ColorModel xbgrmodel =
+        new DirectColorModel(24, 0x000000ff, 0x0000ff00, 0x00ff0000);
+
+    static ColorModel cachedModel;
+    static WeakReference<Raster> cached;
+
+    static synchronized Raster getCachedRaster(ColorModel cm, int w, int h) {
+        if (cm == cachedModel) {
+            if (cached != null) {
+                Raster ras = cached.get();
+                if (ras != null &&
+                    ras.getWidth() >= w &&
+                    ras.getHeight() >= h)
+                {
+                    cached = null;
+                    return ras;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return cm.createCompatibleWritableRaster(w, h);
+    }
+
+    static synchronized void putCachedRaster(ColorModel cm, Raster ras) {
+        if (cached != null) {
+            Raster cras = cached.get();
+            if (cras != null) {
+                int cw = cras.getWidth();
+                int ch = cras.getHeight();
+                int iw = ras.getWidth();
+                int ih = ras.getHeight();
+                if (cw >= iw && ch >= ih) {
+                    return;
+                }
+                if (cw * ch >= iw * ih) {
+                    return;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        cachedModel = cm;
+        cached = new WeakReference<>(ras);
+    }
+
+    double x1;
+    double y1;
+    double dx;
+    double dy;
+    boolean cyclic;
+    int interp[];
+    Raster saved;
+    ColorModel model;
+
+    public GradientPaintContext(ColorModel cm,
+                                Point2D p1, Point2D p2, AffineTransform xform,
+                                Color c1, Color c2, boolean cyclic) {
+        // First calculate the distance moved in user space when
+        // we move a single unit along the X & Y axes in device space.
+        Point2D xvec = new Point2D.Double(1, 0);
+        Point2D yvec = new Point2D.Double(0, 1);
+        try {
+            AffineTransform inverse = xform.createInverse();
+            inverse.deltaTransform(xvec, xvec);
+            inverse.deltaTransform(yvec, yvec);
+        } catch (NoninvertibleTransformException e) {
+            xvec.setLocation(0, 0);
+            yvec.setLocation(0, 0);
+        }
+
+        // Now calculate the (square of the) user space distance
+        // between the anchor points. This value equals:
+        //     (UserVec . UserVec)
+        double udx = p2.getX() - p1.getX();
+        double udy = p2.getY() - p1.getY();
+        double ulenSq = udx * udx + udy * udy;
+
+        if (ulenSq <= Double.MIN_VALUE) {
+            dx = 0;
+            dy = 0;
+        } else {
+            // Now calculate the proportional distance moved along the
+            // vector from p1 to p2 when we move a unit along X & Y in
+            // device space.
+            //
+            // The length of the projection of the Device Axis Vector is
+            // its dot product with the Unit User Vector:
+            //     (DevAxisVec . (UserVec / Len(UserVec))
+            //
+            // The "proportional" length is that length divided again
+            // by the length of the User Vector:
+            //     (DevAxisVec . (UserVec / Len(UserVec))) / Len(UserVec)
+            // which simplifies to:
+            //     ((DevAxisVec . UserVec) / Len(UserVec)) / Len(UserVec)
+            // which simplifies to:
+            //     (DevAxisVec . UserVec) / LenSquared(UserVec)
+            dx = (xvec.getX() * udx + xvec.getY() * udy) / ulenSq;
+            dy = (yvec.getX() * udx + yvec.getY() * udy) / ulenSq;
+
+            if (cyclic) {
+                dx = dx % 1.0;
+                dy = dy % 1.0;
+            } else {
+                // We are acyclic
+                if (dx < 0) {
+                    // If we are using the acyclic form below, we need
+                    // dx to be non-negative for simplicity of scanning
+                    // across the scan lines for the transition points.
+                    // To ensure that constraint, we negate the dx/dy
+                    // values and swap the points and colors.
+                    Point2D p = p1; p1 = p2; p2 = p;
+                    Color c = c1; c1 = c2; c2 = c;
+                    dx = -dx;
+                    dy = -dy;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        Point2D dp1 = xform.transform(p1, null);
+        this.x1 = dp1.getX();
+        this.y1 = dp1.getY();
+
+        this.cyclic = cyclic;
+        int rgb1 = c1.getRGB();
+        int rgb2 = c2.getRGB();
+        int a1 = (rgb1 >> 24) & 0xff;
+        int r1 = (rgb1 >> 16) & 0xff;
+        int g1 = (rgb1 >>  8) & 0xff;
+        int b1 = (rgb1      ) & 0xff;
+        int da = ((rgb2 >> 24) & 0xff) - a1;
+        int dr = ((rgb2 >> 16) & 0xff) - r1;
+        int dg = ((rgb2 >>  8) & 0xff) - g1;
+        int db = ((rgb2      ) & 0xff) - b1;
+        if (a1 == 0xff && da == 0) {
+            model = xrgbmodel;
+            if (cm instanceof DirectColorModel) {
+                DirectColorModel dcm = (DirectColorModel) cm;
+                int tmp = dcm.getAlphaMask();
+                if ((tmp == 0 || tmp == 0xff) &&
+                    dcm.getRedMask() == 0xff &&
+                    dcm.getGreenMask() == 0xff00 &&
+                    dcm.getBlueMask() == 0xff0000)
+                {
+                    model = xbgrmodel;
+                    tmp = r1; r1 = b1; b1 = tmp;
+                    tmp = dr; dr = db; db = tmp;
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            model = ColorModel.getRGBdefault();
+        }
+        interp = new int[cyclic ? 513 : 257];
+        for (int i = 0; i <= 256; i++) {
+            float rel = i / 256.0f;
+            int rgb =
+                (((int) (a1 + da * rel)) << 24) |
+                (((int) (r1 + dr * rel)) << 16) |
+                (((int) (g1 + dg * rel)) <<  8) |
+                (((int) (b1 + db * rel))      );
+            interp[i] = rgb;
+            if (cyclic) {
+                interp[512 - i] = rgb;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Release the resources allocated for the operation.
+     */
+    public void dispose() {
+        if (saved != null) {
+            putCachedRaster(model, saved);
+            saved = null;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Return the ColorModel of the output.
+     */
+    public ColorModel getColorModel() {
+        return model;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Return a Raster containing the colors generated for the graphics
+     * operation.
+     * @param x,y,w,h The area in device space for which colors are
+     * generated.
+     */
+    public Raster getRaster(int x, int y, int w, int h) {
+        double rowrel = (x - x1) * dx + (y - y1) * dy;
+
+        Raster rast = saved;
+        if (rast == null || rast.getWidth() < w || rast.getHeight() < h) {
+            rast = getCachedRaster(model, w, h);
+            saved = rast;
+        }
+        IntegerComponentRaster irast = (IntegerComponentRaster) rast;
+        int off = irast.getDataOffset(0);
+        int adjust = irast.getScanlineStride() - w;
+        int[] pixels = irast.getDataStorage();
+
+        if (cyclic) {
+            cycleFillRaster(pixels, off, adjust, w, h, rowrel, dx, dy);
+        } else {
+            clipFillRaster(pixels, off, adjust, w, h, rowrel, dx, dy);
+        }
+
+        irast.markDirty();
+
+        return rast;
+    }
+
+    void cycleFillRaster(int[] pixels, int off, int adjust, int w, int h,
+                         double rowrel, double dx, double dy) {
+        rowrel = rowrel % 2.0;
+        int irowrel = ((int) (rowrel * (1 << 30))) << 1;
+        int idx = (int) (-dx * (1 << 31));
+        int idy = (int) (-dy * (1 << 31));
+        while (--h >= 0) {
+            int icolrel = irowrel;
+            for (int j = w; j > 0; j--) {
+                pixels[off++] = interp[icolrel >>> 23];
+                icolrel += idx;
+            }
+
+            off += adjust;
+            irowrel += idy;
+        }
+    }
+
+    void clipFillRaster(int[] pixels, int off, int adjust, int w, int h,
+                        double rowrel, double dx, double dy) {
+        while (--h >= 0) {
+            double colrel = rowrel;
+            int j = w;
+            if (colrel <= 0.0) {
+                int rgb = interp[0];
+                do {
+                    pixels[off++] = rgb;
+                    colrel += dx;
+                } while (--j > 0 && colrel <= 0.0);
+            }
+            while (colrel < 1.0 && --j >= 0) {
+                pixels[off++] = interp[(int) (colrel * 256)];
+                colrel += dx;
+            }
+            if (j > 0) {
+                int rgb = interp[256];
+                do {
+                    pixels[off++] = rgb;
+                } while (--j > 0);
+            }
+
+            off += adjust;
+            rowrel += dy;
+        }
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsCallback.java

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1999, 2000, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.peer.LightweightPeer;
+import sun.awt.SunGraphicsCallback;
+
+
+abstract class GraphicsCallback extends SunGraphicsCallback {
+
+    static final class PaintCallback extends GraphicsCallback {
+        private static PaintCallback instance = new PaintCallback();
+
+        private PaintCallback() {}
+        public void run(Component comp, Graphics cg) {
+            comp.paint(cg);
+        }
+        static PaintCallback getInstance() {
+            return instance;
+        }
+    }
+    static final class PrintCallback extends GraphicsCallback {
+        private static PrintCallback instance = new PrintCallback();
+
+        private PrintCallback() {}
+        public void run(Component comp, Graphics cg) {
+            comp.print(cg);
+        }
+        static PrintCallback getInstance() {
+            return instance;
+        }
+    }
+    static final class PaintAllCallback extends GraphicsCallback {
+        private static PaintAllCallback instance = new PaintAllCallback();
+
+        private PaintAllCallback() {}
+        public void run(Component comp, Graphics cg) {
+            comp.paintAll(cg);
+        }
+        static PaintAllCallback getInstance() {
+            return instance;
+        }
+    }
+    static final class PrintAllCallback extends GraphicsCallback {
+        private static PrintAllCallback instance = new PrintAllCallback();
+
+        private PrintAllCallback() {}
+        public void run(Component comp, Graphics cg) {
+            comp.printAll(cg);
+        }
+        static PrintAllCallback getInstance() {
+            return instance;
+        }
+    }
+    static final class PeerPaintCallback extends GraphicsCallback {
+        private static PeerPaintCallback instance = new PeerPaintCallback();
+
+        private PeerPaintCallback() {}
+        public void run(Component comp, Graphics cg) {
+            comp.validate();
+            if (comp.peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
+                comp.lightweightPaint(cg);
+            } else {
+                comp.peer.paint(cg);
+            }
+        }
+        static PeerPaintCallback getInstance() {
+            return instance;
+        }
+    }
+    static final class PeerPrintCallback extends GraphicsCallback {
+        private static PeerPrintCallback instance = new PeerPrintCallback();
+
+        private PeerPrintCallback() {}
+        public void run(Component comp, Graphics cg) {
+            comp.validate();
+            if (comp.peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
+                comp.lightweightPrint(cg);
+            } else {
+                comp.peer.print(cg);
+            }
+        }
+        static PeerPrintCallback getInstance() {
+            return instance;
+        }
+    }
+    static final class PaintHeavyweightComponentsCallback
+        extends GraphicsCallback
+    {
+        private static PaintHeavyweightComponentsCallback instance =
+            new PaintHeavyweightComponentsCallback();
+
+        private PaintHeavyweightComponentsCallback() {}
+        public void run(Component comp, Graphics cg) {
+            if (comp.peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
+                comp.paintHeavyweightComponents(cg);
+            } else {
+                comp.paintAll(cg);
+            }
+        }
+        static PaintHeavyweightComponentsCallback getInstance() {
+            return instance;
+        }
+    }
+    static final class PrintHeavyweightComponentsCallback
+        extends GraphicsCallback
+    {
+        private static PrintHeavyweightComponentsCallback instance =
+            new PrintHeavyweightComponentsCallback();
+
+        private PrintHeavyweightComponentsCallback() {}
+        public void run(Component comp, Graphics cg) {
+            if (comp.peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
+                comp.printHeavyweightComponents(cg);
+            } else {
+                comp.printAll(cg);
+            }
+        }
+        static PrintHeavyweightComponentsCallback getInstance() {
+            return instance;
+        }
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsConfigTemplate.java

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2007, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.io.*;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate} class is used to obtain a valid
+ * {@link GraphicsConfiguration}.  A user instantiates one of these
+ * objects and then sets all non-default attributes as desired.  The
+ * {@link GraphicsDevice#getBestConfiguration} method found in the
+ * {@link GraphicsDevice} class is then called with this
+ * {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate}.  A valid
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} is returned that meets or exceeds
+ * what was requested in the {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate}.
+ * @see GraphicsDevice
+ * @see GraphicsConfiguration
+ *
+ * @since       1.2
+ */
+public abstract class GraphicsConfigTemplate implements Serializable {
+    /*
+     * serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -8061369279557787079L;
+
+    /**
+     * This class is an abstract class so only subclasses can be
+     * instantiated.
+     */
+    public GraphicsConfigTemplate() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Value used for "Enum" (Integer) type.  States that this
+     * feature is required for the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * object.  If this feature is not available, do not select the
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object.
+     */
+    public static final int REQUIRED    = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Value used for "Enum" (Integer) type.  States that this
+     * feature is desired for the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * object.  A selection with this feature is preferred over a
+     * selection that does not include this feature, although both
+     * selections can be considered valid matches.
+     */
+    public static final int PREFERRED   = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * Value used for "Enum" (Integer) type.  States that this
+     * feature is not necessary for the selection of the
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object.  A selection
+     * without this feature is preferred over a selection that
+     * includes this feature since it is not used.
+     */
+    public static final int UNNECESSARY = 3;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the "best" configuration possible that passes the
+     * criteria defined in the {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate}.
+     * @param gc the array of {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * objects to choose from.
+     * @return a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object that is
+     * the best configuration possible.
+     * @see GraphicsConfiguration
+     */
+    public abstract GraphicsConfiguration
+      getBestConfiguration(GraphicsConfiguration[] gc);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@code boolean} indicating whether or
+     * not the specified {@code GraphicsConfiguration} can be
+     * used to create a drawing surface that supports the indicated
+     * features.
+     * @param gc the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object to test
+     * @return {@code true} if this
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object can be used to create
+     * surfaces that support the indicated features;
+     * {@code false} if the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} can
+     * not be used to create a drawing surface usable by this Java(tm)
+     * API.
+     */
+    public abstract boolean
+      isGraphicsConfigSupported(GraphicsConfiguration gc);
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsConfiguration.java

@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.image.BufferedImage;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.awt.image.VolatileImage;
+import java.awt.image.WritableRaster;
+
+import sun.awt.image.SunVolatileImage;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code GraphicsConfiguration} class describes the
+ * characteristics of a graphics destination such as a printer or monitor.
+ * There can be many {@code GraphicsConfiguration} objects associated
+ * with a single graphics device, representing different drawing modes or
+ * capabilities.  The corresponding native structure will vary from platform
+ * to platform.  For example, on X11 windowing systems,
+ * each visual is a different {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * On Microsoft Windows, {@code GraphicsConfiguration}s represent
+ * PixelFormats available in the current resolution and color depth.
+ * <p>
+ * In a virtual device multi-screen environment in which the desktop
+ * area could span multiple physical screen devices, the bounds of the
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} objects are relative to the
+ * virtual coordinate system.  When setting the location of a
+ * component, use {@link #getBounds() getBounds} to get the bounds of
+ * the desired {@code GraphicsConfiguration} and offset the location
+ * with the coordinates of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration},
+ * as the following code sample illustrates:
+ * </p>
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ *      Frame f = new Frame(gc);  // where gc is a GraphicsConfiguration
+ *      Rectangle bounds = gc.getBounds();
+ *      f.setLocation(10 + bounds.x, 10 + bounds.y); </pre>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * To determine if your environment is a virtual device
+ * environment, call {@code getBounds} on all of the
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} objects in your system.  If
+ * any of the origins of the returned bounds is not (0,&nbsp;0),
+ * your environment is a virtual device environment.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * You can also use {@code getBounds} to determine the bounds
+ * of the virtual device.  To do this, first call {@code getBounds} on all
+ * of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} objects in your
+ * system.  Then calculate the union of all of the bounds returned
+ * from the calls to {@code getBounds}.  The union is the
+ * bounds of the virtual device.  The following code sample
+ * calculates the bounds of the virtual device.
+ *
+ * <pre>{@code
+ *      Rectangle virtualBounds = new Rectangle();
+ *      GraphicsEnvironment ge = GraphicsEnvironment.
+ *              getLocalGraphicsEnvironment();
+ *      GraphicsDevice[] gs =
+ *              ge.getScreenDevices();
+ *      for (int j = 0; j < gs.length; j++) {
+ *          GraphicsDevice gd = gs[j];
+ *          GraphicsConfiguration[] gc =
+ *              gd.getConfigurations();
+ *          for (int i=0; i < gc.length; i++) {
+ *              virtualBounds =
+ *                  virtualBounds.union(gc[i].getBounds());
+ *          }
+ *      } }</pre>
+ *
+ * @see Window
+ * @see Frame
+ * @see GraphicsEnvironment
+ * @see GraphicsDevice
+ */
+/*
+ * REMIND:  What to do about capabilities?
+ * The
+ * capabilities of the device can be determined by enumerating the possible
+ * capabilities and checking if the GraphicsConfiguration
+ * implements the interface for that capability.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+public abstract class GraphicsConfiguration {
+
+    private static BufferCapabilities defaultBufferCaps;
+    private static ImageCapabilities defaultImageCaps;
+
+    /**
+     * This is an abstract class that cannot be instantiated directly.
+     * Instances must be obtained from a suitable factory or query method.
+     *
+     * @see GraphicsDevice#getConfigurations
+     * @see GraphicsDevice#getDefaultConfiguration
+     * @see GraphicsDevice#getBestConfiguration
+     * @see Graphics2D#getDeviceConfiguration
+     */
+    protected GraphicsConfiguration() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@link GraphicsDevice} associated with this
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @return a {@code GraphicsDevice} object that is
+     * associated with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     */
+    public abstract GraphicsDevice getDevice();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@link BufferedImage} with a data layout and color model
+     * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.  This
+     * method has nothing to do with memory-mapping
+     * a device.  The returned {@code BufferedImage} has
+     * a layout and color model that is closest to this native device
+     * configuration and can therefore be optimally blitted to this
+     * device.
+     * @param width the width of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+     * @param height the height of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+     * @return a {@code BufferedImage} whose data layout and color
+     * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     */
+    public BufferedImage createCompatibleImage(int width, int height) {
+        ColorModel model = getColorModel();
+        WritableRaster raster =
+            model.createCompatibleWritableRaster(width, height);
+        return new BufferedImage(model, raster,
+                                 model.isAlphaPremultiplied(), null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@code BufferedImage} that supports the specified
+     * transparency and has a data layout and color model
+     * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.  This
+     * method has nothing to do with memory-mapping
+     * a device. The returned {@code BufferedImage} has a layout and
+     * color model that can be optimally blitted to a device
+     * with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @param width the width of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+     * @param height the height of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+     * @param transparency the specified transparency mode
+     * @return a {@code BufferedImage} whose data layout and color
+     * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * and also supports the specified transparency.
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the transparency is not a valid value
+     * @see Transparency#OPAQUE
+     * @see Transparency#BITMASK
+     * @see Transparency#TRANSLUCENT
+     */
+    public BufferedImage createCompatibleImage(int width, int height,
+                                               int transparency)
+    {
+        if (getColorModel().getTransparency() == transparency) {
+            return createCompatibleImage(width, height);
+        }
+
+        ColorModel cm = getColorModel(transparency);
+        if (cm == null) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("Unknown transparency: " +
+                                               transparency);
+        }
+        WritableRaster wr = cm.createCompatibleWritableRaster(width, height);
+        return new BufferedImage(cm, wr, cm.isAlphaPremultiplied(), null);
+    }
+
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@link VolatileImage} with a data layout and color model
+     * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * The returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * may have data that is stored optimally for the underlying graphics
+     * device and may therefore benefit from platform-specific rendering
+     * acceleration.
+     * @param width the width of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * @param height the height of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * @return a {@code VolatileImage} whose data layout and color
+     * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @see Component#createVolatileImage(int, int)
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public VolatileImage createCompatibleVolatileImage(int width, int height) {
+        VolatileImage vi = null;
+        try {
+            vi = createCompatibleVolatileImage(width, height,
+                                               null, Transparency.OPAQUE);
+        } catch (AWTException e) {
+            // shouldn't happen: we're passing in null caps
+            assert false;
+        }
+        return vi;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@link VolatileImage} with a data layout and color model
+     * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * The returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * may have data that is stored optimally for the underlying graphics
+     * device and may therefore benefit from platform-specific rendering
+     * acceleration.
+     * @param width the width of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * @param height the height of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * @param transparency the specified transparency mode
+     * @return a {@code VolatileImage} whose data layout and color
+     * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the transparency is not a valid value
+     * @see Transparency#OPAQUE
+     * @see Transparency#BITMASK
+     * @see Transparency#TRANSLUCENT
+     * @see Component#createVolatileImage(int, int)
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public VolatileImage createCompatibleVolatileImage(int width, int height,
+                                                       int transparency)
+    {
+        VolatileImage vi = null;
+        try {
+            vi = createCompatibleVolatileImage(width, height, null, transparency);
+        } catch (AWTException e) {
+            // shouldn't happen: we're passing in null caps
+            assert false;
+        }
+        return vi;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@link VolatileImage} with a data layout and color model
+     * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}, using
+     * the specified image capabilities.
+     * If the {@code caps} parameter is null, it is effectively ignored
+     * and this method will create a VolatileImage without regard to
+     * {@code ImageCapabilities} constraints.
+     *
+     * The returned {@code VolatileImage} has
+     * a layout and color model that is closest to this native device
+     * configuration and can therefore be optimally blitted to this
+     * device.
+     * @return a {@code VolatileImage} whose data layout and color
+     * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @param width the width of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * @param height the height of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * @param caps the image capabilities
+     * @exception AWTException if the supplied image capabilities could not
+     * be met by this graphics configuration
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public VolatileImage createCompatibleVolatileImage(int width, int height,
+        ImageCapabilities caps) throws AWTException
+    {
+        return createCompatibleVolatileImage(width, height, caps,
+                                             Transparency.OPAQUE);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@link VolatileImage} with a data layout and color model
+     * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}, using
+     * the specified image capabilities and transparency value.
+     * If the {@code caps} parameter is null, it is effectively ignored
+     * and this method will create a VolatileImage without regard to
+     * {@code ImageCapabilities} constraints.
+     *
+     * The returned {@code VolatileImage} has
+     * a layout and color model that is closest to this native device
+     * configuration and can therefore be optimally blitted to this
+     * device.
+     * @param width the width of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * @param height the height of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+     * @param caps the image capabilities
+     * @param transparency the specified transparency mode
+     * @return a {@code VolatileImage} whose data layout and color
+     * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @see Transparency#OPAQUE
+     * @see Transparency#BITMASK
+     * @see Transparency#TRANSLUCENT
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the transparency is not a valid value
+     * @exception AWTException if the supplied image capabilities could not
+     * be met by this graphics configuration
+     * @see Component#createVolatileImage(int, int)
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public VolatileImage createCompatibleVolatileImage(int width, int height,
+        ImageCapabilities caps, int transparency) throws AWTException
+    {
+        VolatileImage vi =
+            new SunVolatileImage(this, width, height, transparency, caps);
+        if (caps != null && caps.isAccelerated() &&
+            !vi.getCapabilities().isAccelerated())
+        {
+            throw new AWTException("Supplied image capabilities could not " +
+                                   "be met by this graphics configuration.");
+        }
+        return vi;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@link ColorModel} associated with this
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @return a {@code ColorModel} object that is associated with
+     * this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     */
+    public abstract ColorModel getColorModel();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@code ColorModel} associated with this
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} that supports the specified
+     * transparency.
+     * @param transparency the specified transparency mode
+     * @return a {@code ColorModel} object that is associated with
+     * this {@code GraphicsConfiguration} and supports the
+     * specified transparency or null if the transparency is not a valid
+     * value.
+     * @see Transparency#OPAQUE
+     * @see Transparency#BITMASK
+     * @see Transparency#TRANSLUCENT
+     */
+    public abstract ColorModel getColorModel(int transparency);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the default {@link AffineTransform} for this
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}. This
+     * {@code AffineTransform} is typically the Identity transform
+     * for most normal screens.  The default {@code AffineTransform}
+     * maps coordinates onto the device such that 72 user space
+     * coordinate units measure approximately 1 inch in device
+     * space.  The normalizing transform can be used to make
+     * this mapping more exact.  Coordinates in the coordinate space
+     * defined by the default {@code AffineTransform} for screen and
+     * printer devices have the origin in the upper left-hand corner of
+     * the target region of the device, with X coordinates
+     * increasing to the right and Y coordinates increasing downwards.
+     * For image buffers not associated with a device, such as those not
+     * created by {@code createCompatibleImage},
+     * this {@code AffineTransform} is the Identity transform.
+     * @return the default {@code AffineTransform} for this
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     */
+    public abstract AffineTransform getDefaultTransform();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an {@code AffineTransform} that can be concatenated
+     * with the default {@code AffineTransform}
+     * of a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} so that 72 units in user
+     * space equals 1 inch in device space.
+     * <p>
+     * For a particular {@link Graphics2D}, g, one
+     * can reset the transformation to create
+     * such a mapping by using the following pseudocode:
+     * <pre>
+     *      GraphicsConfiguration gc = g.getDeviceConfiguration();
+     *
+     *      g.setTransform(gc.getDefaultTransform());
+     *      g.transform(gc.getNormalizingTransform());
+     * </pre>
+     * Note that sometimes this {@code AffineTransform} is identity,
+     * such as for printers or metafile output, and that this
+     * {@code AffineTransform} is only as accurate as the information
+     * supplied by the underlying system.  For image buffers not
+     * associated with a device, such as those not created by
+     * {@code createCompatibleImage}, this
+     * {@code AffineTransform} is the Identity transform
+     * since there is no valid distance measurement.
+     * @return an {@code AffineTransform} to concatenate to the
+     * default {@code AffineTransform} so that 72 units in user
+     * space is mapped to 1 inch in device space.
+     */
+    public abstract AffineTransform getNormalizingTransform();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the bounds of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * in the device coordinates. In a multi-screen environment
+     * with a virtual device, the bounds can have negative X
+     * or Y origins.
+     * @return the bounds of the area covered by this
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public abstract Rectangle getBounds();
+
+    private static class DefaultBufferCapabilities extends BufferCapabilities {
+        public DefaultBufferCapabilities(ImageCapabilities imageCaps) {
+            super(imageCaps, imageCaps, null);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the buffering capabilities of this
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @return the buffering capabilities of this graphics
+     * configuration object
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public BufferCapabilities getBufferCapabilities() {
+        if (defaultBufferCaps == null) {
+            defaultBufferCaps = new DefaultBufferCapabilities(
+                getImageCapabilities());
+        }
+        return defaultBufferCaps;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the image capabilities of this
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @return the image capabilities of this graphics
+     * configuration object
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public ImageCapabilities getImageCapabilities() {
+        if (defaultImageCaps == null) {
+            defaultImageCaps = new ImageCapabilities(false);
+        }
+        return defaultImageCaps;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether this {@code GraphicsConfiguration} supports
+     * the {@link GraphicsDevice.WindowTranslucency#PERPIXEL_TRANSLUCENT
+     * PERPIXEL_TRANSLUCENT} kind of translucency.
+     *
+     * @return whether the given GraphicsConfiguration supports
+     *         the translucency effects.
+     *
+     * @see Window#setBackground(Color)
+     *
+     * @since 1.7
+     */
+    public boolean isTranslucencyCapable() {
+        // Overridden in subclasses
+        return false;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsDevice.java

@@ -0,0 +1,594 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+
+import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
+import sun.awt.AppContext;
+import sun.awt.SunToolkit;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code GraphicsDevice} class describes the graphics devices
+ * that might be available in a particular graphics environment.  These
+ * include screen and printer devices. Note that there can be many screens
+ * and many printers in an instance of {@link GraphicsEnvironment}. Each
+ * graphics device has one or more {@link GraphicsConfiguration} objects
+ * associated with it.  These objects specify the different configurations
+ * in which the {@code GraphicsDevice} can be used.
+ * <p>
+ * In a multi-screen environment, the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * objects can be used to render components on multiple screens.  The
+ * following code sample demonstrates how to create a {@code JFrame}
+ * object for each {@code GraphicsConfiguration} on each screen
+ * device in the {@code GraphicsEnvironment}:
+ * <pre>{@code
+ *   GraphicsEnvironment ge = GraphicsEnvironment.
+ *   getLocalGraphicsEnvironment();
+ *   GraphicsDevice[] gs = ge.getScreenDevices();
+ *   for (int j = 0; j < gs.length; j++) {
+ *      GraphicsDevice gd = gs[j];
+ *      GraphicsConfiguration[] gc =
+ *      gd.getConfigurations();
+ *      for (int i=0; i < gc.length; i++) {
+ *         JFrame f = new
+ *         JFrame(gs[j].getDefaultConfiguration());
+ *         Canvas c = new Canvas(gc[i]);
+ *         Rectangle gcBounds = gc[i].getBounds();
+ *         int xoffs = gcBounds.x;
+ *         int yoffs = gcBounds.y;
+ *         f.getContentPane().add(c);
+ *         f.setLocation((i*50)+xoffs, (i*60)+yoffs);
+ *         f.show();
+ *      }
+ *   }
+ * }</pre>
+ * <p>
+ * For more information on full-screen exclusive mode API, see the
+ * <a href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/extra/fullscreen/index.html">
+ * Full-Screen Exclusive Mode API Tutorial</a>.
+ *
+ * @see GraphicsEnvironment
+ * @see GraphicsConfiguration
+ */
+public abstract class GraphicsDevice {
+
+    private Window fullScreenWindow;
+    private AppContext fullScreenAppContext; // tracks which AppContext
+                                             // created the FS window
+    // this lock is used for making synchronous changes to the AppContext's
+    // current full screen window
+    private final Object fsAppContextLock = new Object();
+
+    private Rectangle windowedModeBounds;
+
+    /**
+     * This is an abstract class that cannot be instantiated directly.
+     * Instances must be obtained from a suitable factory or query method.
+     * @see GraphicsEnvironment#getScreenDevices
+     * @see GraphicsEnvironment#getDefaultScreenDevice
+     * @see GraphicsConfiguration#getDevice
+     */
+    protected GraphicsDevice() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Device is a raster screen.
+     */
+    public static final int TYPE_RASTER_SCREEN          = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Device is a printer.
+     */
+    public static final int TYPE_PRINTER                = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Device is an image buffer.  This buffer can reside in device
+     * or system memory but it is not physically viewable by the user.
+     */
+    public static final int TYPE_IMAGE_BUFFER           = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * Kinds of translucency supported by the underlying system.
+     *
+     * @see #isWindowTranslucencySupported
+     *
+     * @since 1.7
+     */
+    public static enum WindowTranslucency {
+        /**
+         * Represents support in the underlying system for windows each pixel
+         * of which is guaranteed to be either completely opaque, with
+         * an alpha value of 1.0, or completely transparent, with an alpha
+         * value of 0.0.
+         */
+        PERPIXEL_TRANSPARENT,
+        /**
+         * Represents support in the underlying system for windows all of
+         * the pixels of which have the same alpha value between or including
+         * 0.0 and 1.0.
+         */
+        TRANSLUCENT,
+        /**
+         * Represents support in the underlying system for windows that
+         * contain or might contain pixels with arbitrary alpha values
+         * between and including 0.0 and 1.0.
+         */
+        PERPIXEL_TRANSLUCENT;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the type of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     * @return the type of this {@code GraphicsDevice}, which can
+     * either be TYPE_RASTER_SCREEN, TYPE_PRINTER or TYPE_IMAGE_BUFFER.
+     * @see #TYPE_RASTER_SCREEN
+     * @see #TYPE_PRINTER
+     * @see #TYPE_IMAGE_BUFFER
+     */
+    public abstract int getType();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the identification string associated with this
+     * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     * <p>
+     * A particular program might use more than one
+     * {@code GraphicsDevice} in a {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.
+     * This method returns a {@code String} identifying a
+     * particular {@code GraphicsDevice} in the local
+     * {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.  Although there is
+     * no public method to set this {@code String}, a programmer can
+     * use the {@code String} for debugging purposes.  Vendors of
+     * the Java&trade; Runtime Environment can
+     * format the return value of the {@code String}.  To determine
+     * how to interpret the value of the {@code String}, contact the
+     * vendor of your Java Runtime.  To find out who the vendor is, from
+     * your program, call the
+     * {@link System#getProperty(String) getProperty} method of the
+     * System class with "java.vendor".
+     * @return a {@code String} that is the identification
+     * of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     */
+    public abstract String getIDstring();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns all of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * objects associated with this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     * @return an array of {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * objects that are associated with this
+     * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     */
+    public abstract GraphicsConfiguration[] getConfigurations();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * associated with this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     * @return the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     */
+    public abstract GraphicsConfiguration getDefaultConfiguration();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the "best" configuration possible that passes the
+     * criteria defined in the {@link GraphicsConfigTemplate}.
+     * @param gct the {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate} object
+     * used to obtain a valid {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * @return a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} that passes
+     * the criteria defined in the specified
+     * {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate}.
+     * @see GraphicsConfigTemplate
+     */
+    public GraphicsConfiguration
+           getBestConfiguration(GraphicsConfigTemplate gct) {
+        GraphicsConfiguration[] configs = getConfigurations();
+        return gct.getBestConfiguration(configs);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns {@code true} if this {@code GraphicsDevice}
+     * supports full-screen exclusive mode.
+     * If a SecurityManager is installed, its
+     * {@code checkPermission} method will be called
+     * with {@code AWTPermission("fullScreenExclusive")}.
+     * {@code isFullScreenSupported} returns true only if
+     * that permission is granted.
+     * @return whether full-screen exclusive mode is available for
+     * this graphics device
+     * @see java.awt.AWTPermission
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public boolean isFullScreenSupported() {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Enter full-screen mode, or return to windowed mode.  The entered
+     * full-screen mode may be either exclusive or simulated.  Exclusive
+     * mode is only available if {@code isFullScreenSupported}
+     * returns {@code true}.
+     * <p>
+     * Exclusive mode implies:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>Windows cannot overlap the full-screen window.  All other application
+     * windows will always appear beneath the full-screen window in the Z-order.
+     * <li>There can be only one full-screen window on a device at any time,
+     * so calling this method while there is an existing full-screen Window
+     * will cause the existing full-screen window to
+     * return to windowed mode.
+     * <li>Input method windows are disabled.  It is advisable to call
+     * {@code Component.enableInputMethods(false)} to make a component
+     * a non-client of the input method framework.
+     * </ul>
+     * <p>
+     * The simulated full-screen mode places and resizes the window to the maximum
+     * possible visible area of the screen. However, the native windowing system
+     * may modify the requested geometry-related data, so that the {@code Window} object
+     * is placed and sized in a way that corresponds closely to the desktop settings.
+     * <p>
+     * When entering full-screen mode, if the window to be used as a
+     * full-screen window is not visible, this method will make it visible.
+     * It will remain visible when returning to windowed mode.
+     * <p>
+     * When entering full-screen mode, all the translucency effects are reset for
+     * the window. Its shape is set to {@code null}, the opacity value is set to
+     * 1.0f, and the background color alpha is set to 255 (completely opaque).
+     * These values are not restored when returning to windowed mode.
+     * <p>
+     * It is unspecified and platform-dependent how decorated windows operate
+     * in full-screen mode. For this reason, it is recommended to turn off
+     * the decorations in a {@code Frame} or {@code Dialog} object by using the
+     * {@code setUndecorated} method.
+     * <p>
+     * When returning to windowed mode from an exclusive full-screen window,
+     * any display changes made by calling {@code setDisplayMode} are
+     * automatically restored to their original state.
+     *
+     * @param w a window to use as the full-screen window; {@code null}
+     * if returning to windowed mode.  Some platforms expect the
+     * fullscreen window to be a top-level component (i.e., a {@code Frame});
+     * therefore it is preferable to use a {@code Frame} here rather than a
+     * {@code Window}.
+     *
+     * @see #isFullScreenSupported
+     * @see #getFullScreenWindow
+     * @see #setDisplayMode
+     * @see Component#enableInputMethods
+     * @see Component#setVisible
+     * @see Frame#setUndecorated
+     * @see Dialog#setUndecorated
+     *
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public void setFullScreenWindow(Window w) {
+        if (w != null) {
+            if (w.getShape() != null) {
+                w.setShape(null);
+            }
+            if (w.getOpacity() < 1.0f) {
+                w.setOpacity(1.0f);
+            }
+            if (!w.isOpaque()) {
+                Color bgColor = w.getBackground();
+                bgColor = new Color(bgColor.getRed(), bgColor.getGreen(),
+                                    bgColor.getBlue(), 255);
+                w.setBackground(bgColor);
+            }
+            // Check if this window is in fullscreen mode on another device.
+            final GraphicsConfiguration gc = w.getGraphicsConfiguration();
+            if (gc != null && gc.getDevice() != this
+                    && gc.getDevice().getFullScreenWindow() == w) {
+                gc.getDevice().setFullScreenWindow(null);
+            }
+        }
+        if (fullScreenWindow != null && windowedModeBounds != null) {
+            // if the window went into fs mode before it was realized it may
+            // have (0,0) dimensions
+            if (windowedModeBounds.width  == 0) windowedModeBounds.width  = 1;
+            if (windowedModeBounds.height == 0) windowedModeBounds.height = 1;
+            fullScreenWindow.setBounds(windowedModeBounds);
+        }
+        // Set the full screen window
+        synchronized (fsAppContextLock) {
+            // Associate fullscreen window with current AppContext
+            if (w == null) {
+                fullScreenAppContext = null;
+            } else {
+                fullScreenAppContext = AppContext.getAppContext();
+            }
+            fullScreenWindow = w;
+        }
+        if (fullScreenWindow != null) {
+            windowedModeBounds = fullScreenWindow.getBounds();
+            // Note that we use the graphics configuration of the device,
+            // not the window's, because we're setting the fs window for
+            // this device.
+            final GraphicsConfiguration gc = getDefaultConfiguration();
+            final Rectangle screenBounds = gc.getBounds();
+            if (SunToolkit.isDispatchThreadForAppContext(fullScreenWindow)) {
+                // Update graphics configuration here directly and do not wait
+                // asynchronous notification from the peer. Note that
+                // setBounds() will reset a GC, if it was set incorrectly.
+                fullScreenWindow.setGraphicsConfiguration(gc);
+            }
+            fullScreenWindow.setBounds(screenBounds.x, screenBounds.y,
+                                       screenBounds.width, screenBounds.height);
+            fullScreenWindow.setVisible(true);
+            fullScreenWindow.toFront();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@code Window} object representing the
+     * full-screen window if the device is in full-screen mode.
+     *
+     * @return the full-screen window, or {@code null} if the device is
+     * not in full-screen mode.
+     * @see #setFullScreenWindow(Window)
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public Window getFullScreenWindow() {
+        Window returnWindow = null;
+        synchronized (fsAppContextLock) {
+            // Only return a handle to the current fs window if we are in the
+            // same AppContext that set the fs window
+            if (fullScreenAppContext == AppContext.getAppContext()) {
+                returnWindow = fullScreenWindow;
+            }
+        }
+        return returnWindow;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns {@code true} if this {@code GraphicsDevice}
+     * supports low-level display changes.
+     * On some platforms low-level display changes may only be allowed in
+     * full-screen exclusive mode (i.e., if {@link #isFullScreenSupported()}
+     * returns {@code true} and the application has already entered
+     * full-screen mode using {@link #setFullScreenWindow}).
+     * @return whether low-level display changes are supported for this
+     * graphics device.
+     * @see #isFullScreenSupported
+     * @see #setDisplayMode
+     * @see #setFullScreenWindow
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public boolean isDisplayChangeSupported() {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the display mode of this graphics device. This is only allowed
+     * if {@link #isDisplayChangeSupported()} returns {@code true} and may
+     * require first entering full-screen exclusive mode using
+     * {@link #setFullScreenWindow} providing that full-screen exclusive mode is
+     * supported (i.e., {@link #isFullScreenSupported()} returns
+     * {@code true}).
+     * <p>
+     *
+     * The display mode must be one of the display modes returned by
+     * {@link #getDisplayModes()}, with one exception: passing a display mode
+     * with {@link DisplayMode#REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN} refresh rate will result in
+     * selecting a display mode from the list of available display modes with
+     * matching width, height and bit depth.
+     * However, passing a display mode with {@link DisplayMode#BIT_DEPTH_MULTI}
+     * for bit depth is only allowed if such mode exists in the list returned by
+     * {@link #getDisplayModes()}.
+     * <p>
+     * Example code:
+     * <pre><code>
+     * Frame frame;
+     * DisplayMode newDisplayMode;
+     * GraphicsDevice gd;
+     * // create a Frame, select desired DisplayMode from the list of modes
+     * // returned by gd.getDisplayModes() ...
+     *
+     * if (gd.isFullScreenSupported()) {
+     *     gd.setFullScreenWindow(frame);
+     * } else {
+     *    // proceed in non-full-screen mode
+     *    frame.setSize(...);
+     *    frame.setLocation(...);
+     *    frame.setVisible(true);
+     * }
+     *
+     * if (gd.isDisplayChangeSupported()) {
+     *     gd.setDisplayMode(newDisplayMode);
+     * }
+     * </code></pre>
+     *
+     * @param dm The new display mode of this graphics device.
+     * @exception IllegalArgumentException if the {@code DisplayMode}
+     * supplied is {@code null}, or is not available in the array returned
+     * by {@code getDisplayModes}
+     * @exception UnsupportedOperationException if
+     * {@code isDisplayChangeSupported} returns {@code false}
+     * @see #getDisplayMode
+     * @see #getDisplayModes
+     * @see #isDisplayChangeSupported
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public void setDisplayMode(DisplayMode dm) {
+        throw new UnsupportedOperationException("Cannot change display mode");
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the current display mode of this
+     * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     * The returned display mode is allowed to have a refresh rate
+     * {@link DisplayMode#REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN} if it is indeterminate.
+     * Likewise, the returned display mode is allowed to have a bit depth
+     * {@link DisplayMode#BIT_DEPTH_MULTI} if it is indeterminate or if multiple
+     * bit depths are supported.
+     * @return the current display mode of this graphics device.
+     * @see #setDisplayMode(DisplayMode)
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public DisplayMode getDisplayMode() {
+        GraphicsConfiguration gc = getDefaultConfiguration();
+        Rectangle r = gc.getBounds();
+        ColorModel cm = gc.getColorModel();
+        return new DisplayMode(r.width, r.height, cm.getPixelSize(), 0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns all display modes available for this
+     * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     * The returned display modes are allowed to have a refresh rate
+     * {@link DisplayMode#REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN} if it is indeterminate.
+     * Likewise, the returned display modes are allowed to have a bit depth
+     * {@link DisplayMode#BIT_DEPTH_MULTI} if it is indeterminate or if multiple
+     * bit depths are supported.
+     * @return all of the display modes available for this graphics device.
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public DisplayMode[] getDisplayModes() {
+        return new DisplayMode[] { getDisplayMode() };
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This method returns the number of bytes available in
+     * accelerated memory on this device.
+     * Some images are created or cached
+     * in accelerated memory on a first-come,
+     * first-served basis.  On some operating systems,
+     * this memory is a finite resource.  Calling this method
+     * and scheduling the creation and flushing of images carefully may
+     * enable applications to make the most efficient use of
+     * that finite resource.
+     * <br>
+     * Note that the number returned is a snapshot of how much
+     * memory is available; some images may still have problems
+     * being allocated into that memory.  For example, depending
+     * on operating system, driver, memory configuration, and
+     * thread situations, the full extent of the size reported
+     * may not be available for a given image.  There are further
+     * inquiry methods on the {@link ImageCapabilities} object
+     * associated with a VolatileImage that can be used to determine
+     * whether a particular VolatileImage has been created in accelerated
+     * memory.
+     * @return number of bytes available in accelerated memory.
+     * A negative return value indicates that the amount of accelerated memory
+     * on this GraphicsDevice is indeterminate.
+     * @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage#flush
+     * @see ImageCapabilities#isAccelerated
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public int getAvailableAcceleratedMemory() {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether the given level of translucency is supported by
+     * this graphics device.
+     *
+     * @param translucencyKind a kind of translucency support
+     * @return whether the given translucency kind is supported
+     *
+     * @since 1.7
+     */
+    public boolean isWindowTranslucencySupported(WindowTranslucency translucencyKind) {
+        switch (translucencyKind) {
+            case PERPIXEL_TRANSPARENT:
+                return isWindowShapingSupported();
+            case TRANSLUCENT:
+                return isWindowOpacitySupported();
+            case PERPIXEL_TRANSLUCENT:
+                return isWindowPerpixelTranslucencySupported();
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether the windowing system supports changing the shape
+     * of top-level windows.
+     * Note that this method may sometimes return true, but the native
+     * windowing system may still not support the concept of
+     * shaping (due to the bugs in the windowing system).
+     */
+    static boolean isWindowShapingSupported() {
+        Toolkit curToolkit = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
+        if (!(curToolkit instanceof SunToolkit)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        return ((SunToolkit)curToolkit).isWindowShapingSupported();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether the windowing system supports changing the opacity
+     * value of top-level windows.
+     * Note that this method may sometimes return true, but the native
+     * windowing system may still not support the concept of
+     * translucency (due to the bugs in the windowing system).
+     */
+    static boolean isWindowOpacitySupported() {
+        Toolkit curToolkit = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
+        if (!(curToolkit instanceof SunToolkit)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        return ((SunToolkit)curToolkit).isWindowOpacitySupported();
+    }
+
+    boolean isWindowPerpixelTranslucencySupported() {
+        /*
+         * Per-pixel alpha is supported if all the conditions are TRUE:
+         *    1. The toolkit is a sort of SunToolkit
+         *    2. The toolkit supports translucency in general
+         *        (isWindowTranslucencySupported())
+         *    3. There's at least one translucency-capable
+         *        GraphicsConfiguration
+         */
+        Toolkit curToolkit = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
+        if (!(curToolkit instanceof SunToolkit)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        if (!((SunToolkit)curToolkit).isWindowTranslucencySupported()) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        // TODO: cache translucency capable GC
+        return getTranslucencyCapableGC() != null;
+    }
+
+    GraphicsConfiguration getTranslucencyCapableGC() {
+        // If the default GC supports translucency return true.
+        // It is important to optimize the verification this way,
+        // see CR 6661196 for more details.
+        GraphicsConfiguration defaultGC = getDefaultConfiguration();
+        if (defaultGC.isTranslucencyCapable()) {
+            return defaultGC;
+        }
+
+        // ... otherwise iterate through all the GCs.
+        GraphicsConfiguration[] configs = getConfigurations();
+        for (int j = 0; j < configs.length; j++) {
+            if (configs[j].isTranslucencyCapable()) {
+                return configs[j];
+            }
+        }
+
+        return null;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsEnvironment.java

@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.BufferedImage;
+import java.security.AccessController;
+import java.security.PrivilegedAction;
+import java.util.Locale;
+
+import sun.font.FontManager;
+import sun.font.FontManagerFactory;
+import sun.java2d.HeadlessGraphicsEnvironment;
+import sun.java2d.SunGraphicsEnvironment;
+import sun.security.action.GetPropertyAction;
+
+/**
+ *
+ * The {@code GraphicsEnvironment} class describes the collection
+ * of {@link GraphicsDevice} objects and {@link java.awt.Font} objects
+ * available to a Java(tm) application on a particular platform.
+ * The resources in this {@code GraphicsEnvironment} might be local
+ * or on a remote machine.  {@code GraphicsDevice} objects can be
+ * screens, printers or image buffers and are the destination of
+ * {@link Graphics2D} drawing methods.  Each {@code GraphicsDevice}
+ * has a number of {@link GraphicsConfiguration} objects associated with
+ * it.  These objects specify the different configurations in which the
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice} can be used.
+ * @see GraphicsDevice
+ * @see GraphicsConfiguration
+ */
+
+public abstract class GraphicsEnvironment {
+
+    /**
+     * The headless state of the Toolkit and GraphicsEnvironment
+     */
+    private static Boolean headless;
+
+    /**
+     * The headless state assumed by default
+     */
+    private static Boolean defaultHeadless;
+
+    /**
+     * This is an abstract class and cannot be instantiated directly.
+     * Instances must be obtained from a suitable factory or query method.
+     */
+    protected GraphicsEnvironment() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Lazy initialization of local graphics environment using holder idiom.
+     */
+    private static final class LocalGE {
+
+        /**
+         * The instance of the local {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.
+         */
+        static final GraphicsEnvironment INSTANCE = createGE();
+
+        /**
+         * Creates and returns the GraphicsEnvironment, according to the
+         * system property 'java.awt.graphicsenv'.
+         *
+         * @return the graphics environment
+         */
+        private static GraphicsEnvironment createGE() {
+            GraphicsEnvironment ge;
+            String nm = AccessController.doPrivileged(new GetPropertyAction("java.awt.graphicsenv", null));
+            try {
+//              long t0 = System.currentTimeMillis();
+                Class<?> geCls;
+                try {
+                    // First we try if the bootstrap class loader finds the
+                    // requested class. This way we can avoid to run in a privileged
+                    // block.
+                    geCls = Class.forName(nm);
+                } catch (ClassNotFoundException ex) {
+                    // If the bootstrap class loader fails, we try again with the
+                    // application class loader.
+                    ClassLoader cl = ClassLoader.getSystemClassLoader();
+                    geCls = Class.forName(nm, true, cl);
+                }
+                ge = (GraphicsEnvironment)geCls.getConstructor().newInstance();
+//              long t1 = System.currentTimeMillis();
+//              System.out.println("GE creation took " + (t1-t0)+ "ms.");
+                if (isHeadless()) {
+                    ge = new HeadlessGraphicsEnvironment(ge);
+                }
+            } catch (ClassNotFoundException e) {
+                throw new Error("Could not find class: "+nm);
+            } catch (ReflectiveOperationException | IllegalArgumentException e) {
+                throw new Error("Could not instantiate Graphics Environment: "
+                        + nm);
+            }
+            return ge;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the local {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.
+     * @return the local {@code GraphicsEnvironment}
+     */
+    public static GraphicsEnvironment getLocalGraphicsEnvironment() {
+        return LocalGE.INSTANCE;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Tests whether or not a display, keyboard, and mouse can be
+     * supported in this environment.  If this method returns true,
+     * a HeadlessException is thrown from areas of the Toolkit
+     * and GraphicsEnvironment that are dependent on a display,
+     * keyboard, or mouse.
+     * @return {@code true} if this environment cannot support
+     * a display, keyboard, and mouse; {@code false}
+     * otherwise
+     * @see java.awt.HeadlessException
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public static boolean isHeadless() {
+        return getHeadlessProperty();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return warning message if headless state is assumed by default;
+     * null otherwise
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    static String getHeadlessMessage() {
+        if (headless == null) {
+            getHeadlessProperty(); // initialize the values
+        }
+        return defaultHeadless != Boolean.TRUE ? null :
+            "\nNo X11 DISPLAY variable was set, " +
+            "but this program performed an operation which requires it.";
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return the value of the property "java.awt.headless"
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    private static boolean getHeadlessProperty() {
+        if (headless == null) {
+            AccessController.doPrivileged((PrivilegedAction<Void>) () -> {
+                String nm = System.getProperty("java.awt.headless");
+
+                if (nm == null) {
+                    /* No need to ask for DISPLAY when run in a browser */
+                    if (System.getProperty("javaplugin.version") != null) {
+                        headless = defaultHeadless = Boolean.FALSE;
+                    } else {
+                        String osName = System.getProperty("os.name");
+                        if (osName.contains("OS X") && "sun.awt.HToolkit".equals(
+                                System.getProperty("awt.toolkit")))
+                        {
+                            headless = defaultHeadless = Boolean.TRUE;
+                        } else {
+                            final String display = System.getenv("DISPLAY");
+                            headless = defaultHeadless =
+                                ("Linux".equals(osName) ||
+                                 "SunOS".equals(osName) ||
+                                 "FreeBSD".equals(osName) ||
+                                 "NetBSD".equals(osName) ||
+                                 "OpenBSD".equals(osName) ||
+                                 "AIX".equals(osName)) &&
+                                 (display == null || display.trim().isEmpty());
+                        }
+                    }
+                } else {
+                    headless = Boolean.valueOf(nm);
+                }
+                return null;
+            });
+        }
+        return headless;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Check for headless state and throw HeadlessException if headless
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    static void checkHeadless() throws HeadlessException {
+        if (isHeadless()) {
+            throw new HeadlessException();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether or not a display, keyboard, and mouse can be
+     * supported in this graphics environment.  If this returns true,
+     * {@code HeadlessException} will be thrown from areas of the
+     * graphics environment that are dependent on a display, keyboard, or
+     * mouse.
+     * @return {@code true} if a display, keyboard, and mouse
+     * can be supported in this environment; {@code false}
+     * otherwise
+     * @see java.awt.HeadlessException
+     * @see #isHeadless
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public boolean isHeadlessInstance() {
+        // By default (local graphics environment), simply check the
+        // headless property.
+        return getHeadlessProperty();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all of the screen {@code GraphicsDevice}
+     * objects.
+     * @return an array containing all the {@code GraphicsDevice}
+     * objects that represent screen devices
+     * @exception HeadlessException if isHeadless() returns true
+     * @see #isHeadless()
+     */
+    public abstract GraphicsDevice[] getScreenDevices()
+        throws HeadlessException;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the default screen {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+     * @return the {@code GraphicsDevice} that represents the
+     * default screen device
+     * @exception HeadlessException if isHeadless() returns true
+     * @see #isHeadless()
+     */
+    public abstract GraphicsDevice getDefaultScreenDevice()
+        throws HeadlessException;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@code Graphics2D} object for rendering into the
+     * specified {@link BufferedImage}.
+     * @param img the specified {@code BufferedImage}
+     * @return a {@code Graphics2D} to be used for rendering into
+     * the specified {@code BufferedImage}
+     * @throws NullPointerException if {@code img} is null
+     */
+    public abstract Graphics2D createGraphics(BufferedImage img);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array containing a one-point size instance of all fonts
+     * available in this {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.  Typical usage
+     * would be to allow a user to select a particular font.  Then, the
+     * application can size the font and set various font attributes by
+     * calling the {@code deriveFont} method on the chosen instance.
+     * <p>
+     * This method provides for the application the most precise control
+     * over which {@code Font} instance is used to render text.
+     * If a font in this {@code GraphicsEnvironment} has multiple
+     * programmable variations, only one
+     * instance of that {@code Font} is returned in the array, and
+     * other variations must be derived by the application.
+     * <p>
+     * If a font in this environment has multiple programmable variations,
+     * such as Multiple-Master fonts, only one instance of that font is
+     * returned in the {@code Font} array.  The other variations
+     * must be derived by the application.
+     *
+     * @return an array of {@code Font} objects
+     * @see #getAvailableFontFamilyNames
+     * @see java.awt.Font
+     * @see java.awt.Font#deriveFont
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getFontName
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public abstract Font[] getAllFonts();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array containing the names of all font families in this
+     * {@code GraphicsEnvironment} localized for the default locale,
+     * as returned by {@code Locale.getDefault()}.
+     * <p>
+     * Typical usage would be for presentation to a user for selection of
+     * a particular family name. An application can then specify this name
+     * when creating a font, in conjunction with a style, such as bold or
+     * italic, giving the font system flexibility in choosing its own best
+     * match among multiple fonts in the same font family.
+     *
+     * @return an array of {@code String} containing font family names
+     * localized for the default locale, or a suitable alternative
+     * name if no name exists for this locale.
+     * @see #getAllFonts
+     * @see java.awt.Font
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getFamily
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public abstract String[] getAvailableFontFamilyNames();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array containing the names of all font families in this
+     * {@code GraphicsEnvironment} localized for the specified locale.
+     * <p>
+     * Typical usage would be for presentation to a user for selection of
+     * a particular family name. An application can then specify this name
+     * when creating a font, in conjunction with a style, such as bold or
+     * italic, giving the font system flexibility in choosing its own best
+     * match among multiple fonts in the same font family.
+     *
+     * @param l a {@link Locale} object that represents a
+     * particular geographical, political, or cultural region.
+     * Specifying {@code null} is equivalent to
+     * specifying {@code Locale.getDefault()}.
+     * @return an array of {@code String} containing font family names
+     * localized for the specified {@code Locale}, or a
+     * suitable alternative name if no name exists for the specified locale.
+     * @see #getAllFonts
+     * @see java.awt.Font
+     * @see java.awt.Font#getFamily
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public abstract String[] getAvailableFontFamilyNames(Locale l);
+
+    /**
+     * Registers a <i>created</i> {@code Font} in this
+     * {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.
+     * A created font is one that was returned from calling
+     * {@link Font#createFont}, or derived from a created font by
+     * calling {@link Font#deriveFont}.
+     * After calling this method for such a font, it is available to
+     * be used in constructing new {@code Font}s by name or family name,
+     * and is enumerated by {@link #getAvailableFontFamilyNames} and
+     * {@link #getAllFonts} within the execution context of this
+     * application or applet. This means applets cannot register fonts in
+     * a way that they are visible to other applets.
+     * <p>
+     * Reasons that this method might not register the font and therefore
+     * return {@code false} are:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>The font is not a <i>created</i> {@code Font}.
+     * <li>The font conflicts with a non-created {@code Font} already
+     * in this {@code GraphicsEnvironment}. For example if the name
+     * is that of a system font, or a logical font as described in the
+     * documentation of the {@link Font} class. It is implementation dependent
+     * whether a font may also conflict if it has the same family name
+     * as a system font.
+     * <p>Notice that an application can supersede the registration
+     * of an earlier created font with a new one.
+     * </ul>
+     *
+     * @param  font the font to be registered
+     * @return true if the {@code font} is successfully
+     * registered in this {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.
+     * @throws NullPointerException if {@code font} is null
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public boolean registerFont(Font font) {
+        if (font == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("font cannot be null.");
+        }
+        FontManager fm = FontManagerFactory.getInstance();
+        return fm.registerFont(font);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates a preference for locale-specific fonts in the mapping of
+     * logical fonts to physical fonts. Calling this method indicates that font
+     * rendering should primarily use fonts specific to the primary writing
+     * system (the one indicated by the default encoding and the initial
+     * default locale). For example, if the primary writing system is
+     * Japanese, then characters should be rendered using a Japanese font
+     * if possible, and other fonts should only be used for characters for
+     * which the Japanese font doesn't have glyphs.
+     * <p>
+     * The actual change in font rendering behavior resulting from a call
+     * to this method is implementation dependent; it may have no effect at
+     * all, or the requested behavior may already match the default behavior.
+     * The behavior may differ between font rendering in lightweight
+     * and peered components.  Since calling this method requests a
+     * different font, clients should expect different metrics, and may need
+     * to recalculate window sizes and layout. Therefore this method should
+     * be called before user interface initialisation.
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public void preferLocaleFonts() {
+        FontManager fm = FontManagerFactory.getInstance();
+        fm.preferLocaleFonts();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates a preference for proportional over non-proportional (e.g.
+     * dual-spaced CJK fonts) fonts in the mapping of logical fonts to
+     * physical fonts. If the default mapping contains fonts for which
+     * proportional and non-proportional variants exist, then calling
+     * this method indicates the mapping should use a proportional variant.
+     * <p>
+     * The actual change in font rendering behavior resulting from a call to
+     * this method is implementation dependent; it may have no effect at all.
+     * The behavior may differ between font rendering in lightweight and
+     * peered components. Since calling this method requests a
+     * different font, clients should expect different metrics, and may need
+     * to recalculate window sizes and layout. Therefore this method should
+     * be called before user interface initialisation.
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public void preferProportionalFonts() {
+        FontManager fm = FontManagerFactory.getInstance();
+        fm.preferProportionalFonts();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the Point where Windows should be centered.
+     * It is recommended that centered Windows be checked to ensure they fit
+     * within the available display area using getMaximumWindowBounds().
+     * @return the point where Windows should be centered
+     *
+     * @exception HeadlessException if isHeadless() returns true
+     * @see #getMaximumWindowBounds
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public Point getCenterPoint() throws HeadlessException {
+    // Default implementation: return the center of the usable bounds of the
+    // default screen device.
+        Rectangle usableBounds =
+         SunGraphicsEnvironment.getUsableBounds(getDefaultScreenDevice());
+        return new Point((usableBounds.width / 2) + usableBounds.x,
+                         (usableBounds.height / 2) + usableBounds.y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the maximum bounds for centered Windows.
+     * These bounds account for objects in the native windowing system such as
+     * task bars and menu bars.  The returned bounds will reside on a single
+     * display with one exception: on multi-screen systems where Windows should
+     * be centered across all displays, this method returns the bounds of the
+     * entire display area.
+     * <p>
+     * To get the usable bounds of a single display, use
+     * {@code GraphicsConfiguration.getBounds()} and
+     * {@code Toolkit.getScreenInsets()}.
+     * @return  the maximum bounds for centered Windows
+     *
+     * @exception HeadlessException if isHeadless() returns true
+     * @see #getCenterPoint
+     * @see GraphicsConfiguration#getBounds
+     * @see Toolkit#getScreenInsets
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public Rectangle getMaximumWindowBounds() throws HeadlessException {
+    // Default implementation: return the usable bounds of the default screen
+    // device.  This is correct for Microsoft Windows and non-Xinerama X11.
+        return SunGraphicsEnvironment.getUsableBounds(getDefaultScreenDevice());
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GridBagConstraints.java

@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code GridBagConstraints} class specifies constraints
+ * for components that are laid out using the
+ * {@code GridBagLayout} class.
+ *
+ * @author Doug Stein
+ * @author Bill Spitzak (orignial NeWS & OLIT implementation)
+ * @see java.awt.GridBagLayout
+ * @since 1.0
+ */
+public class GridBagConstraints implements Cloneable, java.io.Serializable {
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies that this component is the next-to-last component in its
+     * column or row ({@code gridwidth}, {@code gridheight}),
+     * or that this component be placed next to the previously added
+     * component ({@code gridx}, {@code gridy}).
+     * @see      java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridwidth
+     * @see      java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridheight
+     * @see      java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridx
+     * @see      java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridy
+     */
+    public static final int RELATIVE = -1;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies that this component is the
+     * last component in its column or row.
+     */
+    public static final int REMAINDER = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Do not resize the component.
+     */
+    public static final int NONE = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Resize the component both horizontally and vertically.
+     */
+    public static final int BOTH = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Resize the component horizontally but not vertically.
+     */
+    public static final int HORIZONTAL = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * Resize the component vertically but not horizontally.
+     */
+    public static final int VERTICAL = 3;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the component in the center of its display area.
+     */
+    public static final int CENTER = 10;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the component at the top of its display area,
+     * centered horizontally.
+     */
+    public static final int NORTH = 11;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the component at the top-right corner of its display area.
+     */
+    public static final int NORTHEAST = 12;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the component on the right side of its display area,
+     * centered vertically.
+     */
+    public static final int EAST = 13;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the component at the bottom-right corner of its display area.
+     */
+    public static final int SOUTHEAST = 14;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the component at the bottom of its display area, centered
+     * horizontally.
+     */
+    public static final int SOUTH = 15;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the component at the bottom-left corner of its display area.
+     */
+    public static final int SOUTHWEST = 16;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the component on the left side of its display area,
+     * centered vertically.
+     */
+    public static final int WEST = 17;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the component at the top-left corner of its display area.
+     */
+    public static final int NORTHWEST = 18;
+
+    /**
+     * Place the component centered along the edge of its display area
+     * associated with the start of a page for the current
+     * {@code ComponentOrientation}.  Equal to NORTH for horizontal
+     * orientations.
+     */
+    public static final int PAGE_START = 19;
+
+    /**
+     * Place the component centered along the edge of its display area
+     * associated with the end of a page for the current
+     * {@code ComponentOrientation}.  Equal to SOUTH for horizontal
+     * orientations.
+     */
+    public static final int PAGE_END = 20;
+
+    /**
+     * Place the component centered along the edge of its display area where
+     * lines of text would normally begin for the current
+     * {@code ComponentOrientation}.  Equal to WEST for horizontal,
+     * left-to-right orientations and EAST for horizontal, right-to-left
+     * orientations.
+     */
+    public static final int LINE_START = 21;
+
+    /**
+     * Place the component centered along the edge of its display area where
+     * lines of text would normally end for the current
+     * {@code ComponentOrientation}.  Equal to EAST for horizontal,
+     * left-to-right orientations and WEST for horizontal, right-to-left
+     * orientations.
+     */
+    public static final int LINE_END = 22;
+
+    /**
+     * Place the component in the corner of its display area where
+     * the first line of text on a page would normally begin for the current
+     * {@code ComponentOrientation}.  Equal to NORTHWEST for horizontal,
+     * left-to-right orientations and NORTHEAST for horizontal, right-to-left
+     * orientations.
+     */
+    public static final int FIRST_LINE_START = 23;
+
+    /**
+     * Place the component in the corner of its display area where
+     * the first line of text on a page would normally end for the current
+     * {@code ComponentOrientation}.  Equal to NORTHEAST for horizontal,
+     * left-to-right orientations and NORTHWEST for horizontal, right-to-left
+     * orientations.
+     */
+    public static final int FIRST_LINE_END = 24;
+
+    /**
+     * Place the component in the corner of its display area where
+     * the last line of text on a page would normally start for the current
+     * {@code ComponentOrientation}.  Equal to SOUTHWEST for horizontal,
+     * left-to-right orientations and SOUTHEAST for horizontal, right-to-left
+     * orientations.
+     */
+    public static final int LAST_LINE_START = 25;
+
+    /**
+     * Place the component in the corner of its display area where
+     * the last line of text on a page would normally end for the current
+     * {@code ComponentOrientation}.  Equal to SOUTHEAST for horizontal,
+     * left-to-right orientations and SOUTHWEST for horizontal, right-to-left
+     * orientations.
+     */
+    public static final int LAST_LINE_END = 26;
+
+    /**
+     * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field.  Specifies
+     * that the component should be horizontally centered and
+     * vertically aligned along the baseline of the prevailing row.
+     * If the component does not have a baseline it will be vertically
+     * centered.
+     *
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static final int BASELINE = 0x100;
+
+    /**
+     * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field.  Specifies
+     * that the component should be horizontally placed along the
+     * leading edge.  For components with a left-to-right orientation,
+     * the leading edge is the left edge.  Vertically the component is
+     * aligned along the baseline of the prevailing row.  If the
+     * component does not have a baseline it will be vertically
+     * centered.
+     *
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static final int BASELINE_LEADING = 0x200;
+
+    /**
+     * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field.  Specifies
+     * that the component should be horizontally placed along the
+     * trailing edge.  For components with a left-to-right
+     * orientation, the trailing edge is the right edge.  Vertically
+     * the component is aligned along the baseline of the prevailing
+     * row.  If the component does not have a baseline it will be
+     * vertically centered.
+     *
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static final int BASELINE_TRAILING = 0x300;
+
+    /**
+     * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field.  Specifies
+     * that the component should be horizontally centered.  Vertically
+     * the component is positioned so that its bottom edge touches
+     * the baseline of the starting row.  If the starting row does not
+     * have a baseline it will be vertically centered.
+     *
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static final int ABOVE_BASELINE = 0x400;
+
+    /**
+     * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field.  Specifies
+     * that the component should be horizontally placed along the
+     * leading edge.  For components with a left-to-right orientation,
+     * the leading edge is the left edge.  Vertically the component is
+     * positioned so that its bottom edge touches the baseline of the
+     * starting row.  If the starting row does not have a baseline it
+     * will be vertically centered.
+     *
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static final int ABOVE_BASELINE_LEADING = 0x500;
+
+    /**
+     * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field.  Specifies
+     * that the component should be horizontally placed along the
+     * trailing edge.  For components with a left-to-right
+     * orientation, the trailing edge is the right edge.  Vertically
+     * the component is positioned so that its bottom edge touches
+     * the baseline of the starting row.  If the starting row does not
+     * have a baseline it will be vertically centered.
+     *
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static final int ABOVE_BASELINE_TRAILING = 0x600;
+
+    /**
+     * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field.  Specifies
+     * that the component should be horizontally centered.  Vertically
+     * the component is positioned so that its top edge touches the
+     * baseline of the starting row.  If the starting row does not
+     * have a baseline it will be vertically centered.
+     *
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static final int BELOW_BASELINE = 0x700;
+
+    /**
+     * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field.  Specifies
+     * that the component should be horizontally placed along the
+     * leading edge.  For components with a left-to-right orientation,
+     * the leading edge is the left edge.  Vertically the component is
+     * positioned so that its top edge touches the baseline of the
+     * starting row.  If the starting row does not have a baseline it
+     * will be vertically centered.
+     *
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static final int BELOW_BASELINE_LEADING = 0x800;
+
+    /**
+     * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field.  Specifies
+     * that the component should be horizontally placed along the
+     * trailing edge.  For components with a left-to-right
+     * orientation, the trailing edge is the right edge.  Vertically
+     * the component is positioned so that its top edge touches the
+     * baseline of the starting row.  If the starting row does not
+     * have a baseline it will be vertically centered.
+     *
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static final int BELOW_BASELINE_TRAILING = 0x900;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the cell containing the leading edge of the component's
+     * display area, where the first cell in a row has {@code gridx=0}.
+     * The leading edge of a component's display area is its left edge for
+     * a horizontal, left-to-right container and its right edge for a
+     * horizontal, right-to-left container.
+     * The value
+     * {@code RELATIVE} specifies that the component be placed
+     * immediately following the component that was added to the container
+     * just before this component was added.
+     * <p>
+     * The default value is {@code RELATIVE}.
+     * {@code gridx} should be a non-negative value.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridy
+     * @see java.awt.ComponentOrientation
+     */
+    public int gridx;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the cell at the top of the component's display area,
+     * where the topmost cell has {@code gridy=0}. The value
+     * {@code RELATIVE} specifies that the component be placed just
+     * below the component that was added to the container just before
+     * this component was added.
+     * <p>
+     * The default value is {@code RELATIVE}.
+     * {@code gridy} should be a non-negative value.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridx
+     */
+    public int gridy;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the number of cells in a row for the component's
+     * display area.
+     * <p>
+     * Use {@code REMAINDER} to specify that the component's
+     * display area will be from {@code gridx} to the last
+     * cell in the row.
+     * Use {@code RELATIVE} to specify that the component's
+     * display area will be from {@code gridx} to the next
+     * to the last one in its row.
+     * <p>
+     * {@code gridwidth} should be non-negative and the default
+     * value is 1.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridheight
+     */
+    public int gridwidth;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the number of cells in a column for the component's
+     * display area.
+     * <p>
+     * Use {@code REMAINDER} to specify that the component's
+     * display area will be from {@code gridy} to the last
+     * cell in the column.
+     * Use {@code RELATIVE} to specify that the component's
+     * display area will be from {@code gridy} to the next
+     * to the last one in its column.
+     * <p>
+     * {@code gridheight} should be a non-negative value and the
+     * default value is 1.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridwidth
+     */
+    public int gridheight;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies how to distribute extra horizontal space.
+     * <p>
+     * The grid bag layout manager calculates the weight of a column to
+     * be the maximum {@code weightx} of all the components in a
+     * column. If the resulting layout is smaller horizontally than the area
+     * it needs to fill, the extra space is distributed to each column in
+     * proportion to its weight. A column that has a weight of zero receives
+     * no extra space.
+     * <p>
+     * If all the weights are zero, all the extra space appears between
+     * the grids of the cell and the left and right edges.
+     * <p>
+     * The default value of this field is {@code 0}.
+     * {@code weightx} should be a non-negative value.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#weighty
+     */
+    public double weightx;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies how to distribute extra vertical space.
+     * <p>
+     * The grid bag layout manager calculates the weight of a row to be
+     * the maximum {@code weighty} of all the components in a row.
+     * If the resulting layout is smaller vertically than the area it
+     * needs to fill, the extra space is distributed to each row in
+     * proportion to its weight. A row that has a weight of zero receives no
+     * extra space.
+     * <p>
+     * If all the weights are zero, all the extra space appears between
+     * the grids of the cell and the top and bottom edges.
+     * <p>
+     * The default value of this field is {@code 0}.
+     * {@code weighty} should be a non-negative value.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#weightx
+     */
+    public double weighty;
+
+    /**
+     * This field is used when the component is smaller than its
+     * display area. It determines where, within the display area, to
+     * place the component.
+     * <p> There are three kinds of possible values: orientation
+     * relative, baseline relative and absolute.  Orientation relative
+     * values are interpreted relative to the container's component
+     * orientation property, baseline relative values are interpreted
+     * relative to the baseline and absolute values are not.  The
+     * absolute values are:
+     * {@code CENTER}, {@code NORTH}, {@code NORTHEAST},
+     * {@code EAST}, {@code SOUTHEAST}, {@code SOUTH},
+     * {@code SOUTHWEST}, {@code WEST}, and {@code NORTHWEST}.
+     * The orientation relative values are: {@code PAGE_START},
+     * {@code PAGE_END},
+     * {@code LINE_START}, {@code LINE_END},
+     * {@code FIRST_LINE_START}, {@code FIRST_LINE_END},
+     * {@code LAST_LINE_START} and {@code LAST_LINE_END}.  The
+     * baseline relative values are:
+     * {@code BASELINE}, {@code BASELINE_LEADING},
+     * {@code BASELINE_TRAILING},
+     * {@code ABOVE_BASELINE}, {@code ABOVE_BASELINE_LEADING},
+     * {@code ABOVE_BASELINE_TRAILING},
+     * {@code BELOW_BASELINE}, {@code BELOW_BASELINE_LEADING},
+     * and {@code BELOW_BASELINE_TRAILING}.
+     * The default value is {@code CENTER}.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     * @see java.awt.ComponentOrientation
+     */
+    public int anchor;
+
+    /**
+     * This field is used when the component's display area is larger
+     * than the component's requested size. It determines whether to
+     * resize the component, and if so, how.
+     * <p>
+     * The following values are valid for {@code fill}:
+     *
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>
+     * {@code NONE}: Do not resize the component.
+     * <li>
+     * {@code HORIZONTAL}: Make the component wide enough to fill
+     *         its display area horizontally, but do not change its height.
+     * <li>
+     * {@code VERTICAL}: Make the component tall enough to fill its
+     *         display area vertically, but do not change its width.
+     * <li>
+     * {@code BOTH}: Make the component fill its display area
+     *         entirely.
+     * </ul>
+     * <p>
+     * The default value is {@code NONE}.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     */
+    public int fill;
+
+    /**
+     * This field specifies the external padding of the component, the
+     * minimum amount of space between the component and the edges of its
+     * display area.
+     * <p>
+     * The default value is {@code new Insets(0, 0, 0, 0)}.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     */
+    public Insets insets;
+
+    /**
+     * This field specifies the internal padding of the component, how much
+     * space to add to the minimum width of the component. The width of
+     * the component is at least its minimum width plus
+     * {@code ipadx} pixels.
+     * <p>
+     * The default value is {@code 0}.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#ipady
+     */
+    public int ipadx;
+
+    /**
+     * This field specifies the internal padding, that is, how much
+     * space to add to the minimum height of the component. The height of
+     * the component is at least its minimum height plus
+     * {@code ipady} pixels.
+     * <p>
+     * The default value is 0.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#ipadx
+     */
+    public int ipady;
+
+    /**
+     * Temporary place holder for the x coordinate.
+     * @serial
+     */
+    int tempX;
+    /**
+     * Temporary place holder for the y coordinate.
+     * @serial
+     */
+    int tempY;
+    /**
+     * Temporary place holder for the Width of the component.
+     * @serial
+     */
+    int tempWidth;
+    /**
+     * Temporary place holder for the Height of the component.
+     * @serial
+     */
+    int tempHeight;
+    /**
+     * The minimum width of the component.  It is used to calculate
+     * {@code ipady}, where the default will be 0.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #ipady
+     */
+    int minWidth;
+    /**
+     * The minimum height of the component. It is used to calculate
+     * {@code ipadx}, where the default will be 0.
+     * @serial
+     * @see #ipadx
+     */
+    int minHeight;
+
+    // The following fields are only used if the anchor is
+    // one of BASELINE, BASELINE_LEADING or BASELINE_TRAILING.
+    // ascent and descent include the insets and ipady values.
+    transient int ascent;
+    transient int descent;
+    transient Component.BaselineResizeBehavior baselineResizeBehavior;
+    // The following two fields are used if the baseline type is
+    // CENTER_OFFSET.
+    // centerPadding is either 0 or 1 and indicates if
+    // the height needs to be padded by one when calculating where the
+    // baseline lands
+    transient int centerPadding;
+    // Where the baseline lands relative to the center of the component.
+    transient int centerOffset;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -1000070633030801713L;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a {@code GridBagConstraint} object with
+     * all of its fields set to their default value.
+     */
+    public GridBagConstraints () {
+        gridx = RELATIVE;
+        gridy = RELATIVE;
+        gridwidth = 1;
+        gridheight = 1;
+
+        weightx = 0;
+        weighty = 0;
+        anchor = CENTER;
+        fill = NONE;
+
+        insets = new Insets(0, 0, 0, 0);
+        ipadx = 0;
+        ipady = 0;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a {@code GridBagConstraints} object with
+     * all of its fields set to the passed-in arguments.
+     *
+     * Note: Because the use of this constructor hinders readability
+     * of source code, this constructor should only be used by
+     * automatic source code generation tools.
+     *
+     * @param gridx     The initial gridx value.
+     * @param gridy     The initial gridy value.
+     * @param gridwidth The initial gridwidth value.
+     * @param gridheight        The initial gridheight value.
+     * @param weightx   The initial weightx value.
+     * @param weighty   The initial weighty value.
+     * @param anchor    The initial anchor value.
+     * @param fill      The initial fill value.
+     * @param insets    The initial insets value.
+     * @param ipadx     The initial ipadx value.
+     * @param ipady     The initial ipady value.
+     *
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridx
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridy
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridwidth
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridheight
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#weightx
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#weighty
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#anchor
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#fill
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#insets
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#ipadx
+     * @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#ipady
+     *
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public GridBagConstraints(int gridx, int gridy,
+                              int gridwidth, int gridheight,
+                              double weightx, double weighty,
+                              int anchor, int fill,
+                              Insets insets, int ipadx, int ipady) {
+        this.gridx = gridx;
+        this.gridy = gridy;
+        this.gridwidth = gridwidth;
+        this.gridheight = gridheight;
+        this.fill = fill;
+        this.ipadx = ipadx;
+        this.ipady = ipady;
+        this.insets = insets;
+        this.anchor  = anchor;
+        this.weightx = weightx;
+        this.weighty = weighty;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a copy of this grid bag constraint.
+     * @return     a copy of this grid bag constraint
+     */
+    public Object clone () {
+        try {
+            GridBagConstraints c = (GridBagConstraints)super.clone();
+            c.insets = (Insets)insets.clone();
+            return c;
+        } catch (CloneNotSupportedException e) {
+            // this shouldn't happen, since we are Cloneable
+            throw new InternalError(e);
+        }
+    }
+
+    boolean isVerticallyResizable() {
+        return (fill == BOTH || fill == VERTICAL);
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GridBagLayoutInfo.java

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code GridBagLayoutInfo} is an utility class for
+ * {@code GridBagLayout} layout manager.
+ * It stores align, size and baseline parameters for every component within a container.
+ *
+ * @see       java.awt.GridBagLayout
+ * @see       java.awt.GridBagConstraints
+ * @since 1.6
+ */
+public class GridBagLayoutInfo implements java.io.Serializable {
+    /*
+     * serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -4899416460737170217L;
+
+    int width, height;          /* number of  cells: horizontal and vertical */
+    int startx, starty;         /* starting point for layout */
+    int minWidth[];             /* largest minWidth in each column */
+    int minHeight[];            /* largest minHeight in each row */
+    double weightX[];           /* largest weight in each column */
+    double weightY[];           /* largest weight in each row */
+    boolean hasBaseline;        /* Whether or not baseline layout has been
+                                 * requested and one of the components
+                                 * has a valid baseline. */
+    // These are only valid if hasBaseline is true and are indexed by
+    // row.
+    short baselineType[];       /* The type of baseline for a particular
+                                 * row.  A mix of the BaselineResizeBehavior
+                                 * constants (1 << ordinal()) */
+    int maxAscent[];            /* Max ascent (baseline). */
+    int maxDescent[];           /* Max descent (height - baseline) */
+
+    /**
+     * Creates an instance of GridBagLayoutInfo representing {@code GridBagLayout}
+     * grid cells with it's own parameters.
+     * @param width the columns
+     * @param height the rows
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    GridBagLayoutInfo(int width, int height) {
+        this.width = width;
+        this.height = height;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if the specified row has any component aligned on the
+     * baseline with a baseline resize behavior of CONSTANT_DESCENT.
+     */
+    boolean hasConstantDescent(int row) {
+        return ((baselineType[row] & (1 << Component.BaselineResizeBehavior.
+                                      CONSTANT_DESCENT.ordinal())) != 0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns true if there is a baseline for the specified row.
+     */
+    boolean hasBaseline(int row) {
+        return (hasBaseline && baselineType[row] != 0);
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GridLayout.java

@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code GridLayout} class is a layout manager that
+ * lays out a container's components in a rectangular grid.
+ * The container is divided into equal-sized rectangles,
+ * and one component is placed in each rectangle.
+ * For example, the following is an applet that lays out six buttons
+ * into three rows and two columns:
+ *
+ * <hr><blockquote>
+ * <pre>
+ * import java.awt.*;
+ * import java.applet.Applet;
+ * public class ButtonGrid extends Applet {
+ *     public void init() {
+ *         setLayout(new GridLayout(3,2));
+ *         add(new Button("1"));
+ *         add(new Button("2"));
+ *         add(new Button("3"));
+ *         add(new Button("4"));
+ *         add(new Button("5"));
+ *         add(new Button("6"));
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * </pre></blockquote><hr>
+ * <p>
+ * If the container's {@code ComponentOrientation} property is horizontal
+ * and left-to-right, the above example produces the output shown in Figure 1.
+ * If the container's {@code ComponentOrientation} property is horizontal
+ * and right-to-left, the example produces the output shown in Figure 2.
+ *
+ * <table style="float:center;width:600">
+ * <caption style="display:none">Figures</caption>
+ * <tr style="text-align:center">
+ * <td><img SRC="doc-files/GridLayout-1.gif"
+ *      alt="Shows 6 buttons in rows of 2. Row 1 shows buttons 1 then 2.
+ * Row 2 shows buttons 3 then 4. Row 3 shows buttons 5 then 6.">
+ * </td>
+ *
+ * <td style="text-align:center"><img SRC="doc-files/GridLayout-2.gif"
+ *              alt="Shows 6 buttons in rows of 2. Row 1 shows buttons 2 then 1.
+ * Row 2 shows buttons 4 then 3. Row 3 shows buttons 6 then 5.">
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr style="text-align:center">
+ * <td>Figure 1: Horizontal, Left-to-Right</td>
+ *
+ * <td>Figure 2: Horizontal, Right-to-Left</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ * <p>
+ * When both the number of rows and the number of columns have
+ * been set to non-zero values, either by a constructor or
+ * by the {@code setRows} and {@code setColumns} methods, the number of
+ * columns specified is ignored.  Instead, the number of
+ * columns is determined from the specified number of rows
+ * and the total number of components in the layout. So, for
+ * example, if three rows and two columns have been specified
+ * and nine components are added to the layout, they will
+ * be displayed as three rows of three columns.  Specifying
+ * the number of columns affects the layout only when the
+ * number of rows is set to zero.
+ *
+ * @author  Arthur van Hoff
+ * @since   1.0
+ */
+public class GridLayout implements LayoutManager, java.io.Serializable {
+    /*
+     * serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -7411804673224730901L;
+
+    /**
+     * This is the horizontal gap (in pixels) which specifies the space
+     * between columns.  They can be changed at any time.
+     * This should be a non-negative integer.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getHgap()
+     * @see #setHgap(int)
+     */
+    int hgap;
+    /**
+     * This is the vertical gap (in pixels) which specifies the space
+     * between rows.  They can be changed at any time.
+     * This should be a non negative integer.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getVgap()
+     * @see #setVgap(int)
+     */
+    int vgap;
+    /**
+     * This is the number of rows specified for the grid.  The number
+     * of rows can be changed at any time.
+     * This should be a non negative integer, where '0' means
+     * 'any number' meaning that the number of Rows in that
+     * dimension depends on the other dimension.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getRows()
+     * @see #setRows(int)
+     */
+    int rows;
+    /**
+     * This is the number of columns specified for the grid.  The number
+     * of columns can be changed at any time.
+     * This should be a non negative integer, where '0' means
+     * 'any number' meaning that the number of Columns in that
+     * dimension depends on the other dimension.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getColumns()
+     * @see #setColumns(int)
+     */
+    int cols;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a grid layout with a default of one column per component,
+     * in a single row.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public GridLayout() {
+        this(1, 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a grid layout with the specified number of rows and
+     * columns. All components in the layout are given equal size.
+     * <p>
+     * One, but not both, of {@code rows} and {@code cols} can
+     * be zero, which means that any number of objects can be placed in a
+     * row or in a column.
+     * @param     rows   the rows, with the value zero meaning
+     *                   any number of rows.
+     * @param     cols   the columns, with the value zero meaning
+     *                   any number of columns.
+     */
+    public GridLayout(int rows, int cols) {
+        this(rows, cols, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a grid layout with the specified number of rows and
+     * columns. All components in the layout are given equal size.
+     * <p>
+     * In addition, the horizontal and vertical gaps are set to the
+     * specified values. Horizontal gaps are placed between each
+     * of the columns. Vertical gaps are placed between each of
+     * the rows.
+     * <p>
+     * One, but not both, of {@code rows} and {@code cols} can
+     * be zero, which means that any number of objects can be placed in a
+     * row or in a column.
+     * <p>
+     * All {@code GridLayout} constructors defer to this one.
+     * @param     rows   the rows, with the value zero meaning
+     *                   any number of rows
+     * @param     cols   the columns, with the value zero meaning
+     *                   any number of columns
+     * @param     hgap   the horizontal gap
+     * @param     vgap   the vertical gap
+     * @exception   IllegalArgumentException  if the value of both
+     *                  {@code rows} and {@code cols} is
+     *                  set to zero
+     */
+    public GridLayout(int rows, int cols, int hgap, int vgap) {
+        if ((rows == 0) && (cols == 0)) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("rows and cols cannot both be zero");
+        }
+        this.rows = rows;
+        this.cols = cols;
+        this.hgap = hgap;
+        this.vgap = vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the number of rows in this layout.
+     * @return    the number of rows in this layout
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public int getRows() {
+        return rows;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the number of rows in this layout to the specified value.
+     * @param        rows   the number of rows in this layout
+     * @exception    IllegalArgumentException  if the value of both
+     *               {@code rows} and {@code cols} is set to zero
+     * @since        1.1
+     */
+    public void setRows(int rows) {
+        if ((rows == 0) && (this.cols == 0)) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("rows and cols cannot both be zero");
+        }
+        this.rows = rows;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the number of columns in this layout.
+     * @return     the number of columns in this layout
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public int getColumns() {
+        return cols;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the number of columns in this layout to the specified value.
+     * Setting the number of columns has no affect on the layout
+     * if the number of rows specified by a constructor or by
+     * the {@code setRows} method is non-zero. In that case, the number
+     * of columns displayed in the layout is determined by the total
+     * number of components and the number of rows specified.
+     * @param        cols   the number of columns in this layout
+     * @exception    IllegalArgumentException  if the value of both
+     *               {@code rows} and {@code cols} is set to zero
+     * @since        1.1
+     */
+    public void setColumns(int cols) {
+        if ((cols == 0) && (this.rows == 0)) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("rows and cols cannot both be zero");
+        }
+        this.cols = cols;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the horizontal gap between components.
+     * @return       the horizontal gap between components
+     * @since        1.1
+     */
+    public int getHgap() {
+        return hgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the horizontal gap between components to the specified value.
+     * @param        hgap   the horizontal gap between components
+     * @since        1.1
+     */
+    public void setHgap(int hgap) {
+        this.hgap = hgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the vertical gap between components.
+     * @return       the vertical gap between components
+     * @since        1.1
+     */
+    public int getVgap() {
+        return vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the vertical gap between components to the specified value.
+     * @param         vgap  the vertical gap between components
+     * @since        1.1
+     */
+    public void setVgap(int vgap) {
+        this.vgap = vgap;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified component with the specified name to the layout.
+     * @param name the name of the component
+     * @param comp the component to be added
+     */
+    public void addLayoutComponent(String name, Component comp) {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified component from the layout.
+     * @param comp the component to be removed
+     */
+    public void removeLayoutComponent(Component comp) {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the preferred size of the container argument using
+     * this grid layout.
+     * <p>
+     * The preferred width of a grid layout is the largest preferred
+     * width of all of the components in the container times the number of
+     * columns, plus the horizontal padding times the number of columns
+     * minus one, plus the left and right insets of the target container.
+     * <p>
+     * The preferred height of a grid layout is the largest preferred
+     * height of all of the components in the container times the number of
+     * rows, plus the vertical padding times the number of rows minus one,
+     * plus the top and bottom insets of the target container.
+     *
+     * @param     parent   the container in which to do the layout
+     * @return    the preferred dimensions to lay out the
+     *                      subcomponents of the specified container
+     * @see       java.awt.GridLayout#minimumLayoutSize
+     * @see       java.awt.Container#getPreferredSize()
+     */
+    public Dimension preferredLayoutSize(Container parent) {
+      synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+        Insets insets = parent.getInsets();
+        int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+        int nrows = rows;
+        int ncols = cols;
+
+        if (nrows > 0) {
+            ncols = (ncomponents + nrows - 1) / nrows;
+        } else {
+            nrows = (ncomponents + ncols - 1) / ncols;
+        }
+        int w = 0;
+        int h = 0;
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < ncomponents ; i++) {
+            Component comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+            Dimension d = comp.getPreferredSize();
+            if (w < d.width) {
+                w = d.width;
+            }
+            if (h < d.height) {
+                h = d.height;
+            }
+        }
+        return new Dimension(insets.left + insets.right + ncols*w + (ncols-1)*hgap,
+                             insets.top + insets.bottom + nrows*h + (nrows-1)*vgap);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the minimum size of the container argument using this
+     * grid layout.
+     * <p>
+     * The minimum width of a grid layout is the largest minimum width
+     * of all of the components in the container times the number of columns,
+     * plus the horizontal padding times the number of columns minus one,
+     * plus the left and right insets of the target container.
+     * <p>
+     * The minimum height of a grid layout is the largest minimum height
+     * of all of the components in the container times the number of rows,
+     * plus the vertical padding times the number of rows minus one, plus
+     * the top and bottom insets of the target container.
+     *
+     * @param       parent   the container in which to do the layout
+     * @return      the minimum dimensions needed to lay out the
+     *                      subcomponents of the specified container
+     * @see         java.awt.GridLayout#preferredLayoutSize
+     * @see         java.awt.Container#doLayout
+     */
+    public Dimension minimumLayoutSize(Container parent) {
+      synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+        Insets insets = parent.getInsets();
+        int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+        int nrows = rows;
+        int ncols = cols;
+
+        if (nrows > 0) {
+            ncols = (ncomponents + nrows - 1) / nrows;
+        } else {
+            nrows = (ncomponents + ncols - 1) / ncols;
+        }
+        int w = 0;
+        int h = 0;
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < ncomponents ; i++) {
+            Component comp = parent.getComponent(i);
+            Dimension d = comp.getMinimumSize();
+            if (w < d.width) {
+                w = d.width;
+            }
+            if (h < d.height) {
+                h = d.height;
+            }
+        }
+        return new Dimension(insets.left + insets.right + ncols*w + (ncols-1)*hgap,
+                             insets.top + insets.bottom + nrows*h + (nrows-1)*vgap);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Lays out the specified container using this layout.
+     * <p>
+     * This method reshapes the components in the specified target
+     * container in order to satisfy the constraints of the
+     * {@code GridLayout} object.
+     * <p>
+     * The grid layout manager determines the size of individual
+     * components by dividing the free space in the container into
+     * equal-sized portions according to the number of rows and columns
+     * in the layout. The container's free space equals the container's
+     * size minus any insets and any specified horizontal or vertical
+     * gap. All components in a grid layout are given the same size.
+     *
+     * @param      parent   the container in which to do the layout
+     * @see        java.awt.Container
+     * @see        java.awt.Container#doLayout
+     */
+    public void layoutContainer(Container parent) {
+      synchronized (parent.getTreeLock()) {
+        Insets insets = parent.getInsets();
+        int ncomponents = parent.getComponentCount();
+        int nrows = rows;
+        int ncols = cols;
+        boolean ltr = parent.getComponentOrientation().isLeftToRight();
+
+        if (ncomponents == 0) {
+            return;
+        }
+        if (nrows > 0) {
+            ncols = (ncomponents + nrows - 1) / nrows;
+        } else {
+            nrows = (ncomponents + ncols - 1) / ncols;
+        }
+        // 4370316. To position components in the center we should:
+        // 1. get an amount of extra space within Container
+        // 2. incorporate half of that value to the left/top position
+        // Note that we use trancating division for widthOnComponent
+        // The reminder goes to extraWidthAvailable
+        int totalGapsWidth = (ncols - 1) * hgap;
+        int widthWOInsets = parent.width - (insets.left + insets.right);
+        int widthOnComponent = (widthWOInsets - totalGapsWidth) / ncols;
+        int extraWidthAvailable = (widthWOInsets - (widthOnComponent * ncols + totalGapsWidth)) / 2;
+
+        int totalGapsHeight = (nrows - 1) * vgap;
+        int heightWOInsets = parent.height - (insets.top + insets.bottom);
+        int heightOnComponent = (heightWOInsets - totalGapsHeight) / nrows;
+        int extraHeightAvailable = (heightWOInsets - (heightOnComponent * nrows + totalGapsHeight)) / 2;
+        if (ltr) {
+            for (int c = 0, x = insets.left + extraWidthAvailable; c < ncols ; c++, x += widthOnComponent + hgap) {
+                for (int r = 0, y = insets.top + extraHeightAvailable; r < nrows ; r++, y += heightOnComponent + vgap) {
+                    int i = r * ncols + c;
+                    if (i < ncomponents) {
+                        parent.getComponent(i).setBounds(x, y, widthOnComponent, heightOnComponent);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            for (int c = 0, x = (parent.width - insets.right - widthOnComponent) - extraWidthAvailable; c < ncols ; c++, x -= widthOnComponent + hgap) {
+                for (int r = 0, y = insets.top + extraHeightAvailable; r < nrows ; r++, y += heightOnComponent + vgap) {
+                    int i = r * ncols + c;
+                    if (i < ncomponents) {
+                        parent.getComponent(i).setBounds(x, y, widthOnComponent, heightOnComponent);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the string representation of this grid layout's values.
+     * @return     a string representation of this grid layout
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() + "[hgap=" + hgap + ",vgap=" + vgap +
+                                       ",rows=" + rows + ",cols=" + cols + "]";
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/HeadlessException.java

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * Thrown when code that is dependent on a keyboard, display, or mouse
+ * is called in an environment that does not support a keyboard, display,
+ * or mouse. Any code that depends on any of those devices should firstly
+ * ensure their availability using the {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()}
+ * method and throw {@code HeadlessException} if the latter returns
+ * {@code true}.
+ *
+ * @since 1.4
+ * @author  Michael Martak
+ * @see GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+ */
+public class HeadlessException extends UnsupportedOperationException {
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.4 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 167183644944358563L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs new {@code HeadlessException} with empty message.
+     * For such {@code HeadlessException} the default headless error message
+     * may be auto-generated for some platforms.
+     * The text of the default headless message may depend on
+     * whether the GraphicsEnvironment is in fact headless.
+     * That is, the default headless message is both system and environmentally
+     * dependent.
+     */
+    public HeadlessException() {}
+
+    /**
+     * Create a new instance with the specified detailed error message.
+     * For some platforms the default headless error message may be
+     * added at the end of the specified message.
+     * The text of the default headless message may depend on
+     * whether the GraphicsEnvironment is in fact headless.
+     * That is, the default headless message is both system and environmentally
+     * dependent.
+     *
+     * @param  msg the error message
+     */
+    public HeadlessException(String msg) {
+        super(msg);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the detail message string of this {@code HeadlessException}.
+     * Depending on the platform the message specified in the constructor may
+     * be followed by the default headless error message.
+     * The text of the default headless message may depend on
+     * whether the GraphicsEnvironment is in fact headless.
+     * That is, the default headless message is both system and environmentally
+     * dependent.
+     *
+     * @return  the detail message string of this {@code HeadlessException}
+     *          instance (which may be {@code null}).
+     */
+    public String getMessage() {
+        String superMessage = super.getMessage();
+        String headlessMessage = GraphicsEnvironment.getHeadlessMessage();
+
+        if (superMessage == null) {
+            return headlessMessage;
+        } else if (headlessMessage == null) {
+            return superMessage;
+        } else {
+            return superMessage + headlessMessage;
+        }
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/IllegalComponentStateException.java

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 1997, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * Signals that an AWT component is not in an appropriate state for
+ * the requested operation.
+ *
+ * @author      Jonni Kanerva
+ */
+public class IllegalComponentStateException extends IllegalStateException {
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = -1889339587208144238L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an IllegalComponentStateException with no detail message.
+     * A detail message is a String that describes this particular exception.
+     */
+    public IllegalComponentStateException() {
+        super();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an IllegalComponentStateException with the specified detail
+     * message.  A detail message is a String that describes this particular
+     * exception.
+     * @param s the String that contains a detailed message
+     */
+    public IllegalComponentStateException(String s) {
+        super(s);
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Image.java

@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.ImageProducer;
+import java.awt.image.ImageObserver;
+import java.awt.image.ImageFilter;
+import java.awt.image.FilteredImageSource;
+import java.awt.image.AreaAveragingScaleFilter;
+import java.awt.image.ReplicateScaleFilter;
+
+import sun.awt.image.SurfaceManager;
+
+
+/**
+ * The abstract class {@code Image} is the superclass of all
+ * classes that represent graphical images. The image must be
+ * obtained in a platform-specific manner.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public abstract class Image {
+
+    /**
+     * convenience object; we can use this single static object for
+     * all images that do not create their own image caps; it holds the
+     * default (unaccelerated) properties.
+     */
+    private static ImageCapabilities defaultImageCaps =
+        new ImageCapabilities(false);
+
+    /**
+     * Priority for accelerating this image.  Subclasses are free to
+     * set different default priorities and applications are free to
+     * set the priority for specific images via the
+     * {@code setAccelerationPriority(float)} method.
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    protected float accelerationPriority = .5f;
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the width of the image. If the width is not yet known,
+     * this method returns {@code -1} and the specified
+     * {@code ImageObserver} object is notified later.
+     * @param     observer   an object waiting for the image to be loaded.
+     * @return    the width of this image, or {@code -1}
+     *                   if the width is not yet known.
+     * @see       java.awt.Image#getHeight
+     * @see       java.awt.image.ImageObserver
+     */
+    public abstract int getWidth(ImageObserver observer);
+
+    /**
+     * Determines the height of the image. If the height is not yet known,
+     * this method returns {@code -1} and the specified
+     * {@code ImageObserver} object is notified later.
+     * @param     observer   an object waiting for the image to be loaded.
+     * @return    the height of this image, or {@code -1}
+     *                   if the height is not yet known.
+     * @see       java.awt.Image#getWidth
+     * @see       java.awt.image.ImageObserver
+     */
+    public abstract int getHeight(ImageObserver observer);
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the object that produces the pixels for the image.
+     * This method is called by the image filtering classes and by
+     * methods that perform image conversion and scaling.
+     * @return     the image producer that produces the pixels
+     *                                  for this image.
+     * @see        java.awt.image.ImageProducer
+     */
+    public abstract ImageProducer getSource();
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a graphics context for drawing to an off-screen image.
+     * This method can only be called for off-screen images.
+     * @return  a graphics context to draw to the off-screen image.
+     * @exception UnsupportedOperationException if called for a
+     *            non-off-screen image.
+     * @see     java.awt.Graphics
+     * @see     java.awt.Component#createImage(int, int)
+     */
+    public abstract Graphics getGraphics();
+
+    /**
+     * Gets a property of this image by name.
+     * <p>
+     * Individual property names are defined by the various image
+     * formats. If a property is not defined for a particular image, this
+     * method returns the {@code UndefinedProperty} object.
+     * <p>
+     * If the properties for this image are not yet known, this method
+     * returns {@code null}, and the {@code ImageObserver}
+     * object is notified later.
+     * <p>
+     * The property name {@code "comment"} should be used to store
+     * an optional comment which can be presented to the application as a
+     * description of the image, its source, or its author.
+     * @param       name   a property name.
+     * @param       observer   an object waiting for this image to be loaded.
+     * @return      the value of the named property.
+     * @throws      NullPointerException if the property name is null.
+     * @see         java.awt.image.ImageObserver
+     * @see         java.awt.Image#UndefinedProperty
+     */
+    public abstract Object getProperty(String name, ImageObserver observer);
+
+    /**
+     * The {@code UndefinedProperty} object should be returned whenever a
+     * property which was not defined for a particular image is fetched.
+     */
+    public static final Object UndefinedProperty = new Object();
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a scaled version of this image.
+     * A new {@code Image} object is returned which will render
+     * the image at the specified {@code width} and
+     * {@code height} by default.  The new {@code Image} object
+     * may be loaded asynchronously even if the original source image
+     * has already been loaded completely.
+     *
+     * <p>
+     *
+     * If either {@code width}
+     * or {@code height} is a negative number then a value is
+     * substituted to maintain the aspect ratio of the original image
+     * dimensions. If both {@code width} and {@code height}
+     * are negative, then the original image dimensions are used.
+     *
+     * @param width the width to which to scale the image.
+     * @param height the height to which to scale the image.
+     * @param hints flags to indicate the type of algorithm to use
+     * for image resampling.
+     * @return     a scaled version of the image.
+     * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code width}
+     *             or {@code height} is zero.
+     * @see        java.awt.Image#SCALE_DEFAULT
+     * @see        java.awt.Image#SCALE_FAST
+     * @see        java.awt.Image#SCALE_SMOOTH
+     * @see        java.awt.Image#SCALE_REPLICATE
+     * @see        java.awt.Image#SCALE_AREA_AVERAGING
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public Image getScaledInstance(int width, int height, int hints) {
+        ImageFilter filter;
+        if ((hints & (SCALE_SMOOTH | SCALE_AREA_AVERAGING)) != 0) {
+            filter = new AreaAveragingScaleFilter(width, height);
+        } else {
+            filter = new ReplicateScaleFilter(width, height);
+        }
+        ImageProducer prod;
+        prod = new FilteredImageSource(getSource(), filter);
+        return Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit().createImage(prod);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Use the default image-scaling algorithm.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public static final int SCALE_DEFAULT = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Choose an image-scaling algorithm that gives higher priority
+     * to scaling speed than smoothness of the scaled image.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public static final int SCALE_FAST = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * Choose an image-scaling algorithm that gives higher priority
+     * to image smoothness than scaling speed.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public static final int SCALE_SMOOTH = 4;
+
+    /**
+     * Use the image scaling algorithm embodied in the
+     * {@code ReplicateScaleFilter} class.
+     * The {@code Image} object is free to substitute a different filter
+     * that performs the same algorithm yet integrates more efficiently
+     * into the imaging infrastructure supplied by the toolkit.
+     * @see        java.awt.image.ReplicateScaleFilter
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public static final int SCALE_REPLICATE = 8;
+
+    /**
+     * Use the Area Averaging image scaling algorithm.  The
+     * image object is free to substitute a different filter that
+     * performs the same algorithm yet integrates more efficiently
+     * into the image infrastructure supplied by the toolkit.
+     * @see java.awt.image.AreaAveragingScaleFilter
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public static final int SCALE_AREA_AVERAGING = 16;
+
+    /**
+     * Flushes all reconstructable resources being used by this Image object.
+     * This includes any pixel data that is being cached for rendering to
+     * the screen as well as any system resources that are being used
+     * to store data or pixels for the image if they can be recreated.
+     * The image is reset to a state similar to when it was first created
+     * so that if it is again rendered, the image data will have to be
+     * recreated or fetched again from its source.
+     * <p>
+     * Examples of how this method affects specific types of Image object:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>
+     * BufferedImage objects leave the primary Raster which stores their
+     * pixels untouched, but flush any information cached about those
+     * pixels such as copies uploaded to the display hardware for
+     * accelerated blits.
+     * <li>
+     * Image objects created by the Component methods which take a
+     * width and height leave their primary buffer of pixels untouched,
+     * but have all cached information released much like is done for
+     * BufferedImage objects.
+     * <li>
+     * VolatileImage objects release all of their pixel resources
+     * including their primary copy which is typically stored on
+     * the display hardware where resources are scarce.
+     * These objects can later be restored using their
+     * {@link java.awt.image.VolatileImage#validate validate}
+     * method.
+     * <li>
+     * Image objects created by the Toolkit and Component classes which are
+     * loaded from files, URLs or produced by an {@link ImageProducer}
+     * are unloaded and all local resources are released.
+     * These objects can later be reloaded from their original source
+     * as needed when they are rendered, just as when they were first
+     * created.
+     * </ul>
+     */
+    public void flush() {
+        if (surfaceManager != null) {
+            surfaceManager.flush();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an ImageCapabilities object which can be
+     * inquired as to the capabilities of this
+     * Image on the specified GraphicsConfiguration.
+     * This allows programmers to find
+     * out more runtime information on the specific Image
+     * object that they have created.  For example, the user
+     * might create a BufferedImage but the system may have
+     * no video memory left for creating an image of that
+     * size on the given GraphicsConfiguration, so although the object
+     * may be acceleratable in general, it
+     * does not have that capability on this GraphicsConfiguration.
+     * @param gc a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object.  A value of null
+     * for this parameter will result in getting the image capabilities
+     * for the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+     * @return an {@code ImageCapabilities} object that contains
+     * the capabilities of this {@code Image} on the specified
+     * GraphicsConfiguration.
+     * @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage#getCapabilities()
+     * VolatileImage.getCapabilities()
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public ImageCapabilities getCapabilities(GraphicsConfiguration gc) {
+        if (surfaceManager != null) {
+            return surfaceManager.getCapabilities(gc);
+        }
+        // Note: this is just a default object that gets returned in the
+        // absence of any more specific information from a surfaceManager.
+        // Subclasses of Image should either override this method or
+        // make sure that they always have a non-null SurfaceManager
+        // to return an ImageCapabilities object that is appropriate
+        // for their given subclass type.
+        return defaultImageCaps;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets a hint for this image about how important acceleration is.
+     * This priority hint is used to compare to the priorities of other
+     * Image objects when determining how to use scarce acceleration
+     * resources such as video memory.  When and if it is possible to
+     * accelerate this Image, if there are not enough resources available
+     * to provide that acceleration but enough can be freed up by
+     * de-accelerating some other image of lower priority, then that other
+     * Image may be de-accelerated in deference to this one.  Images
+     * that have the same priority take up resources on a first-come,
+     * first-served basis.
+     * @param priority a value between 0 and 1, inclusive, where higher
+     * values indicate more importance for acceleration.  A value of 0
+     * means that this Image should never be accelerated.  Other values
+     * are used simply to determine acceleration priority relative to other
+     * Images.
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code priority} is less
+     * than zero or greater than 1.
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public void setAccelerationPriority(float priority) {
+        if (priority < 0 || priority > 1) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("Priority must be a value " +
+                                               "between 0 and 1, inclusive");
+        }
+        accelerationPriority = priority;
+        if (surfaceManager != null) {
+            surfaceManager.setAccelerationPriority(accelerationPriority);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the current value of the acceleration priority hint.
+     * @see #setAccelerationPriority(float priority) setAccelerationPriority
+     * @return value between 0 and 1, inclusive, which represents the current
+     * priority value
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public float getAccelerationPriority() {
+        return accelerationPriority;
+    }
+
+    SurfaceManager surfaceManager;
+
+    static {
+        SurfaceManager.setImageAccessor(new SurfaceManager.ImageAccessor() {
+            public SurfaceManager getSurfaceManager(Image img) {
+                return img.surfaceManager;
+            }
+            public void setSurfaceManager(Image img, SurfaceManager mgr) {
+                img.surfaceManager = mgr;
+            }
+        });
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ImageCapabilities.java

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * Capabilities and properties of images.
+ * @author Michael Martak
+ * @since 1.4
+ */
+public class ImageCapabilities implements Cloneable {
+
+    private boolean accelerated = false;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new object for specifying image capabilities.
+     * @param accelerated whether or not an accelerated image is desired
+     */
+    public ImageCapabilities(boolean accelerated) {
+        this.accelerated = accelerated;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns {@code true} if the object whose capabilities are
+     * encapsulated in this {@code ImageCapabilities} can be or is
+     * accelerated.
+     * @return whether or not an image can be, or is, accelerated.  There are
+     * various platform-specific ways to accelerate an image, including
+     * pixmaps, VRAM, AGP.  This is the general acceleration method (as
+     * opposed to residing in system memory).
+     */
+    public boolean isAccelerated() {
+        return accelerated;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns {@code true} if the {@code VolatileImage}
+     * described by this {@code ImageCapabilities} can lose
+     * its surfaces.
+     * @return whether or not a volatile image is subject to losing its surfaces
+     * at the whim of the operating system.
+     */
+    public boolean isTrueVolatile() {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @return a copy of this ImageCapabilities object.
+     */
+    public Object clone() {
+        try {
+            return super.clone();
+        } catch (CloneNotSupportedException e) {
+            // Since we implement Cloneable, this should never happen
+            throw new InternalError(e);
+        }
+    }
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Insets.java

@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * An {@code Insets} object is a representation of the borders
+ * of a container. It specifies the space that a container must leave
+ * at each of its edges. The space can be a border, a blank space, or
+ * a title.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @see         java.awt.LayoutManager
+ * @see         java.awt.Container
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class Insets implements Cloneable, java.io.Serializable {
+
+    /**
+     * The inset from the top.
+     * This value is added to the Top of the rectangle
+     * to yield a new location for the Top.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     */
+    public int top;
+
+    /**
+     * The inset from the left.
+     * This value is added to the Left of the rectangle
+     * to yield a new location for the Left edge.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     */
+    public int left;
+
+    /**
+     * The inset from the bottom.
+     * This value is subtracted from the Bottom of the rectangle
+     * to yield a new location for the Bottom.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     */
+    public int bottom;
+
+    /**
+     * The inset from the right.
+     * This value is subtracted from the Right of the rectangle
+     * to yield a new location for the Right edge.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #clone()
+     */
+    public int right;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -2272572637695466749L;
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates and initializes a new {@code Insets} object with the
+     * specified top, left, bottom, and right insets.
+     * @param       top   the inset from the top.
+     * @param       left   the inset from the left.
+     * @param       bottom   the inset from the bottom.
+     * @param       right   the inset from the right.
+     */
+    public Insets(int top, int left, int bottom, int right) {
+        this.top = top;
+        this.left = left;
+        this.bottom = bottom;
+        this.right = right;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Set top, left, bottom, and right to the specified values
+     *
+     * @param       top   the inset from the top.
+     * @param       left   the inset from the left.
+     * @param       bottom   the inset from the bottom.
+     * @param       right   the inset from the right.
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public void set(int top, int left, int bottom, int right) {
+        this.top = top;
+        this.left = left;
+        this.bottom = bottom;
+        this.right = right;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Checks whether two insets objects are equal. Two instances
+     * of {@code Insets} are equal if the four integer values
+     * of the fields {@code top}, {@code left},
+     * {@code bottom}, and {@code right} are all equal.
+     * @return      {@code true} if the two insets are equal;
+     *                          otherwise {@code false}.
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public boolean equals(Object obj) {
+        if (obj instanceof Insets) {
+            Insets insets = (Insets)obj;
+            return ((top == insets.top) && (left == insets.left) &&
+                    (bottom == insets.bottom) && (right == insets.right));
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the hash code for this Insets.
+     *
+     * @return    a hash code for this Insets.
+     */
+    public int hashCode() {
+        int sum1 = left + bottom;
+        int sum2 = right + top;
+        int val1 = sum1 * (sum1 + 1)/2 + left;
+        int val2 = sum2 * (sum2 + 1)/2 + top;
+        int sum3 = val1 + val2;
+        return sum3 * (sum3 + 1)/2 + val2;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representation of this {@code Insets} object.
+     * This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and
+     * the content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return  a string representation of this {@code Insets} object.
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() + "[top="  + top + ",left=" + left + ",bottom=" + bottom + ",right=" + right + "]";
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Create a copy of this object.
+     * @return     a copy of this {@code Insets} object.
+     */
+    public Object clone() {
+        try {
+            return super.clone();
+        } catch (CloneNotSupportedException e) {
+            // this shouldn't happen, since we are Cloneable
+            throw new InternalError(e);
+        }
+    }
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ItemSelectable.java

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.*;
+
+/**
+ * The interface for objects which contain a set of items for
+ * which zero or more can be selected.
+ *
+ * @author Amy Fowler
+ */
+
+public interface ItemSelectable {
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the selected items or {@code null} if no
+     * items are selected.
+     *
+     * @return the list of selected objects, or {@code null}
+     */
+    public Object[] getSelectedObjects();
+
+    /**
+     * Adds a listener to receive item events when the state of an item is
+     * changed by the user. Item events are not sent when an item's
+     * state is set programmatically.  If {@code l} is
+     * {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     *
+     * @param    l the listener to receive events
+     * @see ItemEvent
+     */
+    public void addItemListener(ItemListener l);
+
+    /**
+     * Removes an item listener.
+     * If {@code l} is {@code null},
+     * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     *
+     * @param   l the listener being removed
+     * @see ItemEvent
+     */
+    public void removeItemListener(ItemListener l);
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/KeyEventDispatcher.java

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.KeyEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * A KeyEventDispatcher cooperates with the current KeyboardFocusManager in the
+ * targeting and dispatching of all KeyEvents. KeyEventDispatchers registered
+ * with the current KeyboardFocusManager will receive KeyEvents before they are
+ * dispatched to their targets, allowing each KeyEventDispatcher to retarget
+ * the event, consume it, dispatch the event itself, or make other changes.
+ * <p>
+ * Note that KeyboardFocusManager itself implements KeyEventDispatcher. By
+ * default, the current KeyboardFocusManager will be the sink for all KeyEvents
+ * not dispatched by the registered KeyEventDispatchers. The current
+ * KeyboardFocusManager cannot be completely deregistered as a
+ * KeyEventDispatcher. However, if a KeyEventDispatcher reports that it
+ * dispatched the KeyEvent, regardless of whether it actually did so, the
+ * KeyboardFocusManager will take no further action with regard to the
+ * KeyEvent. (While it is possible for client code to register the current
+ * KeyboardFocusManager as a KeyEventDispatcher one or more times, this is
+ * usually unnecessary and not recommended.)
+ *
+ * @author David Mendenhall
+ *
+ * @see KeyboardFocusManager#addKeyEventDispatcher
+ * @see KeyboardFocusManager#removeKeyEventDispatcher
+ * @since 1.4
+ */
+@FunctionalInterface
+public interface KeyEventDispatcher {
+
+    /**
+     * This method is called by the current KeyboardFocusManager requesting
+     * that this KeyEventDispatcher dispatch the specified event on its behalf.
+     * This KeyEventDispatcher is free to retarget the event, consume it,
+     * dispatch it itself, or make other changes. This capability is typically
+     * used to deliver KeyEvents to Components other than the focus owner. This
+     * can be useful when navigating children of non-focusable Windows in an
+     * accessible environment, for example. Note that if a KeyEventDispatcher
+     * dispatches the KeyEvent itself, it must use {@code redispatchEvent}
+     * to prevent the current KeyboardFocusManager from recursively requesting
+     * that this KeyEventDispatcher dispatch the event again.
+     * <p>
+     * If an implementation of this method returns {@code false}, then
+     * the KeyEvent is passed to the next KeyEventDispatcher in the chain,
+     * ending with the current KeyboardFocusManager. If an implementation
+     * returns {@code true}, the KeyEvent is assumed to have been
+     * dispatched (although this need not be the case), and the current
+     * KeyboardFocusManager will take no further action with regard to the
+     * KeyEvent. In such a case,
+     * {@code KeyboardFocusManager.dispatchEvent} should return
+     * {@code true} as well. If an implementation consumes the KeyEvent,
+     * but returns {@code false}, the consumed event will still be passed
+     * to the next KeyEventDispatcher in the chain. It is important for
+     * developers to check whether the KeyEvent has been consumed before
+     * dispatching it to a target. By default, the current KeyboardFocusManager
+     * will not dispatch a consumed KeyEvent.
+     *
+     * @param e the KeyEvent to dispatch
+     * @return {@code true} if the KeyboardFocusManager should take no
+     *         further action with regard to the KeyEvent; {@code false}
+     *         otherwise
+     * @see KeyboardFocusManager#redispatchEvent
+     */
+    boolean dispatchKeyEvent(KeyEvent e);
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/KeyEventPostProcessor.java

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.KeyEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * A KeyEventPostProcessor cooperates with the current KeyboardFocusManager
+ * in the final resolution of all unconsumed KeyEvents. KeyEventPostProcessors
+ * registered with the current KeyboardFocusManager will receive KeyEvents
+ * after the KeyEvents have been dispatched to and handled by their targets.
+ * KeyEvents that would have been otherwise discarded because no Component in
+ * the application currently owns the focus will also be forwarded to
+ * registered KeyEventPostProcessors. This will allow applications to implement
+ * features that require global KeyEvent post-handling, such as menu shortcuts.
+ * <p>
+ * Note that the KeyboardFocusManager itself implements KeyEventPostProcessor.
+ * By default, the current KeyboardFocusManager will be the final
+ * KeyEventPostProcessor in the chain. The current KeyboardFocusManager cannot
+ * be completely deregistered as a KeyEventPostProcessor. However, if a
+ * KeyEventPostProcessor reports that no further post-processing of the
+ * KeyEvent should take place, the AWT will consider the event fully handled
+ * and will take no additional action with regard to the event. (While it is
+ * possible for client code to register the current KeyboardFocusManager as
+ * a KeyEventPostProcessor one or more times, this is usually unnecessary and
+ * not recommended.)
+ *
+ * @author David Mendenhall
+ *
+ * @see KeyboardFocusManager#addKeyEventPostProcessor
+ * @see KeyboardFocusManager#removeKeyEventPostProcessor
+ * @since 1.4
+ */
+@FunctionalInterface
+public interface KeyEventPostProcessor {
+
+    /**
+     * This method is called by the current KeyboardFocusManager, requesting
+     * that this KeyEventPostProcessor perform any necessary post-processing
+     * which should be part of the KeyEvent's final resolution. At the time
+     * this method is invoked, typically the KeyEvent has already been
+     * dispatched to and handled by its target. However, if no Component in
+     * the application currently owns the focus, then the KeyEvent has not
+     * been dispatched to any Component. Typically, KeyEvent post-processing
+     * will be used to implement features which require global KeyEvent
+     * post-handling, such as menu shortcuts. Note that if a
+     * KeyEventPostProcessor wishes to dispatch the KeyEvent, it must use
+     * {@code redispatchEvent} to prevent the AWT from recursively
+     * requesting that this KeyEventPostProcessor perform post-processing
+     * of the event again.
+     * <p>
+     * If an implementation of this method returns {@code false}, then the
+     * KeyEvent is passed to the next KeyEventPostProcessor in the chain,
+     * ending with the current KeyboardFocusManager. If an implementation
+     * returns {@code true}, the KeyEvent is assumed to have been fully
+     * handled (although this need not be the case), and the AWT will take no
+     * further action with regard to the KeyEvent. If an implementation
+     * consumes the KeyEvent but returns {@code false}, the consumed
+     * event will still be passed to the next KeyEventPostProcessor in the
+     * chain. It is important for developers to check whether the KeyEvent has
+     * been consumed before performing any post-processing of the KeyEvent. By
+     * default, the current KeyboardFocusManager will perform no post-
+     * processing in response to a consumed KeyEvent.
+     *
+     * @param e the KeyEvent to post-process
+     * @return {@code true} if the AWT should take no further action with
+     *         regard to the KeyEvent; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see KeyboardFocusManager#redispatchEvent
+     */
+    boolean postProcessKeyEvent(KeyEvent e);
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Label.java

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.peer.LabelPeer;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import javax.accessibility.*;
+
+/**
+ * A {@code Label} object is a component for placing text in a
+ * container. A label displays a single line of read-only text.
+ * The text can be changed by the application, but a user cannot edit it
+ * directly.
+ * <p>
+ * For example, the code&nbsp;.&nbsp;.&nbsp;.
+ *
+ * <hr><blockquote><pre>
+ * setLayout(new FlowLayout(FlowLayout.CENTER, 10, 10));
+ * add(new Label("Hi There!"));
+ * add(new Label("Another Label"));
+ * </pre></blockquote><hr>
+ * <p>
+ * produces the following labels:
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/Label-1.gif" alt="Two labels: 'Hi There!' and 'Another label'"
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class Label extends Component implements Accessible {
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates that the label should be left justified.
+     */
+    public static final int LEFT        = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates that the label should be centered.
+     */
+    public static final int CENTER      = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates that the label should be right justified.
+     */
+    public static final int RIGHT       = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * The text of this label.
+     * This text can be modified by the program
+     * but never by the user.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getText()
+     * @see #setText(String)
+     */
+    String text;
+
+    /**
+     * The label's alignment.  The default alignment is set
+     * to be left justified.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getAlignment()
+     * @see #setAlignment(int)
+     */
+    int    alignment = LEFT;
+
+    private static final String base = "label";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = 3094126758329070636L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs an empty label.
+     * The text of the label is the empty string {@code ""}.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Label() throws HeadlessException {
+        this("", LEFT);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new label with the specified string of text,
+     * left justified.
+     * @param text the string that the label presents.
+     *        A {@code null} value
+     *        will be accepted without causing a NullPointerException
+     *        to be thrown.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Label(String text) throws HeadlessException {
+        this(text, LEFT);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new label that presents the specified string of
+     * text with the specified alignment.
+     * Possible values for {@code alignment} are {@code Label.LEFT},
+     * {@code Label.RIGHT}, and {@code Label.CENTER}.
+     * @param text the string that the label presents.
+     *        A {@code null} value
+     *        will be accepted without causing a NullPointerException
+     *        to be thrown.
+     * @param     alignment   the alignment value.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Label(String text, int alignment) throws HeadlessException {
+        GraphicsEnvironment.checkHeadless();
+        this.text = text;
+        setAlignment(alignment);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Read a label from an object input stream.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
+     * {@code true}
+     * @serial
+     * @since 1.4
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+        throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException, HeadlessException {
+        GraphicsEnvironment.checkHeadless();
+        s.defaultReadObject();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Construct a name for this component.  Called by getName() when the
+     * name is {@code null}.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (Label.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the peer for this label.  The peer allows us to
+     * modify the appearance of the label without changing its
+     * functionality.
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createLabel(this);
+            super.addNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the current alignment of this label. Possible values are
+     * {@code Label.LEFT}, {@code Label.RIGHT}, and
+     * {@code Label.CENTER}.
+     * @return the alignment of this label
+     * @see java.awt.Label#setAlignment
+     */
+    public int getAlignment() {
+        return alignment;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the alignment for this label to the specified alignment.
+     * Possible values are {@code Label.LEFT},
+     * {@code Label.RIGHT}, and {@code Label.CENTER}.
+     * @param      alignment    the alignment to be set.
+     * @exception  IllegalArgumentException if an improper value for
+     *                          {@code alignment} is given.
+     * @see        java.awt.Label#getAlignment
+     */
+    public synchronized void setAlignment(int alignment) {
+        switch (alignment) {
+          case LEFT:
+          case CENTER:
+          case RIGHT:
+            this.alignment = alignment;
+            LabelPeer peer = (LabelPeer)this.peer;
+            if (peer != null) {
+                peer.setAlignment(alignment);
+            }
+            return;
+        }
+        throw new IllegalArgumentException("improper alignment: " + alignment);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the text of this label.
+     * @return     the text of this label, or {@code null} if
+     *             the text has been set to {@code null}.
+     * @see        java.awt.Label#setText
+     */
+    public String getText() {
+        return text;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the text for this label to the specified text.
+     * @param      text the text that this label displays. If
+     *             {@code text} is {@code null}, it is
+     *             treated for display purposes like an empty
+     *             string {@code ""}.
+     * @see        java.awt.Label#getText
+     */
+    public void setText(String text) {
+        boolean testvalid = false;
+        synchronized (this) {
+            if (text != this.text && (this.text == null ||
+                                      !this.text.equals(text))) {
+                this.text = text;
+                LabelPeer peer = (LabelPeer)this.peer;
+                if (peer != null) {
+                    peer.setText(text);
+                }
+                testvalid = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
+        if (testvalid) {
+            invalidateIfValid();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Label}.
+     * This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
+     * content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return     the parameter string of this label
+     */
+    protected String paramString() {
+        String align = "";
+        switch (alignment) {
+            case LEFT:   align = "left"; break;
+            case CENTER: align = "center"; break;
+            case RIGHT:  align = "right"; break;
+        }
+        return super.paramString() + ",align=" + align + ",text=" + text;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this Label.
+     * For labels, the AccessibleContext takes the form of an
+     * AccessibleAWTLabel.
+     * A new AccessibleAWTLabel instance is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an AccessibleAWTLabel that serves as the
+     *         AccessibleContext of this Label
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTLabel();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code Label} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to label user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTLabel extends AccessibleAWTComponent
+    {
+        /*
+         * JDK 1.3 serialVersionUID
+         */
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = -3568967560160480438L;
+
+        /**
+         * Constructor for the accessible label.
+         */
+        public AccessibleAWTLabel() {
+            super();
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the accessible name of this object.
+         *
+         * @return the localized name of the object -- can be null if this
+         * object does not have a name
+         * @see AccessibleContext#setAccessibleName
+         */
+        public String getAccessibleName() {
+            if (accessibleName != null) {
+                return accessibleName;
+            } else {
+                if (getText() == null) {
+                    return super.getAccessibleName();
+                } else {
+                    return getText();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the object
+         * @see AccessibleRole
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.LABEL;
+        }
+
+    } // inner class AccessibleAWTLabel
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/LayoutManager.java

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * Defines the interface for classes that know how to lay out
+ * {@code Container}s.
+ * <p>
+ * Swing's painting architecture assumes the children of a
+ * {@code JComponent} do not overlap.  If a
+ * {@code JComponent}'s {@code LayoutManager} allows
+ * children to overlap, the {@code JComponent} must override
+ * {@code isOptimizedDrawingEnabled} to return false.
+ *
+ * @see Container
+ * @see javax.swing.JComponent#isOptimizedDrawingEnabled
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ */
+public interface LayoutManager {
+    /**
+     * If the layout manager uses a per-component string,
+     * adds the component {@code comp} to the layout,
+     * associating it
+     * with the string specified by {@code name}.
+     *
+     * @param name the string to be associated with the component
+     * @param comp the component to be added
+     */
+    void addLayoutComponent(String name, Component comp);
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified component from the layout.
+     * @param comp the component to be removed
+     */
+    void removeLayoutComponent(Component comp);
+
+    /**
+     * Calculates the preferred size dimensions for the specified
+     * container, given the components it contains.
+     *
+     * @param  parent the container to be laid out
+     * @return the preferred dimension for the container
+     *
+     * @see #minimumLayoutSize
+     */
+    Dimension preferredLayoutSize(Container parent);
+
+    /**
+     * Calculates the minimum size dimensions for the specified
+     * container, given the components it contains.
+     *
+     * @param  parent the component to be laid out
+     * @return the minimum dimension for the container
+     *
+     * @see #preferredLayoutSize
+     */
+    Dimension minimumLayoutSize(Container parent);
+
+    /**
+     * Lays out the specified container.
+     * @param parent the container to be laid out
+     */
+    void layoutContainer(Container parent);
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/LayoutManager2.java

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * Defines an interface for classes that know how to layout Containers
+ * based on a layout constraints object.
+ *
+ * This interface extends the LayoutManager interface to deal with layouts
+ * explicitly in terms of constraint objects that specify how and where
+ * components should be added to the layout.
+ * <p>
+ * This minimal extension to LayoutManager is intended for tool
+ * providers who wish to the creation of constraint-based layouts.
+ * It does not yet provide full, general support for custom
+ * constraint-based layout managers.
+ *
+ * @see LayoutManager
+ * @see Container
+ *
+ * @author      Jonni Kanerva
+ */
+public interface LayoutManager2 extends LayoutManager {
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified component to the layout, using the specified
+     * constraint object.
+     * @param comp the component to be added
+     * @param constraints  where/how the component is added to the layout.
+     */
+    void addLayoutComponent(Component comp, Object constraints);
+
+    /**
+     * Calculates the maximum size dimensions for the specified container,
+     * given the components it contains.
+     *
+     * @see java.awt.Component#getMaximumSize
+     * @see LayoutManager
+     * @param  target the target container
+     * @return the maximum size of the container
+     */
+    public Dimension maximumLayoutSize(Container target);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the alignment along the x axis.  This specifies how
+     * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
+     * components.  The value should be a number between 0 and 1
+     * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
+     * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
+     *
+     * @param  target the target container
+     * @return the x-axis alignment preference
+     */
+    public float getLayoutAlignmentX(Container target);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the alignment along the y axis.  This specifies how
+     * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
+     * components.  The value should be a number between 0 and 1
+     * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
+     * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
+     *
+     * @param  target the target container
+     * @return the y-axis alignment preference
+     */
+    public float getLayoutAlignmentY(Container target);
+
+    /**
+     * Invalidates the layout, indicating that if the layout manager
+     * has cached information it should be discarded.
+     * @param  target the target container
+     */
+    public void invalidateLayout(Container target);
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/LinearGradientPaint.java

@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.geom.Point2D;
+import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.beans.ConstructorProperties;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code LinearGradientPaint} class provides a way to fill
+ * a {@link java.awt.Shape} with a linear color gradient pattern.  The user
+ * may specify two or more gradient colors, and this paint will provide an
+ * interpolation between each color.  The user also specifies start and end
+ * points which define where in user space the color gradient should begin
+ * and end.
+ * <p>
+ * The user must provide an array of floats specifying how to distribute the
+ * colors along the gradient.  These values should range from 0.0 to 1.0 and
+ * act like keyframes along the gradient (they mark where the gradient should
+ * be exactly a particular color).
+ * <p>
+ * In the event that the user does not set the first keyframe value equal
+ * to 0 and/or the last keyframe value equal to 1, keyframes will be created
+ * at these positions and the first and last colors will be replicated there.
+ * So, if a user specifies the following arrays to construct a gradient:<br>
+ * <pre>
+ *     {Color.BLUE, Color.RED}, {.3f, .7f}
+ * </pre>
+ * this will be converted to a gradient with the following keyframes:<br>
+ * <pre>
+ *     {Color.BLUE, Color.BLUE, Color.RED, Color.RED}, {0f, .3f, .7f, 1f}
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The user may also select what action the {@code LinearGradientPaint} object
+ * takes when it is filling the space outside the start and end points by
+ * setting {@code CycleMethod} to either {@code REFLECTION} or {@code REPEAT}.
+ * The distances between any two colors in any of the reflected or repeated
+ * copies of the gradient are the same as the distance between those same two
+ * colors between the start and end points.
+ * Note that some minor variations in distances may occur due to sampling at
+ * the granularity of a pixel.
+ * If no cycle method is specified, {@code NO_CYCLE} will be chosen by
+ * default, which means the endpoint colors will be used to fill the
+ * remaining area.
+ * <p>
+ * The colorSpace parameter allows the user to specify in which colorspace
+ * the interpolation should be performed, default sRGB or linearized RGB.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The following code demonstrates typical usage of
+ * {@code LinearGradientPaint}:
+ * <pre>
+ *     Point2D start = new Point2D.Float(0, 0);
+ *     Point2D end = new Point2D.Float(50, 50);
+ *     float[] dist = {0.0f, 0.2f, 1.0f};
+ *     Color[] colors = {Color.RED, Color.WHITE, Color.BLUE};
+ *     LinearGradientPaint p =
+ *         new LinearGradientPaint(start, end, dist, colors);
+ * </pre>
+ * <p>
+ * This code will create a {@code LinearGradientPaint} which interpolates
+ * between red and white for the first 20% of the gradient and between white
+ * and blue for the remaining 80%.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * This image demonstrates the example code above for each
+ * of the three cycle methods:
+ * <p style="text-align:center">
+ * <img src = "doc-files/LinearGradientPaint.png"
+ * alt="image showing the output of the example code">
+ *
+ * @see java.awt.Paint
+ * @see java.awt.Graphics2D#setPaint
+ * @author Nicholas Talian, Vincent Hardy, Jim Graham, Jerry Evans
+ * @since 1.6
+ */
+public final class LinearGradientPaint extends MultipleGradientPaint {
+
+    /** Gradient start and end points. */
+    private final Point2D start, end;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a {@code LinearGradientPaint} with a default
+     * {@code NO_CYCLE} repeating method and {@code SRGB} color space.
+     *
+     * @param startX the X coordinate of the gradient axis start point
+     *               in user space
+     * @param startY the Y coordinate of the gradient axis start point
+     *               in user space
+     * @param endX   the X coordinate of the gradient axis end point
+     *               in user space
+     * @param endY   the Y coordinate of the gradient axis end point
+     *               in user space
+     * @param fractions numbers ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 specifying the
+     *                  distribution of colors along the gradient
+     * @param colors array of colors corresponding to each fractional value
+     *
+     * @throws NullPointerException
+     * if {@code fractions} array is null,
+     * or {@code colors} array is null,
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException
+     * if start and end points are the same points,
+     * or {@code fractions.length != colors.length},
+     * or {@code colors} is less than 2 in size,
+     * or a {@code fractions} value is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0,
+     * or the {@code fractions} are not provided in strictly increasing order
+     */
+    public LinearGradientPaint(float startX, float startY,
+                               float endX, float endY,
+                               float[] fractions, Color[] colors)
+    {
+        this(new Point2D.Float(startX, startY),
+             new Point2D.Float(endX, endY),
+             fractions,
+             colors,
+             CycleMethod.NO_CYCLE);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a {@code LinearGradientPaint} with a default {@code SRGB}
+     * color space.
+     *
+     * @param startX the X coordinate of the gradient axis start point
+     *               in user space
+     * @param startY the Y coordinate of the gradient axis start point
+     *               in user space
+     * @param endX   the X coordinate of the gradient axis end point
+     *               in user space
+     * @param endY   the Y coordinate of the gradient axis end point
+     *               in user space
+     * @param fractions numbers ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 specifying the
+     *                  distribution of colors along the gradient
+     * @param colors array of colors corresponding to each fractional value
+     * @param cycleMethod either {@code NO_CYCLE}, {@code REFLECT},
+     *                    or {@code REPEAT}
+     *
+     * @throws NullPointerException
+     * if {@code fractions} array is null,
+     * or {@code colors} array is null,
+     * or {@code cycleMethod} is null
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException
+     * if start and end points are the same points,
+     * or {@code fractions.length != colors.length},
+     * or {@code colors} is less than 2 in size,
+     * or a {@code fractions} value is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0,
+     * or the {@code fractions} are not provided in strictly increasing order
+     */
+    public LinearGradientPaint(float startX, float startY,
+                               float endX, float endY,
+                               float[] fractions, Color[] colors,
+                               CycleMethod cycleMethod)
+    {
+        this(new Point2D.Float(startX, startY),
+             new Point2D.Float(endX, endY),
+             fractions,
+             colors,
+             cycleMethod);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a {@code LinearGradientPaint} with a default
+     * {@code NO_CYCLE} repeating method and {@code SRGB} color space.
+     *
+     * @param start the gradient axis start {@code Point2D} in user space
+     * @param end the gradient axis end {@code Point2D} in user space
+     * @param fractions numbers ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 specifying the
+     *                  distribution of colors along the gradient
+     * @param colors array of colors corresponding to each fractional value
+     *
+     * @throws NullPointerException
+     * if one of the points is null,
+     * or {@code fractions} array is null,
+     * or {@code colors} array is null
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException
+     * if start and end points are the same points,
+     * or {@code fractions.length != colors.length},
+     * or {@code colors} is less than 2 in size,
+     * or a {@code fractions} value is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0,
+     * or the {@code fractions} are not provided in strictly increasing order
+     */
+    public LinearGradientPaint(Point2D start, Point2D end,
+                               float[] fractions, Color[] colors)
+    {
+        this(start, end,
+             fractions, colors,
+             CycleMethod.NO_CYCLE);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a {@code LinearGradientPaint} with a default {@code SRGB}
+     * color space.
+     *
+     * @param start the gradient axis start {@code Point2D} in user space
+     * @param end the gradient axis end {@code Point2D} in user space
+     * @param fractions numbers ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 specifying the
+     *                  distribution of colors along the gradient
+     * @param colors array of colors corresponding to each fractional value
+     * @param cycleMethod either {@code NO_CYCLE}, {@code REFLECT},
+     *                    or {@code REPEAT}
+     *
+     * @throws NullPointerException
+     * if one of the points is null,
+     * or {@code fractions} array is null,
+     * or {@code colors} array is null,
+     * or {@code cycleMethod} is null
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException
+     * if start and end points are the same points,
+     * or {@code fractions.length != colors.length},
+     * or {@code colors} is less than 2 in size,
+     * or a {@code fractions} value is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0,
+     * or the {@code fractions} are not provided in strictly increasing order
+     */
+    public LinearGradientPaint(Point2D start, Point2D end,
+                               float[] fractions, Color[] colors,
+                               CycleMethod cycleMethod)
+    {
+        this(start, end,
+             fractions, colors,
+             cycleMethod,
+             ColorSpaceType.SRGB,
+             new AffineTransform());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a {@code LinearGradientPaint}.
+     *
+     * @param start the gradient axis start {@code Point2D} in user space
+     * @param end the gradient axis end {@code Point2D} in user space
+     * @param fractions numbers ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 specifying the
+     *                  distribution of colors along the gradient
+     * @param colors array of colors corresponding to each fractional value
+     * @param cycleMethod either {@code NO_CYCLE}, {@code REFLECT},
+     *                    or {@code REPEAT}
+     * @param colorSpace which color space to use for interpolation,
+     *                   either {@code SRGB} or {@code LINEAR_RGB}
+     * @param gradientTransform transform to apply to the gradient
+     *
+     * @throws NullPointerException
+     * if one of the points is null,
+     * or {@code fractions} array is null,
+     * or {@code colors} array is null,
+     * or {@code cycleMethod} is null,
+     * or {@code colorSpace} is null,
+     * or {@code gradientTransform} is null
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException
+     * if start and end points are the same points,
+     * or {@code fractions.length != colors.length},
+     * or {@code colors} is less than 2 in size,
+     * or a {@code fractions} value is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0,
+     * or the {@code fractions} are not provided in strictly increasing order
+     */
+    @ConstructorProperties({ "startPoint", "endPoint", "fractions", "colors", "cycleMethod", "colorSpace", "transform" })
+    public LinearGradientPaint(Point2D start, Point2D end,
+                               float[] fractions, Color[] colors,
+                               CycleMethod cycleMethod,
+                               ColorSpaceType colorSpace,
+                               AffineTransform gradientTransform)
+    {
+        super(fractions, colors, cycleMethod, colorSpace, gradientTransform);
+
+        // check input parameters
+        if (start == null || end == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Start and end points must be" +
+                                           "non-null");
+        }
+
+        if (start.equals(end)) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("Start point cannot equal" +
+                                               "endpoint");
+        }
+
+        // copy the points...
+        this.start = new Point2D.Double(start.getX(), start.getY());
+        this.end = new Point2D.Double(end.getX(), end.getY());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates and returns a {@link PaintContext} used to
+     * generate a linear color gradient pattern.
+     * See the {@link Paint#createContext specification} of the
+     * method in the {@link Paint} interface for information
+     * on null parameter handling.
+     *
+     * @param cm the preferred {@link ColorModel} which represents the most convenient
+     *           format for the caller to receive the pixel data, or {@code null}
+     *           if there is no preference.
+     * @param deviceBounds the device space bounding box
+     *                     of the graphics primitive being rendered.
+     * @param userBounds the user space bounding box
+     *                   of the graphics primitive being rendered.
+     * @param transform the {@link AffineTransform} from user
+     *              space into device space.
+     * @param hints the set of hints that the context object can use to
+     *              choose between rendering alternatives.
+     * @return the {@code PaintContext} for
+     *         generating color patterns.
+     * @see Paint
+     * @see PaintContext
+     * @see ColorModel
+     * @see Rectangle
+     * @see Rectangle2D
+     * @see AffineTransform
+     * @see RenderingHints
+     */
+    public PaintContext createContext(ColorModel cm,
+                                      Rectangle deviceBounds,
+                                      Rectangle2D userBounds,
+                                      AffineTransform transform,
+                                      RenderingHints hints)
+    {
+        // avoid modifying the user's transform...
+        transform = new AffineTransform(transform);
+        // incorporate the gradient transform
+        transform.concatenate(gradientTransform);
+
+        if ((fractions.length == 2) &&
+            (cycleMethod != CycleMethod.REPEAT) &&
+            (colorSpace == ColorSpaceType.SRGB))
+        {
+            // faster to use the basic GradientPaintContext for this
+            // common case
+            boolean cyclic = (cycleMethod != CycleMethod.NO_CYCLE);
+            return new GradientPaintContext(cm, start, end,
+                                            transform,
+                                            colors[0], colors[1],
+                                            cyclic);
+        } else {
+            return new LinearGradientPaintContext(this, cm,
+                                                  deviceBounds, userBounds,
+                                                  transform, hints,
+                                                  start, end,
+                                                  fractions, colors,
+                                                  cycleMethod, colorSpace);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a copy of the start point of the gradient axis.
+     *
+     * @return a {@code Point2D} object that is a copy of the point
+     * that anchors the first color of this {@code LinearGradientPaint}
+     */
+    public Point2D getStartPoint() {
+        return new Point2D.Double(start.getX(), start.getY());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a copy of the end point of the gradient axis.
+     *
+     * @return a {@code Point2D} object that is a copy of the point
+     * that anchors the last color of this {@code LinearGradientPaint}
+     */
+    public Point2D getEndPoint() {
+        return new Point2D.Double(end.getX(), end.getY());
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/LinearGradientPaintContext.java

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.MultipleGradientPaint.CycleMethod;
+import java.awt.MultipleGradientPaint.ColorSpaceType;
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.geom.Point2D;
+import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+
+/**
+ * Provides the actual implementation for the LinearGradientPaint.
+ * This is where the pixel processing is done.
+ *
+ * @see java.awt.LinearGradientPaint
+ * @see java.awt.PaintContext
+ * @see java.awt.Paint
+ * @author Nicholas Talian, Vincent Hardy, Jim Graham, Jerry Evans
+ */
+final class LinearGradientPaintContext extends MultipleGradientPaintContext {
+
+    /**
+     * The following invariants are used to process the gradient value from
+     * a device space coordinate, (X, Y):
+     *     g(X, Y) = dgdX*X + dgdY*Y + gc
+     */
+    private float dgdX, dgdY, gc;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructor for LinearGradientPaintContext.
+     *
+     * @param paint the {@code LinearGradientPaint} from which this context
+     *              is created
+     * @param cm {@code ColorModel} that receives
+     *           the {@code Paint} data. This is used only as a hint.
+     * @param deviceBounds the device space bounding box of the
+     *                     graphics primitive being rendered
+     * @param userBounds the user space bounding box of the
+     *                   graphics primitive being rendered
+     * @param t the {@code AffineTransform} from user
+     *          space into device space (gradientTransform should be
+     *          concatenated with this)
+     * @param hints the hints that the context object uses to choose
+     *              between rendering alternatives
+     * @param start gradient start point, in user space
+     * @param end gradient end point, in user space
+     * @param fractions the fractions specifying the gradient distribution
+     * @param colors the gradient colors
+     * @param cycleMethod either NO_CYCLE, REFLECT, or REPEAT
+     * @param colorSpace which colorspace to use for interpolation,
+     *                   either SRGB or LINEAR_RGB
+     */
+    LinearGradientPaintContext(LinearGradientPaint paint,
+                               ColorModel cm,
+                               Rectangle deviceBounds,
+                               Rectangle2D userBounds,
+                               AffineTransform t,
+                               RenderingHints hints,
+                               Point2D start,
+                               Point2D end,
+                               float[] fractions,
+                               Color[] colors,
+                               CycleMethod cycleMethod,
+                               ColorSpaceType colorSpace)
+    {
+        super(paint, cm, deviceBounds, userBounds, t, hints, fractions,
+              colors, cycleMethod, colorSpace);
+
+        // A given point in the raster should take on the same color as its
+        // projection onto the gradient vector.
+        // Thus, we want the projection of the current position vector
+        // onto the gradient vector, then normalized with respect to the
+        // length of the gradient vector, giving a value which can be mapped
+        // into the range 0-1.
+        //    projection =
+        //        currentVector dot gradientVector / length(gradientVector)
+        //    normalized = projection / length(gradientVector)
+
+        float startx = (float)start.getX();
+        float starty = (float)start.getY();
+        float endx = (float)end.getX();
+        float endy = (float)end.getY();
+
+        float dx = endx - startx;  // change in x from start to end
+        float dy = endy - starty;  // change in y from start to end
+        float dSq = dx*dx + dy*dy; // total distance squared
+
+        // avoid repeated calculations by doing these divides once
+        float constX = dx/dSq;
+        float constY = dy/dSq;
+
+        // incremental change along gradient for +x
+        dgdX = a00*constX + a10*constY;
+        // incremental change along gradient for +y
+        dgdY = a01*constX + a11*constY;
+
+        // constant, incorporates the translation components from the matrix
+        gc = (a02-startx)*constX + (a12-starty)*constY;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Return a Raster containing the colors generated for the graphics
+     * operation.  This is where the area is filled with colors distributed
+     * linearly.
+     *
+     * @param x,y,w,h the area in device space for which colors are
+     * generated.
+     */
+    protected void fillRaster(int[] pixels, int off, int adjust,
+                              int x, int y, int w, int h)
+    {
+        // current value for row gradients
+        float g = 0;
+
+        // used to end iteration on rows
+        int rowLimit = off + w;
+
+        // constant which can be pulled out of the inner loop
+        float initConst = (dgdX*x) + gc;
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < h; i++) { // for every row
+
+            // initialize current value to be start
+            g = initConst + dgdY*(y+i);
+
+            while (off < rowLimit) { // for every pixel in this row
+                // get the color
+                pixels[off++] = indexIntoGradientsArrays(g);
+
+                // incremental change in g
+                g += dgdX;
+            }
+
+            // change in off from row to row
+            off += adjust;
+
+            //rowlimit is width + offset
+            rowLimit = off + w;
+        }
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MediaTracker.java

@@ -0,0 +1,994 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.Component;
+import java.awt.Image;
+import java.awt.image.ImageObserver;
+import sun.awt.image.MultiResolutionToolkitImage;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code MediaTracker} class is a utility class to track
+ * the status of a number of media objects. Media objects could
+ * include audio clips as well as images, though currently only
+ * images are supported.
+ * <p>
+ * To use a media tracker, create an instance of
+ * {@code MediaTracker} and call its {@code addImage}
+ * method for each image to be tracked. In addition, each image can
+ * be assigned a unique identifier. This identifier controls the
+ * priority order in which the images are fetched. It can also be used
+ * to identify unique subsets of the images that can be waited on
+ * independently. Images with a lower ID are loaded in preference to
+ * those with a higher ID number.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ *
+ * Tracking an animated image
+ * might not always be useful
+ * due to the multi-part nature of animated image
+ * loading and painting,
+ * but it is supported.
+ * {@code MediaTracker} treats an animated image
+ * as completely loaded
+ * when the first frame is completely loaded.
+ * At that point, the {@code MediaTracker}
+ * signals any waiters
+ * that the image is completely loaded.
+ * If no {@code ImageObserver}s are observing the image
+ * when the first frame has finished loading,
+ * the image might flush itself
+ * to conserve resources
+ * (see {@link Image#flush()}).
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Here is an example of using {@code MediaTracker}:
+ *
+ * <hr><blockquote><pre>{@code
+ * import java.applet.Applet;
+ * import java.awt.Color;
+ * import java.awt.Image;
+ * import java.awt.Graphics;
+ * import java.awt.MediaTracker;
+ *
+ * public class ImageBlaster extends Applet implements Runnable {
+ *      MediaTracker tracker;
+ *      Image bg;
+ *      Image anim[] = new Image[5];
+ *      int index;
+ *      Thread animator;
+ *
+ *      // Get the images for the background (id == 0)
+ *      // and the animation frames (id == 1)
+ *      // and add them to the MediaTracker
+ *      public void init() {
+ *          tracker = new MediaTracker(this);
+ *          bg = getImage(getDocumentBase(),
+ *                  "images/background.gif");
+ *          tracker.addImage(bg, 0);
+ *          for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
+ *              anim[i] = getImage(getDocumentBase(),
+ *                      "images/anim"+i+".gif");
+ *              tracker.addImage(anim[i], 1);
+ *          }
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      // Start the animation thread.
+ *      public void start() {
+ *          animator = new Thread(this);
+ *          animator.start();
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      // Stop the animation thread.
+ *      public void stop() {
+ *          animator = null;
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      // Run the animation thread.
+ *      // First wait for the background image to fully load
+ *      // and paint.  Then wait for all of the animation
+ *      // frames to finish loading. Finally, loop and
+ *      // increment the animation frame index.
+ *      public void run() {
+ *          try {
+ *              tracker.waitForID(0);
+ *              tracker.waitForID(1);
+ *          } catch (InterruptedException e) {
+ *              return;
+ *          }
+ *          Thread me = Thread.currentThread();
+ *          while (animator == me) {
+ *              try {
+ *                  Thread.sleep(100);
+ *              } catch (InterruptedException e) {
+ *                  break;
+ *              }
+ *              synchronized (this) {
+ *                  index++;
+ *                  if (index >= anim.length) {
+ *                      index = 0;
+ *                  }
+ *              }
+ *              repaint();
+ *          }
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      // The background image fills the frame so we
+ *      // don't need to clear the applet on repaints.
+ *      // Just call the paint method.
+ *      public void update(Graphics g) {
+ *          paint(g);
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      // Paint a large red rectangle if there are any errors
+ *      // loading the images.  Otherwise always paint the
+ *      // background so that it appears incrementally as it
+ *      // is loading.  Finally, only paint the current animation
+ *      // frame if all of the frames (id == 1) are done loading,
+ *      // so that we don't get partial animations.
+ *      public void paint(Graphics g) {
+ *          if ((tracker.statusAll(false) & MediaTracker.ERRORED) != 0) {
+ *              g.setColor(Color.red);
+ *              g.fillRect(0, 0, size().width, size().height);
+ *              return;
+ *          }
+ *          g.drawImage(bg, 0, 0, this);
+ *          if (tracker.statusID(1, false) == MediaTracker.COMPLETE) {
+ *              g.drawImage(anim[index], 10, 10, this);
+ *          }
+ *      }
+ * }
+ * } </pre></blockquote><hr>
+ *
+ * @author      Jim Graham
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class MediaTracker implements java.io.Serializable {
+
+    /**
+     * A given {@code Component} that will be
+     * tracked by a media tracker where the image will
+     * eventually be drawn.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #MediaTracker(Component)
+     */
+    Component target;
+    /**
+     * The head of the list of {@code Images} that is being
+     * tracked by the {@code MediaTracker}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #addImage(Image, int)
+     * @see #removeImage(Image)
+     */
+    MediaEntry head;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -483174189758638095L;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a media tracker to track images for a given component.
+     * @param     comp the component on which the images
+     *                     will eventually be drawn
+     */
+    public MediaTracker(Component comp) {
+        target = comp;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds an image to the list of images being tracked by this media
+     * tracker. The image will eventually be rendered at its default
+     * (unscaled) size.
+     * @param     image   the image to be tracked
+     * @param     id      an identifier used to track this image
+     */
+    public void addImage(Image image, int id) {
+        addImage(image, id, -1, -1);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds a scaled image to the list of images being tracked
+     * by this media tracker. The image will eventually be
+     * rendered at the indicated width and height.
+     *
+     * @param     image   the image to be tracked
+     * @param     id   an identifier that can be used to track this image
+     * @param     w    the width at which the image is rendered
+     * @param     h    the height at which the image is rendered
+     */
+    public synchronized void addImage(Image image, int id, int w, int h) {
+        addImageImpl(image, id, w, h);
+        Image rvImage = getResolutionVariant(image);
+        if (rvImage != null) {
+            addImageImpl(rvImage, id,
+                    w == -1 ? -1 : 2 * w,
+                    h == -1 ? -1 : 2 * h);
+        }
+    }
+
+    private void addImageImpl(Image image, int id, int w, int h) {
+        head = MediaEntry.insert(head,
+                                 new ImageMediaEntry(this, image, id, w, h));
+    }
+    /**
+     * Flag indicating that media is currently being loaded.
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#statusAll
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#statusID
+     */
+    public static final int LOADING = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Flag indicating that the downloading of media was aborted.
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#statusAll
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#statusID
+     */
+    public static final int ABORTED = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * Flag indicating that the downloading of media encountered
+     * an error.
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#statusAll
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#statusID
+     */
+    public static final int ERRORED = 4;
+
+    /**
+     * Flag indicating that the downloading of media was completed
+     * successfully.
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#statusAll
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#statusID
+     */
+    public static final int COMPLETE = 8;
+
+    static final int DONE = (ABORTED | ERRORED | COMPLETE);
+
+    /**
+     * Checks to see if all images being tracked by this media tracker
+     * have finished loading.
+     * <p>
+     * This method does not start loading the images if they are not
+     * already loading.
+     * <p>
+     * If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
+     * image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
+     * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
+     * check for errors.
+     * @return      {@code true} if all images have finished loading,
+     *                       have been aborted, or have encountered
+     *                       an error; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#checkAll(boolean)
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#checkID
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID
+     */
+    public boolean checkAll() {
+        return checkAll(false, true);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Checks to see if all images being tracked by this media tracker
+     * have finished loading.
+     * <p>
+     * If the value of the {@code load} flag is {@code true},
+     * then this method starts loading any images that are not yet
+     * being loaded.
+     * <p>
+     * If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, that
+     * image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
+     * {@code isErrorAny} and {@code isErrorID} methods to
+     * check for errors.
+     * @param       load   if {@code true}, start loading any
+     *                       images that are not yet being loaded
+     * @return      {@code true} if all images have finished loading,
+     *                       have been aborted, or have encountered
+     *                       an error; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#checkID
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#checkAll()
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny()
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID(int)
+     */
+    public boolean checkAll(boolean load) {
+        return checkAll(load, true);
+    }
+
+    private synchronized boolean checkAll(boolean load, boolean verify) {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        boolean done = true;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if ((cur.getStatus(load, verify) & DONE) == 0) {
+                done = false;
+            }
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        return done;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Checks the error status of all of the images.
+     * @return   {@code true} if any of the images tracked
+     *                  by this media tracker had an error during
+     *                  loading; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see      java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID
+     * @see      java.awt.MediaTracker#getErrorsAny
+     */
+    public synchronized boolean isErrorAny() {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if ((cur.getStatus(false, true) & ERRORED) != 0) {
+                return true;
+            }
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a list of all media that have encountered an error.
+     * @return       an array of media objects tracked by this
+     *                        media tracker that have encountered
+     *                        an error, or {@code null} if
+     *                        there are none with errors
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#getErrorsID
+     */
+    public synchronized Object[] getErrorsAny() {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        int numerrors = 0;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if ((cur.getStatus(false, true) & ERRORED) != 0) {
+                numerrors++;
+            }
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        if (numerrors == 0) {
+            return null;
+        }
+        Object errors[] = new Object[numerrors];
+        cur = head;
+        numerrors = 0;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if ((cur.getStatus(false, false) & ERRORED) != 0) {
+                errors[numerrors++] = cur.getMedia();
+            }
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        return errors;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Starts loading all images tracked by this media tracker. This
+     * method waits until all the images being tracked have finished
+     * loading.
+     * <p>
+     * If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
+     * image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
+     * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
+     * check for errors.
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForID(int)
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForAll(long)
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID
+     * @exception   InterruptedException  if any thread has
+     *                                     interrupted this thread
+     */
+    public void waitForAll() throws InterruptedException {
+        waitForAll(0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Starts loading all images tracked by this media tracker. This
+     * method waits until all the images being tracked have finished
+     * loading, or until the length of time specified in milliseconds
+     * by the {@code ms} argument has passed.
+     * <p>
+     * If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then
+     * that image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
+     * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
+     * check for errors.
+     * @param       ms       the number of milliseconds to wait
+     *                       for the loading to complete
+     * @return      {@code true} if all images were successfully
+     *                       loaded; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForID(int)
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForAll(long)
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID
+     * @exception   InterruptedException  if any thread has
+     *                                     interrupted this thread.
+     */
+    public synchronized boolean waitForAll(long ms)
+        throws InterruptedException
+    {
+        long end = System.currentTimeMillis() + ms;
+        boolean first = true;
+        while (true) {
+            int status = statusAll(first, first);
+            if ((status & LOADING) == 0) {
+                return (status == COMPLETE);
+            }
+            first = false;
+            long timeout;
+            if (ms == 0) {
+                timeout = 0;
+            } else {
+                timeout = end - System.currentTimeMillis();
+                if (timeout <= 0) {
+                    return false;
+                }
+            }
+            wait(timeout);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Calculates and returns the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of the
+     * status of all media that are tracked by this media tracker.
+     * <p>
+     * Possible flags defined by the
+     * {@code MediaTracker} class are {@code LOADING},
+     * {@code ABORTED}, {@code ERRORED}, and
+     * {@code COMPLETE}. An image that hasn't started
+     * loading has zero as its status.
+     * <p>
+     * If the value of {@code load} is {@code true}, then
+     * this method starts loading any images that are not yet being loaded.
+     *
+     * @param        load   if {@code true}, start loading
+     *                            any images that are not yet being loaded
+     * @return       the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of the status of
+     *                            all of the media being tracked
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#statusID(int, boolean)
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#LOADING
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#ABORTED
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#ERRORED
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#COMPLETE
+     */
+    public int statusAll(boolean load) {
+        return statusAll(load, true);
+    }
+
+    private synchronized int statusAll(boolean load, boolean verify) {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        int status = 0;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            status = status | cur.getStatus(load, verify);
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        return status;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Checks to see if all images tracked by this media tracker that
+     * are tagged with the specified identifier have finished loading.
+     * <p>
+     * This method does not start loading the images if they are not
+     * already loading.
+     * <p>
+     * If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
+     * image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
+     * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
+     * check for errors.
+     * @param       id   the identifier of the images to check
+     * @return      {@code true} if all images have finished loading,
+     *                       have been aborted, or have encountered
+     *                       an error; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#checkID(int, boolean)
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#checkAll()
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny()
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID(int)
+     */
+    public boolean checkID(int id) {
+        return checkID(id, false, true);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Checks to see if all images tracked by this media tracker that
+     * are tagged with the specified identifier have finished loading.
+     * <p>
+     * If the value of the {@code load} flag is {@code true},
+     * then this method starts loading any images that are not yet
+     * being loaded.
+     * <p>
+     * If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
+     * image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
+     * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
+     * check for errors.
+     * @param       id       the identifier of the images to check
+     * @param       load     if {@code true}, start loading any
+     *                       images that are not yet being loaded
+     * @return      {@code true} if all images have finished loading,
+     *                       have been aborted, or have encountered
+     *                       an error; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#checkID(int, boolean)
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#checkAll()
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny()
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID(int)
+     */
+    public boolean checkID(int id, boolean load) {
+        return checkID(id, load, true);
+    }
+
+    private synchronized boolean checkID(int id, boolean load, boolean verify)
+    {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        boolean done = true;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if (cur.getID() == id
+                && (cur.getStatus(load, verify) & DONE) == 0)
+            {
+                done = false;
+            }
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        return done;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Checks the error status of all of the images tracked by this
+     * media tracker with the specified identifier.
+     * @param        id   the identifier of the images to check
+     * @return       {@code true} if any of the images with the
+     *                          specified identifier had an error during
+     *                          loading; {@code false} otherwise
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#getErrorsID
+     */
+    public synchronized boolean isErrorID(int id) {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if (cur.getID() == id
+                && (cur.getStatus(false, true) & ERRORED) != 0)
+            {
+                return true;
+            }
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a list of media with the specified ID that
+     * have encountered an error.
+     * @param       id   the identifier of the images to check
+     * @return      an array of media objects tracked by this media
+     *                       tracker with the specified identifier
+     *                       that have encountered an error, or
+     *                       {@code null} if there are none with errors
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
+     * @see         java.awt.MediaTracker#getErrorsAny
+     */
+    public synchronized Object[] getErrorsID(int id) {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        int numerrors = 0;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if (cur.getID() == id
+                && (cur.getStatus(false, true) & ERRORED) != 0)
+            {
+                numerrors++;
+            }
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        if (numerrors == 0) {
+            return null;
+        }
+        Object errors[] = new Object[numerrors];
+        cur = head;
+        numerrors = 0;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if (cur.getID() == id
+                && (cur.getStatus(false, false) & ERRORED) != 0)
+            {
+                errors[numerrors++] = cur.getMedia();
+            }
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        return errors;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Starts loading all images tracked by this media tracker with the
+     * specified identifier. This method waits until all the images with
+     * the specified identifier have finished loading.
+     * <p>
+     * If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
+     * image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
+     * {@code isErrorAny} and {@code isErrorID} methods to
+     * check for errors.
+     * @param         id   the identifier of the images to check
+     * @see           java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForAll
+     * @see           java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny()
+     * @see           java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID(int)
+     * @exception     InterruptedException  if any thread has
+     *                          interrupted this thread.
+     */
+    public void waitForID(int id) throws InterruptedException {
+        waitForID(id, 0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Starts loading all images tracked by this media tracker with the
+     * specified identifier. This method waits until all the images with
+     * the specified identifier have finished loading, or until the
+     * length of time specified in milliseconds by the {@code ms}
+     * argument has passed.
+     * <p>
+     * If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
+     * image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
+     * {@code statusID}, {@code isErrorID}, and
+     * {@code isErrorAny} methods to check for errors.
+     * @param  id the identifier of the images to check
+     * @param  ms the length of time, in milliseconds, to wait
+     *         for the loading to complete
+     * @return {@code true} if the loading completed in time;
+     *         otherwise {@code false}
+     * @see           java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForAll
+     * @see           java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForID(int)
+     * @see           java.awt.MediaTracker#statusID
+     * @see           java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny()
+     * @see           java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID(int)
+     * @exception     InterruptedException  if any thread has
+     *                          interrupted this thread.
+     */
+    public synchronized boolean waitForID(int id, long ms)
+        throws InterruptedException
+    {
+        long end = System.currentTimeMillis() + ms;
+        boolean first = true;
+        while (true) {
+            int status = statusID(id, first, first);
+            if ((status & LOADING) == 0) {
+                return (status == COMPLETE);
+            }
+            first = false;
+            long timeout;
+            if (ms == 0) {
+                timeout = 0;
+            } else {
+                timeout = end - System.currentTimeMillis();
+                if (timeout <= 0) {
+                    return false;
+                }
+            }
+            wait(timeout);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Calculates and returns the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of the
+     * status of all media with the specified identifier that are
+     * tracked by this media tracker.
+     * <p>
+     * Possible flags defined by the
+     * {@code MediaTracker} class are {@code LOADING},
+     * {@code ABORTED}, {@code ERRORED}, and
+     * {@code COMPLETE}. An image that hasn't started
+     * loading has zero as its status.
+     * <p>
+     * If the value of {@code load} is {@code true}, then
+     * this method starts loading any images that are not yet being loaded.
+     * @param        id   the identifier of the images to check
+     * @param        load   if {@code true}, start loading
+     *                            any images that are not yet being loaded
+     * @return       the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of the status of
+     *                            all of the media with the specified
+     *                            identifier that are being tracked
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#statusAll(boolean)
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#LOADING
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#ABORTED
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#ERRORED
+     * @see          java.awt.MediaTracker#COMPLETE
+     */
+    public int statusID(int id, boolean load) {
+        return statusID(id, load, true);
+    }
+
+    private synchronized int statusID(int id, boolean load, boolean verify) {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        int status = 0;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if (cur.getID() == id) {
+                status = status | cur.getStatus(load, verify);
+            }
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        return status;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified image from this media tracker.
+     * All instances of the specified image are removed,
+     * regardless of scale or ID.
+     * @param   image     the image to be removed
+     * @see     java.awt.MediaTracker#removeImage(java.awt.Image, int)
+     * @see     java.awt.MediaTracker#removeImage(java.awt.Image, int, int, int)
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void removeImage(Image image) {
+        removeImageImpl(image);
+        Image rvImage = getResolutionVariant(image);
+        if (rvImage != null) {
+            removeImageImpl(rvImage);
+        }
+        notifyAll();    // Notify in case remaining images are "done".
+    }
+
+    private void removeImageImpl(Image image) {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        MediaEntry prev = null;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            MediaEntry next = cur.next;
+            if (cur.getMedia() == image) {
+                if (prev == null) {
+                    head = next;
+                } else {
+                    prev.next = next;
+                }
+                cur.cancel();
+            } else {
+                prev = cur;
+            }
+            cur = next;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified image from the specified tracking
+     * ID of this media tracker.
+     * All instances of {@code Image} being tracked
+     * under the specified ID are removed regardless of scale.
+     * @param      image the image to be removed
+     * @param      id the tracking ID from which to remove the image
+     * @see        java.awt.MediaTracker#removeImage(java.awt.Image)
+     * @see        java.awt.MediaTracker#removeImage(java.awt.Image, int, int, int)
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void removeImage(Image image, int id) {
+        removeImageImpl(image, id);
+        Image rvImage = getResolutionVariant(image);
+        if (rvImage != null) {
+            removeImageImpl(rvImage, id);
+        }
+        notifyAll();    // Notify in case remaining images are "done".
+    }
+
+    private void removeImageImpl(Image image, int id) {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        MediaEntry prev = null;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            MediaEntry next = cur.next;
+            if (cur.getID() == id && cur.getMedia() == image) {
+                if (prev == null) {
+                    head = next;
+                } else {
+                    prev.next = next;
+                }
+                cur.cancel();
+            } else {
+                prev = cur;
+            }
+            cur = next;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified image with the specified
+     * width, height, and ID from this media tracker.
+     * Only the specified instance (with any duplicates) is removed.
+     * @param   image the image to be removed
+     * @param   id the tracking ID from which to remove the image
+     * @param   width the width to remove (-1 for unscaled)
+     * @param   height the height to remove (-1 for unscaled)
+     * @see     java.awt.MediaTracker#removeImage(java.awt.Image)
+     * @see     java.awt.MediaTracker#removeImage(java.awt.Image, int)
+     * @since   1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void removeImage(Image image, int id,
+                                         int width, int height) {
+        removeImageImpl(image, id, width, height);
+        Image rvImage = getResolutionVariant(image);
+        if (rvImage != null) {
+            removeImageImpl(rvImage, id,
+                    width == -1 ? -1 : 2 * width,
+                    height == -1 ? -1 : 2 * height);
+        }
+        notifyAll();    // Notify in case remaining images are "done".
+    }
+
+    private void removeImageImpl(Image image, int id, int width, int height) {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        MediaEntry prev = null;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            MediaEntry next = cur.next;
+            if (cur.getID() == id && cur instanceof ImageMediaEntry
+                && ((ImageMediaEntry) cur).matches(image, width, height))
+            {
+                if (prev == null) {
+                    head = next;
+                } else {
+                    prev.next = next;
+                }
+                cur.cancel();
+            } else {
+                prev = cur;
+            }
+            cur = next;
+        }
+    }
+
+    synchronized void setDone() {
+        notifyAll();
+    }
+
+    private static Image getResolutionVariant(Image image) {
+        if (image instanceof MultiResolutionToolkitImage) {
+            return ((MultiResolutionToolkitImage) image).getResolutionVariant();
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+}
+
+abstract class MediaEntry {
+    MediaTracker tracker;
+    int ID;
+    MediaEntry next;
+
+    int status;
+    boolean cancelled;
+
+    MediaEntry(MediaTracker mt, int id) {
+        tracker = mt;
+        ID = id;
+    }
+
+    abstract Object getMedia();
+
+    static MediaEntry insert(MediaEntry head, MediaEntry me) {
+        MediaEntry cur = head;
+        MediaEntry prev = null;
+        while (cur != null) {
+            if (cur.ID > me.ID) {
+                break;
+            }
+            prev = cur;
+            cur = cur.next;
+        }
+        me.next = cur;
+        if (prev == null) {
+            head = me;
+        } else {
+            prev.next = me;
+        }
+        return head;
+    }
+
+    int getID() {
+        return ID;
+    }
+
+    abstract void startLoad();
+
+    void cancel() {
+        cancelled = true;
+    }
+
+    static final int LOADING = MediaTracker.LOADING;
+    static final int ABORTED = MediaTracker.ABORTED;
+    static final int ERRORED = MediaTracker.ERRORED;
+    static final int COMPLETE = MediaTracker.COMPLETE;
+
+    static final int LOADSTARTED = (LOADING | ERRORED | COMPLETE);
+    static final int DONE = (ABORTED | ERRORED | COMPLETE);
+
+    synchronized int getStatus(boolean doLoad, boolean doVerify) {
+        if (doLoad && ((status & LOADSTARTED) == 0)) {
+            status = (status & ~ABORTED) | LOADING;
+            startLoad();
+        }
+        return status;
+    }
+
+    void setStatus(int flag) {
+        synchronized (this) {
+            status = flag;
+        }
+        tracker.setDone();
+    }
+}
+
+class ImageMediaEntry extends MediaEntry implements ImageObserver,
+java.io.Serializable {
+    Image image;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = 4739377000350280650L;
+
+    ImageMediaEntry(MediaTracker mt, Image img, int c, int w, int h) {
+        super(mt, c);
+        image = img;
+        width = w;
+        height = h;
+    }
+
+    boolean matches(Image img, int w, int h) {
+        return (image == img && width == w && height == h);
+    }
+
+    Object getMedia() {
+        return image;
+    }
+
+    synchronized int getStatus(boolean doLoad, boolean doVerify) {
+        if (doVerify) {
+            int flags = tracker.target.checkImage(image, width, height, null);
+            int s = parseflags(flags);
+            if (s == 0) {
+                if ((status & (ERRORED | COMPLETE)) != 0) {
+                    setStatus(ABORTED);
+                }
+            } else if (s != status) {
+                setStatus(s);
+            }
+        }
+        return super.getStatus(doLoad, doVerify);
+    }
+
+    void startLoad() {
+        if (tracker.target.prepareImage(image, width, height, this)) {
+            setStatus(COMPLETE);
+        }
+    }
+
+    int parseflags(int infoflags) {
+        if ((infoflags & ERROR) != 0) {
+            return ERRORED;
+        } else if ((infoflags & ABORT) != 0) {
+            return ABORTED;
+        } else if ((infoflags & (ALLBITS | FRAMEBITS)) != 0) {
+            return COMPLETE;
+        }
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    public boolean imageUpdate(Image img, int infoflags,
+                               int x, int y, int w, int h) {
+        if (cancelled) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        int s = parseflags(infoflags);
+        if (s != 0 && s != status) {
+            setStatus(s);
+        }
+        return ((status & LOADING) != 0);
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Menu.java

@@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.KeyEvent;
+import java.awt.peer.MenuPeer;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
+import java.util.Enumeration;
+import java.util.EventListener;
+import java.util.Vector;
+
+import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleRole;
+
+import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
+
+/**
+ * A {@code Menu} object is a pull-down menu component
+ * that is deployed from a menu bar.
+ * <p>
+ * A menu can optionally be a <i>tear-off</i> menu. A tear-off menu
+ * can be opened and dragged away from its parent menu bar or menu.
+ * It remains on the screen after the mouse button has been released.
+ * The mechanism for tearing off a menu is platform dependent, since
+ * the look and feel of the tear-off menu is determined by its peer.
+ * On platforms that do not support tear-off menus, the tear-off
+ * property is ignored.
+ * <p>
+ * Each item in a menu must belong to the {@code MenuItem}
+ * class. It can be an instance of {@code MenuItem}, a submenu
+ * (an instance of {@code Menu}), or a check box (an instance of
+ * {@code CheckboxMenuItem}).
+ *
+ * @author Sami Shaio
+ * @see     java.awt.MenuItem
+ * @see     java.awt.CheckboxMenuItem
+ * @since   1.0
+ */
+public class Menu extends MenuItem implements MenuContainer, Accessible {
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+
+        AWTAccessor.setMenuAccessor(
+            new AWTAccessor.MenuAccessor() {
+                public Vector<MenuItem> getItems(Menu menu) {
+                    return menu.items;
+                }
+            });
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * A vector of the items that will be part of the Menu.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #countItems()
+     */
+    private final Vector<MenuItem> items = new Vector<>();
+
+    /**
+     * This field indicates whether the menu has the
+     * tear of property or not.  It will be set to
+     * {@code true} if the menu has the tear off
+     * property and it will be set to {@code false}
+     * if it does not.
+     * A torn off menu can be deleted by a user when
+     * it is no longer needed.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #isTearOff()
+     */
+    private final boolean tearOff;
+
+    /**
+     * This field will be set to {@code true}
+     * if the Menu in question is actually a help
+     * menu.  Otherwise it will be set to
+     * {@code false}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     */
+    volatile boolean isHelpMenu;
+
+    private static final String base = "menu";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = -8809584163345499784L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new menu with an empty label. This menu is not
+     * a tear-off menu.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public Menu() throws HeadlessException {
+        this("", false);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new menu with the specified label. This menu is not
+     * a tear-off menu.
+     * @param       label the menu's label in the menu bar, or in
+     *                   another menu of which this menu is a submenu.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Menu(String label) throws HeadlessException {
+        this(label, false);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new menu with the specified label,
+     * indicating whether the menu can be torn off.
+     * <p>
+     * Tear-off functionality may not be supported by all
+     * implementations of AWT.  If a particular implementation doesn't
+     * support tear-off menus, this value is silently ignored.
+     * @param       label the menu's label in the menu bar, or in
+     *                   another menu of which this menu is a submenu.
+     * @param       tearOff   if {@code true}, the menu
+     *                   is a tear-off menu.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public Menu(String label, boolean tearOff) throws HeadlessException {
+        super(label);
+        this.tearOff = tearOff;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Construct a name for this MenuComponent.  Called by getName() when
+     * the name is null.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (Menu.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the menu's peer.  The peer allows us to modify the
+     * appearance of the menu without changing its functionality.
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createMenu(this);
+            int nitems = getItemCount();
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < nitems ; i++) {
+                MenuItem mi = getItem(i);
+                mi.parent = this;
+                mi.addNotify();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the menu's peer.  The peer allows us to modify the appearance
+     * of the menu without changing its functionality.
+     */
+    public void removeNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            int nitems = getItemCount();
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < nitems ; i++) {
+                getItem(i).removeNotify();
+            }
+            super.removeNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates whether this menu is a tear-off menu.
+     * <p>
+     * Tear-off functionality may not be supported by all
+     * implementations of AWT.  If a particular implementation doesn't
+     * support tear-off menus, this value is silently ignored.
+     * @return      {@code true} if this is a tear-off menu;
+     *                         {@code false} otherwise.
+     */
+    public boolean isTearOff() {
+        return tearOff;
+    }
+
+    /**
+      * Get the number of items in this menu.
+      * @return the number of items in this menu
+      * @since      1.1
+      */
+    public int getItemCount() {
+        return countItems();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of items in this menu.
+     *
+     * @return the number of items in this menu
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code getItemCount()}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public int countItems() {
+        return countItemsImpl();
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * This is called by the native code, so client code can't
+     * be called on the toolkit thread.
+     */
+    final int countItemsImpl() {
+        return items.size();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the item located at the specified index of this menu.
+     * @param     index the position of the item to be returned.
+     * @return    the item located at the specified index.
+     */
+    public MenuItem getItem(int index) {
+        return getItemImpl(index);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * This is called by the native code, so client code can't
+     * be called on the toolkit thread.
+     */
+    final MenuItem getItemImpl(int index) {
+        return items.elementAt(index);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified menu item to this menu. If the
+     * menu item has been part of another menu, removes it
+     * from that menu.
+     *
+     * @param       mi   the menu item to be added
+     * @return      the menu item added
+     * @see         java.awt.Menu#insert(java.lang.String, int)
+     * @see         java.awt.Menu#insert(java.awt.MenuItem, int)
+     */
+    public MenuItem add(MenuItem mi) {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (mi.parent != null) {
+                mi.parent.remove(mi);
+            }
+            items.addElement(mi);
+            mi.parent = this;
+            MenuPeer peer = (MenuPeer)this.peer;
+            if (peer != null) {
+                mi.addNotify();
+                peer.addItem(mi);
+            }
+            return mi;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds an item with the specified label to this menu.
+     *
+     * @param       label   the text on the item
+     * @see         java.awt.Menu#insert(java.lang.String, int)
+     * @see         java.awt.Menu#insert(java.awt.MenuItem, int)
+     */
+    public void add(String label) {
+        add(new MenuItem(label));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Inserts a menu item into this menu
+     * at the specified position.
+     *
+     * @param         menuitem  the menu item to be inserted.
+     * @param         index     the position at which the menu
+     *                          item should be inserted.
+     * @see           java.awt.Menu#add(java.lang.String)
+     * @see           java.awt.Menu#add(java.awt.MenuItem)
+     * @exception     IllegalArgumentException if the value of
+     *                    {@code index} is less than zero
+     * @since         1.1
+     */
+
+    public void insert(MenuItem menuitem, int index) {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (index < 0) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("index less than zero.");
+            }
+
+            int nitems = getItemCount();
+            Vector<MenuItem> tempItems = new Vector<>();
+
+            /* Remove the item at index, nitems-index times
+               storing them in a temporary vector in the
+               order they appear on the menu.
+            */
+            for (int i = index ; i < nitems; i++) {
+                tempItems.addElement(getItem(index));
+                remove(index);
+            }
+
+            add(menuitem);
+
+            /* Add the removed items back to the menu, they are
+               already in the correct order in the temp vector.
+            */
+            for (int i = 0; i < tempItems.size()  ; i++) {
+                add(tempItems.elementAt(i));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Inserts a menu item with the specified label into this menu
+     * at the specified position.  This is a convenience method for
+     * {@code insert(menuItem, index)}.
+     *
+     * @param       label the text on the item
+     * @param       index the position at which the menu item
+     *                      should be inserted
+     * @see         java.awt.Menu#add(java.lang.String)
+     * @see         java.awt.Menu#add(java.awt.MenuItem)
+     * @exception     IllegalArgumentException if the value of
+     *                    {@code index} is less than zero
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+
+    public void insert(String label, int index) {
+        insert(new MenuItem(label), index);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds a separator line, or a hypen, to the menu at the current position.
+     * @see         java.awt.Menu#insertSeparator(int)
+     */
+    public void addSeparator() {
+        add("-");
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Inserts a separator at the specified position.
+     * @param       index the position at which the
+     *                       menu separator should be inserted.
+     * @exception   IllegalArgumentException if the value of
+     *                       {@code index} is less than 0.
+     * @see         java.awt.Menu#addSeparator
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+
+    public void insertSeparator(int index) {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (index < 0) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("index less than zero.");
+            }
+
+            int nitems = getItemCount();
+            Vector<MenuItem> tempItems = new Vector<>();
+
+            /* Remove the item at index, nitems-index times
+               storing them in a temporary vector in the
+               order they appear on the menu.
+            */
+            for (int i = index ; i < nitems; i++) {
+                tempItems.addElement(getItem(index));
+                remove(index);
+            }
+
+            addSeparator();
+
+            /* Add the removed items back to the menu, they are
+               already in the correct order in the temp vector.
+            */
+            for (int i = 0; i < tempItems.size()  ; i++) {
+                add(tempItems.elementAt(i));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the menu item at the specified index from this menu.
+     * @param       index the position of the item to be removed.
+     */
+    public void remove(int index) {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            MenuItem mi = getItem(index);
+            items.removeElementAt(index);
+            MenuPeer peer = (MenuPeer)this.peer;
+            if (peer != null) {
+                peer.delItem(index);
+                mi.removeNotify();
+            }
+            mi.parent = null;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified menu item from this menu.
+     * @param  item the item to be removed from the menu.
+     *         If {@code item} is {@code null}
+     *         or is not in this menu, this method does
+     *         nothing.
+     */
+    public void remove(MenuComponent item) {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            int index = items.indexOf(item);
+            if (index >= 0) {
+                remove(index);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes all items from this menu.
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public void removeAll() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            int nitems = getItemCount();
+            for (int i = nitems-1 ; i >= 0 ; i--) {
+                remove(i);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Post an ActionEvent to the target of the MenuPeer
+     * associated with the specified keyboard event (on
+     * keydown).  Returns true if there is an associated
+     * keyboard event.
+     */
+    boolean handleShortcut(KeyEvent e) {
+        int nitems = getItemCount();
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nitems ; i++) {
+            MenuItem mi = getItem(i);
+            if (mi.handleShortcut(e)) {
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    MenuItem getShortcutMenuItem(MenuShortcut s) {
+        int nitems = getItemCount();
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nitems ; i++) {
+            MenuItem mi = getItem(i).getShortcutMenuItem(s);
+            if (mi != null) {
+                return mi;
+            }
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    synchronized Enumeration<MenuShortcut> shortcuts() {
+        Vector<MenuShortcut> shortcuts = new Vector<>();
+        int nitems = getItemCount();
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nitems ; i++) {
+            MenuItem mi = getItem(i);
+            if (mi instanceof Menu) {
+                Enumeration<MenuShortcut> e = ((Menu)mi).shortcuts();
+                while (e.hasMoreElements()) {
+                    shortcuts.addElement(e.nextElement());
+                }
+            } else {
+                MenuShortcut ms = mi.getShortcut();
+                if (ms != null) {
+                    shortcuts.addElement(ms);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return shortcuts.elements();
+    }
+
+    void deleteShortcut(MenuShortcut s) {
+        int nitems = getItemCount();
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nitems ; i++) {
+            getItem(i).deleteShortcut(s);
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Serialization support.  A MenuContainer is responsible for
+     * restoring the parent fields of its children.
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * The menu serialized Data Version.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     */
+    private int menuSerializedDataVersion = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Writes default serializable fields to stream.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+     * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
+     * @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
+     */
+    private void writeObject(java.io.ObjectOutputStream s)
+      throws java.io.IOException
+    {
+      s.defaultWriteObject();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream}.
+     * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *   {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+     *   {@code true}
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+      throws IOException, ClassNotFoundException, HeadlessException
+    {
+      // HeadlessException will be thrown from MenuComponent's readObject
+      s.defaultReadObject();
+      for(int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++) {
+        MenuItem item = items.elementAt(i);
+        item.parent = this;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Menu}.
+     * This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
+     * content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return the parameter string of this menu
+     */
+    public String paramString() {
+        String str = ",tearOff=" + tearOff+",isHelpMenu=" + isHelpMenu;
+        return super.paramString() + str;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this Menu.
+     * For menus, the AccessibleContext takes the form of an
+     * AccessibleAWTMenu.
+     * A new AccessibleAWTMenu instance is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an AccessibleAWTMenu that serves as the
+     *         AccessibleContext of this Menu
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTMenu();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Defined in MenuComponent. Overridden here.
+     */
+    int getAccessibleChildIndex(MenuComponent child) {
+        return items.indexOf(child);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Inner class of Menu used to provide default support for
+     * accessibility.  This class is not meant to be used directly by
+     * application developers, but is instead meant only to be
+     * subclassed by menu component developers.
+     * <p>
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code Menu} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTMenu extends AccessibleAWTMenuItem
+    {
+        /*
+         * JDK 1.3 serialVersionUID
+         */
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = 5228160894980069094L;
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.MENU;
+        }
+
+    } // class AccessibleAWTMenu
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuBar.java

@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.KeyEvent;
+import java.awt.peer.MenuBarPeer;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
+import java.util.Enumeration;
+import java.util.EventListener;
+import java.util.Vector;
+
+import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleRole;
+
+import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code MenuBar} class encapsulates the platform's
+ * concept of a menu bar bound to a frame. In order to associate
+ * the menu bar with a {@code Frame} object, call the
+ * frame's {@code setMenuBar} method.
+ * <p>
+ * <a id="mbexample"></a><!-- target for cross references -->
+ * This is what a menu bar might look like:
+ * <p>
+ * <img src="doc-files/MenuBar-1.gif"
+ * alt="Diagram of MenuBar containing 2 menus: Examples and Options.
+ * Examples menu is expanded showing items: Basic, Simple, Check, and More Examples."
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ * <p>
+ * A menu bar handles keyboard shortcuts for menu items, passing them
+ * along to its child menus.
+ * (Keyboard shortcuts, which are optional, provide the user with
+ * an alternative to the mouse for invoking a menu item and the
+ * action that is associated with it.)
+ * Each menu item can maintain an instance of {@code MenuShortcut}.
+ * The {@code MenuBar} class defines several methods,
+ * {@link MenuBar#shortcuts} and
+ * {@link MenuBar#getShortcutMenuItem}
+ * that retrieve information about the shortcuts a given
+ * menu bar is managing.
+ *
+ * @author Sami Shaio
+ * @see        java.awt.Frame
+ * @see        java.awt.Frame#setMenuBar(java.awt.MenuBar)
+ * @see        java.awt.Menu
+ * @see        java.awt.MenuItem
+ * @see        java.awt.MenuShortcut
+ * @since      1.0
+ */
+public class MenuBar extends MenuComponent implements MenuContainer, Accessible {
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+        AWTAccessor.setMenuBarAccessor(
+            new AWTAccessor.MenuBarAccessor() {
+                public Menu getHelpMenu(MenuBar menuBar) {
+                    return menuBar.helpMenu;
+                }
+
+                public Vector<Menu> getMenus(MenuBar menuBar) {
+                    return menuBar.menus;
+                }
+            });
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This field represents a vector of the
+     * actual menus that will be part of the MenuBar.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #countMenus()
+     */
+    private final Vector<Menu> menus = new Vector<>();
+
+    /**
+     * This menu is a special menu dedicated to
+     * help.  The one thing to note about this menu
+     * is that on some platforms it appears at the
+     * right edge of the menubar.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getHelpMenu()
+     * @see #setHelpMenu(Menu)
+     */
+    private volatile Menu helpMenu;
+
+    private static final String base = "menubar";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = -4930327919388951260L;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new menu bar.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public MenuBar() throws HeadlessException {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Construct a name for this MenuComponent.  Called by getName() when
+     * the name is null.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (MenuBar.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the menu bar's peer.  The peer allows us to change the
+     * appearance of the menu bar without changing any of the menu bar's
+     * functionality.
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createMenuBar(this);
+
+            int nmenus = getMenuCount();
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < nmenus ; i++) {
+                getMenu(i).addNotify();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the menu bar's peer.  The peer allows us to change the
+     * appearance of the menu bar without changing any of the menu bar's
+     * functionality.
+     */
+    public void removeNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            int nmenus = getMenuCount();
+            for (int i = 0 ; i < nmenus ; i++) {
+                getMenu(i).removeNotify();
+            }
+            super.removeNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the help menu on the menu bar.
+     * @return    the help menu on this menu bar.
+     */
+    public Menu getHelpMenu() {
+        return helpMenu;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the specified menu to be this menu bar's help menu.
+     * If this menu bar has an existing help menu, the old help menu is
+     * removed from the menu bar, and replaced with the specified menu.
+     * @param m    the menu to be set as the help menu
+     */
+    public void setHelpMenu(final Menu m) {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (helpMenu == m) {
+                return;
+            }
+            if (helpMenu != null) {
+                remove(helpMenu);
+            }
+            helpMenu = m;
+            if (m != null) {
+                if (m.parent != this) {
+                    add(m);
+                }
+                m.isHelpMenu = true;
+                m.parent = this;
+                MenuBarPeer peer = (MenuBarPeer)this.peer;
+                if (peer != null) {
+                    if (m.peer == null) {
+                        m.addNotify();
+                    }
+                    peer.addHelpMenu(m);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified menu to the menu bar.
+     * If the menu has been part of another menu bar,
+     * removes it from that menu bar.
+     *
+     * @param        m   the menu to be added
+     * @return       the menu added
+     * @see          java.awt.MenuBar#remove(int)
+     * @see          java.awt.MenuBar#remove(java.awt.MenuComponent)
+     */
+    public Menu add(Menu m) {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (m.parent != null) {
+                m.parent.remove(m);
+            }
+            m.parent = this;
+
+            MenuBarPeer peer = (MenuBarPeer)this.peer;
+            if (peer != null) {
+                if (m.peer == null) {
+                    m.addNotify();
+                }
+                menus.addElement(m);
+                peer.addMenu(m);
+            } else {
+                menus.addElement(m);
+            }
+            return m;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the menu located at the specified
+     * index from this menu bar.
+     * @param        index   the position of the menu to be removed.
+     * @see          java.awt.MenuBar#add(java.awt.Menu)
+     */
+    public void remove(final int index) {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            Menu m = getMenu(index);
+            menus.removeElementAt(index);
+            MenuBarPeer peer = (MenuBarPeer)this.peer;
+            if (peer != null) {
+                peer.delMenu(index);
+                m.removeNotify();
+            }
+            m.parent = null;
+            if (helpMenu == m) {
+                helpMenu = null;
+                m.isHelpMenu = false;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified menu component from this menu bar.
+     * @param        m the menu component to be removed.
+     * @see          java.awt.MenuBar#add(java.awt.Menu)
+     */
+    public void remove(MenuComponent m) {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            int index = menus.indexOf(m);
+            if (index >= 0) {
+                remove(index);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the number of menus on the menu bar.
+     * @return     the number of menus on the menu bar.
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public int getMenuCount() {
+        return countMenus();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the number of menus on the menu bar.
+     *
+     * @return the number of menus on the menu bar.
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code getMenuCount()}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public int countMenus() {
+        return getMenuCountImpl();
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * This is called by the native code, so client code can't
+     * be called on the toolkit thread.
+     */
+    final int getMenuCountImpl() {
+        return menus.size();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the specified menu.
+     * @param      i the index position of the menu to be returned.
+     * @return     the menu at the specified index of this menu bar.
+     */
+    public Menu getMenu(int i) {
+        return getMenuImpl(i);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * This is called by the native code, so client code can't
+     * be called on the toolkit thread.
+     */
+    final Menu getMenuImpl(int i) {
+        return menus.elementAt(i);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets an enumeration of all menu shortcuts this menu bar
+     * is managing.
+     * @return      an enumeration of menu shortcuts that this
+     *                      menu bar is managing.
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuShortcut
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized Enumeration<MenuShortcut> shortcuts() {
+        Vector<MenuShortcut> shortcuts = new Vector<>();
+        int nmenus = getMenuCount();
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nmenus ; i++) {
+            Enumeration<MenuShortcut> e = getMenu(i).shortcuts();
+            while (e.hasMoreElements()) {
+                shortcuts.addElement(e.nextElement());
+            }
+        }
+        return shortcuts.elements();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the instance of {@code MenuItem} associated
+     * with the specified {@code MenuShortcut} object,
+     * or {@code null} if none of the menu items being managed
+     * by this menu bar is associated with the specified menu
+     * shortcut.
+     * @param  s the specified menu shortcut.
+     * @return the menu item for the specified shortcut.
+     * @see java.awt.MenuItem
+     * @see java.awt.MenuShortcut
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+     public MenuItem getShortcutMenuItem(MenuShortcut s) {
+        int nmenus = getMenuCount();
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nmenus ; i++) {
+            MenuItem mi = getMenu(i).getShortcutMenuItem(s);
+            if (mi != null) {
+                return mi;
+            }
+        }
+        return null;  // MenuShortcut wasn't found
+     }
+
+    /*
+     * Post an ACTION_EVENT to the target of the MenuPeer
+     * associated with the specified keyboard event (on
+     * keydown).  Returns true if there is an associated
+     * keyboard event.
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    boolean handleShortcut(KeyEvent e) {
+        // Is it a key event?
+        int id = e.getID();
+        if (id != KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED && id != KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        // Is the accelerator modifier key pressed?
+        int accelKey = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit().getMenuShortcutKeyMask();
+        if ((e.getModifiers() & accelKey) == 0) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        // Pass MenuShortcut on to child menus.
+        int nmenus = getMenuCount();
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nmenus ; i++) {
+            Menu m = getMenu(i);
+            if (m.handleShortcut(e)) {
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Deletes the specified menu shortcut.
+     * @param     s the menu shortcut to delete.
+     * @since     1.1
+     */
+    public void deleteShortcut(MenuShortcut s) {
+        int nmenus = getMenuCount();
+        for (int i = 0 ; i < nmenus ; i++) {
+            getMenu(i).deleteShortcut(s);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Serialization support.  Restore the (transient) parent
+     * fields of Menubar menus here.
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * The MenuBar's serialized data version.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     */
+    private int menuBarSerializedDataVersion = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Writes default serializable fields to stream.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+     * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
+     * @see #readObject(java.io.ObjectInputStream)
+     */
+    private void writeObject(java.io.ObjectOutputStream s)
+      throws java.lang.ClassNotFoundException,
+             java.io.IOException
+    {
+      s.defaultWriteObject();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream}.
+     * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *   {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+     *   {@code true}
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @see #writeObject(java.io.ObjectOutputStream)
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+      throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException, HeadlessException
+    {
+      // HeadlessException will be thrown from MenuComponent's readObject
+      s.defaultReadObject();
+      for (int i = 0; i < menus.size(); i++) {
+        Menu m = menus.elementAt(i);
+        m.parent = this;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this MenuBar.
+     * For menu bars, the AccessibleContext takes the form of an
+     * AccessibleAWTMenuBar.
+     * A new AccessibleAWTMenuBar instance is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an AccessibleAWTMenuBar that serves as the
+     *         AccessibleContext of this MenuBar
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTMenuBar();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Defined in MenuComponent. Overridden here.
+     */
+    int getAccessibleChildIndex(MenuComponent child) {
+        return menus.indexOf(child);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Inner class of MenuBar used to provide default support for
+     * accessibility.  This class is not meant to be used directly by
+     * application developers, but is instead meant only to be
+     * subclassed by menu component developers.
+     * <p>
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code MenuBar} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu bar user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTMenuBar extends AccessibleAWTMenuComponent
+    {
+        /*
+         * JDK 1.3 serialVersionUID
+         */
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = -8577604491830083815L;
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         * @since 1.4
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.MENU_BAR;
+        }
+
+    } // class AccessibleAWTMenuBar
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuContainer.java

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * The super class of all menu related containers.
+ *
+ * @author      Arthur van Hoff
+ */
+
+public interface MenuContainer {
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the font in use by this container.
+     *
+     * @return the menu font
+     */
+    Font getFont();
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified menu component from the menu.
+     *
+     * @param  comp the menu component to remove
+     */
+    void remove(MenuComponent comp);
+
+    /**
+     * Posts an event to the listeners.
+     *
+     * @param  evt the event to dispatch
+     * @return the results of posting the event
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1
+     * replaced by dispatchEvent(AWTEvent).
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    boolean postEvent(Event evt);
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuItem.java

@@ -0,0 +1,963 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.ActionEvent;
+import java.awt.event.ActionListener;
+import java.awt.event.InputEvent;
+import java.awt.event.KeyEvent;
+import java.awt.peer.MenuItemPeer;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
+import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
+import java.util.EventListener;
+
+import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleAction;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleRole;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleValue;
+
+import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
+
+/**
+ * All items in a menu must belong to the class
+ * {@code MenuItem}, or one of its subclasses.
+ * <p>
+ * The default {@code MenuItem} object embodies
+ * a simple labeled menu item.
+ * <p>
+ * This picture of a menu bar shows five menu items:
+ * <IMG SRC="doc-files/MenuBar-1.gif" alt="The following text describes this graphic."
+ * style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
+ * <br style="clear:left;">
+ * The first two items are simple menu items, labeled
+ * {@code "Basic"} and {@code "Simple"}.
+ * Following these two items is a separator, which is itself
+ * a menu item, created with the label {@code "-"}.
+ * Next is an instance of {@code CheckboxMenuItem}
+ * labeled {@code "Check"}. The final menu item is a
+ * submenu labeled <code>"More&nbsp;Examples"</code>,
+ * and this submenu is an instance of {@code Menu}.
+ * <p>
+ * When a menu item is selected, AWT sends an action event to
+ * the menu item. Since the event is an
+ * instance of {@code ActionEvent}, the {@code processEvent}
+ * method examines the event and passes it along to
+ * {@code processActionEvent}. The latter method redirects the
+ * event to any {@code ActionListener} objects that have
+ * registered an interest in action events generated by this
+ * menu item.
+ * <P>
+ * Note that the subclass {@code Menu} overrides this behavior and
+ * does not send any event to the frame until one of its subitems is
+ * selected.
+ *
+ * @author Sami Shaio
+ */
+public class MenuItem extends MenuComponent implements Accessible {
+
+    static {
+        /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
+        Toolkit.loadLibraries();
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            initIDs();
+        }
+
+        AWTAccessor.setMenuItemAccessor(
+            new AWTAccessor.MenuItemAccessor() {
+                public boolean isEnabled(MenuItem item) {
+                    return item.enabled;
+                }
+
+                public String getLabel(MenuItem item) {
+                    return item.label;
+                }
+
+                public MenuShortcut getShortcut(MenuItem item) {
+                    return item.shortcut;
+                }
+
+                public String getActionCommandImpl(MenuItem item) {
+                    return item.getActionCommandImpl();
+                }
+
+                public boolean isItemEnabled(MenuItem item) {
+                    return item.isItemEnabled();
+                }
+            });
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * A value to indicate whether a menu item is enabled
+     * or not.  If it is enabled, {@code enabled} will
+     * be set to true.  Else {@code enabled} will
+     * be set to false.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #isEnabled()
+     * @see #setEnabled(boolean)
+     */
+    private volatile boolean enabled = true;
+
+    /**
+     * {@code label} is the label of a menu item.
+     * It can be any string.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getLabel()
+     * @see #setLabel(String)
+     */
+    volatile String label;
+
+    /**
+     * This field indicates the command that has been issued
+     * by a  particular menu item.
+     * By default the {@code actionCommand}
+     * is the label of the menu item, unless it has been
+     * set using setActionCommand.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #setActionCommand(String)
+     * @see #getActionCommand()
+     */
+    private volatile String actionCommand;
+
+    /**
+     * The eventMask is ONLY set by subclasses via enableEvents.
+     * The mask should NOT be set when listeners are registered
+     * so that we can distinguish the difference between when
+     * listeners request events and subclasses request them.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     */
+    volatile long eventMask;
+
+    private transient volatile ActionListener actionListener;
+
+    /**
+     * A sequence of key stokes that ia associated with
+     * a menu item.
+     * Note :in 1.1.2 you must use setActionCommand()
+     * on a menu item in order for its shortcut to
+     * work.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getShortcut()
+     * @see #setShortcut(MenuShortcut)
+     * @see #deleteShortcut()
+     */
+    private volatile MenuShortcut shortcut;
+
+    private static final String base = "menuitem";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -21757335363267194L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new MenuItem with an empty label and no keyboard
+     * shortcut.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since    1.1
+     */
+    public MenuItem() throws HeadlessException {
+        this("", null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new MenuItem with the specified label
+     * and no keyboard shortcut. Note that use of "-" in
+     * a label is reserved to indicate a separator between
+     * menu items. By default, all menu items except for
+     * separators are enabled.
+     * @param       label the label for this menu item.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since       1.0
+     */
+    public MenuItem(String label) throws HeadlessException {
+        this(label, null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Create a menu item with an associated keyboard shortcut.
+     * Note that use of "-" in a label is reserved to indicate
+     * a separator between menu items. By default, all menu
+     * items except for separators are enabled.
+     * @param       label the label for this menu item.
+     * @param       s the instance of {@code MenuShortcut}
+     *                       associated with this menu item.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public MenuItem(String label, MenuShortcut s) throws HeadlessException {
+        this.label = label;
+        this.shortcut = s;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Construct a name for this MenuComponent.  Called by getName() when
+     * the name is null.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (MenuItem.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the menu item's peer.  The peer allows us to modify the
+     * appearance of the menu item without changing its functionality.
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createMenuItem(this);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the label for this menu item.
+     * @return  the label of this menu item, or {@code null}
+                       if this menu item has no label.
+     * @see     java.awt.MenuItem#setLabel
+     * @since   1.0
+     */
+    public String getLabel() {
+        return label;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the label for this menu item to the specified label.
+     * @param     label   the new label, or {@code null} for no label.
+     * @see       java.awt.MenuItem#getLabel
+     * @since     1.0
+     */
+    public synchronized void setLabel(String label) {
+        this.label = label;
+        MenuItemPeer peer = (MenuItemPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setLabel(label);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Checks whether this menu item is enabled.
+     *
+     * @return {@code true} if the item is enabled;
+     *         otherwise {@code false}
+     * @see        java.awt.MenuItem#setEnabled
+     * @since      1.0
+     */
+    public boolean isEnabled() {
+        return enabled;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether or not this menu item can be chosen.
+     * @param      b  if {@code true}, enables this menu item;
+     *                       if {@code false}, disables it.
+     * @see        java.awt.MenuItem#isEnabled
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void setEnabled(boolean b) {
+        enable(b);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public synchronized void enable() {
+        enabled = true;
+        MenuItemPeer peer = (MenuItemPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setEnabled(true);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether or not this menu item can be chosen.
+     *
+     * @param  b if {@code true}, enables this menu item;
+     *           otherwise disables
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public void enable(boolean b) {
+        if (b) {
+            enable();
+        } else {
+            disable();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public synchronized void disable() {
+        enabled = false;
+        MenuItemPeer peer = (MenuItemPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setEnabled(false);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Get the {@code MenuShortcut} object associated with this
+     * menu item,
+     * @return      the menu shortcut associated with this menu item,
+     *                   or {@code null} if none has been specified.
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#setShortcut
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public MenuShortcut getShortcut() {
+        return shortcut;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Set the {@code MenuShortcut} object associated with this
+     * menu item. If a menu shortcut is already associated with
+     * this menu item, it is replaced.
+     * @param       s  the menu shortcut to associate
+     *                           with this menu item.
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#getShortcut
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public void setShortcut(MenuShortcut s) {
+        shortcut = s;
+        MenuItemPeer peer = (MenuItemPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setLabel(label);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Delete any {@code MenuShortcut} object associated
+     * with this menu item.
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public void deleteShortcut() {
+        shortcut = null;
+        MenuItemPeer peer = (MenuItemPeer)this.peer;
+        if (peer != null) {
+            peer.setLabel(label);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Delete a matching MenuShortcut associated with this MenuItem.
+     * Used when iterating Menus.
+     */
+    void deleteShortcut(MenuShortcut s) {
+        if (s.equals(shortcut)) {
+            shortcut = null;
+            MenuItemPeer peer = (MenuItemPeer)this.peer;
+            if (peer != null) {
+                peer.setLabel(label);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * The main goal of this method is to post an appropriate event
+     * to the event queue when menu shortcut is pressed. However,
+     * in subclasses this method may do more than just posting
+     * an event.
+     */
+    void doMenuEvent(long when, int modifiers) {
+        Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(
+            new ActionEvent(this, ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED,
+                            getActionCommand(), when, modifiers));
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Returns true if the item and all its ancestors are
+     * enabled, false otherwise
+     */
+    private final boolean isItemEnabled() {
+        // Fix For 6185151: Menu shortcuts of all menuitems within a menu
+        // should be disabled when the menu itself is disabled
+        if (!isEnabled()) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        MenuContainer container = getParent_NoClientCode();
+        do {
+            if (!(container instanceof Menu)) {
+                return true;
+            }
+            Menu menu = (Menu)container;
+            if (!menu.isEnabled()) {
+                return false;
+            }
+            container = menu.getParent_NoClientCode();
+        } while (container != null);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Post an ActionEvent to the target (on
+     * keydown) and the item is enabled.
+     * Returns true if there is an associated shortcut.
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    boolean handleShortcut(KeyEvent e) {
+        MenuShortcut s = new MenuShortcut(e.getKeyCode(),
+                             (e.getModifiers() & InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK) > 0);
+        MenuShortcut sE = new MenuShortcut(e.getExtendedKeyCode(),
+                             (e.getModifiers() & InputEvent.SHIFT_MASK) > 0);
+        // Fix For 6185151: Menu shortcuts of all menuitems within a menu
+        // should be disabled when the menu itself is disabled
+        if ((s.equals(shortcut) || sE.equals(shortcut)) && isItemEnabled()) {
+            // MenuShortcut match -- issue an event on keydown.
+            if (e.getID() == KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED) {
+                doMenuEvent(e.getWhen(), e.getModifiers());
+            } else {
+                // silently eat key release.
+            }
+            return true;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    MenuItem getShortcutMenuItem(MenuShortcut s) {
+        return (s.equals(shortcut)) ? this : null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Enables event delivery to this menu item for events
+     * to be defined by the specified event mask parameter
+     * <p>
+     * Since event types are automatically enabled when a listener for
+     * that type is added to the menu item, this method only needs
+     * to be invoked by subclasses of {@code MenuItem} which desire to
+     * have the specified event types delivered to {@code processEvent}
+     * regardless of whether a listener is registered.
+     *
+     * @param       eventsToEnable the event mask defining the event types
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#processEvent
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#disableEvents
+     * @see         java.awt.Component#enableEvents
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    protected final void enableEvents(long eventsToEnable) {
+        eventMask |= eventsToEnable;
+        newEventsOnly = true;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Disables event delivery to this menu item for events
+     * defined by the specified event mask parameter.
+     *
+     * @param       eventsToDisable the event mask defining the event types
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#processEvent
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#enableEvents
+     * @see         java.awt.Component#disableEvents
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    protected final void disableEvents(long eventsToDisable) {
+        eventMask &= ~eventsToDisable;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the command name of the action event that is fired
+     * by this menu item.
+     * <p>
+     * By default, the action command is set to the label of
+     * the menu item.
+     * @param       command   the action command to be set
+     *                                for this menu item.
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#getActionCommand
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public void setActionCommand(String command) {
+        actionCommand = command;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the command name of the action event that is fired
+     * by this menu item.
+     *
+     * @return the action command name
+     * @see java.awt.MenuItem#setActionCommand
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public String getActionCommand() {
+        return getActionCommandImpl();
+    }
+
+    // This is final so it can be called on the Toolkit thread.
+    final String getActionCommandImpl() {
+        return (actionCommand == null? label : actionCommand);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Adds the specified action listener to receive action events
+     * from this menu item.
+     * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     *
+     * @param      l the action listener.
+     * @see        #removeActionListener
+     * @see        #getActionListeners
+     * @see        java.awt.event.ActionEvent
+     * @see        java.awt.event.ActionListener
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void addActionListener(ActionListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+            return;
+        }
+        actionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(actionListener, l);
+        newEventsOnly = true;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Removes the specified action listener so it no longer receives
+     * action events from this menu item.
+     * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+     * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
+     * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
+     *
+     * @param      l the action listener.
+     * @see        #addActionListener
+     * @see        #getActionListeners
+     * @see        java.awt.event.ActionEvent
+     * @see        java.awt.event.ActionListener
+     * @since      1.1
+     */
+    public synchronized void removeActionListener(ActionListener l) {
+        if (l == null) {
+            return;
+        }
+        actionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(actionListener, l);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the action listeners
+     * registered on this menu item.
+     *
+     * @return all of this menu item's {@code ActionListener}s
+     *         or an empty array if no action
+     *         listeners are currently registered
+     *
+     * @see        #addActionListener
+     * @see        #removeActionListener
+     * @see        java.awt.event.ActionEvent
+     * @see        java.awt.event.ActionListener
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public synchronized ActionListener[] getActionListeners() {
+        return getListeners(ActionListener.class);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
+     * as <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s
+     * upon this {@code MenuItem}.
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s are registered using the
+     * <code>add<em>Foo</em>Listener</code> method.
+     *
+     * <p>
+     * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
+     * with a class literal, such as
+     * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener.class</code>.
+     * For example, you can query a
+     * {@code MenuItem m}
+     * for its action listeners with the following code:
+     *
+     * <pre>ActionListener[] als = (ActionListener[])(m.getListeners(ActionListener.class));</pre>
+     *
+     * If no such listeners exist, this method returns an empty array.
+     *
+     * @param <T> the type of the listeners
+     * @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
+     *          should specify an interface that descends from
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     * @return an array of all objects registered as
+     *          <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s on this menu item,
+     *          or an empty array if no such
+     *          listeners have been added
+     * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
+     *          doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
+     *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
+     *
+     * @see #getActionListeners
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public <T extends EventListener> T[] getListeners(Class<T> listenerType) {
+        EventListener l = null;
+        if  (listenerType == ActionListener.class) {
+            l = actionListener;
+        }
+        return AWTEventMulticaster.getListeners(l, listenerType);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes events on this menu item. If the event is an
+     * instance of {@code ActionEvent}, it invokes
+     * {@code processActionEvent}, another method
+     * defined by {@code MenuItem}.
+     * <p>
+     * Currently, menu items only support action events.
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param       e the event
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#processActionEvent
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    protected void processEvent(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e instanceof ActionEvent) {
+            processActionEvent((ActionEvent)e);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // REMIND: remove when filtering is done at lower level
+    boolean eventEnabled(AWTEvent e) {
+        if (e.id == ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED) {
+            if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.ACTION_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
+                actionListener != null) {
+                return true;
+            }
+            return false;
+        }
+        return super.eventEnabled(e);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Processes action events occurring on this menu item,
+     * by dispatching them to any registered
+     * {@code ActionListener} objects.
+     * This method is not called unless action events are
+     * enabled for this component. Action events are enabled
+     * when one of the following occurs:
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>An {@code ActionListener} object is registered
+     * via {@code addActionListener}.
+     * <li>Action events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
+     * </ul>
+     * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
+     * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
+     * exception.
+     *
+     * @param       e the action event
+     * @see         java.awt.event.ActionEvent
+     * @see         java.awt.event.ActionListener
+     * @see         java.awt.MenuItem#enableEvents
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    protected void processActionEvent(ActionEvent e) {
+        ActionListener listener = actionListener;
+        if (listener != null) {
+            listener.actionPerformed(e);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code MenuItem}.
+     * This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
+     * content and format of the returned string may vary between
+     * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
+     * {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return the parameter string of this menu item
+     */
+    public String paramString() {
+        String str = ",label=" + label;
+        if (shortcut != null) {
+            str += ",shortcut=" + shortcut;
+        }
+        return super.paramString() + str;
+    }
+
+
+    /* Serialization support.
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * Menu item serialized data version.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     */
+    private int menuItemSerializedDataVersion = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Writes default serializable fields to stream.  Writes
+     * a list of serializable {@code ActionListeners}
+     * as optional data. The non-serializable listeners are
+     * detected and no attempt is made to serialize them.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+     * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0
+     *   or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+     *   and an {@code Object}; the {@code String}
+     *   indicates the type of object and is one of the following:
+     *   {@code actionListenerK} indicating an
+     *     {@code ActionListener} object
+     *
+     * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
+     * @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
+     */
+    private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s)
+      throws IOException
+    {
+      s.defaultWriteObject();
+
+      AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, actionListenerK, actionListener);
+      s.writeObject(null);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it
+     * isn't {@code null} adds a listener to receive
+     * action events fired by the {@code Menu} Item.
+     * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
+     *
+     * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
+     * @exception HeadlessException if
+     *   {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+     *   {@code true}
+     * @see #removeActionListener(ActionListener)
+     * @see #addActionListener(ActionListener)
+     * @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
+     */
+    private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
+      throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException, HeadlessException
+    {
+      // HeadlessException will be thrown from MenuComponent's readObject
+      s.defaultReadObject();
+
+      Object keyOrNull;
+      while(null != (keyOrNull = s.readObject())) {
+        String key = ((String)keyOrNull).intern();
+
+        if (actionListenerK == key)
+          addActionListener((ActionListener)(s.readObject()));
+
+        else // skip value for unrecognized key
+          s.readObject();
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
+     */
+    private static native void initIDs();
+
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this MenuItem.
+     * For menu items, the AccessibleContext takes the form of an
+     * AccessibleAWTMenuItem.
+     * A new AccessibleAWTMenuItem instance is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an AccessibleAWTMenuItem that serves as the
+     *         AccessibleContext of this MenuItem
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTMenuItem();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Inner class of MenuItem used to provide default support for
+     * accessibility.  This class is not meant to be used directly by
+     * application developers, but is instead meant only to be
+     * subclassed by menu component developers.
+     * <p>
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code MenuItem} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu item user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTMenuItem extends AccessibleAWTMenuComponent
+        implements AccessibleAction, AccessibleValue
+    {
+        /*
+         * JDK 1.3 serialVersionUID
+         */
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = -217847831945965825L;
+
+        /**
+         * Get the accessible name of this object.
+         *
+         * @return the localized name of the object -- can be null if this
+         * object does not have a name
+         */
+        public String getAccessibleName() {
+            if (accessibleName != null) {
+                return accessibleName;
+            } else {
+                if (getLabel() == null) {
+                    return super.getAccessibleName();
+                } else {
+                    return getLabel();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.MENU_ITEM;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the AccessibleAction associated with this object.  In the
+         * implementation of the Java Accessibility API for this class,
+         * return this object, which is responsible for implementing the
+         * AccessibleAction interface on behalf of itself.
+         *
+         * @return this object
+         */
+        public AccessibleAction getAccessibleAction() {
+            return this;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the AccessibleValue associated with this object.  In the
+         * implementation of the Java Accessibility API for this class,
+         * return this object, which is responsible for implementing the
+         * AccessibleValue interface on behalf of itself.
+         *
+         * @return this object
+         */
+        public AccessibleValue getAccessibleValue() {
+            return this;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the number of Actions available in this object.  The
+         * default behavior of a menu item is to have one action.
+         *
+         * @return 1, the number of Actions in this object
+         */
+        public int getAccessibleActionCount() {
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Return a description of the specified action of the object.
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of the actions
+         */
+        public String getAccessibleActionDescription(int i) {
+            if (i == 0) {
+                // [[[PENDING:  WDW -- need to provide a localized string]]]
+                return "click";
+            } else {
+                return null;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Perform the specified Action on the object
+         *
+         * @param i zero-based index of actions
+         * @return true if the action was performed; otherwise false.
+         */
+        public boolean doAccessibleAction(int i) {
+            if (i == 0) {
+                // Simulate a button click
+                Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(
+                        new ActionEvent(MenuItem.this,
+                                        ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED,
+                                        MenuItem.this.getActionCommand(),
+                                        EventQueue.getMostRecentEventTime(),
+                                        0));
+                return true;
+            } else {
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return An Integer of 0 if this isn't selected or an Integer of 1 if
+         * this is selected.
+         * @see javax.swing.AbstractButton#isSelected()
+         */
+        public Number getCurrentAccessibleValue() {
+            return Integer.valueOf(0);
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Set the value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return True if the value was set.
+         */
+        public boolean setCurrentAccessibleValue(Number n) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the minimum value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return An Integer of 0.
+         */
+        public Number getMinimumAccessibleValue() {
+            return Integer.valueOf(0);
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Get the maximum value of this object as a Number.
+         *
+         * @return An Integer of 0.
+         */
+        public Number getMaximumAccessibleValue() {
+            return Integer.valueOf(0);
+        }
+
+    } // class AccessibleAWTMenuItem
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuShortcut.java

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 2009, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.KeyEvent;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code MenuShortcut} class represents a keyboard accelerator
+ * for a MenuItem.
+ * <p>
+ * Menu shortcuts are created using virtual keycodes, not characters.
+ * For example, a menu shortcut for Ctrl-a (assuming that Control is
+ * the accelerator key) would be created with code like the following:
+ * <p>
+ * {@code MenuShortcut ms = new MenuShortcut(KeyEvent.VK_A, false);}
+ * <p> or alternatively
+ * <p>
+ * {@code MenuShortcut ms = new MenuShortcut(KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar('A'), false);}
+ * <p>
+ * Menu shortcuts may also be constructed for a wider set of keycodes
+ * using the {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar} call.
+ * For example, a menu shortcut for "Ctrl+cyrillic ef" is created by
+ * <p>
+ * <code>MenuShortcut ms = new MenuShortcut(KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar('\u0444'), false);</code>
+ * <p>
+ * Note that shortcuts created with a keycode or an extended keycode defined as a constant in {@code KeyEvent}
+ * work regardless of the current keyboard layout. However, a shortcut made of
+ * an extended keycode not listed in {@code KeyEvent}
+ * only work if the current keyboard layout produces a corresponding letter.
+ * <p>
+ * The accelerator key is platform-dependent and may be obtained
+ * via {@link Toolkit#getMenuShortcutKeyMask}.
+ *
+ * @author Thomas Ball
+ * @since 1.1
+ */
+public class MenuShortcut implements java.io.Serializable
+{
+    /**
+     * The virtual keycode for the menu shortcut.
+     * This is the keycode with which the menu shortcut will be created.
+     * Note that it is a virtual keycode, not a character,
+     * e.g. KeyEvent.VK_A, not 'a'.
+     * Note: in 1.1.x you must use setActionCommand() on a menu item
+     * in order for its shortcut to work, otherwise it will fire a null
+     * action command.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getKey()
+     * @see #usesShiftModifier()
+     * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    int key;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates whether the shift key was pressed.
+     * If true, the shift key was pressed.
+     * If false, the shift key was not pressed
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #usesShiftModifier()
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    boolean usesShift;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = 143448358473180225L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new MenuShortcut for the specified virtual keycode.
+     * @param key the raw keycode for this MenuShortcut, as would be returned
+     * in the keyCode field of a {@link java.awt.event.KeyEvent KeyEvent} if
+     * this key were pressed.
+     * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
+     **/
+    public MenuShortcut(int key) {
+        this(key, false);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a new MenuShortcut for the specified virtual keycode.
+     * @param key the raw keycode for this MenuShortcut, as would be returned
+     * in the keyCode field of a {@link java.awt.event.KeyEvent KeyEvent} if
+     * this key were pressed.
+     * @param useShiftModifier indicates whether this MenuShortcut is invoked
+     * with the SHIFT key down.
+     * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
+     **/
+    public MenuShortcut(int key, boolean useShiftModifier) {
+        this.key = key;
+        this.usesShift = useShiftModifier;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the raw keycode of this MenuShortcut.
+     * @return the raw keycode of this MenuShortcut.
+     * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public int getKey() {
+        return key;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether this MenuShortcut must be invoked using the SHIFT key.
+     * @return {@code true} if this MenuShortcut must be invoked using the
+     * SHIFT key, {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public boolean usesShiftModifier() {
+        return usesShift;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether this MenuShortcut is the same as another:
+     * equality is defined to mean that both MenuShortcuts use the same key
+     * and both either use or don't use the SHIFT key.
+     * @param s the MenuShortcut to compare with this.
+     * @return {@code true} if this MenuShortcut is the same as another,
+     * {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public boolean equals(MenuShortcut s) {
+        return (s != null && (s.getKey() == key) &&
+                (s.usesShiftModifier() == usesShift));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether this MenuShortcut is the same as another:
+     * equality is defined to mean that both MenuShortcuts use the same key
+     * and both either use or don't use the SHIFT key.
+     * @param obj the Object to compare with this.
+     * @return {@code true} if this MenuShortcut is the same as another,
+     * {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public boolean equals(Object obj) {
+        if (obj instanceof MenuShortcut) {
+            return equals( (MenuShortcut) obj );
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the hashcode for this MenuShortcut.
+     * @return the hashcode for this MenuShortcut.
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public int hashCode() {
+        return (usesShift) ? (~key) : key;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an internationalized description of the MenuShortcut.
+     * @return a string representation of this MenuShortcut.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    public String toString() {
+        int modifiers = 0;
+        if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            modifiers = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit().getMenuShortcutKeyMask();
+        }
+        if (usesShiftModifier()) {
+            modifiers |= Event.SHIFT_MASK;
+        }
+        return KeyEvent.getKeyModifiersText(modifiers) + "+" +
+               KeyEvent.getKeyText(key);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the parameter string representing the state of this
+     * MenuShortcut. This string is useful for debugging.
+     * @return    the parameter string of this MenuShortcut.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    protected String paramString() {
+        String str = "key=" + key;
+        if (usesShiftModifier()) {
+            str += ",usesShiftModifier";
+        }
+        return str;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ModalEventFilter.java

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2005, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.event.*;
+
+import sun.awt.AppContext;
+
+abstract class ModalEventFilter implements EventFilter {
+
+    protected Dialog modalDialog;
+    protected boolean disabled;
+
+    protected ModalEventFilter(Dialog modalDialog) {
+        this.modalDialog = modalDialog;
+        disabled = false;
+    }
+
+    Dialog getModalDialog() {
+        return modalDialog;
+    }
+
+    public FilterAction acceptEvent(AWTEvent event) {
+        if (disabled || !modalDialog.isVisible()) {
+            return FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+        }
+        int eventID = event.getID();
+        if ((eventID >= MouseEvent.MOUSE_FIRST &&
+             eventID <= MouseEvent.MOUSE_LAST) ||
+            (eventID >= ActionEvent.ACTION_FIRST &&
+             eventID <= ActionEvent.ACTION_LAST) ||
+            eventID == WindowEvent.WINDOW_CLOSING)
+        {
+            Object o = event.getSource();
+            if (o instanceof sun.awt.ModalExclude) {
+                // Exclude this object from modality and
+                // continue to pump it's events.
+            } else if (o instanceof Component) {
+                Component c = (Component)o;
+                while ((c != null) && !(c instanceof Window)) {
+                    c = c.getParent_NoClientCode();
+                }
+                if (c != null) {
+                    return acceptWindow((Window)c);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+    }
+
+    protected abstract FilterAction acceptWindow(Window w);
+
+    // When a modal dialog is hidden its modal filter may not be deleted from
+    // EventDispatchThread event filters immediately, so we need to mark the filter
+    // as disabled to prevent it from working. Simple checking for visibility of
+    // the modalDialog is not enough, as it can be hidden and then shown again
+    // with a new event pump and a new filter
+    void disable() {
+        disabled = true;
+    }
+
+    int compareTo(ModalEventFilter another) {
+        Dialog anotherDialog = another.getModalDialog();
+        // check if modalDialog is from anotherDialog's hierarchy
+        //   or vice versa
+        Component c = modalDialog;
+        while (c != null) {
+            if (c == anotherDialog) {
+                return 1;
+            }
+            c = c.getParent_NoClientCode();
+        }
+        c = anotherDialog;
+        while (c != null) {
+            if (c == modalDialog) {
+                return -1;
+            }
+            c = c.getParent_NoClientCode();
+        }
+        // check if one dialog blocks (directly or indirectly) another
+        Dialog blocker = modalDialog.getModalBlocker();
+        while (blocker != null) {
+            if (blocker == anotherDialog) {
+                return -1;
+            }
+            blocker = blocker.getModalBlocker();
+        }
+        blocker = anotherDialog.getModalBlocker();
+        while (blocker != null) {
+            if (blocker == modalDialog) {
+                return 1;
+            }
+            blocker = blocker.getModalBlocker();
+        }
+        // compare modality types
+        return modalDialog.getModalityType().compareTo(anotherDialog.getModalityType());
+    }
+
+    static ModalEventFilter createFilterForDialog(Dialog modalDialog) {
+        switch (modalDialog.getModalityType()) {
+            case DOCUMENT_MODAL: return new DocumentModalEventFilter(modalDialog);
+            case APPLICATION_MODAL: return new ApplicationModalEventFilter(modalDialog);
+            case TOOLKIT_MODAL: return new ToolkitModalEventFilter(modalDialog);
+        }
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    private static class ToolkitModalEventFilter extends ModalEventFilter {
+
+        private AppContext appContext;
+
+        ToolkitModalEventFilter(Dialog modalDialog) {
+            super(modalDialog);
+            appContext = modalDialog.appContext;
+        }
+
+        protected FilterAction acceptWindow(Window w) {
+            if (w.isModalExcluded(Dialog.ModalExclusionType.TOOLKIT_EXCLUDE)) {
+                return FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+            }
+            if (w.appContext != appContext) {
+                return FilterAction.REJECT;
+            }
+            while (w != null) {
+                if (w == modalDialog) {
+                    return FilterAction.ACCEPT_IMMEDIATELY;
+                }
+                w = w.getOwner();
+            }
+            return FilterAction.REJECT;
+        }
+    }
+
+    private static class ApplicationModalEventFilter extends ModalEventFilter {
+
+        private AppContext appContext;
+
+        ApplicationModalEventFilter(Dialog modalDialog) {
+            super(modalDialog);
+            appContext = modalDialog.appContext;
+        }
+
+        protected FilterAction acceptWindow(Window w) {
+            if (w.isModalExcluded(Dialog.ModalExclusionType.APPLICATION_EXCLUDE)) {
+                return FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+            }
+            if (w.appContext == appContext) {
+                while (w != null) {
+                    if (w == modalDialog) {
+                        return FilterAction.ACCEPT_IMMEDIATELY;
+                    }
+                    w = w.getOwner();
+                }
+                return FilterAction.REJECT;
+            }
+            return FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+        }
+    }
+
+    private static class DocumentModalEventFilter extends ModalEventFilter {
+
+        private Window documentRoot;
+
+        DocumentModalEventFilter(Dialog modalDialog) {
+            super(modalDialog);
+            documentRoot = modalDialog.getDocumentRoot();
+        }
+
+        protected FilterAction acceptWindow(Window w) {
+            // application- and toolkit-excluded windows are blocked by
+            // document-modal dialogs from their child hierarchy
+            if (w.isModalExcluded(Dialog.ModalExclusionType.APPLICATION_EXCLUDE)) {
+                Window w1 = modalDialog.getOwner();
+                while (w1 != null) {
+                    if (w1 == w) {
+                        return FilterAction.REJECT;
+                    }
+                    w1 = w1.getOwner();
+                }
+                return FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+            }
+            while (w != null) {
+                if (w == modalDialog) {
+                    return FilterAction.ACCEPT_IMMEDIATELY;
+                }
+                if (w == documentRoot) {
+                    return FilterAction.REJECT;
+                }
+                w = w.getOwner();
+            }
+            return FilterAction.ACCEPT;
+        }
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MouseInfo.java

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2003, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import sun.awt.AWTPermissions;
+import sun.awt.ComponentFactory;
+
+/**
+ * {@code MouseInfo}  provides methods for getting information about the mouse,
+ * such as mouse pointer location and the number of mouse buttons.
+ *
+ * @author     Roman Poborchiy
+ * @since 1.5
+ */
+
+public class MouseInfo {
+
+    /**
+     * Private constructor to prevent instantiation.
+     */
+    private MouseInfo() {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@code PointerInfo} instance that represents the current
+     * location of the mouse pointer.
+     * The {@code GraphicsDevice} stored in this {@code PointerInfo}
+     * contains the mouse pointer. The coordinate system used for the mouse position
+     * depends on whether or not the {@code GraphicsDevice} is part of a virtual
+     * screen device.
+     * For virtual screen devices, the coordinates are given in the virtual
+     * coordinate system, otherwise they are returned in the coordinate system
+     * of the {@code GraphicsDevice}. See {@link GraphicsConfiguration}
+     * for more information about the virtual screen devices.
+     * On systems without a mouse, returns {@code null}.
+     * <p>
+     * If there is a security manager, its {@code checkPermission} method
+     * is called with an {@code AWTPermission("watchMousePointer")}
+     * permission before creating and returning a {@code PointerInfo}
+     * object. This may result in a {@code SecurityException}.
+     *
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true
+     * @exception SecurityException if a security manager exists and its
+     *            {@code checkPermission} method doesn't allow the operation
+     * @see       GraphicsConfiguration
+     * @see       SecurityManager#checkPermission
+     * @see       java.awt.AWTPermission
+     * @return    location of the mouse pointer
+     * @since     1.5
+     */
+    public static PointerInfo getPointerInfo() throws HeadlessException {
+        if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            throw new HeadlessException();
+        }
+
+        SecurityManager security = System.getSecurityManager();
+        if (security != null) {
+            security.checkPermission(AWTPermissions.WATCH_MOUSE_PERMISSION);
+        }
+
+        Toolkit toolkit = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
+        Point point = new Point(0, 0);
+        int deviceNum = 0;
+        if (toolkit instanceof ComponentFactory) {
+            deviceNum = ((ComponentFactory) toolkit).getMouseInfoPeer().fillPointWithCoords(point);
+        }
+
+        GraphicsDevice[] gds = GraphicsEnvironment.getLocalGraphicsEnvironment().
+                                   getScreenDevices();
+        PointerInfo retval = null;
+        if (areScreenDevicesIndependent(gds)) {
+            retval = new PointerInfo(gds[deviceNum], point);
+        } else {
+            for (int i = 0; i < gds.length; i++) {
+                GraphicsConfiguration gc = gds[i].getDefaultConfiguration();
+                Rectangle bounds = gc.getBounds();
+                if (bounds.contains(point)) {
+                    retval = new PointerInfo(gds[i], point);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        return retval;
+    }
+
+    private static boolean areScreenDevicesIndependent(GraphicsDevice[] gds) {
+        for (int i = 0; i < gds.length; i++) {
+            Rectangle bounds = gds[i].getDefaultConfiguration().getBounds();
+            if (bounds.x != 0 || bounds.y != 0) {
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of buttons on the mouse.
+     * On systems without a mouse, returns {@code -1}.
+     * The number of buttons is obtained from the AWT Toolkit
+     * by requesting the {@code "awt.mouse.numButtons"} desktop property
+     * which is set by the underlying native platform.
+     *
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true
+     * @return number of buttons on the mouse
+     * @see Toolkit#getDesktopProperty
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public static int getNumberOfButtons() throws HeadlessException {
+        if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
+            throw new HeadlessException();
+        }
+        Object prop = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit().
+                              getDesktopProperty("awt.mouse.numButtons");
+        if (prop instanceof Integer) {
+            return ((Integer)prop).intValue();
+        }
+
+        // This should never happen.
+        assert false : "awt.mouse.numButtons is not an integer property";
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MultipleGradientPaint.java

@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.lang.ref.SoftReference;
+import java.util.Arrays;
+
+/**
+ * This is the superclass for Paints which use a multiple color
+ * gradient to fill in their raster.  It provides storage for variables and
+ * enumerated values common to
+ * {@code LinearGradientPaint} and {@code RadialGradientPaint}.
+ *
+ * @author Nicholas Talian, Vincent Hardy, Jim Graham, Jerry Evans
+ * @since 1.6
+ */
+public abstract class MultipleGradientPaint implements Paint {
+
+    /** The method to use when painting outside the gradient bounds.
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static enum CycleMethod {
+        /**
+         * Use the terminal colors to fill the remaining area.
+         */
+        NO_CYCLE,
+
+        /**
+         * Cycle the gradient colors start-to-end, end-to-start
+         * to fill the remaining area.
+         */
+        REFLECT,
+
+        /**
+         * Cycle the gradient colors start-to-end, start-to-end
+         * to fill the remaining area.
+         */
+        REPEAT
+    }
+
+    /** The color space in which to perform the gradient interpolation.
+     * @since 1.6
+     */
+    public static enum ColorSpaceType {
+        /**
+         * Indicates that the color interpolation should occur in sRGB space.
+         */
+        SRGB,
+
+        /**
+         * Indicates that the color interpolation should occur in linearized
+         * RGB space.
+         */
+        LINEAR_RGB
+    }
+
+    /** The transparency of this paint object. */
+    final int transparency;
+
+    /** Gradient keyframe values in the range 0 to 1. */
+    final float[] fractions;
+
+    /** Gradient colors. */
+    final Color[] colors;
+
+    /** Transform to apply to gradient. */
+    final AffineTransform gradientTransform;
+
+    /** The method to use when painting outside the gradient bounds. */
+    final CycleMethod cycleMethod;
+
+    /** The color space in which to perform the gradient interpolation. */
+    final ColorSpaceType colorSpace;
+
+    /**
+     * The following fields are used only by MultipleGradientPaintContext
+     * to cache certain values that remain constant and do not need to be
+     * recalculated for each context created from this paint instance.
+     */
+    ColorModel model;
+    float[] normalizedIntervals;
+    boolean isSimpleLookup;
+    SoftReference<int[][]> gradients;
+    SoftReference<int[]> gradient;
+    int fastGradientArraySize;
+
+    /**
+     * Package-private constructor.
+     *
+     * @param fractions numbers ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 specifying the
+     *                  distribution of colors along the gradient
+     * @param colors array of colors corresponding to each fractional value
+     * @param cycleMethod either {@code NO_CYCLE}, {@code REFLECT},
+     *                    or {@code REPEAT}
+     * @param colorSpace which color space to use for interpolation,
+     *                   either {@code SRGB} or {@code LINEAR_RGB}
+     * @param gradientTransform transform to apply to the gradient
+     *
+     * @throws NullPointerException
+     * if {@code fractions} array is null,
+     * or {@code colors} array is null,
+     * or {@code gradientTransform} is null,
+     * or {@code cycleMethod} is null,
+     * or {@code colorSpace} is null
+     * @throws IllegalArgumentException
+     * if {@code fractions.length != colors.length},
+     * or {@code colors} is less than 2 in size,
+     * or a {@code fractions} value is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0,
+     * or the {@code fractions} are not provided in strictly increasing order
+     */
+    MultipleGradientPaint(float[] fractions,
+                          Color[] colors,
+                          CycleMethod cycleMethod,
+                          ColorSpaceType colorSpace,
+                          AffineTransform gradientTransform)
+    {
+        if (fractions == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Fractions array cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        if (colors == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Colors array cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        if (cycleMethod == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Cycle method cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        if (colorSpace == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Color space cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        if (gradientTransform == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Gradient transform cannot be "+
+                                           "null");
+        }
+
+        if (fractions.length != colors.length) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("Colors and fractions must " +
+                                               "have equal size");
+        }
+
+        if (colors.length < 2) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException("User must specify at least " +
+                                               "2 colors");
+        }
+
+        // check that values are in the proper range and progress
+        // in increasing order from 0 to 1
+        float previousFraction = -1.0f;
+        for (float currentFraction : fractions) {
+            if (currentFraction < 0f || currentFraction > 1f) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("Fraction values must " +
+                                                   "be in the range 0 to 1: " +
+                                                   currentFraction);
+            }
+
+            if (currentFraction <= previousFraction) {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("Keyframe fractions " +
+                                                   "must be increasing: " +
+                                                   currentFraction);
+            }
+
+            previousFraction = currentFraction;
+        }
+
+        // We have to deal with the cases where the first gradient stop is not
+        // equal to 0 and/or the last gradient stop is not equal to 1.
+        // In both cases, create a new point and replicate the previous
+        // extreme point's color.
+        boolean fixFirst = false;
+        boolean fixLast = false;
+        int len = fractions.length;
+        int off = 0;
+
+        if (fractions[0] != 0f) {
+            // first stop is not equal to zero, fix this condition
+            fixFirst = true;
+            len++;
+            off++;
+        }
+        if (fractions[fractions.length-1] != 1f) {
+            // last stop is not equal to one, fix this condition
+            fixLast = true;
+            len++;
+        }
+
+        this.fractions = new float[len];
+        System.arraycopy(fractions, 0, this.fractions, off, fractions.length);
+        this.colors = new Color[len];
+        System.arraycopy(colors, 0, this.colors, off, colors.length);
+
+        if (fixFirst) {
+            this.fractions[0] = 0f;
+            this.colors[0] = colors[0];
+        }
+        if (fixLast) {
+            this.fractions[len-1] = 1f;
+            this.colors[len-1] = colors[colors.length - 1];
+        }
+
+        // copy some flags
+        this.colorSpace = colorSpace;
+        this.cycleMethod = cycleMethod;
+
+        // copy the gradient transform
+        this.gradientTransform = new AffineTransform(gradientTransform);
+
+        // determine transparency
+        boolean opaque = true;
+        for (int i = 0; i < colors.length; i++){
+            opaque = opaque && (colors[i].getAlpha() == 0xff);
+        }
+        this.transparency = opaque ? OPAQUE : TRANSLUCENT;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a copy of the array of floats used by this gradient
+     * to calculate color distribution.
+     * The returned array always has 0 as its first value and 1 as its
+     * last value, with increasing values in between.
+     *
+     * @return a copy of the array of floats used by this gradient to
+     * calculate color distribution
+     */
+    public final float[] getFractions() {
+        return Arrays.copyOf(fractions, fractions.length);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a copy of the array of colors used by this gradient.
+     * The first color maps to the first value in the fractions array,
+     * and the last color maps to the last value in the fractions array.
+     *
+     * @return a copy of the array of colors used by this gradient
+     */
+    public final Color[] getColors() {
+        return Arrays.copyOf(colors, colors.length);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the enumerated type which specifies cycling behavior.
+     *
+     * @return the enumerated type which specifies cycling behavior
+     */
+    public final CycleMethod getCycleMethod() {
+        return cycleMethod;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the enumerated type which specifies color space for
+     * interpolation.
+     *
+     * @return the enumerated type which specifies color space for
+     * interpolation
+     */
+    public final ColorSpaceType getColorSpace() {
+        return colorSpace;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a copy of the transform applied to the gradient.
+     *
+     * <p>
+     * Note that if no transform is applied to the gradient
+     * when it is created, the identity transform is used.
+     *
+     * @return a copy of the transform applied to the gradient
+     */
+    public final AffineTransform getTransform() {
+        return new AffineTransform(gradientTransform);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the transparency mode for this {@code Paint} object.
+     *
+     * @return {@code OPAQUE} if all colors used by this
+     *         {@code Paint} object are opaque,
+     *         {@code TRANSLUCENT} if at least one of the
+     *         colors used by this {@code Paint} object is not opaque.
+     * @see java.awt.Transparency
+     */
+    public final int getTransparency() {
+        return transparency;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MultipleGradientPaintContext.java

@@ -0,0 +1,724 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.MultipleGradientPaint.CycleMethod;
+import java.awt.MultipleGradientPaint.ColorSpaceType;
+import java.awt.color.ColorSpace;
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.geom.NoninvertibleTransformException;
+import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.awt.image.DataBuffer;
+import java.awt.image.DataBufferInt;
+import java.awt.image.DirectColorModel;
+import java.awt.image.Raster;
+import java.awt.image.SinglePixelPackedSampleModel;
+import java.awt.image.WritableRaster;
+import java.lang.ref.SoftReference;
+import java.lang.ref.WeakReference;
+import java.util.Arrays;
+
+/**
+ * This is the superclass for all PaintContexts which use a multiple color
+ * gradient to fill in their raster.  It provides the actual color
+ * interpolation functionality.  Subclasses only have to deal with using
+ * the gradient to fill pixels in a raster.
+ *
+ * @author Nicholas Talian, Vincent Hardy, Jim Graham, Jerry Evans
+ */
+abstract class MultipleGradientPaintContext implements PaintContext {
+
+    /**
+     * The PaintContext's ColorModel.  This is ARGB if colors are not all
+     * opaque, otherwise it is RGB.
+     */
+    protected ColorModel model;
+
+    /** Color model used if gradient colors are all opaque. */
+    private static ColorModel xrgbmodel =
+        new DirectColorModel(24, 0x00ff0000, 0x0000ff00, 0x000000ff);
+
+    /** The cached ColorModel. */
+    protected static ColorModel cachedModel;
+
+    /** The cached raster, which is reusable among instances. */
+    protected static WeakReference<Raster> cached;
+
+    /** Raster is reused whenever possible. */
+    protected Raster saved;
+
+    /** The method to use when painting out of the gradient bounds. */
+    protected CycleMethod cycleMethod;
+
+    /** The ColorSpace in which to perform the interpolation */
+    protected ColorSpaceType colorSpace;
+
+    /** Elements of the inverse transform matrix. */
+    protected float a00, a01, a10, a11, a02, a12;
+
+    /**
+     * This boolean specifies whether we are in simple lookup mode, where an
+     * input value between 0 and 1 may be used to directly index into a single
+     * array of gradient colors.  If this boolean value is false, then we have
+     * to use a 2-step process where we have to determine which gradient array
+     * we fall into, then determine the index into that array.
+     */
+    protected boolean isSimpleLookup;
+
+    /**
+     * Size of gradients array for scaling the 0-1 index when looking up
+     * colors the fast way.
+     */
+    protected int fastGradientArraySize;
+
+    /**
+     * Array which contains the interpolated color values for each interval,
+     * used by calculateSingleArrayGradient().  It is protected for possible
+     * direct access by subclasses.
+     */
+    protected int[] gradient;
+
+    /**
+     * Array of gradient arrays, one array for each interval.  Used by
+     * calculateMultipleArrayGradient().
+     */
+    private int[][] gradients;
+
+    /** Normalized intervals array. */
+    private float[] normalizedIntervals;
+
+    /** Fractions array. */
+    private float[] fractions;
+
+    /** Used to determine if gradient colors are all opaque. */
+    private int transparencyTest;
+
+    /** Color space conversion lookup tables. */
+    private static final int SRGBtoLinearRGB[] = new int[256];
+    private static final int LinearRGBtoSRGB[] = new int[256];
+
+    static {
+        // build the tables
+        for (int k = 0; k < 256; k++) {
+            SRGBtoLinearRGB[k] = convertSRGBtoLinearRGB(k);
+            LinearRGBtoSRGB[k] = convertLinearRGBtoSRGB(k);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constant number of max colors between any 2 arbitrary colors.
+     * Used for creating and indexing gradients arrays.
+     */
+    protected static final int GRADIENT_SIZE = 256;
+    protected static final int GRADIENT_SIZE_INDEX = GRADIENT_SIZE -1;
+
+    /**
+     * Maximum length of the fast single-array.  If the estimated array size
+     * is greater than this, switch over to the slow lookup method.
+     * No particular reason for choosing this number, but it seems to provide
+     * satisfactory performance for the common case (fast lookup).
+     */
+    private static final int MAX_GRADIENT_ARRAY_SIZE = 5000;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructor for MultipleGradientPaintContext superclass.
+     */
+    protected MultipleGradientPaintContext(MultipleGradientPaint mgp,
+                                           ColorModel cm,
+                                           Rectangle deviceBounds,
+                                           Rectangle2D userBounds,
+                                           AffineTransform t,
+                                           RenderingHints hints,
+                                           float[] fractions,
+                                           Color[] colors,
+                                           CycleMethod cycleMethod,
+                                           ColorSpaceType colorSpace)
+    {
+        if (deviceBounds == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Device bounds cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        if (userBounds == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("User bounds cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        if (t == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("Transform cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        if (hints == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("RenderingHints cannot be null");
+        }
+
+        // The inverse transform is needed to go from device to user space.
+        // Get all the components of the inverse transform matrix.
+        AffineTransform tInv;
+        try {
+            // the following assumes that the caller has copied the incoming
+            // transform and is not concerned about it being modified
+            t.invert();
+            tInv = t;
+        } catch (NoninvertibleTransformException e) {
+            // just use identity transform in this case; better to show
+            // (incorrect) results than to throw an exception and/or no-op
+            tInv = new AffineTransform();
+        }
+        double m[] = new double[6];
+        tInv.getMatrix(m);
+        a00 = (float)m[0];
+        a10 = (float)m[1];
+        a01 = (float)m[2];
+        a11 = (float)m[3];
+        a02 = (float)m[4];
+        a12 = (float)m[5];
+
+        // copy some flags
+        this.cycleMethod = cycleMethod;
+        this.colorSpace = colorSpace;
+
+        // we can avoid copying this array since we do not modify its values
+        this.fractions = fractions;
+
+        // note that only one of these values can ever be non-null (we either
+        // store the fast gradient array or the slow one, but never both
+        // at the same time)
+        int[] gradient =
+            (mgp.gradient != null) ? mgp.gradient.get() : null;
+        int[][] gradients =
+            (mgp.gradients != null) ? mgp.gradients.get() : null;
+
+        if (gradient == null && gradients == null) {
+            // we need to (re)create the appropriate values
+            calculateLookupData(colors);
+
+            // now cache the calculated values in the
+            // MultipleGradientPaint instance for future use
+            mgp.model               = this.model;
+            mgp.normalizedIntervals = this.normalizedIntervals;
+            mgp.isSimpleLookup      = this.isSimpleLookup;
+            if (isSimpleLookup) {
+                // only cache the fast array
+                mgp.fastGradientArraySize = this.fastGradientArraySize;
+                mgp.gradient = new SoftReference<int[]>(this.gradient);
+            } else {
+                // only cache the slow array
+                mgp.gradients = new SoftReference<int[][]>(this.gradients);
+            }
+        } else {
+            // use the values cached in the MultipleGradientPaint instance
+            this.model                 = mgp.model;
+            this.normalizedIntervals   = mgp.normalizedIntervals;
+            this.isSimpleLookup        = mgp.isSimpleLookup;
+            this.gradient              = gradient;
+            this.fastGradientArraySize = mgp.fastGradientArraySize;
+            this.gradients             = gradients;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This function is the meat of this class.  It calculates an array of
+     * gradient colors based on an array of fractions and color values at
+     * those fractions.
+     */
+    private void calculateLookupData(Color[] colors) {
+        Color[] normalizedColors;
+        if (colorSpace == ColorSpaceType.LINEAR_RGB) {
+            // create a new colors array
+            normalizedColors = new Color[colors.length];
+            // convert the colors using the lookup table
+            for (int i = 0; i < colors.length; i++) {
+                int argb = colors[i].getRGB();
+                int a = argb >>> 24;
+                int r = SRGBtoLinearRGB[(argb >> 16) & 0xff];
+                int g = SRGBtoLinearRGB[(argb >>  8) & 0xff];
+                int b = SRGBtoLinearRGB[(argb      ) & 0xff];
+                normalizedColors[i] = new Color(r, g, b, a);
+            }
+        } else {
+            // we can just use this array by reference since we do not
+            // modify its values in the case of SRGB
+            normalizedColors = colors;
+        }
+
+        // this will store the intervals (distances) between gradient stops
+        normalizedIntervals = new float[fractions.length-1];
+
+        // convert from fractions into intervals
+        for (int i = 0; i < normalizedIntervals.length; i++) {
+            // interval distance is equal to the difference in positions
+            normalizedIntervals[i] = this.fractions[i+1] - this.fractions[i];
+        }
+
+        // initialize to be fully opaque for ANDing with colors
+        transparencyTest = 0xff000000;
+
+        // array of interpolation arrays
+        gradients = new int[normalizedIntervals.length][];
+
+        // find smallest interval
+        float Imin = 1;
+        for (int i = 0; i < normalizedIntervals.length; i++) {
+            Imin = (Imin > normalizedIntervals[i]) ?
+                normalizedIntervals[i] : Imin;
+        }
+
+        // Estimate the size of the entire gradients array.
+        // This is to prevent a tiny interval from causing the size of array
+        // to explode.  If the estimated size is too large, break to using
+        // separate arrays for each interval, and using an indexing scheme at
+        // look-up time.
+        int estimatedSize = 0;
+        for (int i = 0; i < normalizedIntervals.length; i++) {
+            estimatedSize += (normalizedIntervals[i]/Imin) * GRADIENT_SIZE;
+        }
+
+        if (estimatedSize > MAX_GRADIENT_ARRAY_SIZE) {
+            // slow method
+            calculateMultipleArrayGradient(normalizedColors);
+        } else {
+            // fast method
+            calculateSingleArrayGradient(normalizedColors, Imin);
+        }
+
+        // use the most "economical" model
+        if ((transparencyTest >>> 24) == 0xff) {
+            model = xrgbmodel;
+        } else {
+            model = ColorModel.getRGBdefault();
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * FAST LOOKUP METHOD
+     *
+     * This method calculates the gradient color values and places them in a
+     * single int array, gradient[].  It does this by allocating space for
+     * each interval based on its size relative to the smallest interval in
+     * the array.  The smallest interval is allocated 255 interpolated values
+     * (the maximum number of unique in-between colors in a 24 bit color
+     * system), and all other intervals are allocated
+     * size = (255 * the ratio of their size to the smallest interval).
+     *
+     * This scheme expedites a speedy retrieval because the colors are
+     * distributed along the array according to their user-specified
+     * distribution.  All that is needed is a relative index from 0 to 1.
+     *
+     * The only problem with this method is that the possibility exists for
+     * the array size to balloon in the case where there is a
+     * disproportionately small gradient interval.  In this case the other
+     * intervals will be allocated huge space, but much of that data is
+     * redundant.  We thus need to use the space conserving scheme below.
+     *
+     * @param Imin the size of the smallest interval
+     */
+    private void calculateSingleArrayGradient(Color[] colors, float Imin) {
+        // set the flag so we know later it is a simple (fast) lookup
+        isSimpleLookup = true;
+
+        // 2 colors to interpolate
+        int rgb1, rgb2;
+
+        //the eventual size of the single array
+        int gradientsTot = 1;
+
+        // for every interval (transition between 2 colors)
+        for (int i = 0; i < gradients.length; i++) {
+            // create an array whose size is based on the ratio to the
+            // smallest interval
+            int nGradients = (int)((normalizedIntervals[i]/Imin)*255f);
+            gradientsTot += nGradients;
+            gradients[i] = new int[nGradients];
+
+            // the 2 colors (keyframes) to interpolate between
+            rgb1 = colors[i].getRGB();
+            rgb2 = colors[i+1].getRGB();
+
+            // fill this array with the colors in between rgb1 and rgb2
+            interpolate(rgb1, rgb2, gradients[i]);
+
+            // if the colors are opaque, transparency should still
+            // be 0xff000000
+            transparencyTest &= rgb1;
+            transparencyTest &= rgb2;
+        }
+
+        // put all gradients in a single array
+        gradient = new int[gradientsTot];
+        int curOffset = 0;
+        for (int i = 0; i < gradients.length; i++){
+            System.arraycopy(gradients[i], 0, gradient,
+                             curOffset, gradients[i].length);
+            curOffset += gradients[i].length;
+        }
+        gradient[gradient.length-1] = colors[colors.length-1].getRGB();
+
+        // if interpolation occurred in Linear RGB space, convert the
+        // gradients back to sRGB using the lookup table
+        if (colorSpace == ColorSpaceType.LINEAR_RGB) {
+            for (int i = 0; i < gradient.length; i++) {
+                gradient[i] = convertEntireColorLinearRGBtoSRGB(gradient[i]);
+            }
+        }
+
+        fastGradientArraySize = gradient.length - 1;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * SLOW LOOKUP METHOD
+     *
+     * This method calculates the gradient color values for each interval and
+     * places each into its own 255 size array.  The arrays are stored in
+     * gradients[][].  (255 is used because this is the maximum number of
+     * unique colors between 2 arbitrary colors in a 24 bit color system.)
+     *
+     * This method uses the minimum amount of space (only 255 * number of
+     * intervals), but it aggravates the lookup procedure, because now we
+     * have to find out which interval to select, then calculate the index
+     * within that interval.  This causes a significant performance hit,
+     * because it requires this calculation be done for every point in
+     * the rendering loop.
+     *
+     * For those of you who are interested, this is a classic example of the
+     * time-space tradeoff.
+     */
+    private void calculateMultipleArrayGradient(Color[] colors) {
+        // set the flag so we know later it is a non-simple lookup
+        isSimpleLookup = false;
+
+        // 2 colors to interpolate
+        int rgb1, rgb2;
+
+        // for every interval (transition between 2 colors)
+        for (int i = 0; i < gradients.length; i++){
+            // create an array of the maximum theoretical size for
+            // each interval
+            gradients[i] = new int[GRADIENT_SIZE];
+
+            // get the 2 colors
+            rgb1 = colors[i].getRGB();
+            rgb2 = colors[i+1].getRGB();
+
+            // fill this array with the colors in between rgb1 and rgb2
+            interpolate(rgb1, rgb2, gradients[i]);
+
+            // if the colors are opaque, transparency should still
+            // be 0xff000000
+            transparencyTest &= rgb1;
+            transparencyTest &= rgb2;
+        }
+
+        // if interpolation occurred in Linear RGB space, convert the
+        // gradients back to SRGB using the lookup table
+        if (colorSpace == ColorSpaceType.LINEAR_RGB) {
+            for (int j = 0; j < gradients.length; j++) {
+                for (int i = 0; i < gradients[j].length; i++) {
+                    gradients[j][i] =
+                        convertEntireColorLinearRGBtoSRGB(gradients[j][i]);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Yet another helper function.  This one linearly interpolates between
+     * 2 colors, filling up the output array.
+     *
+     * @param rgb1 the start color
+     * @param rgb2 the end color
+     * @param output the output array of colors; must not be null
+     */
+    private void interpolate(int rgb1, int rgb2, int[] output) {
+        // color components
+        int a1, r1, g1, b1, da, dr, dg, db;
+
+        // step between interpolated values
+        float stepSize = 1.0f / output.length;
+
+        // extract color components from packed integer
+        a1 = (rgb1 >> 24) & 0xff;
+        r1 = (rgb1 >> 16) & 0xff;
+        g1 = (rgb1 >>  8) & 0xff;
+        b1 = (rgb1      ) & 0xff;
+
+        // calculate the total change in alpha, red, green, blue
+        da = ((rgb2 >> 24) & 0xff) - a1;
+        dr = ((rgb2 >> 16) & 0xff) - r1;
+        dg = ((rgb2 >>  8) & 0xff) - g1;
+        db = ((rgb2      ) & 0xff) - b1;
+
+        // for each step in the interval calculate the in-between color by
+        // multiplying the normalized current position by the total color
+        // change (0.5 is added to prevent truncation round-off error)
+        for (int i = 0; i < output.length; i++) {
+            output[i] =
+                (((int) ((a1 + i * da * stepSize) + 0.5) << 24)) |
+                (((int) ((r1 + i * dr * stepSize) + 0.5) << 16)) |
+                (((int) ((g1 + i * dg * stepSize) + 0.5) <<  8)) |
+                (((int) ((b1 + i * db * stepSize) + 0.5)      ));
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Yet another helper function.  This one extracts the color components
+     * of an integer RGB triple, converts them from LinearRGB to SRGB, then
+     * recompacts them into an int.
+     */
+    private int convertEntireColorLinearRGBtoSRGB(int rgb) {
+        // color components
+        int a1, r1, g1, b1;
+
+        // extract red, green, blue components
+        a1 = (rgb >> 24) & 0xff;
+        r1 = (rgb >> 16) & 0xff;
+        g1 = (rgb >>  8) & 0xff;
+        b1 = (rgb      ) & 0xff;
+
+        // use the lookup table
+        r1 = LinearRGBtoSRGB[r1];
+        g1 = LinearRGBtoSRGB[g1];
+        b1 = LinearRGBtoSRGB[b1];
+
+        // re-compact the components
+        return ((a1 << 24) |
+                (r1 << 16) |
+                (g1 <<  8) |
+                (b1      ));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Helper function to index into the gradients array.  This is necessary
+     * because each interval has an array of colors with uniform size 255.
+     * However, the color intervals are not necessarily of uniform length, so
+     * a conversion is required.
+     *
+     * @param position the unmanipulated position, which will be mapped
+     *                 into the range 0 to 1
+     * @return integer color to display
+     */
+    protected final int indexIntoGradientsArrays(float position) {
+        // first, manipulate position value depending on the cycle method
+        if (cycleMethod == CycleMethod.NO_CYCLE) {
+            if (position > 1) {
+                // upper bound is 1
+                position = 1;
+            } else if (position < 0) {
+                // lower bound is 0
+                position = 0;
+            }
+        } else if (cycleMethod == CycleMethod.REPEAT) {
+            // get the fractional part
+            // (modulo behavior discards integer component)
+            position = position - (int)position;
+
+            //position should now be between -1 and 1
+            if (position < 0) {
+                // force it to be in the range 0-1
+                position = position + 1;
+            }
+        } else { // cycleMethod == CycleMethod.REFLECT
+            if (position < 0) {
+                // take absolute value
+                position = -position;
+            }
+
+            // get the integer part
+            int part = (int)position;
+
+            // get the fractional part
+            position = position - part;
+
+            if ((part & 1) == 1) {
+                // integer part is odd, get reflected color instead
+                position = 1 - position;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // now, get the color based on this 0-1 position...
+
+        if (isSimpleLookup) {
+            // easy to compute: just scale index by array size
+            return gradient[(int)(position * fastGradientArraySize)];
+        } else {
+            // more complicated computation, to save space
+
+            // for all the gradient interval arrays
+            for (int i = 0; i < gradients.length; i++) {
+                if (position < fractions[i+1]) {
+                    // this is the array we want
+                    float delta = position - fractions[i];
+
+                    // this is the interval we want
+                    int index = (int)((delta / normalizedIntervals[i])
+                                      * (GRADIENT_SIZE_INDEX));
+
+                    return gradients[i][index];
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        return gradients[gradients.length - 1][GRADIENT_SIZE_INDEX];
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Helper function to convert a color component in sRGB space to linear
+     * RGB space.  Used to build a static lookup table.
+     */
+    private static int convertSRGBtoLinearRGB(int color) {
+        float input, output;
+
+        input = color / 255.0f;
+        if (input <= 0.04045f) {
+            output = input / 12.92f;
+        } else {
+            output = (float)Math.pow((input + 0.055) / 1.055, 2.4);
+        }
+
+        return Math.round(output * 255.0f);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Helper function to convert a color component in linear RGB space to
+     * SRGB space.  Used to build a static lookup table.
+     */
+    private static int convertLinearRGBtoSRGB(int color) {
+        float input, output;
+
+        input = color/255.0f;
+        if (input <= 0.0031308) {
+            output = input * 12.92f;
+        } else {
+            output = (1.055f *
+                ((float) Math.pow(input, (1.0 / 2.4)))) - 0.055f;
+        }
+
+        return Math.round(output * 255.0f);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     */
+    public final Raster getRaster(int x, int y, int w, int h) {
+        // If working raster is big enough, reuse it. Otherwise,
+        // build a large enough new one.
+        Raster raster = saved;
+        if (raster == null ||
+            raster.getWidth() < w || raster.getHeight() < h)
+        {
+            raster = getCachedRaster(model, w, h);
+            saved = raster;
+        }
+
+        // Access raster internal int array. Because we use a DirectColorModel,
+        // we know the DataBuffer is of type DataBufferInt and the SampleModel
+        // is SinglePixelPackedSampleModel.
+        // Adjust for initial offset in DataBuffer and also for the scanline
+        // stride.
+        // These calls make the DataBuffer non-acceleratable, but the
+        // Raster is never Stable long enough to accelerate anyway...
+        DataBufferInt rasterDB = (DataBufferInt)raster.getDataBuffer();
+        int[] pixels = rasterDB.getData(0);
+        int off = rasterDB.getOffset();
+        int scanlineStride = ((SinglePixelPackedSampleModel)
+                              raster.getSampleModel()).getScanlineStride();
+        int adjust = scanlineStride - w;
+
+        fillRaster(pixels, off, adjust, x, y, w, h); // delegate to subclass
+
+        return raster;
+    }
+
+    protected abstract void fillRaster(int pixels[], int off, int adjust,
+                                       int x, int y, int w, int h);
+
+
+    /**
+     * Took this cacheRaster code from GradientPaint. It appears to recycle
+     * rasters for use by any other instance, as long as they are sufficiently
+     * large.
+     */
+    private static synchronized Raster getCachedRaster(ColorModel cm,
+                                                       int w, int h)
+    {
+        if (cm == cachedModel) {
+            if (cached != null) {
+                Raster ras = cached.get();
+                if (ras != null &&
+                    ras.getWidth() >= w &&
+                    ras.getHeight() >= h)
+                {
+                    cached = null;
+                    return ras;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return cm.createCompatibleWritableRaster(w, h);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Took this cacheRaster code from GradientPaint. It appears to recycle
+     * rasters for use by any other instance, as long as they are sufficiently
+     * large.
+     */
+    private static synchronized void putCachedRaster(ColorModel cm,
+                                                     Raster ras)
+    {
+        if (cached != null) {
+            Raster cras = cached.get();
+            if (cras != null) {
+                int cw = cras.getWidth();
+                int ch = cras.getHeight();
+                int iw = ras.getWidth();
+                int ih = ras.getHeight();
+                if (cw >= iw && ch >= ih) {
+                    return;
+                }
+                if (cw * ch >= iw * ih) {
+                    return;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        cachedModel = cm;
+        cached = new WeakReference<Raster>(ras);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     */
+    public final void dispose() {
+        if (saved != null) {
+            putCachedRaster(model, saved);
+            saved = null;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     */
+    public final ColorModel getColorModel() {
+        return model;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Paint.java

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2008, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
+
+/**
+ * This {@code Paint} interface defines how color patterns
+ * can be generated for {@link Graphics2D} operations.  A class
+ * implementing the {@code Paint} interface is added to the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context in order to define the color
+ * pattern used by the {@code draw} and {@code fill} methods.
+ * <p>
+ * Instances of classes implementing {@code Paint} must be
+ * read-only because the {@code Graphics2D} does not clone
+ * these objects when they are set as an attribute with the
+ * {@code setPaint} method or when the {@code Graphics2D}
+ * object is itself cloned.
+ * @see PaintContext
+ * @see Color
+ * @see GradientPaint
+ * @see TexturePaint
+ * @see Graphics2D#setPaint
+ * @version 1.36, 06/05/07
+ */
+
+public interface Paint extends Transparency {
+    /**
+     * Creates and returns a {@link PaintContext} used to
+     * generate the color pattern.
+     * The arguments to this method convey additional information
+     * about the rendering operation that may be
+     * used or ignored on various implementations of the {@code Paint} interface.
+     * A caller must pass non-{@code null} values for all of the arguments
+     * except for the {@code ColorModel} argument which may be {@code null} to
+     * indicate that no specific {@code ColorModel} type is preferred.
+     * Implementations of the {@code Paint} interface are allowed to use or ignore
+     * any of the arguments as makes sense for their function, and are
+     * not constrained to use the specified {@code ColorModel} for the returned
+     * {@code PaintContext}, even if it is not {@code null}.
+     * Implementations are allowed to throw {@code NullPointerException} for
+     * any {@code null} argument other than the {@code ColorModel} argument,
+     * but are not required to do so.
+     *
+     * @param cm the preferred {@link ColorModel} which represents the most convenient
+     *           format for the caller to receive the pixel data, or {@code null}
+     *           if there is no preference.
+     * @param deviceBounds the device space bounding box
+     *                     of the graphics primitive being rendered.
+     *                     Implementations of the {@code Paint} interface
+     *                     are allowed to throw {@code NullPointerException}
+     *                     for a {@code null deviceBounds}.
+     * @param userBounds the user space bounding box
+     *                   of the graphics primitive being rendered.
+     *                     Implementations of the {@code Paint} interface
+     *                     are allowed to throw {@code NullPointerException}
+     *                     for a {@code null userBounds}.
+     * @param xform the {@link AffineTransform} from user
+     *              space into device space.
+     *                     Implementations of the {@code Paint} interface
+     *                     are allowed to throw {@code NullPointerException}
+     *                     for a {@code null xform}.
+     * @param hints the set of hints that the context object can use to
+     *              choose between rendering alternatives.
+     *                     Implementations of the {@code Paint} interface
+     *                     are allowed to throw {@code NullPointerException}
+     *                     for a {@code null hints}.
+     * @return the {@code PaintContext} for
+     *         generating color patterns.
+     * @see PaintContext
+     * @see ColorModel
+     * @see Rectangle
+     * @see Rectangle2D
+     * @see AffineTransform
+     * @see RenderingHints
+     */
+    public PaintContext createContext(ColorModel cm,
+                                      Rectangle deviceBounds,
+                                      Rectangle2D userBounds,
+                                      AffineTransform xform,
+                                      RenderingHints hints);
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/PaintContext.java

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
+import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
+import java.awt.image.Raster;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code PaintContext} interface defines the encapsulated
+ * and optimized environment to generate color patterns in device
+ * space for fill or stroke operations on a
+ * {@link Graphics2D}.  The {@code PaintContext} provides
+ * the necessary colors for {@code Graphics2D} operations in the
+ * form of a {@link Raster} associated with a {@link ColorModel}.
+ * The {@code PaintContext} maintains state for a particular paint
+ * operation.  In a multi-threaded environment, several
+ * contexts can exist simultaneously for a single {@link Paint} object.
+ * @see Paint
+ */
+
+public interface PaintContext {
+    /**
+     * Releases the resources allocated for the operation.
+     */
+    public void dispose();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@code ColorModel} of the output.  Note that
+     * this {@code ColorModel} might be different from the hint
+     * specified in the
+     * {@link Paint#createContext(ColorModel, Rectangle, Rectangle2D,
+AffineTransform, RenderingHints) createContext} method of
+     * {@code Paint}.  Not all {@code PaintContext} objects are
+     * capable of generating color patterns in an arbitrary
+     * {@code ColorModel}.
+     * @return the {@code ColorModel} of the output.
+     */
+    ColorModel getColorModel();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a {@code Raster} containing the colors generated for
+     * the graphics operation.
+     * @param x the x coordinate of the area in device space
+     * for which colors are generated.
+     * @param y the y coordinate of the area in device space
+     * for which colors are generated.
+     * @param w the width of the area in device space
+     * @param h the height of the area in device space
+     * @return a {@code Raster} representing the specified
+     * rectangular area and containing the colors generated for
+     * the graphics operation.
+     */
+    Raster getRaster(int x,
+                     int y,
+                     int w,
+                     int h);
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Panel.java

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import javax.accessibility.*;
+
+/**
+ * {@code Panel} is the simplest container class. A panel
+ * provides space in which an application can attach any other
+ * component, including other panels.
+ * <p>
+ * The default layout manager for a panel is the
+ * {@code FlowLayout} layout manager.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @see     java.awt.FlowLayout
+ * @since   1.0
+ */
+public class Panel extends Container implements Accessible {
+    private static final String base = "panel";
+    private static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+     private static final long serialVersionUID = -2728009084054400034L;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new panel using the default layout manager.
+     * The default layout manager for all panels is the
+     * {@code FlowLayout} class.
+     */
+    public Panel() {
+        this(new FlowLayout());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new panel with the specified layout manager.
+     * @param layout the layout manager for this panel.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public Panel(LayoutManager layout) {
+        setLayout(layout);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Construct a name for this component.  Called by getName() when the
+     * name is null.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (Panel.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the Panel's peer.  The peer allows you to modify the
+     * appearance of the panel without changing its functionality.
+     */
+
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer == null)
+                peer = getComponentFactory().createPanel(this);
+            super.addNotify();
+        }
+    }
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the AccessibleContext associated with this Panel.
+     * For panels, the AccessibleContext takes the form of an
+     * AccessibleAWTPanel.
+     * A new AccessibleAWTPanel instance is created if necessary.
+     *
+     * @return an AccessibleAWTPanel that serves as the
+     *         AccessibleContext of this Panel
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTPanel();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * This class implements accessibility support for the
+     * {@code Panel} class.  It provides an implementation of the
+     * Java Accessibility API appropriate to panel user-interface elements.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTPanel extends AccessibleAWTContainer {
+
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = -6409552226660031050L;
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.PANEL;
+        }
+    }
+
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Point.java

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2008, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.geom.Point2D;
+import java.beans.Transient;
+
+/**
+ * A point representing a location in {@code (x,y)} coordinate space,
+ * specified in integer precision.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class Point extends Point2D implements java.io.Serializable {
+    /**
+     * The X coordinate of this {@code Point}.
+     * If no X coordinate is set it will default to 0.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getLocation()
+     * @see #move(int, int)
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public int x;
+
+    /**
+     * The Y coordinate of this {@code Point}.
+     * If no Y coordinate is set it will default to 0.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getLocation()
+     * @see #move(int, int)
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public int y;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -5276940640259749850L;
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs and initializes a point at the origin
+     * (0, 0) of the coordinate space.
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public Point() {
+        this(0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs and initializes a point with the same location as
+     * the specified {@code Point} object.
+     * @param       p a point
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public Point(Point p) {
+        this(p.x, p.y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs and initializes a point at the specified
+     * {@code (x,y)} location in the coordinate space.
+     * @param x the X coordinate of the newly constructed {@code Point}
+     * @param y the Y coordinate of the newly constructed {@code Point}
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public Point(int x, int y) {
+        this.x = x;
+        this.y = y;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public double getX() {
+        return x;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public double getY() {
+        return y;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the location of this point.
+     * This method is included for completeness, to parallel the
+     * {@code getLocation} method of {@code Component}.
+     * @return      a copy of this point, at the same location
+     * @see         java.awt.Component#getLocation
+     * @see         java.awt.Point#setLocation(java.awt.Point)
+     * @see         java.awt.Point#setLocation(int, int)
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    @Transient
+    public Point getLocation() {
+        return new Point(x, y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the location of the point to the specified location.
+     * This method is included for completeness, to parallel the
+     * {@code setLocation} method of {@code Component}.
+     * @param       p  a point, the new location for this point
+     * @see         java.awt.Component#setLocation(java.awt.Point)
+     * @see         java.awt.Point#getLocation
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public void setLocation(Point p) {
+        setLocation(p.x, p.y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Changes the point to have the specified location.
+     * <p>
+     * This method is included for completeness, to parallel the
+     * {@code setLocation} method of {@code Component}.
+     * Its behavior is identical with <code>move(int,&nbsp;int)</code>.
+     * @param       x the X coordinate of the new location
+     * @param       y the Y coordinate of the new location
+     * @see         java.awt.Component#setLocation(int, int)
+     * @see         java.awt.Point#getLocation
+     * @see         java.awt.Point#move(int, int)
+     * @since       1.1
+     */
+    public void setLocation(int x, int y) {
+        move(x, y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the location of this point to the specified double coordinates.
+     * The double values will be rounded to integer values.
+     * Any number smaller than {@code Integer.MIN_VALUE}
+     * will be reset to {@code MIN_VALUE}, and any number
+     * larger than {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE} will be
+     * reset to {@code MAX_VALUE}.
+     *
+     * @param x the X coordinate of the new location
+     * @param y the Y coordinate of the new location
+     * @see #getLocation
+     */
+    public void setLocation(double x, double y) {
+        this.x = (int) Math.floor(x+0.5);
+        this.y = (int) Math.floor(y+0.5);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Moves this point to the specified location in the
+     * {@code (x,y)} coordinate plane. This method
+     * is identical with <code>setLocation(int,&nbsp;int)</code>.
+     * @param       x the X coordinate of the new location
+     * @param       y the Y coordinate of the new location
+     * @see         java.awt.Component#setLocation(int, int)
+     */
+    public void move(int x, int y) {
+        this.x = x;
+        this.y = y;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Translates this point, at location {@code (x,y)},
+     * by {@code dx} along the {@code x} axis and {@code dy}
+     * along the {@code y} axis so that it now represents the point
+     * {@code (x+dx,y+dy)}.
+     *
+     * @param       dx   the distance to move this point
+     *                            along the X axis
+     * @param       dy    the distance to move this point
+     *                            along the Y axis
+     */
+    public void translate(int dx, int dy) {
+        this.x += dx;
+        this.y += dy;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines whether or not two points are equal. Two instances of
+     * {@code Point2D} are equal if the values of their
+     * {@code x} and {@code y} member fields, representing
+     * their position in the coordinate space, are the same.
+     * @param obj an object to be compared with this {@code Point2D}
+     * @return {@code true} if the object to be compared is
+     *         an instance of {@code Point2D} and has
+     *         the same values; {@code false} otherwise.
+     */
+    public boolean equals(Object obj) {
+        if (obj instanceof Point) {
+            Point pt = (Point)obj;
+            return (x == pt.x) && (y == pt.y);
+        }
+        return super.equals(obj);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a string representation of this point and its location
+     * in the {@code (x,y)} coordinate space. This method is
+     * intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the content
+     * and format of the returned string may vary between implementations.
+     * The returned string may be empty but may not be {@code null}.
+     *
+     * @return  a string representation of this point
+     */
+    public String toString() {
+        return getClass().getName() + "[x=" + x + ",y=" + y + "]";
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/PointerInfo.java

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2003, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+
+package java.awt;
+
+/**
+ * A class that describes the pointer position.
+ * It provides the {@code GraphicsDevice} where the pointer is and
+ * the {@code Point} that represents the coordinates of the pointer.
+ * <p>
+ * Instances of this class should be obtained via
+ * {@link MouseInfo#getPointerInfo}.
+ * The {@code PointerInfo} instance is not updated dynamically as the mouse
+ * moves. To get the updated location, you must call
+ * {@link MouseInfo#getPointerInfo} again.
+ *
+ * @see MouseInfo#getPointerInfo
+ * @author Roman Poborchiy
+ * @since 1.5
+ */
+public class PointerInfo {
+
+    private final GraphicsDevice device;
+    private final Point location;
+
+    /**
+     * Package-private constructor to prevent instantiation.
+     */
+    PointerInfo(final GraphicsDevice device, final Point location) {
+        this.device = device;
+        this.location = location;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@code GraphicsDevice} where the mouse pointer was at the
+     * moment this {@code PointerInfo} was created.
+     *
+     * @return {@code GraphicsDevice} corresponding to the pointer
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public GraphicsDevice getDevice() {
+        return device;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the {@code Point} that represents the coordinates of the pointer
+     * on the screen. See {@link MouseInfo#getPointerInfo} for more information
+     * about coordinate calculation for multiscreen systems.
+     *
+     * @return coordinates of mouse pointer
+     * @see MouseInfo
+     * @see MouseInfo#getPointerInfo
+     * @since 1.5
+     */
+    public Point getLocation() {
+        return location;
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Polygon.java

@@ -0,0 +1,677 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1995, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
+import java.awt.geom.PathIterator;
+import java.awt.geom.Point2D;
+import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
+import sun.awt.geom.Crossings;
+import java.util.Arrays;
+
+/**
+ * The {@code Polygon} class encapsulates a description of a
+ * closed, two-dimensional region within a coordinate space. This
+ * region is bounded by an arbitrary number of line segments, each of
+ * which is one side of the polygon. Internally, a polygon
+ * comprises of a list of {@code (x,y)}
+ * coordinate pairs, where each pair defines a <i>vertex</i> of the
+ * polygon, and two successive pairs are the endpoints of a
+ * line that is a side of the polygon. The first and final
+ * pairs of {@code (x,y)} points are joined by a line segment
+ * that closes the polygon.  This {@code Polygon} is defined with
+ * an even-odd winding rule.  See
+ * {@link java.awt.geom.PathIterator#WIND_EVEN_ODD WIND_EVEN_ODD}
+ * for a definition of the even-odd winding rule.
+ * This class's hit-testing methods, which include the
+ * {@code contains}, {@code intersects} and {@code inside}
+ * methods, use the <i>insideness</i> definition described in the
+ * {@link Shape} class comments.
+ *
+ * @author      Sami Shaio
+ * @see Shape
+ * @author      Herb Jellinek
+ * @since       1.0
+ */
+public class Polygon implements Shape, java.io.Serializable {
+
+    /**
+     * The total number of points.  The value of {@code npoints}
+     * represents the number of valid points in this {@code Polygon}
+     * and might be less than the number of elements in
+     * {@link #xpoints xpoints} or {@link #ypoints ypoints}.
+     * This value can be NULL.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #addPoint(int, int)
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public int npoints;
+
+    /**
+     * The array of X coordinates.  The number of elements in
+     * this array might be more than the number of X coordinates
+     * in this {@code Polygon}.  The extra elements allow new points
+     * to be added to this {@code Polygon} without re-creating this
+     * array.  The value of {@link #npoints npoints} is equal to the
+     * number of valid points in this {@code Polygon}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #addPoint(int, int)
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public int xpoints[];
+
+    /**
+     * The array of Y coordinates.  The number of elements in
+     * this array might be more than the number of Y coordinates
+     * in this {@code Polygon}.  The extra elements allow new points
+     * to be added to this {@code Polygon} without re-creating this
+     * array.  The value of {@code npoints} is equal to the
+     * number of valid points in this {@code Polygon}.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #addPoint(int, int)
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public int ypoints[];
+
+    /**
+     * The bounds of this {@code Polygon}.
+     * This value can be null.
+     *
+     * @serial
+     * @see #getBoundingBox()
+     * @see #getBounds()
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    protected Rectangle bounds;
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -6460061437900069969L;
+
+    /*
+     * Default length for xpoints and ypoints.
+     */
+    private static final int MIN_LENGTH = 4;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates an empty polygon.
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public Polygon() {
+        xpoints = new int[MIN_LENGTH];
+        ypoints = new int[MIN_LENGTH];
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs and initializes a {@code Polygon} from the specified
+     * parameters.
+     * @param xpoints an array of X coordinates
+     * @param ypoints an array of Y coordinates
+     * @param npoints the total number of points in the
+     *                          {@code Polygon}
+     * @exception  NegativeArraySizeException if the value of
+     *                       {@code npoints} is negative.
+     * @exception  IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code npoints} is
+     *             greater than the length of {@code xpoints}
+     *             or the length of {@code ypoints}.
+     * @exception  NullPointerException if {@code xpoints} or
+     *             {@code ypoints} is {@code null}.
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public Polygon(int xpoints[], int ypoints[], int npoints) {
+        // Fix 4489009: should throw IndexOutOfBoundsException instead
+        // of OutOfMemoryError if npoints is huge and > {x,y}points.length
+        if (npoints > xpoints.length || npoints > ypoints.length) {
+            throw new IndexOutOfBoundsException("npoints > xpoints.length || "+
+                                                "npoints > ypoints.length");
+        }
+        // Fix 6191114: should throw NegativeArraySizeException with
+        // negative npoints
+        if (npoints < 0) {
+            throw new NegativeArraySizeException("npoints < 0");
+        }
+        // Fix 6343431: Applet compatibility problems if arrays are not
+        // exactly npoints in length
+        this.npoints = npoints;
+        this.xpoints = Arrays.copyOf(xpoints, npoints);
+        this.ypoints = Arrays.copyOf(ypoints, npoints);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Resets this {@code Polygon} object to an empty polygon.
+     * The coordinate arrays and the data in them are left untouched
+     * but the number of points is reset to zero to mark the old
+     * vertex data as invalid and to start accumulating new vertex
+     * data at the beginning.
+     * All internally-cached data relating to the old vertices
+     * are discarded.
+     * Note that since the coordinate arrays from before the reset
+     * are reused, creating a new empty {@code Polygon} might
+     * be more memory efficient than resetting the current one if
+     * the number of vertices in the new polygon data is significantly
+     * smaller than the number of vertices in the data from before the
+     * reset.
+     * @see         java.awt.Polygon#invalidate
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public void reset() {
+        npoints = 0;
+        bounds = null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Invalidates or flushes any internally-cached data that depends
+     * on the vertex coordinates of this {@code Polygon}.
+     * This method should be called after any direct manipulation
+     * of the coordinates in the {@code xpoints} or
+     * {@code ypoints} arrays to avoid inconsistent results
+     * from methods such as {@code getBounds} or {@code contains}
+     * that might cache data from earlier computations relating to
+     * the vertex coordinates.
+     * @see         java.awt.Polygon#getBounds
+     * @since 1.4
+     */
+    public void invalidate() {
+        bounds = null;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Translates the vertices of the {@code Polygon} by
+     * {@code deltaX} along the x axis and by
+     * {@code deltaY} along the y axis.
+     * @param deltaX the amount to translate along the X axis
+     * @param deltaY the amount to translate along the Y axis
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public void translate(int deltaX, int deltaY) {
+        for (int i = 0; i < npoints; i++) {
+            xpoints[i] += deltaX;
+            ypoints[i] += deltaY;
+        }
+        if (bounds != null) {
+            bounds.translate(deltaX, deltaY);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Calculates the bounding box of the points passed to the constructor.
+     * Sets {@code bounds} to the result.
+     * @param xpoints[] array of <i>x</i> coordinates
+     * @param ypoints[] array of <i>y</i> coordinates
+     * @param npoints the total number of points
+     */
+    void calculateBounds(int xpoints[], int ypoints[], int npoints) {
+        int boundsMinX = Integer.MAX_VALUE;
+        int boundsMinY = Integer.MAX_VALUE;
+        int boundsMaxX = Integer.MIN_VALUE;
+        int boundsMaxY = Integer.MIN_VALUE;
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < npoints; i++) {
+            int x = xpoints[i];
+            boundsMinX = Math.min(boundsMinX, x);
+            boundsMaxX = Math.max(boundsMaxX, x);
+            int y = ypoints[i];
+            boundsMinY = Math.min(boundsMinY, y);
+            boundsMaxY = Math.max(boundsMaxY, y);
+        }
+        bounds = new Rectangle(boundsMinX, boundsMinY,
+                               boundsMaxX - boundsMinX,
+                               boundsMaxY - boundsMinY);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Resizes the bounding box to accommodate the specified coordinates.
+     * @param x,&nbsp;y the specified coordinates
+     */
+    void updateBounds(int x, int y) {
+        if (x < bounds.x) {
+            bounds.width = bounds.width + (bounds.x - x);
+            bounds.x = x;
+        }
+        else {
+            bounds.width = Math.max(bounds.width, x - bounds.x);
+            // bounds.x = bounds.x;
+        }
+
+        if (y < bounds.y) {
+            bounds.height = bounds.height + (bounds.y - y);
+            bounds.y = y;
+        }
+        else {
+            bounds.height = Math.max(bounds.height, y - bounds.y);
+            // bounds.y = bounds.y;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Appends the specified coordinates to this {@code Polygon}.
+     * <p>
+     * If an operation that calculates the bounding box of this
+     * {@code Polygon} has already been performed, such as
+     * {@code getBounds} or {@code contains}, then this
+     * method updates the bounding box.
+     * @param       x the specified X coordinate
+     * @param       y the specified Y coordinate
+     * @see         java.awt.Polygon#getBounds
+     * @see         java.awt.Polygon#contains
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public void addPoint(int x, int y) {
+        if (npoints >= xpoints.length || npoints >= ypoints.length) {
+            int newLength = npoints * 2;
+            // Make sure that newLength will be greater than MIN_LENGTH and
+            // aligned to the power of 2
+            if (newLength < MIN_LENGTH) {
+                newLength = MIN_LENGTH;
+            } else if ((newLength & (newLength - 1)) != 0) {
+                newLength = Integer.highestOneBit(newLength);
+            }
+
+            xpoints = Arrays.copyOf(xpoints, newLength);
+            ypoints = Arrays.copyOf(ypoints, newLength);
+        }
+        xpoints[npoints] = x;
+        ypoints[npoints] = y;
+        npoints++;
+        if (bounds != null) {
+            updateBounds(x, y);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the bounding box of this {@code Polygon}.
+     * The bounding box is the smallest {@link Rectangle} whose
+     * sides are parallel to the x and y axes of the
+     * coordinate space, and can completely contain the {@code Polygon}.
+     * @return a {@code Rectangle} that defines the bounds of this
+     * {@code Polygon}.
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public Rectangle getBounds() {
+        return getBoundingBox();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the bounds of this {@code Polygon}.
+     * @return the bounds of this {@code Polygon}.
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code getBounds()}.
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public Rectangle getBoundingBox() {
+        if (npoints == 0) {
+            return new Rectangle();
+        }
+        if (bounds == null) {
+            calculateBounds(xpoints, ypoints, npoints);
+        }
+        return bounds.getBounds();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines whether the specified {@link Point} is inside this
+     * {@code Polygon}.
+     * @param p the specified {@code Point} to be tested
+     * @return {@code true} if the {@code Polygon} contains the
+     *                  {@code Point}; {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @see #contains(double, double)
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    public boolean contains(Point p) {
+        return contains(p.x, p.y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines whether the specified coordinates are inside this
+     * {@code Polygon}.
+     *
+     * @param x the specified X coordinate to be tested
+     * @param y the specified Y coordinate to be tested
+     * @return {@code true} if this {@code Polygon} contains
+     *         the specified coordinates {@code (x,y)};
+     *         {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @see #contains(double, double)
+     * @since 1.1
+     */
+    public boolean contains(int x, int y) {
+        return contains((double) x, (double) y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Determines whether the specified coordinates are contained in this
+     * {@code Polygon}.
+     * @param x the specified X coordinate to be tested
+     * @param y the specified Y coordinate to be tested
+     * @return {@code true} if this {@code Polygon} contains
+     *         the specified coordinates {@code (x,y)};
+     *         {@code false} otherwise.
+     * @see #contains(double, double)
+     * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
+     * replaced by {@code contains(int, int)}.
+     * @since 1.0
+     */
+    @Deprecated
+    public boolean inside(int x, int y) {
+        return contains((double) x, (double) y);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public Rectangle2D getBounds2D() {
+        return getBounds();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public boolean contains(double x, double y) {
+        if (npoints <= 2 || !getBoundingBox().contains(x, y)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+        int hits = 0;
+
+        int lastx = xpoints[npoints - 1];
+        int lasty = ypoints[npoints - 1];
+        int curx, cury;
+
+        // Walk the edges of the polygon
+        for (int i = 0; i < npoints; lastx = curx, lasty = cury, i++) {
+            curx = xpoints[i];
+            cury = ypoints[i];
+
+            if (cury == lasty) {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            int leftx;
+            if (curx < lastx) {
+                if (x >= lastx) {
+                    continue;
+                }
+                leftx = curx;
+            } else {
+                if (x >= curx) {
+                    continue;
+                }
+                leftx = lastx;
+            }
+
+            double test1, test2;
+            if (cury < lasty) {
+                if (y < cury || y >= lasty) {
+                    continue;
+                }
+                if (x < leftx) {
+                    hits++;
+                    continue;
+                }
+                test1 = x - curx;
+                test2 = y - cury;
+            } else {
+                if (y < lasty || y >= cury) {
+                    continue;
+                }
+                if (x < leftx) {
+                    hits++;
+                    continue;
+                }
+                test1 = x - lastx;
+                test2 = y - lasty;
+            }
+
+            if (test1 < (test2 / (lasty - cury) * (lastx - curx))) {
+                hits++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        return ((hits & 1) != 0);
+    }
+
+    private Crossings getCrossings(double xlo, double ylo,
+                                   double xhi, double yhi)
+    {
+        Crossings cross = new Crossings.EvenOdd(xlo, ylo, xhi, yhi);
+        int lastx = xpoints[npoints - 1];
+        int lasty = ypoints[npoints - 1];
+        int curx, cury;
+
+        // Walk the edges of the polygon
+        for (int i = 0; i < npoints; i++) {
+            curx = xpoints[i];
+            cury = ypoints[i];
+            if (cross.accumulateLine(lastx, lasty, curx, cury)) {
+                return null;
+            }
+            lastx = curx;
+            lasty = cury;
+        }
+
+        return cross;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public boolean contains(Point2D p) {
+        return contains(p.getX(), p.getY());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public boolean intersects(double x, double y, double w, double h) {
+        if (npoints <= 0 || !getBoundingBox().intersects(x, y, w, h)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        Crossings cross = getCrossings(x, y, x+w, y+h);
+        return (cross == null || !cross.isEmpty());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public boolean intersects(Rectangle2D r) {
+        return intersects(r.getX(), r.getY(), r.getWidth(), r.getHeight());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public boolean contains(double x, double y, double w, double h) {
+        if (npoints <= 0 || !getBoundingBox().intersects(x, y, w, h)) {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        Crossings cross = getCrossings(x, y, x+w, y+h);
+        return (cross != null && cross.covers(y, y+h));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public boolean contains(Rectangle2D r) {
+        return contains(r.getX(), r.getY(), r.getWidth(), r.getHeight());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an iterator object that iterates along the boundary of this
+     * {@code Polygon} and provides access to the geometry
+     * of the outline of this {@code Polygon}.  An optional
+     * {@link AffineTransform} can be specified so that the coordinates
+     * returned in the iteration are transformed accordingly.
+     * @param at an optional {@code AffineTransform} to be applied to the
+     *          coordinates as they are returned in the iteration, or
+     *          {@code null} if untransformed coordinates are desired
+     * @return a {@link PathIterator} object that provides access to the
+     *          geometry of this {@code Polygon}.
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public PathIterator getPathIterator(AffineTransform at) {
+        return new PolygonPathIterator(this, at);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns an iterator object that iterates along the boundary of
+     * the {@code Shape} and provides access to the geometry of the
+     * outline of the {@code Shape}.  Only SEG_MOVETO, SEG_LINETO, and
+     * SEG_CLOSE point types are returned by the iterator.
+     * Since polygons are already flat, the {@code flatness} parameter
+     * is ignored.  An optional {@code AffineTransform} can be specified
+     * in which case the coordinates returned in the iteration are transformed
+     * accordingly.
+     * @param at an optional {@code AffineTransform} to be applied to the
+     *          coordinates as they are returned in the iteration, or
+     *          {@code null} if untransformed coordinates are desired
+     * @param flatness the maximum amount that the control points
+     *          for a given curve can vary from collinear before a subdivided
+     *          curve is replaced by a straight line connecting the
+     *          endpoints.  Since polygons are already flat the
+     *          {@code flatness} parameter is ignored.
+     * @return a {@code PathIterator} object that provides access to the
+     *          {@code Shape} object's geometry.
+     * @since 1.2
+     */
+    public PathIterator getPathIterator(AffineTransform at, double flatness) {
+        return getPathIterator(at);
+    }
+
+    class PolygonPathIterator implements PathIterator {
+        Polygon poly;
+        AffineTransform transform;
+        int index;
+
+        public PolygonPathIterator(Polygon pg, AffineTransform at) {
+            poly = pg;
+            transform = at;
+            if (pg.npoints == 0) {
+                // Prevent a spurious SEG_CLOSE segment
+                index = 1;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the winding rule for determining the interior of the
+         * path.
+         * @return an integer representing the current winding rule.
+         * @see PathIterator#WIND_NON_ZERO
+         */
+        public int getWindingRule() {
+            return WIND_EVEN_ODD;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Tests if there are more points to read.
+         * @return {@code true} if there are more points to read;
+         *          {@code false} otherwise.
+         */
+        public boolean isDone() {
+            return index > poly.npoints;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Moves the iterator forwards, along the primary direction of
+         * traversal, to the next segment of the path when there are
+         * more points in that direction.
+         */
+        public void next() {
+            index++;
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the coordinates and type of the current path segment in
+         * the iteration.
+         * The return value is the path segment type:
+         * SEG_MOVETO, SEG_LINETO, or SEG_CLOSE.
+         * A {@code float} array of length 2 must be passed in and
+         * can be used to store the coordinates of the point(s).
+         * Each point is stored as a pair of {@code float} x,&nbsp;y
+         * coordinates.  SEG_MOVETO and SEG_LINETO types return one
+         * point, and SEG_CLOSE does not return any points.
+         * @param coords a {@code float} array that specifies the
+         * coordinates of the point(s)
+         * @return an integer representing the type and coordinates of the
+         *              current path segment.
+         * @see PathIterator#SEG_MOVETO
+         * @see PathIterator#SEG_LINETO
+         * @see PathIterator#SEG_CLOSE
+         */
+        public int currentSegment(float[] coords) {
+            if (index >= poly.npoints) {
+                return SEG_CLOSE;
+            }
+            coords[0] = poly.xpoints[index];
+            coords[1] = poly.ypoints[index];
+            if (transform != null) {
+                transform.transform(coords, 0, coords, 0, 1);
+            }
+            return (index == 0 ? SEG_MOVETO : SEG_LINETO);
+        }
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the coordinates and type of the current path segment in
+         * the iteration.
+         * The return value is the path segment type:
+         * SEG_MOVETO, SEG_LINETO, or SEG_CLOSE.
+         * A {@code double} array of length 2 must be passed in and
+         * can be used to store the coordinates of the point(s).
+         * Each point is stored as a pair of {@code double} x,&nbsp;y
+         * coordinates.
+         * SEG_MOVETO and SEG_LINETO types return one point,
+         * and SEG_CLOSE does not return any points.
+         * @param coords a {@code double} array that specifies the
+         * coordinates of the point(s)
+         * @return an integer representing the type and coordinates of the
+         *              current path segment.
+         * @see PathIterator#SEG_MOVETO
+         * @see PathIterator#SEG_LINETO
+         * @see PathIterator#SEG_CLOSE
+         */
+        public int currentSegment(double[] coords) {
+            if (index >= poly.npoints) {
+                return SEG_CLOSE;
+            }
+            coords[0] = poly.xpoints[index];
+            coords[1] = poly.ypoints[index];
+            if (transform != null) {
+                transform.transform(coords, 0, coords, 0, 1);
+            }
+            return (index == 0 ? SEG_MOVETO : SEG_LINETO);
+        }
+    }
+}

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/PopupMenu.java

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
+ *
+ * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
+ *
+ * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
+ * accompanied this code).
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
+ * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ *
+ * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
+ * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
+ * questions.
+ */
+
+package java.awt;
+
+import java.awt.peer.PopupMenuPeer;
+
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext;
+import javax.accessibility.AccessibleRole;
+
+import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
+
+/**
+ * A class that implements a menu which can be dynamically popped up
+ * at a specified position within a component.
+ * <p>
+ * As the inheritance hierarchy implies, a {@code PopupMenu}
+ *  can be used anywhere a {@code Menu} can be used.
+ * However, if you use a {@code PopupMenu} like a {@code Menu}
+ * (e.g., you add it to a {@code MenuBar}), then you <b>cannot</b>
+ * call {@code show} on that {@code PopupMenu}.
+ *
+ * @author      Amy Fowler
+ */
+public class PopupMenu extends Menu {
+
+    private static final String base = "popup";
+    static int nameCounter = 0;
+
+    transient volatile boolean isTrayIconPopup;
+
+    static {
+        AWTAccessor.setPopupMenuAccessor(
+            new AWTAccessor.PopupMenuAccessor() {
+                public boolean isTrayIconPopup(PopupMenu popupMenu) {
+                    return popupMenu.isTrayIconPopup;
+                }
+            });
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
+     */
+    private static final long serialVersionUID = -4620452533522760060L;
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new popup menu with an empty name.
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public PopupMenu() throws HeadlessException {
+        this("");
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates a new popup menu with the specified name.
+     *
+     * @param label a non-{@code null} string specifying
+     *                the popup menu's label
+     * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
+     * returns true.
+     * @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
+     */
+    public PopupMenu(String label) throws HeadlessException {
+        super(label);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * {@inheritDoc}
+     */
+    public MenuContainer getParent() {
+        if (isTrayIconPopup) {
+            return null;
+        }
+        return super.getParent();
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Constructs a name for this {@code MenuComponent}.
+     * Called by {@code getName} when the name is {@code null}.
+     */
+    String constructComponentName() {
+        synchronized (PopupMenu.class) {
+            return base + nameCounter++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Creates the popup menu's peer.
+     * The peer allows us to change the appearance of the popup menu without
+     * changing any of the popup menu's functionality.
+     */
+    public void addNotify() {
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            // If our parent is not a Component, then this PopupMenu is
+            // really just a plain, old Menu.
+            if (parent != null && !(parent instanceof Component)) {
+                super.addNotify();
+            }
+            else {
+                if (peer == null)
+                    peer = getComponentFactory().createPopupMenu(this);
+                int nitems = getItemCount();
+                for (int i = 0 ; i < nitems ; i++) {
+                    MenuItem mi = getItem(i);
+                    mi.parent = this;
+                    mi.addNotify();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+   /**
+     * Shows the popup menu at the x, y position relative to an origin
+     * component.
+     * The origin component must be contained within the component
+     * hierarchy of the popup menu's parent.  Both the origin and the parent
+     * must be showing on the screen for this method to be valid.
+     * <p>
+     * If this {@code PopupMenu} is being used as a {@code Menu}
+     * (i.e., it has a non-{@code Component} parent),
+     * then you cannot call this method on the {@code PopupMenu}.
+     *
+     * @param origin the component which defines the coordinate space
+     * @param x the x coordinate position to popup the menu
+     * @param y the y coordinate position to popup the menu
+     * @exception NullPointerException  if the parent is {@code null}
+     * @exception IllegalArgumentException  if this {@code PopupMenu}
+     *                has a non-{@code Component} parent
+     * @exception IllegalArgumentException if the origin is not in the
+     *                parent's hierarchy
+     * @exception RuntimeException if the parent is not showing on screen
+     */
+    @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
+    public void show(Component origin, int x, int y) {
+        // Use localParent for thread safety.
+        MenuContainer localParent = parent;
+        if (localParent == null) {
+            throw new NullPointerException("parent is null");
+        }
+        if (!(localParent instanceof Component)) {
+            throw new IllegalArgumentException(
+                "PopupMenus with non-Component parents cannot be shown");
+        }
+        Component compParent = (Component)localParent;
+        //Fixed 6278745: Incorrect exception throwing in PopupMenu.show() method
+        //Exception was not thrown if compParent was not equal to origin and
+        //was not Container
+        if (compParent != origin) {
+            if (compParent instanceof Container) {
+                if (!((Container)compParent).isAncestorOf(origin)) {
+                    throw new IllegalArgumentException("origin not in parent's hierarchy");
+                }
+            } else {
+                throw new IllegalArgumentException("origin not in parent's hierarchy");
+            }
+        }
+        if (compParent.peer == null || !compParent.isShowing()) {
+            throw new RuntimeException("parent not showing on screen");
+        }
+        if (peer == null) {
+            addNotify();
+        }
+        synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
+            if (peer != null) {
+                ((PopupMenuPeer)peer).show(
+                    new Event(origin, 0, Event.MOUSE_DOWN, x, y, 0, 0));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+
+/////////////////
+// Accessibility support
+////////////////
+
+    /**
+     * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+     * {@code PopupMenu}.
+     *
+     * @return the {@code AccessibleContext} of this
+     *                {@code PopupMenu}
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
+        if (accessibleContext == null) {
+            accessibleContext = new AccessibleAWTPopupMenu();
+        }
+        return accessibleContext;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Inner class of PopupMenu used to provide default support for
+     * accessibility.  This class is not meant to be used directly by
+     * application developers, but is instead meant only to be
+     * subclassed by menu component developers.
+     * <p>
+     * The class used to obtain the accessible role for this object.
+     * @since 1.3
+     */
+    protected class AccessibleAWTPopupMenu extends AccessibleAWTMenu
+    {
+        /*
+         * JDK 1.3 serialVersionUID
+         */
+        private static final long serialVersionUID = -4282044795947239955L;
+
+        /**
+         * Get the role of this object.
+         *
+         * @return an instance of AccessibleRole describing the role of the
+         * object
+         */
+        public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
+            return AccessibleRole.POPUP_MENU;
+        }
+
+    } // class AccessibleAWTPopupMenu
+
+}